Standard Supports 2020
Standard Supports 2020
Date of issue: June 2015
The LISEGA product program covers all components required
for the implementation of modern concepts in the support of
pipe systems.
These components correspond to the LISEGA standardization
philosophy and are organized in a modular system with load
and attachment compatibility.
Containing the complete product program, this catalog is in
full compliance with LICAD, the LISEGA pipe support design
program.
The catalog and LICAD can be downloaded from www.lisega.de.
LISEGA reserves the right to introduce revisions in the interest
of further technical development.
Standard Supports 2020
Performance with System
Customers and their suppliers depend on
each other for mutual success. We at LISEGA
want to show ourselves to be partners of
value to our customers with a comprehensive and effective performance package.
We are prepared to provide top performance
day in and day out. Our goal is customer
satisfaction and only if we achieve that
objective are we satisfied too – that’s where
our motivation is coming from.
Right from the beginning, some five decades
ago, we have concentrated exclusively on
pipe supports, thoroughly and comprehensively.
The quality and efficient utilization of our
products are just as important to us as
our reliability and low application costs.
The basis is a well-engineered product program of more than 12,000 standardized support components forming a clearly arranged functional modular
system. The resulting efficiency, and in particular by using our LICAD design
software, provides additional savings in costs both in planning and installation.
Confident that we have a committed work force to support us, the LISEGA
management invests all its energy into satisfying customer requirements.
For this, and for our mutual pleasure in seeking success, people at LISEGA are
working together with our customers, goal-orientated and highly motivated by
performance with system.
LISEGA
Hans-Herlof Hardtke
Dr. Georg Friberg
(from left to right)
Dr. Ekkehard Heinrichs,
Chief Technical Officer
Hans-Herlof Hardtke,
Chairman of Supervisory Board
Dr. Georg Friberg,
Chief Executive Officer
Hans-Heiner Eddelbüttel,
Chief Finance Officer
Zeven, Germany
Headquarters
Kodak, TN, USA
Bondoufle, France
Shanghai, China
Al-Jubail, Saudi Arabia
Netherton, England
Wittenburg, Germany
(LISEGA affiliate for fasteners)
Overall contents
Detailed information on contents in the individual sections
Technical specifications
Constant hangers, constant supports
Spring hangers, spring supports
LICAD
®
Plug-in
and
Libraries
Product Group
0
1
2
Snubbers, rigid struts, viscoelastic
dampers, energy absorbers,
dynamic clamps
3
Pipe clamps, clamp bases,
pipe connecting parts
4
Roller bearings, pipe saddles,
cryogenic clamp bases
5
Threaded connecting elements
6
Structural attachments, trapezes,
clamps, slide plates
7
LISEGA software tools for
planning and design
8
Supplementary services,
engineering, field service
9
Product Group 1
Constant hangers, constant supports, types 11, 12, 19
Product Group 2
Spring hangers, spring supports, types 21, 22, 28, 29
Product Group 3
Snubbers, energy absorbers, rigid struts, viscoelastic
dampers, dynamic clamps, types 30-39
Product Group 4
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, pipe connecting parts,
types 41-46, 48-49
Product Group 5
Roller bearings, pipe saddles, cryogenic clamp bases,
types 51-58
Product Group 6
Threaded connecting elements, types 60-67
Product Group 7
Structural attachments, trapezes, clamps, slide plates,
types 73-79
Product Group 8
LISEGA software tools for planning and design
Product Group 9
Supplementary services, engineering, field service
0
Product
group
Technical
specifications
Technical
specifications
0
Technical
specifications
Contents
Page
1. Standard Supports, requirements and definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1
2. LISEGA Standard Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1
3. LISEGA Modular System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2
3.1 User benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2
0
PRODUCT
GROUP
1
3.2 Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2
3.3 Product groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2
3.4 Load groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2
3.5 Travel ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3
3.6 Product groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3
3.7 Modular System for load and connection compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4
4. Permissible loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5
4.1 Statically and dynamically loaded components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5
4.2 Product group 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5
4.3 Product group 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5
4.4 Load groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6
5. Type designation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7
6. Standards and codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9
7. Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9
8. Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10
9. Surface protection against corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10
9.1 Standard corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11
9.2 Increased corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.12
9.3 Hot dip galvanized surface treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.13
10. Operational behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.14
11. Connection dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15
12. Quality Management and IMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.16
13. Suitability tests, types tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.17
14. Standard versions and increased requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.18
15. Form of shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.19
16. Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.19
17. Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.19
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.0
0
Technical
specification
The products outlined in
this catalog - Standard
Supports 2020 - are fully
in line with the latest
developments in support
technology and satisfy
general requirements for
plant installation at the
highest level. For the
general design of LISEGA
standard supports, uniform criteria are applied.
They are described in the
following Technical specifications and are binding
for the contents of this
catalog. Componentrelated
features are outlined in the
corresponding sections of
the product groups and in
the type data sheets
1. Standard Supports, definition 2. LISEGA Standard Supports
and requirements
2.1 Scope
At LISEGA, standard supports form the basis
of a comprehensive performance package. A
For the support of industrial piping systems
complete product program of more than 12,000
the use of standard supports is regarded as
standardized components covers all support
well-proven, up-to-date technology.
situations, operational loads, temperatures and
Only a high level of standardization can satisfy the travel ranges normally experienced in piping
demand for technically superior and at the same systems in industrial plant construction:
time economical support components. The complex requirements for modern pipe supports are: 650°C operating temperature for pipe
clamps and clamp bases
400kN nominal load for all mainly
reliable functioning
statically
loaded components
maintenance-free operation
1000kN
nominal load for rigid struts
quick delivery
and
standard
snubbers
low component prices
5000kN
design
load for large-bore
computerized design systems
snubbers
easy installation
900mm travel range for constant hangers
favorable performance weight ratio
400mm travel range for spring hangers
1.1 Requirements
1.2 Definition
Unless expressly agreed
otherwise, the stipulations Standard supports must fulfill the following
criteria:
in the catalog Standard
Supports 2020 apply to
component shapes are uniform and
all our shipments.
designed to make the optimum use
of material
components are compatible regarding
dimensions and load capacity
components are cataloged and clearly
designated via an identification system
components are manufactured in series
production
components comply with the approved
standards and international codes
the functional capacity, suitability and durability of the components is well proven
components are certified and approved for
use by independent certification bodies
The relevant codes for pipe supports in German
and European plant construction (power stations), the DIN EN 13480-T3 and VGB Guideline
R 510 L, require the preferential use of standard
supports and define the criteria as follows:
2.2 Design features
Specially developed components are available
for the various support functions. Fundamental
design principles were taken into consideration
in the design and construction of the components:
symmetrical design shapes
compact installation dimensions
special, reliable functional principles
extra-wide adjustment ranges
fully compatible load ranges and
connection dimensions
integrated installation aids
Moreover, LISEGA hangers feature only one upper
connection point. Due to this, along with compact
and symmetrical design shapes, load distribution
free of imposed moments on the connections is
ensured and easy installation made possible. The
operating position of the moving parts (hangers,
supports and snubbers) can be read directly off
a linear travel indicator.
Load adjustment of the constant hangers and
“Standard Supports are pipe support components supports can be carried out at all times, even
in which the design in form and dimensions, as in the installed condition. Hangers and supwell as the design data regarding loads, are spec- ports can be blocked in any travel position.
ified, verified and cataloged and where the components are manufactured according to defined,
reproducible processes, e.g. series production”.
0.1
2.3 Principle of the optimum design
For the design and arrangement of support
components, optimum coverage of the specific
support function is the decisive factor. So only
one design is required for each function, namely,
the optimum one for the purpose. The project
engineer is no longer forced to choose from a
range of alternative solutions.
This not only facilitates application but also
increases safety. In addition it is a prerequisite
for the logical implementation of standardized
construction according to the modular system.
There’s only ONE best solution!
3. The LISEGA Modular System
3.1 User benefits
The cost of pipe supports is a major factor in
the total cost of a pipe system. The cost of the
supports is the accumulated total arising from
the individual costs of:
project management (processing)
design and engineering work
use of material (components) and
installation and assembly work
Moreover, the pipe supports are almost always
critical for the commissioning deadlines and can,
through delays in delivery, cause incalculable
extra costs.
0
The cumulative benefits from this result in reliThe economic principle:
able project processing at competitive prices
with superior component quality. In addition,
= with the least possible
the user also benefits from cost reductions in
effort, achieving the
labor-intensive sectors such as support engineermaximum possible benefit
ing (design) and onsite installation. The assembly procedure for the pipe systems can also be
= Total Cost Minimum/TCM
streamlined by first installing the supports, then
mounting the piping directly into them.
3.2 Functionality
The standardization of components at LISEGA
is specifically directed toward their systematic
interaction as support configurations. To this
end, load and travel ranges as well as the geometry of the connections are harmonized. The
LISEGA standard support program has been
developed in this fashion as a fully functional
and effective modular system. The individual
components therein form modules and guarantee
load compatibility. This enables a wide range of
combinations to produce tailor-made support
configurations as required. The comprehensive
selection of components enables adaptation
widely to differing support situations and application conditions.
First install the supports,
then mounting the pipes!
Product Groups
+ load groups
+ travel ranges
+ connection compatibility
= Modular System
3.3 Product groups
The standardized components are divided into
7 product groups according to task and function
(see standardized components table p. 0.3 and
diagram on p. 0.4).
Modular System
3.4 Load groups
+ CAD design
The goal of the LISEGA product strategy is to
To ensure uniform loading in component
+ IT Logistics System
achieve optimum user benefits for customers at combinations the product groups are arranged
the lowest cost, following the economic principle. throughout according to clearly classified static
and dynamic load groups (see p. 0.5 and p. 0.6). = High-Tech Application
The LISEGA modular system provides the corresponding basis. The standardization of components is the decisive prerequisite for:
rational series production
favorable performance/weight ratios
consistently high product quality
ready availability from stock
our special LICAD® design software
0.2
3.6 Product groups
Metric or UNC according to
region of application.
Within a load group (nominal load) all components
feature uniform load limits and safety margins.
Within a load group the connection dimensions
of the components (thread and bolt diameters)
are uniform and compatible with the components
in other product groups.
As different components can only be combined
with each other within the same load group the
stresses on a load chain are consistent throughout, whereby the clamps are selected in each
case according to the relevant temperature and
isolation thickness of the pipe system.
product group
1
Constant
hangers &
supports
2
Spring
hangers
3
Dynamic
components
4
Pipe
connecting
components
5
Pipe
bearings
and saddle
components,
cryogenic
clamp bases
6
Threaded
connecting
elements
7
Structural
attachment
elements
The incorrect combination of parts from different
load groups is thus avoided.
3.5 Travel ranges
3.5.1 Constant and spring hanger
travel ranges
Moving components such as constant and spring
hangers are split into travel ranges corresponding to the usable spring travel of the standard
springs used. The relevant travel range in each
case is designated in the type description by the
4th digit in the following table.
For spring hangers and
supports (Product Group 2)
the springs are pre-stressed
to approx. 1/3 of their nominal
load. This results in the initial
load.
constant
travel range
[mm]
0 - 75
0 - 150
0 - 300
0 - 450
0 - 600
0 - 750
0 - 900
hangers
type
designation
1. .1 ..
1. .2 ..
1. .3 ..
1. .4 ..
1. .5 ..
1. .6 ..
1. .7 ..
spring hangers
travel range
type
[mm] designation
0 - 50
2. .1 ..
0 - 100
2. .2 ..
0 - 200
2. .3 ..
0 - 300
2. .4 ..
0 - 400
2. .5 ..
3.5.2 Snubber travel ranges
The LISEGA snubbers are grouped into standard
stroke ranges denoted by the 4th digit of the
type designation as in the following table.
snubbers
stroke [mm]
type
150
300
400
500
600
750
100
30
30
30
30
30
30
30/31
30/31
200
0.3
type
designation
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3. .9 ..
standard components
type
component
11
12-14
16
17
18
19
19
71
79
20
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
72
79
30
31
32
33
34
35
36-38
39
3D
3L
3R
40
41
42-44
45,46,48
49
77
51
52
53
54
54
55
56
57
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
70
73
74
75
76
78
79
Constant hangers
Constant hangers, multi-cell
Constant supports, multi-cell
Servo hangers
Constant hangers, low profile
Constant supports, low profile
Angulating const. supp., low profile
Brackets for constant hangers
Constant hanger trapezes
Angulating spring supports
Spring hangers
Heavy duty spring hangers
Spring hangers, seated
Heavy duty spr. hang. (seated)
Sway braces
Heavy duty spring supports
Spring supports
Base plates
Spring hanger trapezes
Snubbers
Large bore snubbers
Energy absorbers
Installation extensions
Dynamic pipe clamps
Weld-on brackets
Dynamic pipe clamps
Rigid struts
Viscoelastic dampers
Shear lugs
Pipe whip restraints
U-bolts
Weld-on lugs
Horizontal clamps
Riser clamps
Clamp bases, lift-off restraints
Connection plates
Cylinder roller bearings
Double taper roller bearings
Double cylinder roller bearings
Weld-on pipe saddles
Pipe saddle with pipe clamps
Lift-off restraints
Cryogenic clamp bases
Cryogenic axial stops
Weld-on pipe shoes
Stanchions
Eye nuts
Clevises
Turnbuckles
Hexagon nuts
Rod couplings
Tie rods L/R
Tie rods
Threaded rods / stud bolts
Sliding components
Weld-on clevises
Weld-on plates with sph. washers
Weld-on eye nuts
Beam adapters
Beam clamps
Trapezes
0
3.7 Modular system
for load and connection
compatibility
Constant hangers,
constant supports
1
Pipe clamps,
clamp bases,
pipe connections
Cryogenics,
stanchions, roller bearings,
pipe saddles
2
5
8
Load and
connection compatibility
M
10
M
10
M
12
M
12
M
16
M
20
M
24
M
30
M
36
M
42
M
48
M
56x
M 4
64
M x4
68
M x4
72
M x4
80x
4
10
C
10
D
12
1
12
2
16
3
20
4
24
5
33
6
40
7
45
8
50
9
60 0
1
70 0
2
70 0
3
80 0
4
90 0
5
6
Connecting
components
Snubbers,
rigid struts, energy absorbers,
viscoelastic dampers,
dynamic clamps
3
1
0.3
2
0.6
5
1.2
0
2.5
0
5.0
0
0
.
10
00
20.
00
40.
00
60.
00
80.
0
0
.
100 0
.0
0
6
1 0
.0
200 0
.0
0
4
2
.00
0
30 0
.0
400
nominal load kN
LISEGA Software
Tools for Planning
and Design
Ø bolts
load group
7
4
thread
Structural attachments,
trapezes, beam adapters,
slide plates
Spring hangers,
spring supports
0.4
Cold load:
The cold load is the load determined by the pipe system calculations for the support point in shut
down condition.
4. Permissible loads
Set load (blocking load):
The set or blocking load is the
load at which the spring or constant hanger is set and blocked.
The set load is made up of the
cold load and the dead weight of
the components suspended from
the spring or constant hanger. In
part, blanket dead weights are
already calculated into the cold
loads. These must be taken into
account when designing the hanger arrangement.
For permissible loads we distinguish between
statically and dynamically loaded components.
The components in product groups 1, 2, 4, 5, 6,
4.2 Product group 4
and 7 are, according to their function, loaded in
For product group 4 (pipe connections), a coronly one direction (static or quasi static) and are
responding overlapping area in the load groups
viewed as statically determined components.
is taken into account, due to the wide temperature-dependent range of different loads. Data
4.1.1 Static components
on the permissible loads for pipe-connecting
The nominal load is used to denote the load
components under consideration of the respecgroup. For the statically determined components
tive operating temperatures can be taken from
in product groups 1, 2, 6 and 7 the nominal
the individual selection tables.
load corresponds to the max. set load of spring
elements such as spring hangers. The max. opThe permissible operating loads for long-term
erating load (load case H) is, in the event of use operation (load case H (under normal conditions),
as a rigid support, considerably higher than the normal load, level A) are shown here. On higher
nominal load and is adapted to the load capacity short-term loading (e.g. hydrostatic tests) no
of the connection thread. This also includes spring permanent deformation is caused.
hangers and constant hangers in blocked condition, whereby for cold loads in pressure tests
The permissible loads in load cases HZ (emergen(short duration) the emergency loads (load case cy (occasionally occurring operating conditions),
HZ) can be exploited.
level C) and HS (faulted condition, level D) depend
on the codes to be complied with.
Hot load (operating load):
The hot or operating load is the
load acting on the support point
during normal operation. For spring
hangers it is made up of the set
load and the force resulting from
spring travel multiplied by spring
rate. For constant hangers the hot
load corresponds to the set load.
Hydrostatic test load:
The hydrostatic test load is the
load acting on the support during
pressure testing, in general at
80°C.
Pickling (and clean) load:
The pickling load is the load distributed from the supports points
during pickling of the pipe system,
in general at 200°C.
dynamically determined
components product group 3
load nominal Ø connectgroup load [kN] ing bolt
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
3
10
2
4
10
3
8
12
4
18
15
5
46
20
6
100
30
7
200
50
8
350
60
9
550
70
10
1000
100
20
2000
120
30
3000
140
40
4000
160
50
5000
180
0.5
4.1 Statically and dynamically loaded
components
As these components are generally used as safety
devices for emergencies, load case HZ or level
C (ASME) are taken as the maximum occasionally occurring load condition. In any case, the
requirements set forth by the project engineer
responsibly apply.
4.1.2 Dynamic components
For dynamically loaded components the nominal load corresponds at the same time to the
operating load for load case H (under normal
conditions) or load A/B (ASME).
statically determined components
product groups 1, 2, 6, 7
load nominal Ø connect- spanner connecting
group load [kN] ing bolt
width
bolt
C
16
10
0.31
M10
D
16
10
0.62
M10
1
18
12
1.25
M12
2
18
12
2.5
M12
3
24
16
5.0
M16
4
30
20
10
M20
5
36
24
20
M24
6
46
33
40
M30
7
55
40
60
M36
8
65
45
80
M42
9
100
75
50
M48
10
160
85
60
M56x4
20
200
95
70
M64x4
30
240
100
70
M68x4
40
300
105
80
M72x4
50
400
115
90
M80x4
code
ASME section III, NF
RCCM
MSS SP-58
DIN EN 13480
VGB-R 510 L KTA 3205.3 examples
load case HZ
(emergency)
H x 1.5
H x 1.33
H x 1.2
H x 1.2
H x 1.15
H x 1.15
load case HS
(faulted condition)
H x 1.6
H x 1.6
no data
no data
H x 1.5
H x 1.5
4.3 Product group 5
The components in product group 5, clamp bases
for cold pipe systems, low temperature systems
(cryogenic) as well as roller bearings and pipe
saddles, are regarded as static after determined
but are not considered to be part of the modular
system with regard to the load group. As they are
more comparable with components in secondary
steelwork with respect to loading, they form a
separate group. The nominal load here corresponds to the max. operating load according to
load case H. For product group 5 see also 4.4.3,
p. 0.6.
For components qualified acc. to KTA 3205 the
following applies: HZ = H x 1.5; HS = H x 1.7
0
4.4 Load tables
The permissible loads of the components are
arranged in the form of a matrix (ordered acc.
to load groups and load cases) in the following
LISEGA load tables. The definition of the load
cases are in line with DIN EN 13480-T3, VGB-R
510 L, ASME B31.1, MSS SP-58, ASME section III,
Div. 1, Subsection NF and KTA 3205. The load
Max. operating load for spring
table applies uniformly to all components in the
and constant hanger correLISEGA modular system and to other LISEGA
sponding to max. load on
main springs. The load group
components scheduled for use with standard
allocation does not apply to
components such as special designs.
types 18/19.
Permissible loads acc. to
4.4.1 Max. permissible load [kN] for statically determined components
load
group
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50
normal operating conditions H/normal
upset
nom. load
150°C
[kN] 80°C
0.8
0.7
0.31
0.7
2.5
2.2
0.62
1.7
4.2
3.7
1.25
2.8
6.7
6.0
2.5
4.4
11.3
10.1
5.0
8.5
23.3
20.9
10.0
14
34
30
20.0
27
56
50
40.0
43
83
74
60.0
63
114
102
80.0
85
100
151
135
112
160
222
199
178
200
297
266
215
240
340
305
270
300
380
340
320
400
490
440
400
occas. occurring operating conditions HZ/emergency
80°C
150°C
1.1
1.0
3.3
2.9
5.6
5.0
9
8.0
15
13.4
31
27.8
46
41
74
66
108
97
150
135
196
176
295
265
395
355
452
406
505
450
650
585
design criteria for US standard
“MSS SP-58” (ASME B 31.1 /
B 31.3).
faulted condition HS/faulted
80°C
150°C
1.4
1.3
4.3
3.8
7.2
6.4
13.3
12
22.2
20
41
37
61
55
96
86
140
126
195
175
255
230
381
343
512
461
585
526
650
585
840
755
4.4.2 Max. permissible loads [kN] for dynamically
determined components, product group 3
load
group
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50
normal operating conditions
(FN)/upset level A/B
80°C
150°C
2.9
3
3.9
4
7.5
8
16.5
18
44.0
46
94.5
100
175
200
339
350
535
550
937
1000
2000
1900
3000
2850
4000
3800
5000
4750
4.4.3 Max. permissible loads
for roller bearings in product group 5
4.4.4 Max. permissible loads
for snubbers
permissible loads [kN]
normal operating conditions
occas. occur. operat. cond.
4
5.5
8
11
faulted condition level D
80°C
150°C
5.2
5.0
6.9
6.7
13.7
12.6
31
28.5
77
74.5
180
162
336
301
655
588
935
910
1740
1612
3440
3270
5160
4900
6880
6530
8600
8150
occas. occurring operating conditions level C
80°C
150°C
4.0
3.8
5.3
5.1
10.6
9.7
23.9
22.0
61
58.5
141
127
267
239
472
423
735
715
1335
1236
2660
2520
4000
3800
5320
5050
6650
6310
16
22
All loads are included here
that can possibly occur during
conventional operation of the
plant, including startup and
shutdown, weight tolerances,
and hydrostatic tests.
Loads falling outside conven-
tional operation are included here, according to the
regulations in each case, also
hydrostatic tests. Subsequent
inspection of the whole support
arrangement is strongly advised.
Due to the loads specified the
yield stress of the components
can be reached. At all events
replacement is recommended.
All dynamic stresses possibly
resulting from plant operation
are included here including pressure shock forces from valve
operations or possibly from
operating basis earthquakes
(0.B.E.).
All dynamic stresses beyond
conventional operation and
possibly safety shutdown
earthquakes (S.S.E.) are included
here. Subsequent inspection of
the whole support arrangement
is strongly recommended.
For the dynamic loads specified
the yield stress of the components can be reached. At all
events replacement is strongly
recommended.
Load groups 1 and 2 are
compatible regarding load
and connections, whereby load
group 1 refers to the smallest
snubber and load group 2 to
the corresponding rigid struts
and weld-on brackets.
permissible loads [kN]
35
47
60 120
80 160
3D .. .. -D
3D .. .. -L
2.5
5.0
5
10
10
15
20
25
30
40
40
50
60
80 100
0.6
5. Type designations
PG 1 Constant hangers and supports PG 3 Dynamic components
(continued)
(continued)
All components can be identified via coded
type designations. 6 digits contain all the
information required for description of the
standard design.
The type designation system is the prerequisite for the use of modern IT and enables the
unrestricted integration of the LISEGA modular
system into current CAD programs.
The LISEGA type designations can be decoded
by way of the following tables.
2nd digit 3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit
constant load group travel
field of
production
hanger
[kN] range [mm] application
series
8= CH short
D=M10 1=75
1=M12 2=150
2=M12 3=300
3=M16
4=M20
9= C-support, 5=M24
Angulating 6=M30
constant 7=M36
support,
8=M42
short
9=M48
The 1st digit describes the product group (PG)
PG
PG
PG
PG
PG
1
2
3
4
5
=
=
=
=
=
Constant hangers and supports
Spring hangers and supports
Dynamic components
Pipe connecting components
Pipe bearings and saddle
components, cryogenic clamp bases
PG 6 = Threaded connecting elements
PG 7 = Structural attachment elements
The digits 2 – 6 designate the further characteristics according to the following tables. The
design for increased requirements (5th or 6th
digit) is described on p. 0.18.
PG 1 Constant hangers and supports
2nd digit 3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit
load
travel
field of
production
design
group range [mm] application
series
1= CH
C=M10
D=M10
1=M12
2=M12
3=M16
4=M20
5=M24
6=M30
7=M36
8=M42
9=M48
2=150 1= standard
3=300 5= <increased
4=450
require5=600
ments>
6=750
7=900
8LG10
9LG20
3= CH 3 x
coupled
8LG30
9LG40
4= CH 4 x
coupled
6= heavy con.
support
8LG40
9LG50
8160kN 2=150mm 2= coupled 2 x
9200kN 3=300mm
8240kN
3= coupled 3 x
9300kN
8320kN
4= coupled 4 x
9400kN
5=M24
6=M30
7=M36
8=M42
9=M48
*SE= sliding element
0.7
1,2= standard
constant support
3,4= standard
angulating
constant support
5,6= support
<incr. requirem.>
constant support
7,8= <increased
requirements>
angulating
constant support
6=with high
temp. SE*
7=with
PTFE-SE*
1,3 = standard 5=1985
5,7 = <increased
requirements>
2=150 1= standard
3=300 5= <increased
requirements>
6=with high
temp. SE*
7=with
PTFE-SE*
9=without
SE*
5=1985
6= dynamic
pipe
clamps
with
U-bolt
7= dynamic
clamps
with strap
9= rigid
struts
PG 2 Spring hangers and supports
2nd digit 3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit
spring load group travel
field of
production
hanger
[kN] range [mm] application
series
0= angulating
spring support
0= extension
for
type 20
1= suspended
5= seated
7= sway brace
7= extension
for type 27
9= spr. support
2= heavy SH
suspended
6= heavy SH
seated
8= heavy
spring
support
C=M10
D=M10
1=M12
2=M12
3=M16
4=M20
5=M24
6=M30
7=M36
8=M42
9=M48
1= 50
2=100
3=200
4=300
5=400
9 = Ext.
f. type 20
& type 27
& type 29
1= standard
5= <increased
requirements>
2= telescopable
spring support
6= <increased
requirements>
4=1994
8=1978
6=with high
temp. SE*
7=with
PFTE-SE*
9=1999
1=1991
1=M56x4 1= 50
2=M64x4 2=100
3=M68x4 3=200
4=M72x4
5=M80X4
1= standard
9=1999
5= <increased
requirements>
2= standard
6= <increased
6=with high
requirements> temp. SE*
7=with
PFTE-SE*
T0=1016
T1=1067
T2=1118
T3=1168
T4=1219
2=4
3=8
4=18
5=46
6=100
7=200
8=350
9=550
0=1000
0= hydr.
snubber
serial
version
2= energy
absorber
3= extension
1=3
2=4
3=8
4=18
5=46
6=100
7=200
8=350
9=550
0=1000
2=150 1= standard
3=300 5= <increased
4=400
requirements>
5=500 9= to 600°C
8=100
9=200
1= hydr.
snubber
large
bore
2=2000
3=3000
4=4000
5=5000
9=550
0=1000
8=100
9=200
79=200 1= standard
89=350 5= <increased
requirements>
99=550
09=1000
20=2000
2=2002
3=1993
6=1986
8=1988
1=1991
3=1993
9=1989
8=1988
standard
1=to 350°C
2=to 500°C
3=to 560°C
4=to 600°C
<increased
requirements>
6=to 350°C
7=to 500°C
8=to 560°C
9=to 600°C
1-3= 1 x
U-bolt
4-5= 2 x
U-bolt
1-6= 1 x
Strap
7-8= 2 x
Strap
Middle installation
dimension in mm/100
3-4=
standard
8-9=
<increased
requirem.>
L= shear lugs 3rd to 6th digit corresponds to clamp type
2nd digit
design
D= viscouselastic
damper
3rd + 4th digit
load [kN]
03=2.5
05=5
10=10
15=15
20=20
25=25
5th digit 6th digit
travel vertical travel horizontal
[mm]
[mm]
40=40 3=30
50=50 4=40
60=60 5=50
80=80
H1=100
3=30
4=40
5=50
.. .. ..-L = limit
PG 4 Pipe clamps, clamp bases and
pipe-connecting components
2nd digit
design
1= weld-on
lug
PG 3 Dynamic components
5= weld-on 19=3
brackets 29=4
39=8
49=18
59=46
69=100
Pipe diameter
in mm/10
.. .. ..-D = depend
2nd digit 3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit
load
travel
field of
production
design group [kN] range [mm] application
series
2= CH 2 x
coupled
7= servo
hanger
3=2013
5=1985
9=1999
9=2009
1,2= standard 7=2007
5,6= <increased
requirements>
2nd digit 3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit
pipe diameter
field of
production
design
series
load group [kN] application
3rd + 4th digit
5th digit 6th digit
pipe diameter [mm] field of
production
/ load group
application
series
D9= LGD
29= LG2
39= LG3
49= LG4
59= LG5
69= LG6
79= LG7
01=21.3
03=33.7
05=48.3
07=73.0
09=88.9
11=114.3
14=139.7
17=168.3
22=219.1
horiz. clamp 26=267.0
32=323.9
2= 1-hole
37=368.0
2= 2-hole
42=419.0
3= 3-hole
51=508.0
4= with
61=609.6
U-bolt
or strap 71=711.2
81=812.8
riser clamp 91=914.4
5= flat steel T0=1016
6= box-sh. T2=1118
for shear lugs T4=1219
8= box-sh
for trunnions
02=26.9
04=42.4
06=60.3
08=76.1
10=108.0
13=133.0
16=159.0
19=193.7
24=244.5
27=273.0
36=355.6
41=406.4
46=457.2
56=558.8
66=660.4
76=762.0
86=863.6
97=965.2
T1=1067
T3=1168
1=standard
for straight
pipes max.
insulation
thickness
in mm
1=10
2=100
1=standard
for pipe
elbows
R1.5OD
max
insul.
thickn.
in mm
3,4=10
5,6=100
standard
1=to 350°C
2=to 500°C
3=to 560°C
4=to 600°C
5=to 650°C
depending on
Load
Group
and
design
<increased
requirements>
6=to 350°C
7=to 500°C
8=to 560°C
0=special material
PG 4 Pipe clamps, clamp bases and
PG 6 Connecting components
pipe-connecting components (continued)
2nd digit
3rd + 4th digit
pipe diameter
[mm]
design
9= clamp
base
0= U-bolt
9= lift-off
restraint for
clamp base
01=21.3
03=33.7
05=48.3
07=73.0
09=88.9
11=114.3
14=139.7
17=168.3
22=219.1
26=267.0
32=323.9
37=368.0
42=419.0
51=508.0
61=609.6
71=711.2
81=812.8
91=914.4
T0=1016
T2=1118
T4=1219
02=26.9
04=42.4
06=60.3
08=76.1
10=108.0
13=133.0
16=159.0
19=193.7
24=244.5
27=273.0
36=355.6
41=406.4
46=457.2
56=558.8
66=660.4
76=762.0
86=863.6
97=965.2
T1=1067
T3=1168
00= lift-off
restraint
5th digit 6th digit
field of
production
application
series
standard
1=to 350°C
2=to 500°C
3=to 560°C
4=to 600°C
5=to 650°C
<increased
requirements>
6=to 350°C
7=to 500°C
8=to 560°C
1= low
2= middle
3= low,
welded
4= med.,
welded
5= high,
welded
1= S235JR
8=
3= 1.4301
standard
<incr. requirem.>
6= S235JR
8= 1.4301
0= lift-off
restraint
1-5=
compon.
size
PG 5 Roller bearings, pipe saddles
and cryogenic clamp bases
2 digit
nd
design
1= cyl. roller bear.
2= doub.tap.roll.bear.
3= doub. cyl. roll.
bear.
5= lift-off restraint
for roll. bear.
4= pipe saddle
with pipe
clamps,
weld-on
saddles
6= cryogenic
clamp base
7= cryogenic
axial stop
6= pipe bearing
with cold
block
A= weld-on
bearing
8= pipe
supports
3 + 4 digit 5 digit 6 digit
load group
field of production
pipe diameter Ø application series
rd
th
04= 4kN
08= 8kN
12= 120kN
16= 16kN
35= 35kN
60= 60kN
01= 21.3mm
02= 26.9mm
03= 33.7mm
05= 48.3mm
06= 60.3mm
07= 73.0mm
08= 76.1mm
09= 88.9mm
10=108.0mm
11=114.3mm
13=133.0mm
14=139.7mm
16=159.0mm
17=168.3mm
19=193.7mm
22=219.1mm
24=244.5mm
26=267.0mm
27=273.0mm
32=323.9mm
36=355.6mm
37=368.0mm
41=406.4mm
42=419.0mm
46=457.2mm
51=508.0mm
56=558.8mm
61=609.6mm
66=660.4mm
71=711.2mm
76=762.0mm
81=812.8mm
91=914.4mm
97=965.2mm
th
2nd digit
3rd + 4th digit
design
load group
0= eye nut
1= clevis
2= turnbuckle
4= rod
coupling
D9= M10-0.62kN
29= M12-2.50kN
39= M16-5.00kN
49= M20-10.0kN
59= M24-20.0kN
69= M30-40.0kN
79= M36-60.0kN
89= M42-80.0kN
99= M48-100kN
10= M56x4-160kN
20= M64x4-200kN
30= M68x4-240kN
40= M72x4-300kN
50= M80x4-400kN
3= hex. nut
5= tie rod L/R
6= tie rod R/R
7= stud bolt,
threaded rod
5th digit 6th digit
field of production
application series
1= standard 2=1982
5= <increased 5=1995
requirements> 8=1978
9=1999
Length: 1= standard
1=not 5= <increased
standard requirements>
2= 500mm
3=1000mm
4=1500mm
5=2000mm
6=2500mm
7=3000mm
10=M56x4
Length
20=M64x4
not
30=M68x4 stand40=M72x4 ardized
50=M80x4
D=M10
2=M12
3=M16
4=M20
5=M24
6=M30
7=M36
8=M42
9=M48
Type designation
1 2 3 4 5 6
Production series/travel/variant
Field of application/travel
Travel range/pipe Ø/function
Load gr./pipe Ø/thread Ø
Design
Product Group (PG)
1= without
pipe clamps
2,3= with
pipe clamps
Length:
3=150mm
5=300mm
7=500mm
8=750mm
Insulation
thickness
in mm
0=25
1=40
2=50
3=80
4=100
5=130
6=150
7=180
8=200
9=250
9= pipe
1= pipe
bearing with bearing
cold block
Examples
design
0= sliding
elements
3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit
load group
field of production
[kN]
function application series
Width
1= 50
2=100
3=150
4=200
Length
1= 50
2=100
3=150
4=200
6=300
7=390
8=490
1 1 5 3 1 5
4 9 5 1 8 5
1= welded 1=
2,3= bolted rectangular,
up to 180°C
4=
rectangular,
up to 350°C
05=Ø 50 13=Ø 130 1= welded 2= round,
08=Ø 85 17=Ø 170 2,3= bolted up to 180°C
10=Ø 100 20=Ø 200
5= round,
up to 350°C
1= support
C…9=
bearing for Load Group
constant
hanger
1= support
bearing
for heavy
constant
hanger
2=150
3=300
4=450
5=600
6=750
(7=900)
6= standard 1= single
8= <increased support
requirements>
8=160kN
9=200kN
2= coupled
2x
8=240kN
9=300kN
3= coupled
3x
8=320kN
9=400kN
4= coupled
4x
2= base plate D…9=
1, 2, 3, 9=
for spring Load Group dep. on
hangers
design
3= weld-on D…50=
0 Load
clevis
Load Group Group 9
4= weld-on
plate
2= standard 8= 1978
7= <increased
requirements>
1= standard 2= 1982
5= <increased 3= 1993
requirements> 9= 1989
5= weld-on
eye plate
6= beam
adapters
& combinations
D…4= size 2= beam
adapter &
bolts
1= 2001
C…2= size 1=
cantilever
6= vertical
connection
7= horizontal
connection
00=lift-off restraints
1...4= size
8= beam clamp 2..7= Load Group 1= standard
1= 1991
9= constant
3 to 6 digits correspond to
1985 hanger trapezes
single hangers in each case (see PG1)
Standard design 9= spring
3rd to 5th digits correspond to
1= welded
hanger
single
hangers in each case (see PG2) unit
Travel range 3/0-300mm
trapezes
9= with
Load gr. 5/FN = 20kN
individual
Individual design
supports
Constant hanger 9= rigid
C…4=
2,3=
3= standard 7=
trapezes
Load Group depending 7= <increased L-profile
on design requirements> 9= U-profile,
2…9=
Load Group type
centric
High design, welded
connection
rd
13CrMo4-5, increased requirements
Clamp base 7= connecting
plates
Pipe connection
th
0 LG9
2…20=
Load Group
Pipe diameter 508mm
1= Standard 1= out of
T-section
2= out of
U-section
1,2=for
str. pipes
3,4=for
elbows
R DA
5,6=for
pipe elbows
R1.5 DA
2nd digit
2= standard 3=1993
3= 25CrMo4 8=1978
5= <increased 9=1999
requirements>
th
1= standard 9=1989
2= movable
laterally
1= rigid
pipe
supports
2= pipe
supports,
adjustable
PG 7 Structural attachments
and trapezes
4=
U-profile
3rd to 6th digit correspond to the clamps
to be coupled
4 4 6 1 4 8
3 9 6 2 5 4
Strap clamp for heavy loads
Standard design
Material 10CrMo9-10 standard design
Medium length 2500mm
Pipe diameter 609.6mm
Load group 6/FN = 100kN
Horizontal clamp, U-bolt or strap
Rigid strut
Pipe connection
0.8
Worldwide coverage of
recognized standards
6. Standards and codes
In design, in stress and load calculations, as well The material characteristics upon which all design
as in production, the relevant European and other calculations are based are taken from the relevant
international standards are taken into account.
standards and technical codes.
the following codes apply:
DIN EN 13480-T3
VGB-R 510 L
KTA 3205.1/2/3
AD-Merkblätter
RCC-M
MSS SP-58
MSS SP-69
ANSI ASME B31.1 / B31.3
ASME section III Div.I - NF
JSME S NC 1
JEAG 4601
SPIR-O-2008
Metallic industrial pipe systems
Standard supports
Nuclear regulations
Pressure vessels working group
Specifications for pipe supports
Pipe supports – material and design
Pipe supports – application
Pressure piping systems
Supports for nuclear components
Technical regulations
Nuclear design regulations
Supports for nuclear plants for AES-2006
Europe
Germany
Germany
Germany
France
USA
USA
USA
USA
Japan
Japan
Russia
7. Materials
Materials are exclusively used that conform to
DIN-EN, ASTM or CN steel material requirements.
As a matter of course only materials of guaranteed
strength characteristics are used for the support
components.
Preferred materials for pipe connections
Standardized selection
of carbon steels and
heat-resistant materials!
Materials for use at higher
temperatures on request
0.9
temperature of medium in °C
ASTM
DIN-EN
S235JR
S235JR
S235JR
S355J2
S355J2
S355J2
P235TR1
P235GH
P355NH
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5
10CrMo9-10
X10CrMoVNb9-1+NT/QT
X5CrNi18-10
42CrMo4+QT
X10CrMoVNb9-1+NT/QT
21CrMoV5-7+QT
25CrMo4+QT
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
CN-Steel
Q235B
350 450 500 530
36
x
516 Gr. 60
x
675 Gr. 55
x
675 Gr. 70
Q345B/Q345R
x
299
Q345B/Q345R
x
516 Gr. 70
Q345B/Q345R
x
53 S Gr. A
20G
x
53 S Gr. A
20G
x
106 Gr. C
20G
x
204
(Q345R)/15CrMoR
x
x
x
387 Gr. 12 Cl.2 15CrMoR
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
387 Gr. 22 Cl.2 12Cr1MoVR/12Cr2Mo1R
387 Gr. 91 Cl.2
x
x
x
x
240 TP 304
06Cr19Ni10
x
x
x
x
193 B7
42CrMo
x
193 B8
x
x
x
x
182 F91
x
x
x
x
25Cr2MoVA
x
x
x
x
194 Gr. 2H
25Cr2MoVA
x
x
x
x
560
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
600 650
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8. Welding
All welding is carried out as gas metal arc welding
under protective gas according to DIN EN ISO
4063.
MAG/GMAW (= gas metal arc welding),
Procedure no. 135
MAG/FCAW (= flux core arc welding),
Procedure no. 136
WIG/GTAW (= gas tungsten arc welding),
Procedure no. 141
For these procedures (welding procedure
specifications (WPS)) are on hand which are
certified on the basis of the EN ISO 15614-1
and / or ASME section IX (WPQR).
The welders are qualified according to EN 2871 and ASME section IX for the corresponding
procedures and material classes, and the service
personnel for welding equipment according to
EN 1418 and ASME section IX.
LISEGA holds certifications according to:
DIN 18800-T7 Kl. E, recertification according to EN1090-1 – EXE 4 conformity
certification for support components and
EN 1090-2 Technical regulations for the
execution of steel construction
ASME section III Div. I Subs. NCA 4000 –
NPT and NS stamp
EN ISO 3834-2
TRD 201/AD 2000 Leaflet HPO
Technical Regulations for Steam Boilers/
Manufacture and inspection of pressure
vessels by the German TÜV
Non-destructive testing VT, PT, MT, UT and RT
(external) is conducted by test personnel qualified acc. to standards ISO 9712 Level II and
SNT-TC-1A Level II. Supervision is carried out
by personnel qualified acc. to ISO 9712 Level III
and SNT-TC-1A Level III.
0
The tests are conducted on the basis of
regulations:
EN ISO 5817 Assessment Group C
EN ISO 17635 (ISO 10836) with relevant
stipulations for the various ZfP procedures
RCCM Subs. H 4000 with
MC 3000 – MC 7000
ASME section V as required by subsection NF
9. Surface treatment against
corrosion
As a matter of principle, LISEGA products are
designed for long-term operation, functioning
reliably for the whole life of the plant. To limit
maintenance work, particular attention is paid
to protection against corrosion. It is important
to specify the type of surface treatment for the
environmental conditions prevailing. LISEGA
offers a range of suitable corrosion protection
systems based on the corrosivity categories and
protection periods of EN ISO 12944:
Standard surface protection (9.1)
Increased surface protection (9.2)
Hot-dip version (9.3)
Surface protection for extreme
applications (9.4)
The current welding inspection team is qualified according to:
EN ISO 14731, welding engineers IWE
and EWE (International/European welding
engineer) and welding technicians, IWS
(International Welding Expert)
Certified welding inspectors acc. to AWS 1.1
ASME section III Div. I Subs. NF-5500
SNT-TC-1A
0.10
Whenever technically feasible, LISEGA uses low-solvent, environmentally
friendly, “water-borne”
paint finishes.
9.1 Standard corrosion protection
9.1.4 Hot dip galvanizing
As protection against corrosion, the surfaces of
LISEGA products are treated with high-quality
protection systems. Our standard corrosion protection corresponds to the Corrosion Category
C3, medium protection period (M) acc. to
EN ISO 12944 and is well suited to implementation in environments with a moderate industrial
atmosphere. Typical fields of application in this
regard are the interiors of production workshops
with increased levels of humidity and dust or
exteriors with an normal atmosphere.
Roller bearings, pipe saddles and cold-block
clamp bases are treated as standard with hot
dip galvanization, coat thickness 60 – 80µm.
9.1.1 Standard paint finish
Data on specified coat
thicknesses correspond to
NDFT (Nominal Dry Film
Thickness) acc. to DIN EN
ISO 12944, measured acc.
to DIN EN ISO 2808.
Metallic surfaces of carbon steel exposed to
the open air receive by shotblasting to SA 2 1/2
(SP10 acc. to ASTM) and then an undercoating
of zinc-rich primer 60µm is applied. The total
dry film thickness of the coating amounts to
approx. 120µm, color shade RAL 5012 – light
blue.
9.1.5 Primer coating
Due to their special installation situation, mainly
within the insulation, the pipe-surrounding components such as pipe clamps and clamp bases,
weld-on brackets, weld-on eye nuts, weld-on clevises, weld-on bearings and weld-on pipe supports
(stanchions) are treated to higher quality transport
protection with a weldable primer coating on a
shot-blasted surface, coat thickness approx. 30µm.
9.1.6 Snubbers
Snubbers are manufactured completely from corrosion resistant materials and require no special
coating.
The separate connection lugs of type 30, are
manufactured from carbon-steel, and treated
according to 9.1.7.
Components falling into this category are constant
hangers and supports, heavy spring hangers and
supports, trapezes, extension tubes for snubbers, 9.1.7 Snubbers connections
rigid strut tubes and viscoelastic dampers.
Connecting lugs are galvanized according to 9.1.3
and fitted with corrosion-protected ball bushings.
9.1.2 Cathodic dip coating of springs Extension pipes are treated with the standard
High quality helical coil springs are an important paint coating acc. to 9.1.1. Weld-on brackets are
element in LISEGA constant and spring hangers. given a weldable primer coat acc. to 9.1.5 and the
Due to their exposed functional significance, all
connection pins are of stainless steel.
springs are treated with a cathodic immersion
process (CIP). The springs are shot-blasted and
9.1.8 Rigid struts
zinc-phosphated on their extended or peeled
The rigid strut tubes are given a standard color
surfaces. Finally, a dual-component epoxy resin
coating (9.1.1). The ball bushing joints are
coating is applied in a galvanic process and
electro galvanized (9.1.3) and fitted with corrobaked at approx. 200°C.
sion-protected ball bushings. Weld-on brackets
are treated with a weldable primer coating
(9.1.5), while the connecting pins are stainless
Spring hangers and spring supports, beam clamps steel.
and all threaded components and internal functional parts of the constant hangers and supports are galvanized with a coating thickness of
approx. 12-15µm.
9.1.3 Electrogalvanizing
0.11
9.2 Increased corrosion protection
9.2.4 Increased corrosion protection
Increased corrosion protection acc. to EN ISO
for LISEGA helical coil springs
12944, Corrosivity Category C4, medium protec- On top of the standard CIP coating acc. to 9.1.2
tion period (M), is recommended in aggressive a supplementary paint layer with a specified
atmospheres, such as in the open in industrial thickness of 60µm is applied.
areas and in coastal regions with moderate saline
exposure or in the case of internal applications 9.2.5 Increased corrosion protection
in chemical plants.
0
for pipe clamps and clamp bases,
Increased corrosion protection is ensured through product groups 3 and 4
corresponding additional measures for surface
treatment acc. to 9.2.1 to 9.2.5 on the basis of
the standard treatment.
9.2.1 Increased corrosion protection
for carbon steel surfaces
Painted surfaces corresponding to the standard
version (9.1.1), such as constant hangers and
supports, support bearings, trapezes, snubber
extensions, rigid strut tubes and viscoelastic
dampers are topcoated with an additional coat
of 60µm on an already existing coat of 120µm,
so that a specified coat thickness of 180µm is
achieved, color shade RAL 5012 – light blue.
Functional components lying within the constant
hanger bodies are also treated acc. to corrosivity
category C4, medium protection (M), in line with
EN ISO 12944.
9.2.2 Increased corrosion protection
for electrogalvanized surfaces
Surfaces galvanized as standard acc. to 9.1.3,
such as spring hangers and supports, are given
a layer of adhesion primer of 40µm thickness
plus a topcoat of 60µm to create a total layer
thickness of approx. 115µm, color shade RAL
5012 – light blue.
Pipe clamps and clamp bases for an application
range up to 350°C can, if required, be supplied
electrogalvanized.
application
range [type]
coating for increased
corrosion protection
up to 350°C
[3. .. 1. / 4. .. 1.]
[3. .. 6. / 4. .. 6.]
electrogalvanization
Pipe clamps and clamp bases for a range over
350°C are given a coating which corresponds in
the stability of its maximum working temperature to the following table.
application
range [type]
over 350°C
[3. .. 2. / 4.
[3. .. 3. / 4.
[3. .. 4. / 4.
[3. .. 5. / 4.
[3. .. 7. / 4.
[3. .. 8. / 4.
coating for increased
corrosion protection
..
..
..
..
..
..
2.]
3.]
4.]
5.]
7.]
8.]
within the insulation:
Primer (as transport protection)
Coat thickness approx. 30µm
outside the insulation:
Ethylsilicate coating
Specified coat thickness 80µm
Ethylsilicate
coating outside
the insulation
Primer coating
inside the
insulation
Threaded parts from Product Group 6 are not
given additional surface coats and can if required
be supplied galvanized.
Threaded parts, boltings,
straps and plates on the
pipe-surrounding components must, for increased
corrosion protection and a
working temperature over
350°C, be located within
the insulation in accordance with the installation
instructions.
9.2.3 Increased corrosion protection
for spherical bearings
The connecting elements of rigid struts and
snubbers receive a special coating containing
zinc and aluminum lamellas with an additional organic topcoat, layer thickness approx.
20 – 25µm.
Insulation
Coating in example of pipe clamps,
insulated at T 350°C
0.12
9.3 Hot dip galvanized version
9.3.2 Components in product group 2
As an alternative to 9.2, all components in the
Spring hangers and supports are available ex
LISEGA product program can also be supplied
stock in hot dip galvanized versions.
as hot dip galvanized version or, where this is
not suitable for technical reasons, made from
9.3.3 Pipe clamps and clamp bases,
corrosion resistant materials. Components receive product group 3 and 4
a galvanized coating of approx. 60–80µm. Inter- See section 9.2.5.
nal functional components, threads, small parts
receive a coating thickness of approx. 40µm.
9.3.4 Components in product group 5
For components not suited to hot dip galvanization due to the material used or the application
area, the version ‘Increased corrosion protection
C4’ corresponding to 9.2 represents a good
alternative.
9.3.1 Constant hangers and supports,
product group 1
If required, constant hangers and supports can
be supplied hot dip galvanized. When ordering
it should be stated whether corrosion protection
C3 acc. to 9.1 is sufficient or C4 acc. to 9.2 is required. The difference consists in the additional
treatment of the inner functional components.
0.13
Roller bearings, cryogenic clamp bases and
pipe saddles are supplied in hot dip galvanized
versions as a standard.
9.3.5 Components in product group 6
Connecting rods and other connecting components, tie rods and threaded rods, threaded
clevises, threaded eye nuts, turnbuckles and
couplings can be supplied ex stock in hot dip
galvanized versions.
9.4 Surface protection in extremely
aggressive atmosphere
For use in extremely aggressive atmospheres
such as e.g. seawater, offshore or aggressive
chemical vapors, well-tested corrosion protection
systems suitable for all conditions can be supplied.
0
10.1 Function
10.1.1 Constant hangers / supports
Constant hangers and constant supports of the
product group 1 are designed, that in theory,
minimum load deviation occurs over the whole
operating range. The total deviation arising from
springs, bearing friction and production tolerances is restricted to 5% in series production. Load
adjustment is made to an accuracy level of 2%.
load F
10. Operational behavior
constant hanger
sN
FN
Fmin
Fmax
= nominal load
= minimum load
(upward travel)
= maximum load
(downward travel)
= nominal travel
(incl. reserve)
Fmax
Fmin
sN
travel s
10.1.2 Spring hangers / supports
load F
For spring hangers and spring supports in product
group 2 the load changes linearly in line with the
spring travel. The deviation of the spring hysteresis
from theoretical values, which results from spring
hysteresis and production tolerances, amounts to
less than 5% within the operational travel.
spring hanger
sN
1.05 FN
FN
0.95 FN
FH
FC
s
travel s
s
=
nominal load
nominal travel
(incl. reserve)
hot load a
(operating load)
for downward
operational travel
cold load a
(installation load)
operational travel
snubbers
sa =
load F
Snubbers are designed, in the event of an impact load between the component to be secured
and the building structure, to produce an instantaneous rigid connection. Slow displacement
due to thermal expansion must not be resisted.
Hence the locking mechanism that blocks the
component reacts to velocity. The individual
functional data are specified in section 3, p. 3.7.
FH =
FC =
perm. tolerance range
10.1.3 Snubbers
FN =
sN =
sb =
piston rod
tolerance
piston rod travel
sb =
operational stroke
travel s
sa
sb
10.1.5 Slide plates
Slide plates are used to reduce the lateral forces
produced by the change in position of the sliding
bearing-points. In the LISEGA slide plates, lowfriction materials are used with self-lubricating
characteristics that reduce friction forces by up to
2/3 at an operating temperature of max. 350°C.
The individual design data are given in section 7,
p. 7.10.
viscoelastic damper
load F
Viscoelastic dampers are employed to reduce
operational vibrations from machines or plant
components to a harmless level by means
of broadband damping. The kinetic energy is
thereby transformed into heat via a viscous
mass. The damping resistance in all degrees
of freedom is decisive for its effectiveness. The
individual functional data are specified in section
3, page 3.13.
dissipated
energy
travel s
sb
reduced friction force
load F
10.1.4 Viscoelastic dampers
µ=0.3
Reduction in reaction
forces in the piping
system by the use of
slide plates.
µ=0.1
travel s
without sliding components
with sliding components
0.14
[%]
When under loading and depending on time
and temperature, standard helical compression
springs lose a considerable amount of their
internal stress through relaxation or settling loss.
If no special measures are taken to counter this,
in constant and spring hangers, it can in the
long-term lead to a reduction of more than 10%
in the set ultimate load.
relaxation
10.2 Spring relaxation
[N/mm2]
shear stress
In contrast to common practise, LISEGA exclusively uses specially treated springs that exhibit
practically no relaxation.
In these springs the expected settling loss is
anticipated through hot setting. This method
is called prerelaxation.
11. Connection dimensions
Simple method for checking the installation possibilities with the E dimension!
11.1 Installation dimension E
For the simple determination of the required rod
lengths in load chains, the installation dimension
E is specified for all components apart from tie
rods and threaded rods (Product Group 6).
type 75
type 61
type 66
type 67
type 60
type 42
X
Et
This E dimension denotes the respective installation length of the components minus the thread
engagement depths (X dimensions) of the connecting tie rods and threaded rods.
The length of the rods required is given by the
total installation height (pipe axis to reference
edge of connection surface) minus the sum
of the E dimensions of the components to be
connected.
To determine the total length of the rods in
a load chain all the E dimensions are added
together. The sum is compared with the total
installation dimension. If a difference results
which is greater than the sum of the thread
engagement depths (X dimensions), then the
chain selected is correct for the total installation height.
= Thread depth
= Total installation
dimension
(Et=Etotal)
For load chains solely with bolted connections
= Length adapted to
the minimum installation dimension results from
individual installation the sum of all E dimensions.
conditions
Product-related details are to be found in the
selection tables.
0.15
Relaxation behavior of helical coil springs
cold set helical coil springs
(loosely based on DIN 2089)
LISEGA hot set helical coil springs, qualified
by the German TÜV, nuclear plant suitability
tests and VGB type tests
components (extract) reference basis for installation dimension “E”
product group 1
constant hangers • upper starting position
constant supports
(0 on travel scale)
servohangers
• on deviation in blocking position
to the new blocking position is
also to be considered
product group 2
spring hangers • upper starting position
(0 on travel scale)
• on deviation in blocking
position the blocking position
is also to be considered
spring supports • upper starting position
(without type
(0 on travel scale)
29 .. 2.)
• independent of blocking
position due to adjustment
available in the support tube
product group 3
snubbers
• specification of “E min” and
“E max” corresponding to
possible travel
• for installation instructions the
planned installation position
incl. travel reserves is to be
viscoelastic
taken into account
damper
• middle position
product group 4
pipe clamps
• distance from pipe axis to
pin connection
product group 6
threaded
• middle line of pin or lower edge
of engagement depth up to upper
connections
edge of engagement depth
product group 7
structural
• middle line of pin up to face
attachments
of structure
11.2 Regulation of total installation length Further instructions are given in the corresponding installation instructions.
11.2.1 Turnbuckle function of
connection threads
For length adjustment in installed condition (setting pipe installation position, creating force-fitting) the lower connections on the constant and
spring hangers are designed to function as turnbuckles. In this way convenient future adjustment
of installation lengths (connecting rods) is ensured. The length adjustment amounts to:
300mm for constant hangers type 11
150mm for constant hangers type 18
the adjustment possibilities of a type 62
turnbuckle for spring hangers type 21
min. 140mm for spring hangers type 22
for spring hangers types 25 and 26 the
load-bearing rods are led through the
weld-on support tube and held by an
adjusting nut. Adjustment can be made
within the scope of the available thread
length of the rods.
All connecting threads are right-hand.
11.2.2 Constant and spring supports
For types 19, 16, 28, and 29, the installation
height is adjustable independently of the respective presetting by using the support tube
designed as a spindle. The necessary load is
actuated at installation by turn out the support
tube.
12. Quality Management and IMS
The connections for the rigid struts type 39 are
supplied as standard as right/left fine thread
for length adjustability in installed condition.
Flat faces on the rigid strut body enable easy
adjustment with an ordinary wrench.
Constructive devices
available for the subsequent adjustment of
installation lengths!
For the effective management and supervision
of the organization (Corporate Governance) the
Integrated Management System (IMS) summarizes in a centralized structure the established
methods and regulations in the company for
observation of the demands in the main sectors.
The IMS covers the areas:
fundamental company principles
quality management
environmental protection
work and health protection
organizational procedures
international export certification
Through the utilization of synergies and the pooling of resources, lean and effective management
is possible. In IMS the data from the various
systems are gathered, analyzed and evaluated
centrally according to the requirements of modern
CAQ (Computer-aided quality) solutions. The
system takes into account recognized standards
and guidelines including the corresponding
reporting system. Relevant approvals from
authorized bodies can be found in the table on
page 0.18.
Constant hanger type 11
max
min
Spring support type 29
12.1 Quality management
Our quality management (QM) monitors and
regulates all activities affecting quality in the
company. The independent QM department is
11.2.3 Turnbuckles type 62, tie rods
the leading system in IMS and has overall suL/R type 65 (see p. 6.3)
For rigid hangers with short installation lengths a pervision of the clearly targeted function of the
processes integrated into IMS and the observadefined reserved length for connection components types 60 and 61 usually enables sufficient tion of rules and regulations.
length adjustment. For greater installation lengths
the use of a turnbuckle L/R type 62 in combina- One of the most important corporate principles
at LISEGA is superior product quality, a vital eletion with a tie rod L/R type 65 is recommended
ment
which also encompasses the activities and
for the purpose of simpler adjustability. For easy
close
partnership with our business partners.
accessibility this combination should always be
The
organization
and behavior of our personnel
placed at the lowest end of the load chain.
are correspondingly attuned to this.
11.2.4 Rigid struts type 39
0
Turnbuckle type 62
Rigid strut type 39
The particular measures ensuring quality undertaken by QM are outlined in the quality management program (QMP), which covers the whole
The QMP, as an integral
organization. These measures and activities to
component, forms an entity
promote quality are an integral component in
the processing cycle and are firmly rooted in the with the processing cycle!
procedures.
0.16
Following international codes and standards,
the QMP is described in detail in the Quality
Management Manual (QMM). The QMM takes
into account all the recognized European and
other international standards, especially DIN
EN ISO 9001 and ASME section III Div. 1 Subs.
NCA 4000 including Subs. NF and KTA 1401,
RCCM-H.
The QMM covers the whole organization of the
LISEGA Group and is applied generally both in
the conventional sector as well as in areas with
increased requirements, such as the nuclear industry. The scope of the traceability of material,
and testing the corresponding documentation
can also be adapted exactly to special demands
by the activation of further verification levels.
All international requirements, including those
affecting the nuclear field, can be covered by the
QMM. The relevant approvals are available and
are regularly renewed.
12.5 Documentation on delivery
If required, the materials used are documented
by certification via material tests according to
ASME and DIN EN 10204. In addition, the results
of the functional test can be confirmed by the
issue of an acceptance test certificate, also by an
independent test institute if so desired. Computerized verification in line with special requirements and special quality-related documents can
be agreed upon between customer, producer
and supervisor.
13. Suitability tests, type tests
For the use of serially produced standard supports in industrial piping installations, especially
in plants with more stringent requirements, e.g.
nuclear power stations, special suitability and
type tests are required worldwide. The test
programs specified mainly involve the following
steps:
12.2 Raw material and goods reception inspection of the quality management
All the materials used are monitored by way of
a receiving inspection check by quality management regarding compliance with the technical
specifications. The materials used are, according to requirements, certified by material test
approvals according to ASME and DIN EN 10204.
12.3 Production supervision
The supervision of production is carried out
through constant quality control according to
QMM. In particular, for nuclear applications the
international quality stipulations according to
the codes ASME section III NF / NCA 4000 (USA),
RCCM-Section H (FR), KTA (DE), DIN EN 13480-T5
and NNSA (CN) are fulfilled.
12.4 Final inspection
Before shipment, constant hangers and spring
hangers, as well as snubbers and dampers are
subjected, under the responsibility of Quality
Management, to function tests on special test
benches. The measurements are recorded and
can if required be accessed and documented. All
the testing faculties are regularly inspected and
checked by qualified personnel according to EN
ISO 7500-1.
0.17
program
inspection of the materials used
inspection of the design documentation
verification of the computer-based tensile
stress values
experimental testing on
• function
• overload capacity
• continuous load capacity
On successful testing, suitability is regarded as
proven and general approval can be issued for
use in industrial piping installations.
Type and suitability tests have been carried
out for the major part of the LISEGA product
range by the various German and international,
independent institutions. They therefore also
comply with the requirements of current European codes.
DIN EN 13480–T3 Section 13
RCCM H5300, H5400
KTA 3205.3
VGB-R 510 L
Certifications can be supplied upon request.
14. Standard version and
increased requirements
Our standard supports are absolutely equal in
design and function for both the conventional
market and where increased requirements are
concerned, e.g. in the nuclear field. Hence they
do not differ in design or construction. However,
due to additional quality assurance requirements
and materials with supplementary certification
in these sectors, a separate production process
may be required.
For areas with increased requirements, all components right up to the finished product must
be traceable through batch restamping and the
units themselves identifiable according to KTA
and ASME codes. In the type designation the
increased requirement level is indicated in the
5th digit and for rigid struts in the 6th digit.
The relevant component documentation refers to
this and to the number of the production order.
In this catalog the standard component, i.e. the
one for conventional applications, is identified
by the type designations. As the functional data
and component dimensions specified are identical to the increased requirements version, in
all cases the selection of products can be made
using the catalog. However, when planning or
ordering, it is important to verify the part number associated with the requirement level (5th
or 6th digit).
0
Separate production
processes of components
meeting increased requirements for the traceability
of certified materials!
The order examples on the individual data sheets
should be noted. The type code under Sect. 5
(pp. 0.7 and 0.8) can also be used for this.
the most important LISEGA Group certifications
certification code
certifing body
certification No. ISO 9001
TÜV Nord
BSI
TÜV Rheinland
AFAQ
LRQA
TÜV Nord
78 100 034445
FS 557331
01 100 038965
1996 / 5030.4
MEA6011026/1
07 100 010963
EN 1090-1:2009/A1:2011
TÜV Nord
Cl. E; DIN 18800-7:2008-11, DIN 18801
AD 2000 Leaflet-HP0
DIN EN ISO 3834-2
BS OHSAS 18001:2007
„Safety management“
DIN EN ISO 14001:2009
„Environmental“
SCC
ASME section III Div. I NCA 4000
NS - Certificate for supports
ASME section III Div. I NCA 4000
NPT - Stamp for supports
TÜV Nord
TÜV Nord
TÜV Nord
TÜV Nord
AFAQ
0045-CPR-1090-1.00151
TÜVNORD.2013.002
DIN 18800-7 / 0513-EW /13/0
07-203-1282-HP-0513/13
07-202-1282-EN -0513/13
78 116 034445
2010/38940.1
TÜV Nord
78 104 034445
TÜV Nord
78 106 034445
N 3092
N 3025
KTA 1401
NNSA Designing
NNSA Manufacturing
ASME
ASME
VGB, EnBW Kernkraft,
RWE, E.ON, Vattenfall
China National Nuclear
Safety Administration
At the time of publication
N 3169
N 2951
1405
1406
TN VED / Rostechnazor
Federal Service for
Ecological, Technological
and Atomic Supervision
PPC 00-043746
GOST R
RST Expert
POCC DE.AΓ80.H02052
POCC DE.AΓ80.H02053
POCC DE.AΓ80.H02054
SPIR-O-2008
SSMFS 2008:13
ASME section III Div. I, Subs.
NF Class 1.23, MC, ASME section XI
ATT=Atomic Techno Test
INSPECTA NUCLEAR AB
POCC RU.0001.01AЭ00.00.10.2849
Tractebel Belgium
2951
5477
0.18
Piping can only be as
good as its supports!
15. Form of shipment
16. Warranty
Unless specified otherwise, all products are
classified according to component types and
shipped in appropriate packaging for transport or for short-term storage. They are clearly
marked and, if necessary, protected against corrosion by special measures. If long-term storage
is required, different packaging can be agreed
on for this purpose.
For all LISEGA components a 2-year warranty is
issued from date of commissioning, limited to 3
years after transfer of ownership.
Specific requirements can, where applicable, be
found in the data sheets or installation instructions. Complete pipe supports (load chains of
different components) can on request be preassembled, bundled, and labeled.
0.19
17. Technical modifications
Modifications in the interests of further technical
development are expressly reserved.
0
0.20
1
PRODUCT
GROUP
Constant hangers,
constant supports
Constant hangers,
constant supports
1
Constant hangers,
constant supports
Contents
Page
Field of application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Advantages and design overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
Mode of operation and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
1
0
PRODUCT
GROUP
Design features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Function testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9
Installation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
2
Selection overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13
Selection tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15
Constant hangers type 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15
Support bearings type 71 for constant hangers type 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16
Constant hangers types 12-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17
Support bearings type 71 for constant hangers types 12-14 . . . . . . . . 1.18
Constant hangers type 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Constant supports type 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20
Angulating constant supports type 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.21
Selection tables special designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.22
Constant hanger trapezes type 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.22
Heavy constant supports type 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24
Servohangers type 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25
Installation and operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1.0
1
Field of application
To avoid unacceptable
forces and moments in
pipe systems, the thermal
expansion of the piping
must not be restricted.
Constant hangers types 11-14,
Constant supports type 16
Minor thermal displacement in the pipe
systems in the vertical direction can be
compensated by spring supports or
spring hangers. Due to the resulting
proportionally increasing force deviation
corresponding to the spring rate, their
use is limited to a displacement range
specified by the designer (see Product
Group 2, pp 2.5 and 2.6).
In the case of greater vertical displacement
the use of constant hangers or constant
supports is required. For these special designs, the spring force is transformed into a
constant force throughout the displacement
range (see function principle, p. 1.5).
The proportional loads of the pipe system
can in this way be constantly distributed
over the whole displacement range without
significant deviations. As a rule, for LISEGA
constant hangers the use of type 11, tried
and tested over 100,000 times, provides
the standard solution.
Constant hanger in a coal-fired
power station
1.1
Final assembly of a constant hanger
Constant hanger
type 11
The function principle is based on the arrangement of three springs resulting in the parallelogram of forces. The design is distinguished
by highly functional accuracy along with wide
load adjustment ranges. The favorable powerto-weight ratios and symmetrical designs
enable easy installation. For further typical
advantages, see p. 1.3.
Installation inspection of a constant hanger
1
Constant hanger
type 18
As a rule, the pipe support
engineer allows for sufficient
installation space for the
supports required. However,
due to limitations of space the
installation height can be too
small for the typical standard
solution with type 11.
This sometimes occurs, especially when replacing existing installations. To provide the
optimum solution in such cases, type 18, a
low profile design, is available from the LISEGA
hanger range, beside the main type 11 series.
The function principle of this design is based
on the lever principle. Unlike the usual leverarm type hangers, the load displacement here
is linear and is constant, following the LISEGA
principle (see function principle, p. 1.6).
Constant hanger
type 18
On the basis of their special function principles and modes of design, LISEGA constant
hangers and supports have, for the past five
decades, proven their outstanding operational safety and reliability many thousands of
times. Further descriptions of their mode of
operation and function are set out on p. 1.6
and their design features from p. 1.7.
For the operational safety
and long life of the pipe
systems and hence of the
plant itself, the consistent
functional accuracy of the
constant hangers is of
utmost importance.
In the case of constant hangers, the pipe systems are suspended from roof constructions
or the steelwork. If the piping is laid out near
ground level it may be appropriate to take up
the loads from below with constant supports.
Constant support type 19
Due to its compact design, constant support
type 19 thereby replaces its predecessor,
type 16, as standard. Type 16 continues to be
standard only in the heavy-duty range (load
range 100 – 400kN) for its coupling capacity.
Constant support type 19
In comparison with conventional lever-arm type
hangers the new LISEGA
type 18 is lower profile
and enables the creation
of support chains in the
smallest of spaces.
Space-saving design of type 18 compared
to a conventional lever-arm hanger
1.2
Special benefits of LISEGA
constant hangers and supports
6
7
1
8
2
9
The user can profit from a variety of special
benefits where LISEGA constant hangers are
concerned.
Significant savings are possible, especially
regarding labor-intensive ancillary support
costs such as planning, installation and
operation.
1
Principle-based constancy by way of a
special function principle.
2
Pre-relaxed springs eliminate any
significant loss of load-bearing capacity.
3
Reduced friction due to minimized
number of bearing points.
4
Especially wide load adjustment range
avoids hanger replacement when
operational loads change.
5
Turnbuckle function allows greater
adjustment of pipe installation position.
6
Load application free of moments due
to a single suspension point.
6
7
Blocking is adjustable to practically
any travel position through fine-tooth
notching.
7
8
Name plate contains complete technical
specifications.
9
Directly readable travel scale with marking
for hot/cold load positions.
10
Load scale with permanent marking of
adjustment load.
3
10
4
5
Constant hanger
type 11
axis of symmetry
3
1
8
2
10
5
9
✔ Symmetrical design ensures direct flow
Constant hanger
type 18
of forces through axis of symmetry.
✔ Favorable power-weight ratios for
reduced installation loads.
✔ Arranged by load groups and travel ranges
to simplify selection (modular system).
✔ Consistent functional behavior due to highquality corrosion protection and maintenance-free chemically nickelized finishes.
✔ Readily adaptable to installation situation
3
7
1
8
via corresponding designs and standardized
accessories.
✔ Double load-tube guiding of constant
2
10
supports for transmission of side loads.
✔ Secure connection of load chains due to
9
Constant support
type 19
1.3
load- and connection-compatible modular
components.
1
LISEGA constant hanger
and support types
As fixed elements in the pipe system concept,
the pipe supports must operate smoothly as
functional connections between the pipe system
and the surrounding structure.
Pipe systems are usually very complex layouts
with restricted space. To allow for optimum
use of the different spatial conditions, various
designs are available as standard for the different application situations. All components
are available either from stock or at short
notice.
Constant hanger type 11 C3 19 to 11 96 15
Type 11
Standard design for use as suspension for
loads up to load group 9 (100kN) and travel
range 6 (750mm). Travel range 7 (900mm) is
available on request. If no space restrictions
or other specifications are to be considered,
this is the preferred product.
Constant hanger type 11 with support
brackets type 71 C3 .1 to 71 97 .4
Standard design with support brackets bolted
at the LISEGA factory for use as seated versions.
Constant hanger type 18 D3 17 to 18 93 17
Type 11 with support brackets
Serial standard design in special low profile
version as alternative suspension instead of
type 11, if the installation height is limited.
Constant support type 19 D3 17 to 19 93 17
Serial standard design for use as support if
constant support from below is required.
Type 18
Note: This version replaces the taller single-cell
constant hanger type 16 (see Standard Supports
Catalog 2010) and is especially suitable in restricted spaces. Type 16 can still be supplied
if required.
Heavy constant support type 16
Special design as multi-cell constant support
type 16, if heavy loads have to be distributed.
Type 19
Servohanger type 17 52 15 to 17 93 15
Servohangers are equipped with additional
active load regulation and can reduce overloading in the piping system to a permissible
harmless level.
Type 17 with support brackets
Type 16
1.4
WIRKUNGSWEISE UND
Mode of operation and function
FUNKTION
WIRKUNGSWEISE UND
Types 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 79
FUNKTION
Besondere Anforderungen
An die zuverlässige Funktion von Konstanthängern
sind
strenge Anforderungen zu
Besondere
Anforderungen
The LISEGA Function Principle
stellen:
An die zuverlässige Funktion von KonstantThe LISEGA Function Principle is based on the
hängern sind strenge Anforderungen zu
interaction
of the force from a mainspring and
➜
exakte
Konstantheit
bei jeder
stellen:
Lasteinstellung
the resulting force of two connected balance
➜ exakte Konstantheit
bei The
jeder force directions of the pre-loaded
springs.
➜ minimierte mechanische
Reibungskräfte
Lasteinstellung
compensating springs are thereby angled
F2
E
FD2
E
CD
C
B
B
A
F
A
Ebenso
sind fürmechanische
die
laufende
Überwachung
against
each
other in the shape of a parallel➜ minimierte
Reibungskräfte
des Rohrleitungsverhaltens
ogram ofbesondere
forces. Voraussetzungen
zudie
erfüllen:
Ebenso sind für
laufende Überwachung
des Rohrleitungsverhaltens besondere VorThe
suspended
➜
zuverlässige
für load F acts directly on the
aussetzungen
zu Kontrollanzeigen
erfüllen:
mainspring
Einstelllast und
Wegstellung B via the load tube A . The pre➜ zuverlässige Kontrollanzeigen
für
loaded compensating
springs C act additionally
➜ ausreichende und präzise
Einstelllast und
Wegstellung
on
the
load
tube
as
the
resulting force F2 via
Nachstellmöglichkeit der Last
D
pivoting
cams
and
roller
supports E . The
➜ ausreichende und präzise
Nachstellmöglichkeit
der Lastforce F1 and the resulting force
mainspring
Das LISEGA-Funktionsprinzip
F2 change on the shifting of the load over the
Für die Erfüllung der Anforderungen bietet
displacement
range in accordance with the
das
LISEGA-Funktionsprinzip die
Das patentierte
LISEGA-Funktionsprinzip
specified
spring
constants, the cam path, and
besten
Hiernach beruht
Für die Voraussetzungen.
Erfüllung der Anforderungen
bietet
the
angular
position
die
Wirkungsweise
auf
dem
Zusammenwirdas patentierte LISEGA-Funktionsprinzip dieof the cam components.
ken
derVoraussetzungen.
Kraft aus einer Hauptfeder
und der
besten
Hiernach beruht
resultierenden
Kraft
zweier
die Wirkungsweise
auf
demzugeschalteter
ZusammenwirThe
course
of the resulting force corresponds
Ausgleichsfedern.
Kraftrichtungen
derder
ken der Kraft aus Die
und
toeiner
theHauptfeder
characteristics
of the mainspring. In this
vorgespannten
Ausgleichsfedern
sind dabei
resultierenden Kraft
zweier zugeschalteter
way
the
mainspring
force
is balanced out,
nach
Art eines Kräfteparallelogramms
winklig
Ausgleichsfedern.
Die Kraftrichtungen der
without
deviations,
to
a
constant
support force.
gegeneinander
gerichtet.
vorgespannten Ausgleichsfedern sind dabei
nach Art eines Kräfteparallelogramms winklig
F wirkt über das
Die
anhängendegerichtet.
Last
gegeneinander
J The
LISEGA function principle leads to
Lastrohr A direkt auf die Hauptfeder B .
absolute
constancy which by theory can
Die Vorspannkräfte
derF Ausgleichsfedern
anhängende Last
wirkt über das C
easily
be
F2 überproven.
wirken
Kraft
schwenkB .
LastrohralsAresultierende
direkt auf die
Hauptfeder
bare
Kurventeile D und
die Stützrollen E C
Die Vorspannkräfte
der Ausgleichsfedern
zusätzlich
dasJLastrohr.
Die
HauptfederF2 über
wirken als auf
resultierende
KraftLISEGA
schwenkThe
function principle permits an
F2 verändern
F1 und die D
kraft
Resultierende
E load adjustment range of
bare Kurventeile
und
die Stützrollen
especially
wide
sich
bei Verschiebung
der Last
den
zusätzlich
auf das Lastrohr.
Die über
Hauptfeder40% – 100%
the nominal load.
s entsprechend
Bewegungsbereich
denofvorF2 verändern
kraft F1 und die Resultierende
gegebenen
Federkonstanten,
derüber
Kurvenbahn
sich bei Verschiebung
der Last
den
und
der Winkelstellung
der Kurventeile.
s entsprechend
Bewegungsbereich
den vorgegebenen Federkonstanten, der Kurvenbahn
Der
der Resultierenden
entspricht
und Verlauf
der Winkelstellung
der Kurventeile.
exakt der Kennlinie der Hauptfeder. Dadurch
wird
die Kraft
Hauptfeder ohne
AbweiDer Verlauf
derder
Resultierenden
entspricht
chungen
einer konstanten
Stützkraft
ausexakt derzu
Kennlinie
der Hauptfeder.
Dadurch
geglichen.
wird die Kraft der Hauptfeder ohne Abweichungen zu einer konstanten Stützkraft ausgeglichen.
Load adjustment
Obere Stellung
F
Obere Stellung
E
C
E
D
C
D
B
F1
B
FA1
A
F
Mittlere Stellung
F
Mittlere Stellung
F2
D
FC2
ED
C
E
B
F1
B
F1
A
A
F
Untere Stellung
Untere Stellung
F
G Funktionsweise der
LISEGA-Konstanthänger.
G Funktionsweise der
LISEGA-Konstanthänger.
1.13
1.13
Adjustment screws
1.5
25
50
=75
50
25
=75
75
0
=75
100
–25
=75
The load adjustment is carried out by a preloading of the mainspring. As the characteristics of the resulting balancing force and the
mainspring are the same, only a linear shifting of the initial force thereby occurs F . This
way, the change in force is the same at every
point of the movement and the ultimate load
remains constant at each load setting.
1
The remaining travel range changes
proportionally to the load alterations.
Mode of operation and function
Types 18, 19
Function principle for LISEGA constant
hangers type 18 and constant supports
A
C
1
The function principle is based on the lever
principle, by which variable spring forces are
transformed into a constant support force by
way of lever mechanics.
B
D
Two lever arms A , symmetrically arranged at
an angle to each other, thereby act as one
system with pre-loaded springs B . On a
vertical change in position of the load F to
be taken up, the displacement is distributed
over rollers C and defined bearing surfaces
onto the lever systems. Through the pairing
arrangement of the levers the displacement
runs linearly in the axis of symmetry, whereby
the lever conditions that thereby change do so
proportionally to the correspondingly changing
spring preloading. In this way the load stays in
balance with the adjusted load in every travel
position.
F
A
B
C
D
F
Sinus-shaped load deviations from the lever
movement in the form of an arc are balanced
by correspondingly machined cam profiles. This
way the load distribution is held constant with
mathematical accuracy in every position.
A
Load adjustment
B
The calibration load is adjustable within a range
of approx. 50% to 100% of the maximum hanger
force. By way of an adjusting screw D the length
of the lever arm force is continuously variable.
D
C
On all load settings the available travel range
remains unchanged. The whole working travel
range is always available.
F
Spring force
Lever arm
Leverage
Load arm
Load
1.6
Design features
LISEGA constant hanger
type 11 standard design
LISEGA constant hanger
type 18 compact design
type 79
trapeze
Design Structure
Performance range
A steel body encases the moving parts such
as springs and cam lever. The compact arrangement of the individual components enables
small external dimensions. The body is designed
to bear loads and is mass-produced for the
attachment of standardized connections.
Constant hangers and supports are produced
as standardized single-cell hangers in load
groups C to 9. In addition, type 11 constant
hangers in sizes 8 and 9 are coupled to form
hangers for higher loads (heavy duty). In this
way a standard performance range from 0.13kN
to 500kN is covered. Constant hangers are
manufactured in the seven standard travel
ranges 75 / 150 / 300 / 450 / 600 / 750 / 900
mm and constant supports up to 300mm.
Connection possibilities
The connection threads correspond to the
respective LISEGA load group, whereby the
upper connection thread (type 11) has a defined
engagement depth and the lower one is designed Standards and calculations
as a load nut for length compensation.
Component design and layout correspond
to the applicable national and international
Due to their design, type 11 constant hangers
standards and recognized technical specificacan also be seated directly on suitable conntions with regard to load capacity, function
ecting components without the need for access- and lifespan. This applies equally to the mateories. In addition, special support brackets can rials used, the welding technology and other
be bolted on using the standard tapped holes processes. The relevant details are clearly
provided. Type 11 constant hangers above
defined in the technical specifications, p. 0.9.
load group 9 (heavy duty) and type 18 constant hangers are fitted with yoke plates (only Springs
on top) for a bolted connection, instead of
The springs are crucial components for the
connection threads.
smooth functioning of constant hangers and
supports – their long-term functional efficiency
is vital for the operational safety of hangers
 Serial connection types
and supports. The relevant standards are the
basis for the design of LISEGA helical coil
springs. Details can be found in the technical
type 66 tie rod
specifications, section 0.
type 71
support bearing
type 11
constant
hanger
type 61 threaded clevis with pin
type 60 eye nut
type 67 stud bolt
Spring relaxation
When subjected to loads and temperature over
a period of time, conventional helical coil springs
lose part of their reset force through relaxation
(settling loss). In constant and spring hangers
this can, in the long term, lead to a reduction
in the set ultimate load of more than 10%
(see calculation example).
LISEGA exclusively uses springs that, through
an artificial aging process, show no appreciable settling loss. The spring relaxation
normally to be expected is anticipated by
producing preplastification in a hot setting
process with greater coil lengths.
steelwork
provided
by customer
1.7
1
boi
ler
out
let
hea
der
planned
condition
connection
point /
hanger
ler
boi
The maximum primary stresses
were calculated in the vicinity of
the boiler connection. They stand
93% above the planned stress
condition.
condition after 10% relaxation
z- displaceadditional z-load ment of pipe
at connection
system
points (in kN)
(in mm)
set load of
hanger
hanger
load
58.93
67.50
54.33
78.35
53.04
60.75
48.90
70.52
58.42
58.31
35.97
47.65
54.10
67.26
52.58
52.48
32.37
42.89
48.69
60.53
7.30
17.25
36.70
Calculation example of
cumulative additional loads
due to hanger relaxation
A pipe system was observed
(dia = 525mm, s = 27mm,
temperature = 540°C, pressure =
50 bar). The effect of a 10% loss
of force in the hangers was assumed. Due to this loss, the pipe
system is displaced by 36.4mm.
0.0
-1.0
-5.1
-6.9
0.3
0.0
-4.4
-20.7
-30.4
-36.4
-19.2
-1.0
0.0
The permissible stresses for the
boiler connection are exceeded
by 9% (calculations acc. to
Regulation B31.1).
Corrosion protection
The constant hangers are finished with a LISEGA
standard coating which, together with a metallically pure treated surface, offers superior
corrosion protection with high mechanical
stability. Bearings and bearing bolts for the
constant hangers are plated or made of nonrusting materials. All threaded components
and cams are electro-galvanized. The surface
of the spring is given a special finish (technical specifications p. 0.11).
Constant hangers with standard corrosion
protection need no maintenance if installed
in buildings or in locations protected from
the weather. For operation in the open or
in special situations, corresponding extra
corrosion protection can be arranged – see
the corrosion protection section in technical
specifications, p. 0.10.
Paintshop
Spring testing at material reception
1.8
Function testing
Functional performance
The special functional principle of LISEGA constant
hangers guarantees constancy across the entire
travel range. This is also unaffected by shifts in
load. Only a minor adjustment force produced
by tolerances and bearing friction is to be taken
into account. The hysteresis so produced is kept
within strict limits due to the design principle
and modern production processes.
The typical permissible deviations are set out
in the following international codes:
In effect, the deviation in the set load of LISEGA
constant hangers on the serial average can, on
normal load setting, be kept to 3%.
MSS SP-58 (USA), max. 6%
in relation to the operating load
VGB-R510L and KTA 3205.3, Germany,
max. 5% in relation to the operating
load. The deviation in load adjustment
(medium load) is limited to 2%
DIN EN 13480-T3 max. 5%
in relation to the operating load
Function testing
Applying a selection process, with limited load Before shipment, all constant hangers and
and travel ranges, it is possible to reduce this supports are tested for flawless functioning
even further.
and set to the load ordered. The test results
are recorded.
The calibration values are stamped onto a
riveted name plate. The calibration load is
also marked permanently on the load scale.
Hot and cold positions are noted on the travel
scale in red and white respectively.
The respective travel positions can be read
directly off the travel scale in mm or inches.
Acceptance testing of a constant hanger
Calibration and testing of type 12
1.9
The calibration load in each case can be read
directly off a load scale in kN or lbs. For the
functional tests, test benches operating quasistatically with capacities up to 1,000 kN are
on hand. The test benches are checked regularly by an independent supervisory body.
1
LISEGA testing technology
is constantly under improvement and represents
state-of-the-art technology.
These improvements cover
test benches for constant
hangers and supports,
spring hangers and supports, as well as snubbers.
The testing facilities are in
operation at all production
sites within the LISEGA
group, while mobile units
are available for use at
customer locations.
32 test benches are on
hand for constant and
spring hangers or constant
and spring supports in
the load range from 1kN
to 1000kN. All LISEGA
test benches are tested at
regular intervals according
to DIN EN ISO 7500 with
calibrated load cells and
measurement amplifiers.
All components are tested
in installation condition
and adjustment.
Example of a test certificate in a standard delivery inspection
Testing a constant hanger on a
LISEGA 120kN test bench
Mobile LISEGA 50kN snubber
test bench PR50
Testing a spring hanger on a
LISEGA 120kN test bench
1.10
Installation overview
Universal adaption to
existing installation
spaces
The installation of the
constant hangers can be
adapted to any situation
in the plant through the
use of universal accessory
components from the
modular system.
Automatic designing
type 73
type 60
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 11
type 75
type 61
type 67
type 11
type 63
type 66
type 63
type 63
type 67
type 61
type 49
type 44
type 63
type 61
type 79
All configurations can be
created in just a few steps
via the LICAD design software in the shortest of
time with the input of 6
parameters – with parts
lists and drawings.
type 73
type 60
type 67
type 11
type 11
type 67
type 63
type 60
type 49
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 79
type 75
type 61
type 67
type 11
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 18
type 63
type 61
type 79
type 61
type 63
type 43
type 67
type 49
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 79
type 60
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 44
type 63
type 61
type 79
type 11
type 71
type 37
type 63
type 49
type 66
type 19
type 19
type 63
type 60
type 43
1.11
type 35
type 73
type 60
type 67
type 61
type 79
type 61
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 79
type 61
type 63
type 67
1
type 73
type 60
type 67
type 11
type 63
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 79
type 61
type 63
type 11
type 67
type 67
type 60
type 43
type 63
type 61
type 48
type 73
type 60
type 63
type 66
type 63
type 75
type 61
type 67
type 11
type 11
type 63
type 63
type 66
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 46
type 63
type 61
type 48
type 71
type 11
type 63
type 66
type 63
type 60
type 43
type 73
type 18
type 63
type 67
type 63
type 61
type 44
1.12
Selection overview
Types 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 79
Constant hangers, heavy-duty constant supports 750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
travel range [mm]
150
100
50
0
0
0.625
1.25
2.5
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
120
140
load [kN]
Selection
example:
24kN/210mm
Zwischenwerte
Intermediate
können
intervalues can
be
poliert
werden
interpolated.
...2..(150mm) type designation
11 66
11 76
11 86
11 96
12 86
12 96
13 86
13 96
14 86
14 96
11 15
11 25
11 35
11 45
11 55
11 65
11 75
11 85
11 95
12 85
12 95
13 85
13 95
14 85
14 95
11 14
11 24
11 34
11 44
11 54
11 64
11 74
11 84
11 94
12 84
12 94
13 84
13 94
14 84
14 94
11 C3
11 D3
11 13
11 23
11 33
11 43
11 53
11 63
11 73
11 83
11 93
12 83 12 93 13 83 13 93 14 83 14 93 load [kN]
–
0.13 0.14
11 D2
0.25 0.27
11 12
0.54
0.50
11 22
1.08
1.00
11 32
2.17
2.00
11 42
4.33
4.00
11 52
8.67
8.00
11 62
16.00 17.33
11 72
24.00 26.00
11 82
32.00 34.66
11 92
40.00 43.33
12 82 64.00 69.33
12 92 80.00 86.66
13 82 96.00 104.00
13 92 120.00 130.00
14 82 128.00 138.70
14 92 160.00 173.30
0.15
0.29
0.58
1.17
2.33
4.66
9.33
18.66
28.00
37.33
46.66
74.66
93.30
112.00
140.00
149.30
186.70
0.16
0.31
0.63
1.25
2.50
5.00
10.00
20.00
30.00
40.00
50.00
80.00
100.00
120.00
150.00
160.00
200.00
0.17
0.33
0.67
1.33
2.67
5.33
10.67
21.33
32.00
42.66
53.33
85.33
106.70
128.00
160.00
170.70
213.30
0.18
0.35
0.71
1.42
2.83
5.66
11.33
22.66
34.00
45.33
56.66
90.66
113.30
136.00
170.00
181.30
226.70
0.19
0.38
0.75
1.50
3.00
6.00
12.00
24.00
36.00
48.00
60.00
96.00
120.00
144.00
180.00
192.00
240.00
0.20
0.40
0.79
1.58
3.17
6.33
12.67
25.33
38.00
50.66
63.33
101.30
126.70
152.00
190.00
202.70
253.30
0.21
0.42
0.83
1.66
3.33
6.66
13.33
26.66
40.00
53.33
66.66
106.66
133.30
160.00
200.00
213.30
266.70
0.22
0.44
0.88
1.75
3.50
7.00
14.00
28.00
42.00
56.00
70.00
112.00
140.00
168.00
210.00
224.00
280.00
140
145
150
145
140
135
130
125
120
250
240
135
...3..(300mm) 270
280
290
300
290
280
270
260
...4..(450mm) 405
420
435
450
435
420
405
390
375
360
...5..(600mm) 540
560
580
600
580
560
540
520
500
480
...6..(750mm) 675
700
725
750
725
700
675
650
625
600
1.13
For the selection of constant supports and constant
rigid struts type 16, the load group and travel range
of the corresponding constant hanger type 11 apply.
1
Total travel, travel range 7 (900mm) supplied on request.
Selection also applies to heavy-duty constant support
type 16.
Loads 0.25kN or 0.13kN on request.
This range is only adjustable ex works.
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
travel range [mm]
150
100
50
0
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
500
600
load [kN]
load [kN]
type designation
0.23
0.46
0.92
1.83
3.67
7.33
14.67
29.33
44.00
58.66
73.33
117.30
146.70
176.00
220.00
234.70
293.30
0.24
0.48
0.96
1.92
3.83
7.66
15.33
30.66
46.00
61.33
76.66
122.66
153.30
184.00
230.00
245.30
306.70
0.25
0.50
1.00
2.00
4.00
8.00
16.00
32.00
48.00
64.00
80.00
128.00
160.00
192.00
240.00
256.00
320.00
0.26
0.52
1.04
2.08
4.17
8.33
16.67
33.33
50.00
66.66
83.33
133.30
166.70
200.00
250.00
266.70
333.30
0.27
0.54
1.08
2.16
4.33
8.66
17.33
34.66
52.00
69.33
86.66
138.66
173.30
208.00
260.00
277.30
346.70
0.28
0.56
1.13
2.25
4.50
9.00
18.00
36.00
54.00
72.00
90.00
144.00
180.00
216.00
270.00
288.00
360.00
0.29
0.58
1.17
2.33
4.67
9.33
18.67
37.33
56.00
74.66
93.33
149.30
186.70
224.00
280.00
298.70
373.30
0.30
0.60
1.21
2.42
4.83
9.66
19.33
38.66
58.00
77.33
96.66
154.66
193.30
232.00
290.00
309.30
386.60
0.31
0.63
1.25
2.50
5.00
10.00
20.00
40.00
60.00
80.00
100.00
160.00
200.00
240.00
300.00
320.00
400.00
0.37
0.73
1.45
2.91
5.83
11.66
23.33
46.66
70.00
93.33
116.66
186.66
233.33
280.00
350.00
373.35
466.65
0.42
0.83
1.66
3.33
6.66
13.33
26.66
53.33
80.00
106.66
133.33
213.33
266.66
320.00
400.00
426.70
533.30
–
11 D2
11 12
11 22
11 32
11 42
11 52
11 62
11 72
11 82
11 92
12 82 12 92 13 82 13 92 14 82 14 92 115
110
105
100
95
90
85
80
75
50
25
mm 230
220
210
200
190
180
170
160
150
100
50
mm 345
330
315
300
285
270
255
240
225
mm 460
440
420
400
380
360
340
320
300
mm 575
550
525
500
475
450
425
400
375
mm 11 C3
11 D3
11 13
11 23
11 33
11 43
11 53
11 63
11 73
11 83
11 93
12 83 12 93 13 83 13 93 14 83 14 93 11 14
11 24
11 34
11 44
11 54
11 64
11 74
11 84
11 94
12 84
12 94
13 84
13 94
14 84
14 94
11 15
11 25
11 35
11 45
11 55
11 65
11 75
11 85
11 95
12 85
12 95
13 85
13 95
14 85
14 95
11 66
11 76
11 86
11 96
12 86
12 96
13 86
13 96
14 86
14 96
1.14
Constant hangers
Type 11
B
D
X
E
d5
R
H
P
d6
Q
O
Constant hangers
type 11 C3 19 to 11 96 15
Serialized standard design,
delivery from stock.
Ø d2
X
A
Ø d2
C
L
Dimension E for upper
blocking position, in other
blocking positions dimension
E lengthens accordingly.
X = minimum engagement
depth. At the lower connection, maximum engagement
depth = X + 300mm.
Order details:
constant hanger
type 11 .. ..
marking: …
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.15
type
A
B
C
D
d2
d5
d6
11 C3 19
11 D2 19
11 D3 19
11 12 15
11 13 15
11 14 15
11 15 15
11 22 15
11 23 15
11 24 15
11 25 15
11 32 15
11 33 15
11 34 13
11 35 13
11 42 15
11 43 15
11 44 13
11 45 13
11 52 15
11 53 15
11 54 15
11 55 15
11 62 15
11 63 15
11 64 15
11 65 15
11 66 15
11 72 15
11 73 15
11 74 15
11 75 15
11 76 15
11 82 15
11 83 15
11 84 15
11 85 15
11 86 15
11 92 15
11 93 15
11 94 15
11 95 15
11 96 15
350
300
410
385
415
435
465
445
460
480
530
445
490
545
615
500
570
610
665
590
710
745
845
725
815
845
885
1145
780
850
1000
1160
1275
815
945
1110
1200
1260
865
1095
1240
1255
1305
130
110
130
130
130
130
135
160
160
160
165
170
170
185
190
185
185
185
190
230
230
230
230
275
275
275
275
280
300
300
300
305
305
320
320
320
320
325
350
350
350
355
355
150
155
170
140
140
140
150
180
185
185
195
190
190
210
220
220
220
220
240
270
270
285
285
335
335
345
345
345
380
380
400
400
400
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
105
86
106
106
106
106
108
132
132
132
136
132
132
150
155
150
150
150
155
190
190
190
190
230
230
230
230
232
252
252
252
256
256
256
256
256
256
260
276
276
276
280
280
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48
M48
M48
9
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
Ø9
Ø11
Ø11
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
E
530
350
545
375
645
935
1225
385
650
945
1215
390
675
960
1240
440
740
1040
1285
470
770
1105
1405
555
900
1285
1630
2030
610
945
1375
1710
2150
705
1140
1645
2085
2585
760
1190
1735
2160
2700
H
455
250
445
265
445
615
795
270
455
635
810
275
470
645
820
315
495
675
855
345
515
705
880
420
565
750
925
1330
455
635
785
975
1425
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620
L
O
P
Q
R
250
230
260
285
285
285
295
350
360
360
370
360
360
370
370
400
410
410
420
490
490
490
490
580
580
600
600
600
650
650
650
660
660
650
650
670
690
690
750
750
770
770
770
40
0
45
25
20
25
25
20
45
45
25
10
70
40
40
25
110
55
65
30
105
75
60
40
160
150
120
155
50
140
195
65
210
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290
265
195
280
135
270
325
450
140
270
320
460
165
260
370
465
260
250
370
540
210
285
410
530
240
300
355
460
650
285
300
400
665
710
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800
240
125
255
40
165
225
350
45
195
245
365
30
180
260
360
135
210
275
455
70
215
310
415
85
260
310
380
600
110
205
360
490
675
115
280
420
595
825
135
325
480
570
820
43
43
43
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
112
110
110
110
105
105
105
105
115
126
126
135
145
145
149
149
149
170
170
179
184
184
200
200
200
200
200
195
195
195
195
195
weight
X [kg]
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
14
10
19
15
25
34
52
21
35
48
75
27
43
66
105
44
66
86
145
73
115
159
212
134
183
264
337
495
195
262
378
550
690
263
364
509
731
965
336
475
677
862
1130
1
Support brackets Type 71
for constant hanger Type 11
y
detail Z
transportation lug
Support brackets for
constant hanger type 11
type 71 C3 .1 to 71 96 .1
Serialized standard design,
delivery from stock.
G1
K1
base plate
T
E
C
L
F
A1
constant bracket
h. type type 11 C3 19
11 D2 19
11 D3 19
11 12 15
11 13 15
11 14 15
11 15 15
11 22 15
11 23 15
11 24 15
11 25 15
11 32 15
11 33 15
11 34 13
11 35 13
11 42 15
11 43 15
11 44 13
11 45 13
11 52 15
11 53 15
11 54 15
11 55 15
11 62 15
11 63 15
11 64 15
11 65 15
11 66 15
11 72 15
11 73 15
11 74 15
11 75 15
11 76 15
11 82 15
11 83 15
11 84 15
11 85 15
11 86 15
11 92 15
11 93 15
11 94 15
11 95 15
11 96 15
71 C3 .1
71 D2 .1
71 D3 .1
71 12 .1
71 13 .1
71 14 .1
71 15 .1
71 22 .1
71 23 .1
71 24 .1
71 25 .1
71 32 .1
71 33 .1
71 34 .1
71 35 .1
71 42 .1
71 43 .1
71 44 .1
71 45 .1
71 52 .1
71 53 .1
71 54 .1
71 55 .1
71 62 .1
71 63 .1
71 64 .1
71 65 .1
71 66 .1
71 72 .1
71 73 .1
71 74 .1
71 75 .1
71 76 .1
71 82 .1
71 83 .1
71 84 .1
71 85 .1
71 86 .1
71 92 .1
71 93 .1
71 94 .1
71 95 .1
71 96 .1
B1
A1
B1
C
E
F
G1
K1
L
T
U
y
weight
[kg]
420
370
480
495
525
545
575
575
590
610
660
575
620
655
725
640
710
750
805
750
870
905
1005
915
1005
1035
1075
1335
980
1050
1200
1360
1475
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545
70
70
70
115
115
115
115
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
270
270
270
270
270
280
280
300
320
320
300
300
320
340
340
150
155
170
140
140
140
150
180
185
185
195
190
190
210
220
220
220
220
240
270
270
285
285
335
335
345
345
345
380
380
400
400
400
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
265
145
265
145
265
385
505
145
265
385
505
150
270
400
520
155
275
425
600
160
280
400
520
165
285
405
525
345
175
295
415
535
280
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
110
110
110
110
110
115
115
115
115
115
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
810
510
825
535
925
1335
1745
545
930
1345
1735
560
965
1380
1780
620
1040
1490
1910
660
1080
1535
1955
755
1220
1725
2190
2410
830
1285
1835
2290
2475
935
1490
2115
2675
2905
1010
1560
2225
2770
3020
355
260
380
270
480
720
950
275
475
710
925
285
495
735
960
305
545
815
1055
315
565
830
1075
335
655
975
1265
1080
375
650
1050
1315
1050
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400
250
230
260
285
285
285
295
350
360
360
370
360
360
370
370
400
410
410
420
490
490
490
490
580
580
600
600
600
650
650
650
660
660
650
650
670
690
690
750
750
770
770
770
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
60
60
60
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
180
180
180
180
220
220
220
220
220
240
240
240
240
240
240
240
260
280
280
260
260
280
320
320
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
8
12
17
25
31
15
21
31
38
16
23
32
40
18
29
41
49
30
42
58
72
45
62
90
112
112
56
80
106
128
128
65
91
139
184
184
82
109
162
273
273
The 5th digit in the type designation denotes the design:
6 for support brackets,
bolted, standard design,
8 for support brackets,
bolted, for increased
requirements.
Dimension E for upper blocking position, in other positions E changes accordingly.
The constant hangers can in
principle be directly seated
and welded to the structure.
Care must be taken to allow
access to adjusting screws
and lock nuts. If this is not
possible, supports type 71
are appropriate.
Minimum weld seam.
Longer support brackets are
available on request.
Order details:
constant hangers
type 11 .. ..
with support bracket
type 71 .. ..
marking: ...
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.16
Constant hangers
Types 12-14
Constant hangers
type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35
Standard design, multi-cell
arrangement, delivery from
stock.
S
R1
B
D
m
ax
d3
– 70
R·W
E
+ 250
H
P
O ·W
R
A
ma
x
S
d3
R1
L
C
N
M
Dimension E applies to
upper blocking position,
in other blocking positions
E changes accordingly.
Order details:
constant hangers
type 1. .. 35
marking: ...
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.17
type
A
B
C
D
d3
E
H
L
M
N
O
P
R
12 82 35
12 83 35
12 84 35
12 85 35
12 86 35
12 92 35
12 93 35
12 94 35
12 95 35
12 96 35
13 82 35
13 83 35
13 84 35
13 85 35
13 86 35
13 92 35
13 93 35
13 94 35
13 95 35
13 96 35
14 82 35
14 83 35
14 84 35
14 85 35
14 86 35
14 92 35
14 93 35
14 94 35
14 95 35
14 96 35
860
990
1155
1245
1305
910
1140
1285
1300
1350
860
990
1155
1245
1305
910
1140
1285
1300
1350
860
990
1155
1245
1305
910
1140
1285
1300
1350
635
635
635
635
645
695
695
695
705
705
935
935
935
935
950
1025
1025
1025
1040
1040
1235
1235
1235
1235
1250
1355
1355
1355
1375
1375
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
555
555
555
555
565
605
605
605
615
615
855
855
855
855
870
935
935
935
950
950
1155
1155
1155
1155
1170
1265
1265
1265
1280
1280
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
1205
1640
2145
2585
3085
1310
1740
2285
2710
3250
1305
1740
2245
2685
3185
1420
1850
2395
2820
3360
1385
1820
2325
2765
3265
1460
1890
2435
2860
3400
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
540
540
540
540
545
590
590
590
595
595
840
840
840
840
850
920
920
920
930
930
1140
1140
1140
1140
1150
1250
1250
1250
1260
1260
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
2x300
2x300
2x300
2x300
2x304
2x330
2x330
2x330
2x334
2x334
3x300
3x300
3x300
3x300
3x304
3x330
3x330
3x330
3x334
3x334
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800
90
90
90
90
90
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
135
135
135
135
135
R1max
95
95
95
95
95
110
110
110
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
140
140
140
140
140
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
S
W
weight
[kg]
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
160
160
160
160
160
175
175
175
175
175
210
210
210
210
210
230
230
230
230
230
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
615
820
1110
1555
2020
785
1070
1475
1845
2380
955
1265
1700
2370
3070
1215
1640
2245
2810
3615
1305
1715
2300
3190
4125
1665
2230
3040
3790
4870
1
Support brackets Type 71
for constant hangers Type 12-14
30
Support brackets for
constant hangers
type 12-14
type 71 82 .2 to 71 96 .4
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
transportation lug
K
1
E
G1
G2 +– 250
70
Z
T
detail Z
F
N
C
A1
constant
h. type
bracket
type A1
B1
12 82 35
12 83 35
12 84 35
12 85 35
12 86 35
12 92 35
12 93 35
12 94 35
12 95 35
12 96 35
13 82 35
13 83 35
13 84 35
13 85 35
13 86 35
13 92 35
13 93 35
13 94 35
13 95 35
13 96 35
14 82 35
14 83 35
14 84 35
14 85 35
14 86 35
14 92 35
14 93 35
14 94 35
14 95 35
14 96 35
71 82 .2
71 83 .2
71 84 .2
71 85 .2
71 86 .2
71 92 .2
71 93 .2
71 94 .2
71 95 .2
71 96 .2
71 82 .3
71 83 .3
71 84 .3
71 85 .3
71 86 .3
71 92 .3
71 93 .3
71 94 .3
71 95 .3
71 96 .3
71 82 .4
71 83 .4
71 84 .4
71 85 .4
71 86 .4
71 92 .4
71 93 .4
71 94 .4
71 95 .4
71 96 .4
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545
580
580
600
620
620
630
630
650
675
675
880
880
900
920
920
960
960
980
1010
1010
1180
1180
1200
1220
1230
1290
1290
1310
1340
1340
Z
B1
C
E
F
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
G1
G2 K1
N
T
U
Z
985
1540
2175
2730
2960
1070
1615
2285
2830
3080
985
1550
2175
2730
2960
1070
1620
2285
2830
3080
990
1550
2175
2730
2960
1075
1620
2285
2830
3080
1095
1530
2040
2480
2980
1190
1620
2170
2595
3135
1145
1585
2090
2530
3030
1245
1680
2225
2650
3190
1190
1625
2130
2570
3070
1270
1700
2245
2670
3210
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
240
240
260
280
280
260
260
280
320
320
240
240
260
280
280
260
260
280
320
320
240
240
260
280
280
260
260
280
320
320
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
600
600
600
600
608
660
660
660
668
668
900
900
900
900
912
990
990
990
1002
1002
weight
[kg]
4
142
4
194
4
292
4
383
4
383
5
181
5
235
5
341
5
574
5
574
4
216
4
294
4
440
4
576
4
576
5
276
5
357
5
515
5
864
5
864
4
289
4
392
4
587
4
769
4
770
5
369
5
477
5
687
5 1153
5 1155
The 5th digit in the type
designation denotes the
design:
6 for support brackets,
bolted, standard design,
8 for support brackets,
bolted, for increased
requirements.
Dimensions E and G2 apply
to upper blocking position,
in other blocking positions E
and G2 change accordingly.
Minimum weld size.
Other lengths are also available
on request.
Order details:
constant hangers
type 1. .. ..
with support bracket
type 71 .. ..
marking: ...
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.18
Constant hangers
Type 18
A
d3
R
E
H
position right at top – in
other blocking positions
E lengthens accordingly.
X = minimum engagement
depth. At lower connection
max. engagement depth =
X + 150mm.
Max. permissible stresses:
• Emergency (HZ) at 80°C
= Calibration load x 1.33
• Faulted condition (HS)
at 150°C = Calibration
load x 1.66
Order details:
constant hangers
type 18 .. ..
marking: ...
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.19
type
min. max.
load load
[kN] [kN] travel
18 D3 17 0.21 0.51
18 D1 27 0.21 0.72
18 D2 27 0.21 0.72
18 D3 27 0.37 0.72
18 11 27 0.54 1.71
18 12 27 0.54 1.71
18 13 27 0.54 1.71
18 21 17 1.25
3.0
18 22 17 1.25
3.0
18 23 17 1.25
3.0
18 21 27
2.2
4.0
18 22 27
2.2
4.0
18 23 27
2.2
4.0
18 31 17
2.8 5.15
18 32 17
2.8 5.15
18 33 17
2.8 5.15
18 31 27
3.8
6.8
18 32 27
3.8
6.8
18 33 27
3.8
6.8
18 41 17
5.0
9.3
18 42 17
5.0
9.3
18 43 17
5.0
9.3
18 41 27
6.9 12.4
18 42 27
6.9 12.4
18 43 27
6.9 12.4
18 51 17
9.2 16.2
18 52 17
9.2 16.2
18 53 17
9.2 16.2
18 51 27 11.9 21.9
18 52 27 11.9 21.9
18 53 27 11.9 21.9
18 61 17 16.15 29.9
18 62 17 16.15 29.9
18 63 17 16.15 29.9
18 61 27 22.1 40.5
18 62 27 22.1 40.5
18 63 27 22.1 40.5
18 71 17 29.8 47.0
18 72 17 29.8 47.0
18 73 17 29.8 47.0
18 71 27 35.0 60.0
18 72 27 35.0 60.0
18 73 27 35.0 60.0
18 81 17 44.2 80.0
18 82 17 44.2 80.0
18 83 17 44.2 80.0
18 91 17 59.0 100.0
18 92 17 59.0 100.0
18 93 17 59.0 100.0
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
X
d2
Dimension E in blocking
B
s
W
Constant hangers
type 18 D3 17 to 18 93 17
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
A
B
d2
d3
E
H
R
s
W
X
weight
[kg]
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
652
837
1099
652
837
1099
755
934
1099
755
934
1288
755
934
1288
812
1055
1426
878
1140
1592
878
1302
1720
976
1446
1720
1072
1570
1935
1251
1805
1965
1520
1805
1965
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
233
233
205
233
233
233
261
233
233
261
261
233
261
261
261
276
276
261
291
291
261
278
302
276
291
302
291
302
362
302
362
347
302
362
347
M10
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
34
34
34
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
51
51
51
51
51
51
464
267
304
464
267
304
464
267
304
464
267
304
464
282
336
483
282
336
483
328
351
482
331
354
500
330
353
499
334
372
508
358
380
514
368
392
527
395
398
578
417
425
571
462
486
621
457
486
621
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
244
293
440
244
293
440
286
302
440
286
302
455
286
302
455
290
315
460
315
333
467
315
335
472
340
343
472
362
370
513
390
413
547
385
413
547
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
80
80
80
80
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
34
34
34
34
34
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
64
64
64
64
64
64
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
60
60
60
52
30
34
52
31
35
57
32
39
57
32
39
58
36
74
97
36
74
98
69
102
104
70
113
152
71
114
153
96
159
210
115
190
261
118
194
326
158
230
341
190
296
498
269
482
691
316
484
719
1
Constant supports
Type 19
A
B
H
E
Constant supports
type 19 D3 17 to 19 93 17
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
K
ØL1
d4
M
A1
type 19 D3 17
19 D1 27
19 D2 27
19 D3 27
19 11 27
19 12 27
19 13 27
19 21 17
19 22 17
19 23 17
19 21 27
19 22 27
19 23 27
19 31 17
19 32 17
19 33 17
19 31 27
19 32 27
19 33 27
19 41 17
19 42 17
19 43 17
19 41 27
19 42 27
19 43 27
19 51 17
19 52 17
19 53 17
19 51 27
19 52 27
19 53 27
19 61 17
19 62 17
19 63 17
19 61 27
19 62 27
19 63 27
19 71 17
19 72 17
19 73 17
19 71 27
19 72 27
19 73 27
19 81 17
19 82 17
19 83 17
19 91 17
19 92 17
19 93 17
N
B1
min. max.
load load
[kN] [kN] travel
0.21 0.51
0.21 0.72
0.21 0.72
0.37 0.72
0.54 1.71
0.54 1.71
0.54 1.71
1.25
3.0
1.25
3.0
1.25
3.0
2.2
4.0
2.2
4.0
2.2
4.0
2.8 5.15
2.8 5.15
2.8 5.15
3.8
6.8
3.8
6.8
3.8
6.8
5.0
9.3
5.0
9.3
5.0
9.3
6.9 12.4
6.9 12.4
6.9 12.4
9.2 16.2
9.2 16.2
9.2 16.2
11.9 21.9
11.9 21.9
11.9 21.9
16.15 29.9
16.15 29.9
16.15 29.9
22.1 40.5
22.1 40.5
22.1 40.5
29.8 47.0
29.8 47.0
29.8 47.0
35.0 60.0
35.0 60.0
35.0 60.0
44.2 80.0
44.2 80.0
44.2 80.0
59.0 100.0
59.0 100.0
59.0 100.0
Order details:
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
A
A1
B
B1
d4
E
H
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
652
837
1099
652
837
1099
755
934
1099
755
934
1288
755
934
1288
812
1055
1426
878
1140
1592
878
1302
1720
976
1446
1720
1072
1570
1935
1251
1805
1965
1520
1805
1965
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
300
300
245
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
400
400
300
400
400
300
400
400
400
400
380
398
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
233
233
205
233
233
233
261
233
233
261
261
233
261
261
261
276
276
261
291
291
261
278
302
276
291
302
291
302
362
302
362
347
302
362
347
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
189
189
163
189
189
189
205
189
189
205
205
189
205
205
205
220
220
205
233
233
205
220
240
220
233
240
233
240
300
240
300
285
240
300
285
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
18.5
18.5
14.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
22.5
22.5
18.5
22.5
22.5
18.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
913
490
600
913
490
600
913
490
600
913
490
600
913
499
639
969
499
639
969
565
667
969
565
667
987
577
668
987
581
713
1016
607
718
1021
607
717
1041
655
728
1041
672
757
1111
744
829
1186
739
829
1186
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
244
293
440
244
293
440
286
302
440
286
302
455
286
302
455
290
315
460
315
333
467
315
335
472
340
343
472
362
370
513
390
413
547
385
413
547
K
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
100
120
120
100
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
M
N
weight
[kg]
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
185
210
210
185
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
280
280
210
280
280
210
280
280
280
280
260
278
280
280
280
280
280
280
280
280
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
124
124
103
124
124
124
140
124
124
140
140
124
140
140
140
150
150
140
163
163
140
150
170
150
163
170
163
170
230
170
230
215
170
230
215
60
36
41
60
37
42
65
37
46
65
38
46
66
42
83
110
43
83
111
78
113
116
78
123
171
82
128
171
107
176
231
127
208
282
129
211
354
176
251
368
208
316
524
290
515
740
336
516
767
constant support type 19 .. .., marking: …, calibration load: …kN,
travel: …mm up/down, blocking position (as required): …mm
Load plate with integrated slide
plate. This must be considered
in the selection of clamp bases.
Dimension E in blocking
position right at top – in other
blocking positions E shortens
accordingly and allows adjustment of + 60mm.
Type 19 .. .7 is fitted with a
load plate with PTFE slide
plate as standard. If needed,
this type can also be supplied
with a high temperature slide
plate, type 19 .. .6 (see table
below).
Under certain circumstances
the support bracket with the
height K can be dispensed
with. It should however be
ensured that the load adjustment screws are accessible.
type 19* with slide plate
up to 180°C up to 350°C
19 D. .7
19 D. .6
19 1. .7
19 1. .6
19 2. .7
19 2. .6
19 3. .7
19 3. .6
19 4. .7
19 4. .6
19 5. .7
19 5. .6
19 6. .7
19 6. .6
19 7. .7
19 7. .6
19 8. .7
19 8. .6
19 9. .7
19 9. .6
ØL1
40
40
40
65
65
65
110
150
150
150
* friction value of the slide
plates see table p. 7.11
Max. permissible stresses:
• Emergency (HZ) at 80°C
= calibration load x 1.33
• Faulted condition (HS)
at 150°C = calibration
load x 1.66.
• Max. blocking load at 80°C
= calibration load x 1.5.
1.20
Angulating constant supports
Type 19
A
E
J
Angulating constant supports
type 19 D3 37 to 19 93 37
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
H
For large horizontal displacements in the pipe
systems the constant
supports can be fitted
with ball bushing joints.
Dimension E on blocking
position right at top, in other
blocking positions E shortens
accordingly and allows adjustment of +200mm.
Connection possibilities:
See bolt diameter of weld-on
brackets type 35 or dynamic
clamps (Product Group 3).
Max. permissible stresses:
• Emergency (HZ) at 80°C
= Calibration load x 1.33
• Faulted condition (HS)
at 150°C = Calibration
load x 1.66
• Max. blocking load at 80°C
= Calibration load x 1.5.
Order details:
angulating constant
support type 19 .. ..
marking: …
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.21
U
d3
B1
A1
type
The ball bushing joints for the
connection are designed to fit
weld-on bracket type 35.
B
SW
min. max.
load load
[kN] [kN] travel
19 D3 37 0.21 0.51
19 D1 47 0.21 0.72
19 D2 47 0.21 0.72
19 D3 47 0.37 0.72
19 11 47 0.54 1.71
19 12 47 0.54 1.71
19 13 47 0.54 1.71
19 21 37 1.25
3.0
19 22 37 1.25
3.0
19 23 37 1.25
3.0
19 21 47
2.2
4.0
19 22 47
2.2
4.0
19 23 47
2.2
4.0
19 31 37
2.8 5.15
19 32 37
2.8 5.15
19 33 37
2.8 5.15
19 31 47
3.8
6.8
19 32 47
3.8
6.8
19 33 47
3.8
6.8
19 41 37
5.0
9.3
19 42 37
5.0
9.3
19 43 37
5.0
9.3
19 41 47
6.9 12.4
19 42 47
6.9 12.4
19 43 47
6.9 12.4
19 51 37
9.2 16.2
19 52 37
9.2 16.2
19 53 37
9.2 16.2
19 51 47 11.9 21.9
19 52 47 11.9 21.9
19 53 47 11.9 21.9
19 61 37 16.15 29.9
19 62 37 16.15 29.9
19 63 37 16.15 29.9
19 61 47 22.1 40.5
19 62 47 22.1 40.5
19 63 47 22.1 40.5
19 71 37 29.8 47.0
19 72 37 29.8 47.0
19 73 37 29.8 47.0
19 71 47 35.0 60.0
19 72 47 35.0 60.0
19 73 47 35.0 60.0
19 81 37 44.2 80.0
19 82 37 44.2 80.0
19 83 37 44.2 80.0
19 91 37 59.0 100.0
19 92 37 59.0 100.0
19 93 37 59.0 100.0
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
A
A1
B
B1
d3 E
J
H
SW
U
weight
[kg]
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
652
837
1099
652
837
1099
755
934
1099
755
934
1288
755
934
1288
812
1055
1426
878
1140
1592
878
1302
1720
976
1446
1720
1072
1570
1935
1251
1805
1965
1520
1805
1965
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
300
300
245
300
300
300
290
300
300
290
290
300
290
290
290
400
400
300
400
400
300
400
400
400
400
380
398
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
233
233
205
233
233
233
261
233
233
261
261
233
261
261
261
276
276
261
291
291
261
278
302
276
291
302
291
302
362
302
362
347
302
362
347
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
189
189
163
189
189
189
205
189
189
205
205
189
205
205
205
220
220
205
220
220
205
220
220
220
233
240
233
240
300
240
300
285
240
300
285
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
903
480
590
903
480
590
903
490
600
913
490
600
913
512
632
965
512
632
965
561
663
965
561
663
982
609
700
1020
613
727
1030
641
732
1035
641
731
1058
708
781
1094
725
810
1156
789
881
1238
812
904
1261
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
53
53
53
53
53
53
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
106
106
106
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
234
270
430
244
293
440
244
293
440
286
302
440
286
302
455
286
302
455
290
315
460
315
333
467
315
335
472
340
343
472
362
370
513
390
413
547
385
413
547
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
34
34
34
34
34
34
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
58
35
40
58
35
40
63
36
44
64
36
44
64
41
81
108
41
81
108
76
111
114
76
122
169
83
129
172
109
178
232
129
209
283
132
212
355
179
255
374
212
320
534
291
523
747
341
528
778
1
Constant hanger trapezes
Type 79
L
R
A
Ø d3
s
E
B
U
B1
type
79 D3 17
79 D1 27
79 D2 27
79 D3 27
79 11 27
79 12 27
79 13 27
79 21 17
79 22 17
79 23 17
79 21 27
79 22 27
79 23 27
79 31 17
79 32 17
79 33 17
79 31 27
79 32 27
79 33 27
79 41 17
79 42 17
79 43 17
79 41 27
79 42 27
79 43 27
79 51 17
79 52 17
79 53 17
79 51 27
79 52 27
79 53 27
79 61 17
79 62 17
79 63 17
79 61 27
79 62 27
79 63 27
79 71 17
79 72 17
79 73 17
79 71 27
79 72 27
79 73 27
79 81 17
79 82 17
79 83 17
79 91 17
79 92 17
79 93 17
0.42
0.42
0.42
0.74
1.08
1.08
1.08
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.4
4.4
4.4
5.6
5.6
5.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
10
10
10
13.8
13.8
13.8
18.4
18.4
18.4
23.8
23.8
23.8
32.3
32.3
32.3
44.2
44.2
44.2
59.6
59.6
59.6
70
70
70
88.4
88.4
88.4
118
118
118
1.02
1.44
1.44
1.44
3.42
3.42
3.42
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
10.3
10.3
10.3
13.6
13.6
13.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
24.8
24.8
24.8
32.4
32.4
32.4
43.8
43.8
43.8
59.8
59.8
59.8
81
81
81
94
94
94
120
120
120
160
160
160
200
200
200
min. max.
load load
[kN] [kN] travel Lmax
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
75
150
300
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
Constant hanger trapezes
A
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
610
664
973
652
837
1099
652
837
1099
755
934
1099
755
934
1288
755
934
1288
812
1055
1426
878
1140
1592
878
1302
1720
976
1446
1720
1072
1570
1935
1251
1805
1965
1520
1805
1965
B
d3
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
233
233
205
233
233
233
261
233
233
261
261
233
261
261
261
276
276
261
291
291
261
278
302
276
291
302
291
302
362
302
362
347
302
362
347
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
34
34
34
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
51
51
51
51
51
51
E
569
372
409
569
393
430
590
393
430
590
393
430
590
410
464
611
410
464
611
472
488
626
475
491
644
489
512
658
493
521
667
521
544
678
531
556
690
586
589
769
607
617
762
677
702
836
694
725
859
R
s
U
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
80
80
80
80
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
120
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
140
180
180
180
180
180
180
260
260
260
260
260
260
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
weight for type 79 D3 17 to 79 93 17
L=1000 per 100mm
B1
[kg]
[kg]
140
121
1.7
Dimension E right at top in
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
190
190
190
190
190
190
200
200
200
200
200
200
230
230
230
230
230
230
310
310
310
310
310
310
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
79
87
121
79
87
131
79
93
131
79
93
133
100
176
222
100
176
224
172
238
242
174
260
338
190
276
354
240
366
468
312
460
604
318
470
736
418
562
780
482
694
1098
644
1070
1486
730
1066
1538
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
9.2
blocking position, for other
blocking positions, dim. E
lengthens accordingly.
The Lmax dimensions can be
lengthened to 2400mm, on
reduction of the permissible
center load by 5% per 100mm
extension.
When selecting the constant
hanger trapeze the weight of
the U-profiles and the clamp
base weight must be added
to the operating load.
Max. permissible loads:
• Emergency (HZ) at 80°C
= Calibration load x 1.33
• Faulted condition (HS)
at 150°C = Calibration
load x 1.66
• Max. blocking load at 80°C
= Calibration load x 1.5
Order details:
trapeze type 79 .. ..
L = …mm
marking: …
calibration load: …kN
of the support point
trave: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.22
Constant hanger trapezes
Type 79
C
E
X
Constant hanger trapezes
types 79 D2 15 to 79 96 15
This design of trapeze is
used if the standard design
type 79 .2 34 does not fit
due to extremely restricted
installation space. The trapezes are supplied bolted
ex works.
Z
G
D
B
L
A
X = min. engagement depth
+ 300mm engagement
possibility.
Dimension L and dimension
Z are to be stated when
ordering.
Dimension E and dimension
C 0mm in blocking position,
in other blocking positions E
and C lengthen accordingly.
When selecting the constant
hanger trapeze its total weight
and the clamp base weight
must be added to the operating load.
The Lmax dimensions can be
lengthened to 2400mm on
load reduction by 5% per
100mm extension.
Order details:
trapeze type 79 .. ..
L = …mm
Z = …mm
marking: …
calibration load: …kN
of the support point
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
1.23
type
Amax
B
79 D2 15
79 D3 15
79 12 15
79 13 15
79 22 15
79 23 15
79 32 15
79 33 15
79 34 13
79 35 13
79 42 15
79 43 15
79 44 13
79 45 13
79 52 15
79 53 15
79 54 15
79 55 15
79 62 15
79 63 15
79 64 15
79 65 15
79 66 15
79 72 15
79 73 15
79 74 15
79 75 15
79 76 15
79 82 15
79 83 15
79 84 15
79 85 15
79 86 15
79 92 15
79 93 15
79 94 15
79 95 15
79 96 15
1210
1230
1930
1930
1960
1960
2170
2170
2170
2170
2185
2185
2185
2190
2330
2330
2330
2330
2375
2375
2375
2375
2380
2400
2400
2400
2405
2405
2420
2420
2420
2420
2425
2450
2450
2450
2455
2455
325
435
515
545
575
590
605
650
700
775
640
710
750
805
740
860
895
1005
895
985
1015
1055
1315
970
1040
1200
1360
1475
1015
1145
1310
1400
1460
1065
1295
1440
1455
1505
C
365
560
390
660
400
665
410
695
960
1240
465
765
1040
1285
500
800
1135
1435
590
935
1320
1665
2065
655
990
1420
1755
2195
755
1190
1695
2135
2635
820
1250
1795
2220
2760
D
110
130
130
130
160
160
170
170
185
190
185
185
185
190
230
230
230
230
275
275
275
275
280
300
300
300
305
305
320
320
320
320
325
350
350
350
355
355
E
G
Lmax
X
180
245
235
380
240
355
235
370
560
735
190
415
625
685
275
420
660
845
315
480
815
1085
1265
320
560
820
1020
1275
380
650
1015
1275
1545
430
665
1055
1395
1680
15
15
30
30
30
30
45
45
45
45
55
55
55
55
65
65
65
65
70
70
70
70
70
85
85
85
85
85
95
95
95
95
95
100
100
100
100
100
1100
1100
1800
1800
1800
1800
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
total weight weight change
[kg] L=1000 [kg/m] 30
48
61
81
74
103
104
137
174
255
153
199
253
370
230
318
408
528
384
486
650
798
1120
549
688
941
1296
1600
746
959
1263
1715
2190
908
1207
1625
1997
2530
6.6
6.6
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
36.4
36.4
36.4
36.4
44.0
44.0
44.0
44.0
50.6
50.6
50.6
58.8
66.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
83.6
83.6
92.4
92.4
92.4
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
119.0
1
Heavy duty constant supports
Type 16
Heavy duty constant support
types 16 82 29 to 16 93 49
B
D
C
K
E
H
P
O
S
A
L
T
N
F
Z
B1
M
A1
33
type A A1
16 82 29 860 640
16 83 29 990 640
16 92 29 910 740
16 93 29 1140 740
16 82 39 860 640
16 83 39 990 640
16 92 39 910 740
16 93 39 1140 740
16 82 49 860 640
16 83 49 990 640
16 92 49 910 740
16 93 49 1140 740
B
635
635
695
695
935
935
1025
1025
1235
1235
1355
1355
B1
580
580
630
630
880
880
960
960
1180
1180
1290
1290
C
500
500
570
570
800
800
900
900
1100
1100
1230
1230
D
555
555
605
605
855
855
935
935
1155
1155
1265
1265
E
1120
1855
1190
1915
1120
1855
1190
1915
1120
1855
1190
1915
E
1132
1867
1202
1927
1132
1867
1202
1927
1132
1867
1202
1927
F
120
120
140
140
120
120
140
140
120
120
140
140
H
585
715
630
785
585
715
630
785
585
715
630
785
K
300
755
320
745
300
755
320
745
300
755
320
745
L
200
200
240
240
200
200
240
240
200
200
240
240
M
490
490
570
570
490
490
570
570
490
490
570
570
N
300
300
330
330
300
300
330
330
300
300
330
330
O
P
S
T
Z
50
215
50
250
50
215
50
250
50
215
50
250
330
340
350
355
330
340
350
355
330
340
350
355
15
15
20
20
15
15
20
20
15
15
20
20
15
15
20
20
15
15
20
20
15
15
20
20
300
300
330
330
600
600
660
660
900
900
990
990
weight
[kg]
635
920
805
1165
965
1395
1220
1765
1295
1865
1635
2365
Dimension E in blocking position right
at top – in other blocking positions E
shortens accordingly and allows for
adjustment of + 60mm.
Dimension E for constant supports
according to E , which are addit-
Type 16 is supplied with a corrosionprotected load plate as standard.
When using a slide plate up to 180°C
operating temperature, the type number in the 6th digit is to be replaced
by a 7 (e.g. 16 82 27), or up to 350°C
by a 6 (e.g. 16 82 26).
E
ionally fitted with a slide plate (friction
value of the slide plates see p. 7.11).
Load plate with integrated slide plate
Order details:
constant support
type 16 .. ..
marking: …
calibration load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
blocking position
(as required): …mm
slide plate (as required): …
1.24
Servohangers
Type 17
Under certain conditions,
pipe systems or other
components are restricted
in their thermal displacement through friction or
other influences, despite
the use of spring and constant hangers or constant
supports. In such cases
servohangers can actively
overcome the restriction.
Application
In standard cases, the weight of the pipe systems
is practically in equilibrium with the calibration
load of the constant hangers and constant
supports. The sum of the deviations occurring
and the additional stresses in the piping due to
this then remain within the permissible harmless range.
In certain cases, the sum of the deviations
occurring can also exceed a permissible level
and considerably reduce the life of the piping
systems or their connections (in the creep
strength range) in the form of additional secondary stresses.
Deviations can arise through:
pipe statics that are not always readily
determinable
practical deviations from the theoretically
planned load distribution
A combination of deviations can cumulatively
reach significant levels. These deviations have a
particularly negative effect in flexible, ‘soft’ pipe
systems. Vertical expansion can be obstructed
or even completely suppressed here, even with
relatively slight individual deviations.
Apart from the additional loads caused, impermissible sagging can result, due to spring
hysteresis in the pressure-stressed system, with
a reversed incline. In addition to possible creep
rupture, in the event of an incorrectly positioned
incline, dangerous water hammer can occur.
wall thickness tolerances of the piping, if
these are not weighed extra and the weight
In such cases it would be advisable to suppledifferences taken into account
ment the passively reacting constant hangers
insulation weights not determinable
with the active LISEGA servohangers.
in advance
mechanical friction and production tolerances
for constant hangers (permissible +/– 5%)
spring relaxation
Typical cases of application for
LISEGA servohangers
boi
ler
cen
ter
ine
turb
original cold position
hot position
new cold position
without servohangers (diagram
on left) the pipe system remains
in the hot position
with servohangers (diagram on
right) the pipe system shifts to
its specified positions
1.25
boi
ler
cen
ter
ine
turb
Through use of the hydraulic servo support
the pipe system can now be repositioned to
the specified elevation.
Design and mode of operation
The type 11 constant hanger forms the basis
for the servohanger. To overcome load differences it is additionally fitted with an auxiliary
hydraulic device that can exert an active
supplementary force in both directions (servo
support).
1
For theoretical (temp.) / actual (travel) deviations a tolerance range can be set. If the
deviation is outside these values, the control
switches off automatically.
Manual switch-off
For any maintenance work required on the
system or the boiler, the servo support can
be switched on or off manually.
Design sizes
Load Groups 5 (FN 20kN) to 9 (FN 100kN) with
travel ranges 2 (150mm) and 3 (300mm) are
considered standard. For other cases, special
designs can be supplied.
Servohanger switch cabinet
Operating instructions
Installation and commissioning instructions, as
well as servicing recommendations, are included
in the scope of supply.
For this, see also selection
table constant hangers,
pp. 1.13 and 1.14.
2 = travel range 2
3 = travel range 3
In standard cases, the temperature of the pipe
system to be supported is used as a control
parameter. The temperature in each case is
transformed electronically into the corresponding travel position. In the theoretical / actual
comparison procedure, the control ensures
a regulated approach to the actual vertical
elevation position.
servohanger
type 17 5. 15
17 6. 15
17 7. 15
17 8. 15
17 9. 15
nom. load
FN [kN]
20
40
60
80
100
set load [kN]
8 – 20
16 – 40
24 – 60
32 – 80
40 – 100
load-dependent travel travel range 2 travel range 3
[mm]
[mm]
75 – 150
150 – 300
75 – 150
150 – 300
75 – 150
150 – 300
75 – 150
150 – 300
75 – 150
150 – 300
supplementary
servo power [kN]
8
20
20
20
20
Electrohydraulic control
The hydraulic unit and the control are located
separately from each other in a separate switch
cabinet situated near the servohanger (max.
distance 16m).
hydr.
control
electr.
control
The hydraulic pistons for control of the movement are located in the load tube of the
constant hanger.
Safety switch
The electrohydraulic control is so designed that
in the event of an operational breakdown (e.g.
power loss) only the servo support is lost, but
the unit will continue to function effectively as
a constant hanger.
Function chart
1.26
Installation and operating instructions
Types 11, 12-14, 18, 19
1 Transport and storage
During transport, care must be taken that connecting threads, stops and load adjustment bolts
are not damaged. When storing in the open air,
the supports must be protected from dirt and
water.
2 Delivery condition
stop
If not otherwise agreed, LISEGA constant hangguide bolt
ers are set to the desired cold load position
name plate
red marking for
hot position
retaining screw with
washer for stop (after
deblocking)
travel scale
blocking strip
indicator for
calibration load
load scale
load adjustment screw
load tube
inspection hole for
min. engagement depth
Constant hanger type 11
lock nut
(installation condition) and blocked. The adjustment values can be read off the load and travel
scale as well as the name plate.
On the travel scale the theoretical hot position
is marked with a red sticker and the theoretical
cold position with a white one. The order load
set at the delivery inspection is permanently
marked on the load scale with an “X”.
Low profile constant hanger type 18
adjustment
spindle
Constant support type 19
support brackets
ball bushing
adjustment spindle
Travel scale with
cold/warm marking
Coupled constant hanger type 12-14
Load scale with indicator
1.27
Angulating constant support type 19
ball
bushing
type 79
traverse
type 71
support
bearing
type 11
constant
hanger
type 66 tie rod
type 61 threaded
clevis with pin
type 60 eye nut
type 67 stud bolt
Stamped on the plate are:
type
serial number
LISEGA order number
calibration load
inspector
travel
ident. number
Connections type 11 C3 .. - 11 96 ..
(single cell hangers)
The upper connection is designed as an inner
thread with limited engagement depth. The
lower connection is designed as a spherical lock
nut pivotable in all directions by min. 4°. The
connection threads are greased and sealed with
plastic caps.
X
Min. engagement depth „X“
of upper connection (see selection table type 11, p. 1.15)
Name plate with stamped operating data
1
steel construction onsite
(bolted or welded)
Constant hanger type 11 (seated)
These constant hangers for all load sizes can be
directly seated. They can also be supplied with
serial support brackets type 71 which, depending
on the order specifications, can be connected
and bolted via precision-fit boreholes at works
or on site. The base plates of the support brackets can be welded to the contact surface. On
request, support brackets with slot holes for
bolting can be supplied.
Inspection
hole
Min. engagement depth of
connection rod in load tube
When connecting to the connecting rods, care
must be taken that the lower rod is screwed
into the lock nut at least to the inspection hole. Connections type 18
A further engagement depth of at least 300mm The upper connection is designed as a yoke
plate and the lower one as a spherical lock
is available.
nut, pivotable in all directions by min. 4°. The
connection threads are greased and sealed
Connections type 12 82 ..- 14 96 ..
with plastic caps.
(heavy duty)
The upper connection is designed as a yoke
plate. The lower connection is also designed as
a yoke plate and fastened to the spherical lock
nuts of the individual constant hanger cells,
whereby pivoting of min. 4° is possible. The
connection threads are greased and sealed with
plastic caps.
Connections type 19
The upper connections of the constant supports
are fitted either with a load plate or slide plate
to reduce friction from lateral displacement,
or with a ball-joint lug for angulating constant
supports. The lower connections are therefore
either a pedestal or a lug. During welding work
at the pedestal the components inside constant
supports must be protected.
1.28
Transport lock type 12 82 .. – 14 96 ..
(heavy duty)
Coupled constant hangers are supplied with a
transport locking device (retaining rod, washer,
retaining nut).
B) The connecting rods are to be installed vertically for the purpose of better inspection.
A controlled angled position in operating condition is thereby permitted.
At all events, uniform specifications for the
whole installation should exist.
The connecting rods and points are to be
force-fitted.
Type 11 C3 .. – 11 96 ..
(single cell hanger)
cold position
For installation of the constant hangers, transport lugs or other assembly devices can be
screwed into the threaded holes on the sides.
After deblocking of the hanger (see point 4)
the stops are to be screwed on here for safe
keeping. For constant hangers with support
brackets type 71 the hangers are fitted with
transport lugs instead of the upper connection
– these can also store the stops.
warm position
1 Retaining rod
2 Washer
3 Retaining nut
Rods vertical during plant
operation
Transport lock
type 12 82 .. – 14 96 ..
The transport lock is loosened only on completion of hanger installation and at the same
time as the removal of the blocking plates.
warm position
cold position
Rods vertical in installation
condition
For this, the retaining nut marked in red is removed at the lower end with a socket wrench.
Both parts (retaining rod and nut) are to be
stored in the same place as the stops. When
making the force-fit connection, care must be
taken that the lower yoke plate is screwed
into the lock nuts at least up to the inspection
hole. The installation dimension of the lower
yoke plate can be lengthened with the lock
nuts by 250mm or shortened by 70mm.
3 Installation of the constant hangers
When installing, the specifications of the
installation instructions for pipe systems must
be followed. Special attention must thereby be
paid to the desired installation position of the
suspension rods throughout the whole support
chain. There are two possibilities here:
A) The connecting rods are to be installed at
an angle according to the expected horizontal
displacement in the pipe system. A perpendicular position is hereby anticipated in operating
condition.
1.29
Constant hangers
types 12 82 .. – 14 96 ..
For installation of the hangers, the side openings
of the upper yoke plate can be used for hooking
on. For hangers with support brackets, the upper
yoke plate is replaced by a transport lug.
4 Deblocking
Requirements
The correct deblocking of the constant hangers
in accordance with the following instructions is
crucial for the subsequent faultless functioning
of the pipe systems.
The stops are to be removed, as far as possible,
immediately before commissioning.
The stops must be removed as a matter of
principle in a systematic way, one after the
other, beginning at a fixed point or connection
point.
The whole system should be inspected beforehand according to point 3 of these installation
instructions.
Actual and theoretical condition
When it has been ensured that all connections
are firmly force-fitted, the suspended weight is
completely taken up by the constant hangers or
supports.
If the weight load agrees with the calibration
load and the piping system shows no sign of
stress, then the planned equilibrium has been
achieved. The blocking plates can be easily
removed.
In practice however, slight stresses in the piping
systems and hence resulting load shifting can
hardly be avoided.
In the same way, the loads, which are usually
determined theoretically, can show larger tolerances. As a result, the deviations can lead (according to under- or over-load) to corresponding
jamming of the blocking bolt in the lower or
upper section of the blocking plate.
Procedure
The blocking devices are removed when the
guide bolt is free. The calibration load is made
up of the old load and the extra weight of the
hanger components suspended. If the guide
bolt is lying at the top or the bottom, the load
adjustment must be adapted before deblocking
(see point 5, load correction):
When removing the stops, care must be taken
that only the outer lock ring is loosened.
In cases of requirement, e.g. for revisions, the
hangers or supports can be blocked again in
any position. For this, the stops are placed
on the guide bolts and secured. The devices
are firmly screwed to the side of the constant
hanger body in types 11 to 14.
Load distribution
Under no circumstances should the stops be
removed by force!
By loosening or tightening the connecting rods
with a few turns of the lock nut in the case
of constant hangers, or corresponding adjustment of the support tube for constant supports,
stresses in the pipe system can be compensated for and the guide bolt is then free.
The geometrical position of the pipe system
must not be altered when balancing stresses!
As later adjustment at one point can cause a
renewed slight shift at another, the procedure
must be repeated if necessary at different points.
For clear control it is recommended that, as a
matter of principle, the stops should only be
removed when all the guide bolts are free.
5 Load correction type 11, 12-14
Load correction is necessary if the calibration
load(set at the LISEGA facility) deviates from the
weight actually applied. In this case, with LISEGA
hangers the calibration load can also be adjusted
in the installed condition.
Blocked condition
Dismantling of the outer lock
ring and blocking device
outer lock ring
a) Bolt is free:
Calibration load of the constant
hangers agrees with the weight
applied. Blocking plate can be
removed.
b) Bolt lies at bottom:
Calibration load of constant
hanger is smaller than weight
applied. Loosen connecting rod
or increase calibration load.
c) Bolt lies on top:
Calibration load of constant
hanger is larger than weight
applied. Tighten connecting rod
or decrease calibration load.
It should thereby be taken into account that for
load increases the remaining travel is shorter.
In most cases this is not critical, due to the
travel and load reserves available. For safety
reasons this should be checked with the catalog
data. Any changes in the installation dimension
caused by load corrections must be compensated for within the load chain.
Procedure:
1) Loosen of both load adjustment screws.
Assembly of the
1
1)
Completed:
deblocked condition
1.30
2) Screw in or screw out alternately the two
load adjustment screws, by a turn in each
case. The base plate of the load tube and
the lower edge of the constant hanger body
must thereby remain parallel.
2)
The procedure is completed as soon as
the guide bolt no longer lies at the top or
the bottom of the stop. If, for constant
hangers of higher load groups, the necessary adjustment forces are too big and
manual adjustment is not possible, auxiliary
devices must be used (see point 6, auxiliary
devices).
6 Auxiliary devices
Tightening or loosening of the connecting
rods, as well as load calibration, can be performed manually on all hangers. For hangers in the higher load groups this work can
require a great deal of effort due to the higher
load calibration.
To facilitate the work, an auxiliary device can
be made available with which a hydraulic load
take-up using a handpump can be effected. It
is operated by LISEGA personnel.
3) Tighten the lock nuts of the load adjustment
screws. Now deblocking can continue.
3)
Load correction types 18, 19
By way of the adjusting screws the length of
the lever of the leverage arm is altered on the
left and right respectively.
On load adjustment the working travel
remains unaltered.
Procedure:
1) Unlock tab washer.
2) Turn adjusting screws equally on both
sides until the guide bolt is free.
3) Secure adjusting screws against twisting
by locking the tab washers.
Blocking device bolted
to front side
1.31
Installation device, used to
relieve the adjustment screws
Installation device, used
to relieve the blocking
7 Inspection and maintenance
The flawless functioning of the constant hangers
and supports can be checked in every operating
situation by examining the position of the guide
bolt.
Under normal operating conditions, maintenance
is not required.
2
PRODUCT
GROUP
Spring hangers,
spring supports
Spring hangers,
spring supports
2
Spring hangers,
spring supports
Contents
Page
Field of application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Overview of spring hangers and spring supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3
Selection overview, spring components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
Selection tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
Spring hangers type 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
Heavy duty spring hangers type 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
2
0
1
PRODUCT
GROUP
Spring hangers type 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Heavy duty spring hangers type 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Spring support type 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11
Heavy duty spring supports type 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12
Angulating spring supports type 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Spring hanger trapezes type 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Sway brace type 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15
Telescoping spring supports type 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Installation and operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2.0
2
Field of application
To avoid constraints in the
system, thermal expansion
in high-temperature piping
must not be restricted. The
piping must therefore be
supported in a correspondingly elastic manner.
Spring components
To balance slight vertical displacement in the
pipe systems, spring components are used as
supports. These components function on the
basis of preset helical coil springs which exert
a variable supporting load over the range of
movement in accordance with their specified
spring characteristics. Load variations resulting
from this are limited through the stress analysis
calculations, depending on the sensitivity of the
piping.
As standard practice, the permissible force deviation between cold position (blocking position)
and hot position should not exceed 25 % in
relation to the hot load.
Moreover, as a rule constant hangers/supports
are used that maintain a constant hanger/support force over the whole displacement range.
Selection of spring hangers
The reaction force depends on the spring rate
(stiffness) of the respective coil springs. The
The relevant basis for the function of the spring change in force from cold to hot position results
components is specified in the current guidelines from the displacement. The greater the spring
(see technical specifications p. 0.5).
rate, the greater the change in load and accordingly the reaction force in the pipe system. For
LISEGA spring hangers and supports optimum selection of spring hangers and supA range of spring component designs are availa- ports, LISEGA has divided the load ranges into
ble for optimum adaptation to the various struc- 5 travel ranges.
tural requirements. The ideal choice depends on
Details of their application can be found in the
the installation situation.
selection table (see pp. 2.5 and 2.6), in the
installation and operating instructions (p. 2.19)
Spring hangers and supports are as a rule
and the technical specifications (p. 0.3).
calibrated in such a way that the spring force
and pipe load are the same in the cold position
(see p. 0.5). The corresponding hot load position Load setting and blocking
results from the theoretical pipe displacement
Spring hangers and supports are preset at the
(travel) and the spring rate.
factory to the cold or blocking load and blocked
in both directions of movement. This enables
The difference in force between hot and cold
installation of the support in the designated
positions acts on the pipe system as a reacinstallation space without time-consuming later
tion force and is limited by the relevant design
adjustments.
specifications. Further information can be found
on p. 0.5.
In addition, the supplementary loads arising
through pickling, flushing or pressure testing
are held by the blocking devices.
2.1
cold and hot positions are shown on the
travel scale by white and red marking
respectively
the blocking devices have continuously
variable settings and can be applied again
in any position
Special advantages of
LISEGA spring hangers
axis of symmetry
The user can profit from a wide range of
special benefits with LISEGA spring hangers.
2
Significant savings are possible, particularly
with regard to ancillary labor-intensive support costs such as planning, installation and
operation.
1
4
9
3
5
1
No welding (types 20, 21, 27).
2
Fully galvanized surfaces.
6
For heavy duty designs: coated surfaces.
2
7
8
Spring hanger
type 21
axis of symmetry
3
The hot or cold position is marked on the travel
scale (white and red arrow).
4
Fully adjustable blocking system.
5
On the spring hangers, the preset values
are noted on the riveted name plate.
6
Special pre-relaxed springs with a CPP
(cataphoretic painting process) finish prevent
any significant loss in load capacity.
7
Integrated connecting elements.
8
Variable connection possibilities within the
load group selected and the possibility of
later adjustment for load setting.
9
The theoretical hot position (operating position)
is marked on the travel scale (red arrow).
✔ Five travel ranges from 0 to 400mm,
4
2
load group C to load group 9
Three travel ranges from 0 to 200mm,
load group 10 to load group 50.
✔ Load application free of moments by
3
9
6
5
covering the load and symmetry axis.
✔ Favorable power-to-weight-ratios for reduced
assembly weights.
✔ Modular system simplifies selection
(load groups and travel ranges).
✔ Flexible installation configurations using
7
8
Spring hanger
type 22
standardized components.
✔ Secure connection of load chains through the
load and connection compatibility of system
components.
2.2
Overview of types
Spring hangers and spring supports
0.04 – 100kN
Spring hanger type 21
Heavy duty design 53 – 400kN
Spring hanger type 21
Spring hanger type 22
This design is the most commonly
used and is fitted with an upper
connection for suspension. It is
used where the surrounding structure offers a suitable connection
point and sufficient installation
space. The upper connections
can be universally adapted to the
existing conditions using standard
components.
This design corresponds
functionally to type 21
and is available for
higher loads up to 400kN.
Spring hanger type 25
Spring hanger type 25
Spring support type 29
Spring hanger type 26
This version is used especially if
the permissible deflection of a
support chain when using type
21 was exceeded or if, due to
shortage of space, a type 21
spring hanger cannot be
installed. The connection is
made by a rod fed through the
hanger.
This design corresponds
functionally to the seated spring hanger type 25
and is available for higher
loads up to 400kN.
Spring support type 29
Spring support
type 28
If the surrounding conditions
do not permit suspensions, this
design offers a suitable alternative as a support. For larger
horizontal displacements of the
support-bearing load and of
steel/steel slide plate contact,
under certain circumstances the
functioning of the support can be
adversely affected by any lateral forces generated. It
is recommended to avoid this risk by using LISEGA
slide plates. In this case the counter plate must have
a stainless steel surface and if necessary be fitted
with a twist restraint.
This design corresponds
functionally to spring
support type 29 and is
available for higher loads
up to 400kN. Here too,
LISEGA sliding components can be used as
an option.
Angulating spring support type 20
In contrast to the type 29 spring supports, lateral displacements can be absorbed
practically free of friction forces by this design. This way, resulting forces in all
planes, both in vertical as well as horizontal directions of movement, are almost
completely eliminated.
Angulating spring support
type 20
2.3
The angulating spring supports are fitted on one side with an adjustable load tube
and a rotating ball bushing joint and on the other with a fixed ball bushing joint.
The joints provide the appropriate connection to the type 35 weld-on brackets and
the dynamic clamps in product group 3.
Sway braces type 27
These special components act in compression
and tension directions and are used to stabilize
the position of pipe systems and other plant
equipment. The connection components correspond with those in product group 3 (dynamic
components).
With the LISEGA sway braces type 27 the
following settings can be made:
load pre-tensioning
installation dimensions
free stroke
Add-on components
Slide plate for spring
supports type 29/28
To reduce friction between
the load plate and mating
component (e.g. clamp base),
PTFE sliding materials (up to 180°C) or suitable
material for higher temperatures are used. The
counter component should in this case have a
stainless steel sliding surface. The selection of
slide plates can be found on p. 2.11.
Extension for spring
support type 29
To bridge larger installation
heights, adapted extensions
can be ordered (see p. 2.11).
Spring hanger trapezes type 79
These commonly used components combine
the advantages of the spring hanger with the
easy-to-install, weld-free plug-in trapezes. For
restricted spaces the spring hanger trapezes can
be supplied as special welded designs.
Base plate for spring
hanger type 25
If required, type 25 can be
supplied with the base plate
type 27 for bolting or welding.
A selection can be found on
p. 2.9.
Telescopic spring supports type 29 .. 2.
2
Spring support type 29 .. 2.
(telescopic)
Sway brace type 27
angled arrangement
Sway brace type 27
simple arrangement
E dimension
As a special design of type 29 these telescoping
spring supports are used for lower E dimensions.
They are fitted as standard with a PFTE slide plate.
standard spring support
type 29 .. 1.
telescoping spring support
type 29 .. 2.
load
Extended field of application with telescopic spring support 29 .. 2.
2.4
Selection overview,
spring components
Selection criteria for spring
hangers and supports
Permissible force variation
Spring rates
Design type
The permissible force variation from cold
load (installation load) to hot load (operating load) is limited internationally by the
common specifications for pipe system
calculations to max 25% of the operating
load. In principle however, it is dependent on the pipe system calculations.
In order to offer the largest possible
field of application while at the same
time complying with these specifications,
LISEGA spring components are divided
into 5 travel ranges with correspondingly
different spring rates.
The choice of a suitable design type is
dependent on the respective support configuration and/or installation conditions.
Extra-long springs
Maximum travel
To avoid functional variations through
instability from springs with long travel,
maximum travel of 50mm should not, as
a rule, be exceeded.
Economical size
The following selection procedures can be
followed to determine the most economical component size:
Travel ranges 4 and 5 belong to the
‘extra-long spring travel’ category and
should only be used after careful consideration of the travel and variability,
especially in sensitive, ‘soft’ pipe systems.
Spring hangers type 21, spring hangers type 25 for seating, spring supports type 29, angulating spring supports type 20
travel range …1..
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
32.5
35.0
37.5
40.0
42.5
45.0
47.5
50.0
…2..
spring
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
…3.. …4..
travel [mm]
0
0
10
15
20
30
30
45
40
60
50
75
60
90
70
105
80
120
90
135
100
150
110
165
120
180
130
195
140
210
150
225
160
240
170
255
180
270
190
285
200
300
type designation
…5..
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
21 C2 19 21
25
29 C2 19 29
20
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.20
0.21
0.22
0.23
0.24
0.25
2.1
D.
D.
D.
D.
19
19
19
19
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.26
0.28
0.30
0.32
0.34
0.36
0.38
0.40
0.42
0.44
0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
2.1
4.1
8.3
21
25
29
20
1.
1.
1.
1.
18
18
18
14
0.41
0.45
0.50
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.95
1.00
1.04
1.08
1.12
1.16
1.20
1.25
4.1
8.3
16.6
21
25
29
20
2.
2.
2.
2.
18
18
18
14
0.83
0.91
1.00
1.08
1.16
1.25
1.33
1.41
1.50
1.58
1.66
1.75
1.83
1.91
2.00
2.08
2.16
2.25
2.33
2.41
2.50
8.3
16.6
33.3
21
25
29
20
3.
3.
3.
3.
18
18
18
14
21 4. 18 21 5. 18
25 4. 18 25 5. 18
29 4. 18 29 5. 18
20 4. 14 20 5. 14
load [kN]
1.66
3.33
6.66
1.83
3.66
7.33
2.00
4.00
8.00
2.16
4.33
8.66
2.33
4.66
9.33
2.50
5.00
10.00
2.66
5.33
10.66
2.83
5.66
11.33
3.00
6.00
12.00
3.16
6.33
12.66
3.33
6.66
13.33
3.50
7.00
14.00
3.66
7.33
14.66
3.83
7.66
15.33
4.00
8.00
16.00
4.16
8.33
16.66
4.33
8.66
17.33
4.50
9.00
18.00
4.66
9.33
18.66
4.83
9.66
19.33
5.00
10.00
20.00
spring rate c [N/mm]
33.3
11.1
22.2
44.4
16.6
33.3
66.6
33.3
66.6
133.3
66.6
133.3
266.6
In cases where a smaller ‘E’ dimension than that of type 29 ..1. is required,
we recommend the use of telescopic spring support type 29 .. 2. (see p. 2.17).
2.5
21
25
29
20
6.
6.
6.
6.
18
18
18
14
21
25
29
20
7.
7.
7.
7.
18
18
18
14
21
25
29
20
8.
8.
8.
8.
18
18
18
14
21
25
29
20
9.
9.
9.
9.
18
18
18
14
13.33
14.66
16.00
17.33
18.66
20.00
21.33
22.66
24.00
25.33
26.66
28.00
29.33
30.66
32.00
33.33
34.66
36.00
37.33
38.66
40.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
34.00
36.00
38.00
40.00
42.00
44.00
46.00
48.00
50.00
52.00
54.00
56.00
58.00
60.00
26.66
29.33
32.00
34.66
37.33
40.00
42.66
45.33
48.00
50.66
53.33
56.00
58.66
61.33
64.00
66.66
69.33
72.00
74.66
77.33
80.00
33.33
36.66
40.00
43.33
46.66
50.00
53.33
56.66
60.00
63.33
66.66
70.00
73.33
76.66
80.00
83.33
86.66
90.00
93.33
96.66
100.00
66.6
88.9
133.3
266.6
533.3
100.0
133.3
200.0
400.0
800.0
133.3
177.8
266.6
533.3
1066.6
166.6
222.2
333.3
666.6
1333.3
2
Determination of the most favorable size
2. Determination force variation
(percentage)
1. Selection of the most favorable
spring hanger/support
Example:
Example:
Operating load
Permissible deviation
Travel (upwards)
F = 6000N
p 25%
s = 15mm
6000N operating load, working travel
15mm (upwards), a spring hanger
type 25 42 18 with a spring rate of
c = 66.6 N/mm was selected:
The max. permissible spring rate produces:
Spring rate c
(permissible deviation) (operating load)
(working travel)
0.25 6000N 100N/mm
=
15mm
Selection type
Spring rate
25 42 18
c = 66.6N/mm
Cold load
FK= 7000N
Change in force =
F =
(working travel) (spring rate)
(operating load)
15mm · 66.6N/mm
= 0.1665
6000N
F [%] = 16.65%
Spring hangers type 22, spring hangers type 26 for seating, spring supports type 28
travel range …1..
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
32.5
35.0
37.5
40.0
42.5
45.0
47.5
50.0
…2..
spring travel [mm]
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
Travel range = 4th digit of
type designation
…3..
22 1. 19
26 1. 19
28 1. 19
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
53.33
58.66
64.00
69.33
74.66
80.00
85.33
90.66
96.00
101.33
106.66
112.00
117.33
122.66
128.00
133.33
138.66
144.00
149.33
154.66
160.00
533.3
1066.6
2133.3
22 2. 19
26 2. 19
28 2. 19
22 3. 19
22 4. 19
26 3. 19
26 4. 19
28 3. 19
28 4. 19
load [kN]
66.66
80.00
100.00
73.33
88.00
110.00
80.00
96.00
120.00
86.66
104.00
130.00
93.33
112.00
140.00
100.00
120.00
150.00
106.66
128.00
160.00
113.33
136.00
170.00
120.00
144.00
180.00
126.66
152.00
190.00
133.33
160.00
200.00
140.00
168.00
210.00
146.66
176.00
220.00
153.33
184.00
230.00
160.00
192.00
240.00
166.66
200.00
250.00
173.33
208.00
260.00
180.00
216.00
270.00
186.66
224.00
280.00
193.33
232.00
290.00
200.00
240.00
300.00
spring rate c [N/mm]
666.6
800
1000
1333.3
1600
2000
2666.6
3200
4000
22 5. 19
26 5. 19
28 5. 19
133.33
146.66
160.00
173.33
186.66
200.00
213.33
226.66
240.00
253.33
266.66
280.00
293.33
306.66
320.00
333.33
346.66
360.00
373.33
386.66
400.00
type designation.
For the availability of the
different travel ranges, see
dimension tables on pp. 2.7
to 2.17.
The use of springs with extra-long travel is to be treated
with reservation due to the
relatively large spring hysteresis.
1333.3
2666.6
5333.3
2.6
Spring hangers
Type 21
Ø d2
SW
X
E
H
X
B
Spring hanger
type 21 C2 19 to 21 95 18
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
SW
Ø d2
ØA
Dimension ‘E’ increases on
loading by the corresponding
spring travel (see load table
on p. 2.5).
In restricted spaces the spring
hangers can be used with type 79
trapezes (see p. 2.14).
Order details:
spring hangers type 21 .. ..
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.7
type
ØA
B
Ø d2
E
21 C2 19
21 D2 19
21 D3 19
21 11 18
21 12 18
21 13 18
21 21 18
21 22 18
21 23 18
21 31 18
21 32 18
21 33 18
21 34 18
21 41 18
21 42 18
21 43 18
21 44 18
21 51 18
21 52 18
21 53 18
21 54 18
21 55 18
21 61 18
21 62 18
21 63 18
21 64 18
21 65 18
21 71 18
21 72 18
21 73 18
21 74 18
21 75 18
21 81 18
21 82 18
21 83 18
21 84 18
21 85 18
21 91 18
21 92 18
21 93 18
21 94 18
21 95 18
80
90
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
155
180
180
180
180
180
220
220
220
220
220
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
275
275
275
275
275
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48
M48
M48
205
250
475
155
250
475
155
255
475
160
255
475
840
185
290
525
920
215
305
540
1035
1275
245
360
640
1205
1490
280
405
675
1300
1575
305
470
845
1430
1810
330
505
870
1515
1885
H
SW
X
weight [kg]
205
245
470
145
245
470
150
250
460
155
250
470
725
180
290
525
800
215
305
540
825
1065
245
360
640
980
1265
285
410
680
1070
1345
320
485
860
1330
1710
355
530
895
1395
1765
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
55
55
65
65
65
65
65
75
75
75
75
75
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
1.9
3.0
5.0
2.1
3.1
5.5
3.8
5.3
8.6
4.3
6.0
9.7
14.0
9.2
12.8
20.0
29.0
16.5
20.5
32.0
46.0
57.0
31.0
40.0
62.0
90.0
114.0
48.0
63.0
89.0
133.0
160.0
58.0
80.0
126.0
182.0
228.0
84.0
111.0
164.0
243.0
296.0
2
Heavy duty spring hangers
Type 22
d3
Spring hangers
type 22 11 19 to 22 53 19
S
R
blocking device
C
X
H
E
B
SW2
SW1
Ø d2
ØA
type
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
11
12
13
21
22
23
31
32
33
41
42
43
51
52
53
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
ØA
B
C
Ø d2
Ø d3
525
525
525
545
545
545
590
590
590
625
625
625
645
645
645
80
80
80
95
95
95
95
95
95
115
115
115
140
140
140
60
60
60
70
70
70
75
75
75
80
80
80
90
90
90
M56x4
M56x4
M56x4
M64x4
M64x4
M64x4
M68x4
M68x4
M68x4
M72x4
M72x4
M72x4
M80x4
M80x4
M80x4
62
62
62
72
72
72
72
72
72
82
82
82
92
92
92
E
H
R
S
SW1
SW2
X
weight
[kg]
440
560
840
475
595
875
490
610
890
555
685
955
630
800
1175
350
470
750
370
490
770
385
505
785
430
560
830
480
650
1025
90
90
90
105
105
105
105
105
105
120
120
120
135
135
135
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
35
85
85
85
95
95
95
100
100
100
105
105
105
115
115
115
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
65
65
65
65
65
65
75
75
75
80
80
80
85
85
85
95
95
95
240
270
340
285
320
410
360
405
510
455
515
625
550
655
865
Dimension ‘E’ increases on
loading by the corresponding
spring travel (see load table
on p. 2.6).
Spring hanger type 22 with weldon clevis type 73 mounted
Spring hanger type 22 with
threaded clevis type 61 mounted
Typical installation situations
Order details:
spring hangers type 22 .. ..
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.8
Spring hangers
Type 25
Spring hangers for seating
type 25 D2 19 to 25 93 18
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
B
H
X
Ø d4
Ø d2
ØA
d6
E
If required, the base plate
type 72 can be attached
to type 25.
C
B
type
72 D9 28
72 19 28
72 29 28
72 39 28
72 49 28
72 59 28
72 69 28
72 79 28
72 89 28
72 99 28
B
125
125
150
150
190
220
260
290
290
340
C
95
95
115
115
140
170
200
215
215
255
d6
12
12
14
14
18
18
23
23
27
33
E [kg]
8 1.0
8 1.0
10 1.6
12 1.8
12 3.0
12 4.0
15 6.9
20 10.9
20 10.9
25 18.2
load group
type
ØA
B
Ø d2
Ø d4
H
Xmax weight [kg]
25 D2 19
25 D3 19
25 11 18
25 12 18
25 13 18
25 21 18
25 22 18
25 23 18
25 31 18
25 32 18
25 33 18
25 41 18
25 42 18
25 43 18
25 51 18
25 52 18
25 53 18
25 61 18
25 62 18
25 63 18
25 71 18
25 72 18
25 73 18
25 81 18
25 82 18
25 83 18
25 91 18
25 92 18
25 93 18
90
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
180
180
180
220
220
220
245
245
245
245
245
245
275
275
275
350
675
200
350
675
205
355
665
210
355
675
230
395
730
265
405
740
300
465
845
350
530
900
385
605
1075
415
645
1110
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
18
18
18
25
25
25
28
28
28
34
34
34
40
40
40
47
47
47
54
54
54
245
470
145
245
470
150
250
460
155
250
470
180
290
525
215
305
540
245
360
640
300
430
700
335
500
875
370
545
910
380
705
230
380
705
235
385
695
250
395
715
280
445
780
325
465
800
375
540
920
440
620
990
495
715
1185
535
765
1230
2.8
4.9
2.1
3.1
5.5
3.5
5.1
8.4
3.7
5.3
8.9
8.0
11.5
18.6
14.5
18.0
29.0
26.0
35.0
56.0
40.0
53.0
79.0
44.0
66.0
111.0
67.0
92.0
143.0
Dimensions B and X are reduced on
loading by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on p. 2.5).
Order details:
spring hangers type 25 .. ..
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.9
For special applications,
e.g. in extremely restricted
spaces, spring hangers
type 25 can be supplied
as a trapeze unit.
2
Heavy duty spring hangers
Type 26
Spring hangers for seating
type 26 11 19 to 26 53 19
Ø d4
blocking device
H
B
X
SW
Ø d2
ØA
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
type
ØA
B
Ø d2
Ø d4
H
SW
Xmax weight [kg]
11
12
13
21
22
23
31
32
33
41
42
43
51
52
53
510
510
510
560
560
560
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
395
565
945
405
575
955
420
590
970
470
650
1025
530
750
1220
M56x4
M56x4
M56x4
M64x4
M64x4
M64x4
M68x4
M68x4
M68x4
M72x4
M72x4
M72x4
M80x4
M80x4
M80x4
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
90
90
90
345
465
745
355
475
755
370
490
770
420
550
825
480
650
1020
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
65
65
65
530
700
1080
560
730
1110
585
755
1135
645
825
1200
725
945
1415
205
235
310
265
300
390
345
390
490
395
450
555
465
545
725
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
Dimensions B and X are
reduced on loading by the
corresponding spring travel
(see load table on p. 2.6).
Spring assemblies as special
design for use on a power
station boiler.
Order details:
spring hangers type 26
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.10
Spring supports
Type 29
ØD
E
F
Spring supports
type 29 C2 19 to 29 93 18
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
H
Ø L1
d6
S
ØA
C
B
When using slide plates the
sliding surfaces of the counter
component used should be
fitted with stainless steel
plating. This is indicated by
the suffix ‘SP’ on the type
designation (e.g. clamp
base type 49 22 25-SP).
type 29* with
slide plate
up to 180°C up to 350°C
29 C2 17 29 C2 16
29 D. 17
29 D. 16
29 1. 17
29 1. 16
29 2. 17
29 2. 16
29 3. 17
29 3. 16
29 4. 17
29 4. 16
29 5. 17
29 5. 16
29 6. 17
29 6. 16
29 7. 17
29 7. 16
29 8. 17
29 8. 16
29 9. 17
29 9. 16
Ø L1
40
40
40
40
40
65
65
110
110
150
150
* friction values of the sliding
components, see table on p. 7.11.
For large horizontal load
displacements, beside the
use of slide plates the
use of clamp bases with
twist-off restraints is also
recommended.
Order details:
spring supports type 29 .. ..
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.11
ØA
B
C
d6
E
F
H
ØD
S
weight
[kg]
29 C2 19
29 D1 19
29 D2 19
29 D3 19
29 11 18
29 12 18
29 13 18
29 21 18
29 22 18
29 23 18
29 31 18
29 32 18
29 33 18
29 41 18
29 42 18
29 43 18
29 51 18
29 52 18
29 53 18
29 61 18
29 62 18
29 63 18
29 71 18
29 72 18
29 73 18
29 81 18
29 82 18
29 83 18
29 91 18
29 92 18
29 93 18
80
90
90
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
180
180
180
220
220
220
245
245
245
245
245
245
275
275
275
105
125
125
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
150
150
190
190
190
220
220
220
260
260
260
290
290
290
290
290
290
340
340
340
75
95
95
95
95
95
95
115
115
115
115
115
115
140
140
140
170
170
170
200
200
200
215
215
215
215
215
215
255
255
255
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
27
33
33
33
270
195
305
550
195
305
550
200
310
540
205
310
550
240
360
615
270
370
625
305
430
730
360
500
790
400
575
965
440
625
1010
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
48
48
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
52
52
52
55
55
55
60
60
60
210
145
245
470
145
245
470
150
250
460
155
250
470
180
290
525
210
300
535
245
360
640
300
425
695
335
500
870
370
545
910
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
150
150
150
170
170
170
200
200
200
200
200
200
240
240
240
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
2.6
3.2
4.3
6.6
3.4
4.6
7.2
5.6
7.6
11.1
6.3
8.4
13.0
11.9
16.0
25.0
20.0
24.3
37.0
34.0
44.0
68.0
53.0
68.0
97.0
60.0
84.0
133.0
91.0
118.0
173.0
To bridge greater installation
heights, adapted extensions
can be ordered.
Dimension ‘E’ is independent of
the load adjustment; it changes on
loading by the respective spring
travel (see load table on p. 2.5).
Adjustment possibility + 30mm.
Type 29 is supplied as standard
with a galvanized load plate without a slide plate. If slide plates are
used, the ‘E’ dimension increases
by 2.5mm. Please note table
above. See also p. 7.12.
E
Load plate with integrated
slide plate.
typ e type 29 .9 15-E…
load group
2
Heavy duty spring supports
Type 28
Spring support
type 28 11 19 to 28 53 19
blocking device
ØD
H
E
Ø L2
Ø L1
SW
S
ØA
d6
B
C
type 28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
11
12
13
21
22
23
31
32
33
41
42
43
51
52
53
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
ØA
B
C
ØD
d6
E
F
H
S
SW
weight
[kg]
510
510
510
560
560
560
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
530
530
530
580
580
580
630
630
630
630
630
630
630
630
630
440
440
440
490
490
490
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
420
420
420
420
420
420
450
450
450
450
450
450
480
480
480
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
39
39
39
39
39
39
405
535
835
450
585
880
460
595
890
505
685
1075
560
750
1135
60
60
60
65
65
65
65
65
65
70
70
70
75
75
75
330
450
730
370
500
775
380
510
785
425
595
965
475
655
1020
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
35
35
35
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
65
65
65
230
260
360
310
350
460
380
430
555
440
520
740
495
580
785
When slide plates are used,
the sliding surfaces of the
clamp base used should be
fitted with stainless steel
plating. This is indicated by
the suffix “SP” in the type
designation (e.g. clamp
base type 49 97 14-SP).
Dimension ‘E’ is independent
of the load adjustment; it
changes on loading by the
respective spring travel (see
load table p. 2.6). Adjustment
possibility + 30mm.
Type 28 is supplied as standard with a coated load plate
without slide plate. When
slide plates are used, the ‘E’
dimension increases by 2mm.
Please note following tables.
type 28* with
slide plate
up to 180°C
28 1. 17
28 2. 17
28 3. 17
28 4. 17
28 5. 17
type 28* with
slide plate
up to 350°C
28 1. 16
28 2. 16
28 3. 16
28 4. 16
28 5. 16
Ø L1
Ø L2
80
80
110
110
150
300
300
310
310
300
Ø L1
Ø L2
80
80
110
110
150
300
300
310
310
300
* friction values of slide plates,
see table on p. 7.11.
Typical application
Order details:
spring supports type 28 .. ..
marking: ...
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.12
Angulating spring supports
Type 20
E
d3
Angulating spring supports
type 20 D2 19 to 20 93 14
Standard design,
delivery from stock.
6°
SG
G R
6°
Dimension ‘E’ is independent
F
H
of the load adjustment and
changes on loading by the
respective spring travel (see
load table p. 2.5). Adjustment
possibility + 50mm.
Connection possibilities: see
bolt diameter of weld-on
brackets type 35 or dynamic
clamps in product group 3.
Order details:
angulating spring support
type 20 .. ..
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
E +87.5
–37.5
A+50
Installation extensions for
angulating spring supports
type 20 D9 19 to 20 99 14
ØA
type
ØA
20 D2 19
20 D3 19
20 12 14
20 13 14
20 22 14
20 23 14
20 32 14
20 33 14
20 42 14
20 43 14
20 52 14
20 53 14
20 62 14
20 63 14
20 72 14
20 73 14
20 82 14
20 83 14
20 92 14
20 93 14
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
155
155
180
180
220
220
245
245
245
245
275
275
Ø d3
E
F
G
H
R
SG
weight
[kg]
10
10
10
10
12
12
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
50
50
370
615
370
615
380
615
390
645
440
700
470
730
535
835
650
940
735
1125
815
1200
45
45
45
45
50
50
58
58
58
58
65
65
65
65
100
100
100
100
130
130
15
15
15
15
19
19
21
21
21
21
31
31
31
31
50
50
52
52
62
62
260
485
260
485
260
475
260
495
300
540
315
555
370
655
430
700
505
875
550
910
15
15
15
15
20
20
23
23
23
23
30
30
30
30
45
45
45
45
60
60
9
9
9
9
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
22
22
22
22
35
35
4
7
4
8
7
11
7
12
15
25
24
37
45
69
70
101
87
139
120
182
ØD
min. engagement depth
d3
L37.5
type
Installation dimensions
E max with load reduction
possible. Shorter L dimensions
can be supplied, but then
without adjustment possibility
of 37.5mm.
Order details:
extension for angulating
spring support type 20 .9 ..
‘L’ dimension: …mm
2.13
20 D9 19
20 D9 19
20 19 14
20 19 14
20 29 14
20 29 14
20 39 14
20 39 14
20 49 14
20 49 14
20 59 14
20 59 14
20 69 14
20 69 14
20 79 14
20 79 14
20 89 14
20 89 14
20 99 14
20 99 14
for type A+50
ØD
20 D2 19 325 42
20 D3 19 570 42
20 12 14 325 42
20 13 14 570 42
20 22 14 330 48
20 23 14 565 48
20 32 14 332 60
20 33 14 587 60
20 42 14 382 60
20 43 14 642 60
20 52 14 405 76
20 53 14 665 76
20 62 14 470 76
20 63 14 770 76
20 72 14 550 89
20 73 14 840 89
20 82 14 635 89
20 83 14 1025 89
20 92 14 685 102
20 93 14 1070 102
Ø d3
10
10
10
10
12
12
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
50
50
L37.5
87.5
87.5
E +– 37.5
min E +– 37.5
max min 525
770
525
770
535
770
547
802
597
857
675
935
740
1040
835
1125
920
1310
1015
1400
1220
1220
1220
1220
1465
1465
1460
1460
1460
1460
1950
1950
1950
1950
1925
1925
2425
2425
2410
2410
200
200
200
200
205
205
215
215
215
215
270
270
270
270
285
285
285
285
330
330
L37.5
max
895
650
895
650
1135
900
1128
873
1078
818
1545
1285
1480
1180
1375
1085
1790
1400
1725
1340
weld-on
bracket 35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
29
29
29
29
39
39
49
49
49
49
59
59
59
59
69
69
69
69
79
79
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
weight
for Lmin [kg] pipe [kg/m]
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
16.5
16.5
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
4.4
4.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
30.6
30.6
2
Spring hanger trapezes
Type 79
Spring hanger trapezes
(bolted version)
type 79 D. 19 to 79 9. 19
L
X
d2
The 4th digit of the type designation refers to the travel range
of the spring hanger 1=50mm,
2=100mm, 3=200mm.
E –50 ØA
Permissible center loading of
U
the other load cases, see table
4.4.1, p. 0.6 (nominal load
120kN, see load group 9).
The ‘E’ dimension increases on
B
type
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
D.19
1. 19
2. 19
3. 19
3. 19
4. 19
4. 19
5. 19
5. 19
6. 19
6. 19
7. 19
7. 19
8. 19
8. 19
9. 19
nominal
load
[kN] Ø d2 Lmax
1.04
2.5
5
10
10
20
20
40
40
80
80
120
120
160
160
200
M10
M12
M12
M16
M16
M20
M20
M24
M24
M30
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48
1700
1700
1700
900
1800
1400
1800
1250
1800
1250
2400
1800
2400
1200
1800
1800
E
for travel range
1
2
3
–
290
290
315
300
345
345
405
390
445
435
505
500
560
555
610
385
385
390
410
395
450
450
495
480
560
550
630
625
725
720
785
610
610
610
630
615
685
685
730
715
840
830
900
895
1100
1095
1150
U
A
B
X
80
80
80
80
120
120
140
140
180
200
260
260
300
260
300
300
90
90
115
115
115
155
155
180
180
220
220
245
245
245
245
275
140
140
140
140
190
190
200
200
230
250
310
310
350
310
350
350
15
15
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
35
35
45
45
50
50
60
L
E
Ø d2
weight [kg] L=1000mm per
for travel range 100mm
[kg]
1
2
3
–
24
28
29
41
53
61
77
93
138
174
214
245
242
273
335
26
26
31
32
45
60
68
85
101
156
192
244
275
286
317
390
30
31
37
39
52
74
82
108
124
200
236
296
327
378
410
495
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.7
2.7
3.2
3.2
4.4
5.1
7.6
7.6
9.2
7.6
9.2
9.2
travel range ‘E’ dim. approx. 1
2
3
30
55
105
loading by the corresponding
spring travel (see load table
on p. 2.5).
The ‘L’max dimensions can be
lengthened by up to 2400mm
on reduction of the permissible
center loading by 5% per
100mm extension.
When selecting the spring
hanger trapeze the weight of
the ‘U’ profiles and the clamp
base weight must be added to
the operating load.
When selecting the spring
hanger trapeze, its total
weight and the weight of the
clamp bases must be added
to the operating load.
Order details:
spring hanger trapeze type 79 .. 19
L = …mm, marking: …,
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
Spring hanger trapezes
(welded version)
type 79 D. 11 to 79 9. 11
… see above.
B
type
nominal
load
[kN] Ø d2
Lmax
B
79 D.11
79 1. 11
79 2. 11
79 3. 11
79 4. 11
79 5. 11
79 6. 11
79 7. 11
79 8. 11
79 9. 11
1.04
2.5
5
10
20
40
80
120
160
200
M10
M12
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
1400
1400
1600
1600
1750
2100
2100
2100
2150
2200
80
100
100
100
120
160
200
240
260
280
weight [kg] L=1000mm
for travel range 1
2
3
–
19
26
27
41
68
110
159
186
243
16
21
29
30
48
76
128
189
230
297
20
26
35
38
63
99
172
241
322
403
per
100mm
[kg]
1.1
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.7
4.3
6.1
8.3
9.3
10.3
In restricted spaces this
version can be supplied
as a special design.
Order details:
spring hanger trapeze type 79 .. 11
L = …mm, marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.14
Sway braces
Type 27
Sway braces
type 27 D2 19 to 27 62 19
E
The maximum working
travel including free stroke
amounts to 25mm
H
F
d3
load adjustment
ØA
Load adjustment is made
R
ex works acc. to customer
specifications.
C37.5
The ‘E’ dimension is independent of the load adjustment;
adjustment possibility
37.5mm
6°
SG
adjustment
free stroke
6°
min. engagement depth
Connection possibilities: see
bolt diameter of weld-on
brackets type 35 or dynamic
clamps in Product Group 3.
type
Order details:
sway brace type 27 .2 19
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
nominal set load [kN] spring rate
Ø d3
load [kN]
min
max [N/mm] Ø A C37.5 E 27 D2 19 0.52
27 12 19 1.25
27 22 19 2.50
27 32 19 5.00
27 42 19 10.00
27 52 19 20.00
27 62 19 40.00
0.12
0.41
0.83
1.66
3.33
6.66
13.33
0.42
1.04
2.08
4.16
8.33
16.66
33.33
4.1
8.3
16.6
33.3
66.6
133.3
266.6
90
90
90
90
115
90
115
90
155
90
180 100
220 100
Extension for sway brace
type 27 D9 19 to 27 69 19
SG
50
50
50
55
55
75
75
295
295
300
305
355
380
445
15
15
19
21
21
30
30
9
9
10
12
12
16
16
weld-on bracket weight
type [kg]
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
29
29
39
49
49
59
59
13
13
13
13
13
19
19
5.5
5.8
10.0
11.0
23.0
39.0
62.0
L37.5 A 37.5
min. engagement depth
Installation dimensions
2.15
R
ØD
If required, sway braces can
be supplied with installation
extensions mounted at the
factory.
Order details:
extension for sway brace
type 27 .9 19
L dimension: …mm
640
640
650
665
730
810
875
H
E 75
d3
Emax on load reduction
possible. Shorter L dimensions
can be supplied, but then
without adjustment possibility
of 37.5mm.
10
10
12
15
15
20
20
F
type
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
D9 19
19 19
29 19
39 19
49 19
59 19
69 19
A37.5
ØD
590
590
600
610
675
735
800
42
42
48
60
60
76
76
Ø d3
min
10
10
12
15
15
20
20
790
790
805
825
890
1005
1070
E75
max
L37.5 min
max
1600
1600
2000
2000
2000
2400
2400
200
200
205
215
215
270
270
1010
1010
1400
1390
1325
1665
1600
weight
for Lmin [kg] pipe [kg/m]
1.1
1.1
1.3
2.5
2.5
8.0
8.0
3.8
3.8
4.4
8.4
8.4
14.6
14.6
tension
nominal load
min. load
max. set load
strength
Function diagram
25
25
travel [mm]
compression
2
upper ball
bushing joint
lock nut
lock nut
guide pipe
threaded pipe
lock nut
guide rod
type plate with
travel scale
travel scale
lower ball
bushing joint
spring plate
spring
Load and installation length
are adjustable for the respective requirements (see
installation and operating
instructions).
For LISEGA sway braces a
free stroke of 0 – 25mm can
be set. The travel is reduced
in compression and tension
directions in accordance with
the free stroke selected.
free stroke
load adjustment
compression force
neutral position
tension force
Load transmission on
alternating force direction
2.16
Telescopic spring supports
Type 29
Spring supports, telescopic
type 29 D1 27 to 29 93 27
ØD
Ø L1
slide plate
s
E
As a special design of type
29 the telescopic spring
supports are used for small
E dimensions.
ØA
d6
The sliding surfaces of the
clamp bases used should
be fitted with stainless steel
plating. This is indicated by
the suffix ‘SP’ in the type
designation (e.g. clamp
base type 49 22 25-SP).
C
B
The telescopic spring support
is fitted as standard with a
load plate with a PTFE slide
plate. If required, this type
can also be supplied with a
high-temperature slide plate.
The 6th digit of the type designation denotes the design:
7 for standard design with
PTFE slide plate (up to 180°C)
6 for design with high-temperature slide plate (up to 350°C).
For friction values of sliding components see table on p. 7.11.
The ‘E’ dimension depends on
the load setting; it changes
on loading by the respective
spring travel. Adjustment
possibility + 20mm.
Order details:
spring support type 29 .. 2.
marking: …
set load: …kN
travel: …mm up/down
2.17
adjustment load [kN] – min. load [kN]
x 1000
spring rate [N/mm]
E [mm] = E on min. load [mm] –
type ØA
B
C
29 D1 2.
29 D2 2.
29 D3 2.
29 11 2.
29 12 2.
29 13 2.
29 21 2.
29 22 2.
29 23 2.
29 31 2.
29 32 2.
29 33 2.
29 41 2.
29 42 2.
29 43 2.
29 51 2.
29 52 2.
29 53 2.
29 61 2.
29 62 2.
29 63 2.
29 71 2.
29 72 2.
29 73 2.
29 81 2.
29 82 2.
29 83 2.
29 91 2.
29 92 2.
29 93 2.
130
130
130
130
130
130
155
155
155
155
155
155
195
195
195
220
220
220
275
275
275
300
300
300
300
300
300
325
325
325
155
155
155
155
155
155
180
180
180
180
180
180
220
220
220
245
245
245
305
305
305
330
330
330
330
330
330
370
370
370
125
125
125
125
125
125
145
145
145
145
145
145
180
180
180
200
200
200
245
245
245
265
265
265
270
270
270
295
295
295
ØD
d6
Ø L1
s
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
150
150
150
170
170
170
200
200
200
200
200
200
245
245
245
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
27
33
33
33
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
65
65
65
65
65
65
110
110
110
110
110
110
150
150
150
150
150
150
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
20
20
20
22
22
22
25
25
25
E on min. E on max. min. load max. load spring rate weight
load load [kN]
[kN]
[N/mm]
[kg]
210
310
535
210
310
530
215
315
525
220
320
540
235
335
560
260
370
590
300
410
675
325
435
675
360
500
835
400
555
875
170
230
375
170
230
370
175
235
365
180
240
380
195
255
400
220
290
430
260
330
515
295
375
555
335
450
735
375
505
775
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.58
0.58
0.58
1.16
1.16
1.16
2.33
2.33
2.33
4.66
4.66
4.66
9.33
9.33
9.33
18.66
18.66
18.66
36.00
36.00
36.00
53.33
53.33
53.33
66.66
66.66
66.66
0.52
0.52
0.52
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
10
10
10
20
20
20
40
40
40
60
60
60
80
80
80
100
100
100
8.3
4.1
2.1
16.6
8.3
4.1
33.3
16.6
8.3
66.6
33.3
16.6
133.3
66.6
33.3
266.6
133.3
66.6
533.3
266.6
133.3
800
400
200
1066.6
533.3
266.6
1333.3
666.6
333.3
5.0
6.5
9.5
5.5
7.0
10.0
8.0
10.5
15.0
8.5
11.0
16.5
15.0
20.0
29.0
24.0
30.0
43.0
44.0
53.0
80.0
63.0
76.0
105.0
71.0
91.0
142.0
96.0
124.0
181.0
2
2.18
Installation and operating instructions
Types 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 28, 20, 27
upper connection
travel scale
blocking device
name plate
lower connection
spring plate
cover plate
securing strap
support tube
1 Transport and storage
When transporting, care must be taken that
connecting threads and blocking devices are not
damaged. When storing in the open air the hangers must be protected from water and dirt.
2 Delivery condition
If not agreed otherwise, LISEGA spring hangers
are set and blocked at the desired cold position
(installation condition). Special blocking devices
fix the spring plates in both directions. The adjustment values can be read off the travel scale or
name plate.
Stamped on the name plate are:
Spring hanger
type 21
type 22
type number and if required
serial number
set load and spring rate
operating load and travel
marking and commission number
inspector
On the travel scale the theoretical hot position is
marked with a red sticker and the theoretical cold
one with a white one. In addition the position of
the spring plate on the travel scale is stamped
with an “X”. The reading is made at the lower
edge of the spring plate (at the upper edge for
trapezes type 79 .. 11). The production number
is stamped on the body of the spring hanger.
Spring hanger
type 25
type 26
Depending on the connection the spring hangers
are fitted at the top with an inner right-hand
thread, a lug for connecting bolts or a fixed
support tube. The threads are greased and sealed
with plastic caps. Depending on the design, the
lower connection is fitted with a right-hand thread
(turnbuckle) or, as with type 25/26, consists of a
support tube for the connecting rod.
The spring supports types 28/29 are equipped
with an adjustable support tube with a loosely
seated but guided load plate. In delivery condition the support tube is screwed in and the
thread greased.
3 Installation
On installation, the specifications in the installation instructions for the piping systems should
also be observed, especially the desired installation position of the connecting rods over the
whole load chain. There are two possibilities:
Name plate for spring hangers
2.19
Spring hanger type 21
(blocked)
Spring hanger type 25
(blocked)
Spring hanger type 22
(blocked)
Spring hanger type 26
(blocked)
2
Spring support type 29
(blocked)
A) The connecting rods are to be installed at an
angle to correspond to the expected horizontal
displacement of the pipe systems. A perpendicular
position in operating condition is to be hereby
expected.
load plate or ball
bushing joint at top
travel scale
stop
name plate
base plate or ball
bushing joint at bottom
Hot position
Cold position
spring plate
cover plate
securing strap
lock nut
Rods vertical during plant operation
lock nut
guide tube
B) The connecting rods are to be installed
threaded tube
vertically for better controllability. A controlled
lock nut
angled position is thereby permitted in operating guide rod
conditions.
Spring support type 28
(blocked)
hot position
cold position
Angulating spring support
type 20 (blocked)
Sway brace type 27
Spring support type 29
Rods vertical in installation condition
Uniform specifications should at all events apply
for the whole plant.
The connecting rods and points must be connected by force-fitting. Attention must be paid to
the minimum engagement depth of the threaded
components.
Installation of types 21, 22
The force-fit connection for type 21 is produced
by screwing the connecting rods into the upper
and lower connection threads. The lower connection thread is designed as a turnbuckle. Type
22 has a bolt-lug upper connection. For tightening and length regulation the turnbuckle length
available in the spring hanger in each case can
be used.
Installation types 25, 26
Spring hangers types 25 and 26 are placed
on the existing steelwork and correspondingly
aligned. The position aligned is to be fixed
against horizontal displacement. The force-fit
connection is produced via the connecting rod,
which is fed through the support tube and tightened and locked with two nuts.
Spring support type 28
Angulating spring support
type 20
Sway brace
type 27 angled
arrangement
Sway brace
type 27 simple
arrangement
2.20
minimum
engagement
depth
minimum
engagement
depth
Minimum engagement depth of
threaded rods by example of
type 21
The blocking for spring hangers
and spring supports types 21,
25, 29 and 20 consist of sheet
metal lamellas adjustable to any
desired load position. Up to 3
blocking devices can be inserted
into a spring hanger.
Installation of types 28, 29
The spring supports 28 and 29, after corresponding alignment, are attached by welding or bolting
the base plate to the building structure. The load
distribution is applied through the load plate and
an adjustable support tube (type 29), or several
adjustable ones (type 28). To balance installation tolerances the support tubes may be further
screwed out only to a maximum of 30mm. The
instructions on p. 7.12 are to be followed for the
correct installation of the slide plates.
Installation of type 20
The angulating spring supports are fitted at the
top with an adjustable ball bushing joint and at
the bottom with a fixed ball bushing joint or an
extension – suitable for connection to a weld-on
bracket type 35 or to the dynamic clamps type 36
or 37. After alignment of the angulating spring support the lower weld-on bracket is attached to the
surrounding structure (see installation instructions
for weld-on brackets type 35). The load distribution
is applied through the upper bolt connection (weldon bracket or dynamic clamp) to the height-adjustable support tube. To balance installation length
tolerances the support tube may be further screwed
out only by a maximum of 50mm.
Installation of type 27
The sway braces are fitted at the top with an
adjustable ball bushing joint and at the bottom
with a fixed ball bushing joint or an extension
– suitable for connection to a weld-on bracket
type 35 or to the dynamic clamp type 36 or
37. The load presetting, and if necessary the
free stroke, are adjusted at works according to
customer specifications. After alignment of the
connection points the welding of the weld-on
brackets and the connection of the connection
bolts of the brackets or dynamic clamps types
36/37 are carried out. The adjustable ball bushing joints permit regulation of the installation
height by 37.5mm.
Procedures for types 21, 25, 29, 20
Removal of the securing strap:
The securing strap is removed with an appropriate tool. Great care must be taken that the free
ends of the metal strap do not snap upwards in
an uncontrolled way.
Removal of the blocking devices:


The device is removed from the casing.
When removing the blocking devices, proceed
as a matter of principle in a systematic way,
step by step, beginning with a fixed point or
connection point. Never remove the devices by
force!
Storage of blocking devices:
4 Deblocking
The spring hangers/supports may only be deblocked when the set load is fully applied on all
the supports making up a support system. If this
is the case the blocking devices can be easily
removed. If the devices are jammed, the load actually applied does not agree with the theoretical
setting (see point 5, load correction).
2.21
Type 29 with blocking devices attached
Removed blocking devices must either be stored Type 21, 22
Load adjustment can be carried out by loosening
separately or, for really safe keeping, placed in
the optional LISEGA storage racks on the hanger. or tightening the turnbuckle.
securing clamp
fixing screw
Type 25, 26
Load adjustment can be made by loosening or
tightening the load nut.
Type 20, 28, 29
Load adjustment can be made by adjusting the
support tube of the spring supports.
If the blocking devices are found to be missing,
e.g. at revisions, they can be supplied by LISEGA Load correction and adjustment
of the free stroke, type 27
at short notice.
Load adjustment is made by rotating the outer
threaded tube (A). For this, loosen the large lock
Procedure for types 22, 26, 28
nut (B). To maintain the E dimension the play
Removal of blocking devices:
thereby created must be balanced by readjusting
the guide tube (C).


2
A free stroke can be set for the LISEGA sway
braces. For this, the guide tube (C) opposite the
inner guide rod (D) must be correspondingly
screwed out (loosen middle lock nut (E)). The
working travel is reduced in the direction of
compression according to the free stroke selected.
D
C
The blocking devices of types 22,
26 and 28 consist of threaded
studs and nuts by means of
which any load setting desired
can be carried out.
hydraulic
cylinder
The blocking devices are removed from the casing.
Storage of blocking devices:
Removed blocking devices must either be stored
separately or, insofar as sufficient space is available and freedom of movement for the spring
plate is allowed, screwed to the cover plate.
hydraulic
cylinder
B
A
E
6 Auxiliary devices
To facilitate load adjustment or deblocking, an
auxiliary installation device can be supplied for
the higher load groups. The load transfer is then
taken up by means of a hydraulic pump. This is
operated by LISEGA technicians.
hydraulic cylinder (2 units)
7 Inspection and maintenance
The flawless functioning of the spring hangers
can be checked in every operating situation by
noting the position of the spring plate.
5 Load correction
Before every load adjustment, under all circumstances the technical department responsible
must be consulted.
Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.
2.22
3
PRODUCT
GROUP
Snubbers, rigid struts, energy absorbers,
viscoelastic dampers, dynamic clamps
Snubbers, rigid struts, energy
absorbers, viscoelastic dampers,
dynamic clamps
3
Snubbers, rigid struts, energy
absorbers, viscoelastic dampers,
dynamic clamps
Contents
Page
Field of application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
Main products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2
Instructions on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3
Snubbers type 30, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4
Design features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5
Mode of operation and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7
Function tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
3
0
1
2
Operational behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9
Permissible loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10
Rigid struts type 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
PRODUCT
GROUP
Mode of operation and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Energy absorbers type 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12
Mode of operation and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12
Viscoelastic dampers type 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13
Mode of operation and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13
Pipe whip restraints type 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Dynamic clamps type 34, 36, 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Mode of operation and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Dynamic clamps type 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Selection tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Snubbers type 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Snubbers type 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Installation extensions type 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
4
5
6
7
Weld-on brackets type 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Energy absorbers type 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Viscoelastic dampers type 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25
Rigid struts type 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Dynamic clamps type 36, 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.29
Shear lugs type 3 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.44
Installation and operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
8
9
3.0
3
Field of application
To avoid unacceptable
stresses and moments in
the piping systems, unplanned deflections in the
piping or other plant components must be prevented.
Thermal displacement must,
however, not be obstructed!
Dynamic events
Components in product group 3
Whenever unplanned dynamic events occur, the
support components in LISEGA product group 3
have the task of protecting the piping or other
affected parts from damage.
For the absorption and transfer of dynamic load
cases, specially designed supports are required.
With product group 3, LISEGA provides a complete system in which all fields of application
are covered by the corresponding ideal component. In this way the implementation of optimum
concepts is possible for the user.
The unwanted jolting displacement of plant
components can be caused by:
A. Internal events, for example:
start-up / shut-down
pressure impacts from valve operations
water hammer
boiler detonations
pipe rupture
LISEGA product group 3 includes the following
main products:
Snubbers, types 30 and 31
Rigid struts, type 39
Energy absorbers, type 32
Viscoelastic dampers, type 3D
Pipe whip restraints
B. External events, for example:
wind loads
seismic events
aircraft crashes
explosions
Components affected can be:
pipe systems
pumps
valve assemblies
pressure vessels
steam generators
boilers, heat exchangers
For proper implementation of the main
components a complete range of connection possibilities is available:
Installation extensions, type 33
Weld-on brackets, type 35
Dynamic clamps, types 36 and 37
Dynamic riser clamps, type 34
The component connections are designed
to be compatible with the LISEGA modular
system and are subject to uniform calculation criteria. A ‘table of permissible loads’
can be found on p. 0.6 of the ‘technical
specifications’.
The stress analyses forming the basis correspond to the international guidelines and
codes and are additionally supported by
practical experiments and testing.
Design Report Summaries according to
ASME III NF are available.
Diagram of an operating basis (O.E.B.)
3.1
Main products
Snubbers type 30, 31
The use of snubbers is preferred in thermally operating plant components. In a dynamic
event, snubbers provide an instantaneous,
fixed, practically rigid connection between the
component to be secured and the surrounding
structure. In this way the dynamic energy from
abrupt displacement can at once be transmitted and harmlessly dissipated. The thermal
displacements during routine operation are not
restricted.
F
3
s
Stroke
Rigid struts type 39
F
If operational displacements have to be restricted, e.g. in zero crossings, rigid struts are used.
These components form rigid connections from
connection point to connection point and do
not permit movement of any kind in the axial
direction. As they are fitted with articulated
bearings they permit slight lateral displacement.
s
rigid
Energy absorbers type 32
F
If only minor operational displacement is expected at the load application point, energy absorbers can be used. These components allow slight
movements limited in the end positions by an
adjustable gap. Any components affected are
protected from overloading because, due to the
design, the dynamic energy applied is transformed into plastic deformation of the absorber.
s
free stroke
(adjustable)
Viscoelastic dampers type 3D
F
Dynamic loads from mechanical, hydrodynamic
or other external events can seriously damage
plant components and pipe systems. Viscoelastic dampers can absorb these vibrations
and load peaks. A highly viscous fluid thereby
absorbs the kinetic energy and so dampens any
vibrations.
dissipated
energy
s
sb
(working stroke)
Pipe whip restraints are a specially designed
pipe supports. In the event of a bursting
pipe system, they will transform the suddenly
released kinetic energy into plastic deformation
and hold the pipe in a safe position. Any overloading of the steelwork is thereby prevented.
tension
Pipe whip restraints
dissipated
energy
elongation
3.2
Instructions on use
The components in product group 3 are dynamically stressed. When using them, the following
points must be observed for their effective
functioning:
1. In the conception of dynamic fixed points the
rigidity of the whole system, i.e. of all components in the support chain, must be taken into
account.
type 35
type 35
type 33
type 37
type 39
type 30
type 30
type 33
2. In the selection of the sizes to be used, the
sum of all loads occurring must be considered.
3. For given loads it must be clearly determined
beyond all doubt which design load (H, HZ, HS
and/or Level A, B, C, D) the data corresponds to.
The ‘table of permissible loads’ on p. 0.6 of the
‘technical specifications’ must be observed.
4. The stroke length of snubbers should not be
fully utilized. A travel reserve of 10mm in both
directions is recommended.
type 35
type 34
7. The installation drawings should clearly indicate the degree of freedom of possible angulation of the components.
10. The LISEGA instructions for commissioning
are to be observed, as well as inspection and
maintenance recommendations.
type 36
type 36
type 39
type 30
type 35
type 35
type 35
type 35
type 39
type 30
type 36
type 30
type 38
special design
type 35
type 39
type 37
type 32
type 39
type 38
type 35
special design
3.3
special
design
type 36
type 39
8. Any torque values necessary for threaded
connections in the structural attachments should
be indicated.
9. Before commissioning the plant, all support
points should once again be visually inspected.
type 34
type 35
5. When arranging components, sufficient lateral
freedom of movement must be ensured so that
no jamming occurs at the connections.
6. On parallel arrangement of snubbers
it is recommended to take load reserves into
account. Instead of 50% in each case, both
snubbers should be designed to take at least
70% of the calculation load.
special
design
3
Snubbers
Type 30, 31
LISEGA snubbers have stood the test of time in
practical applications for well over four decades
and have thereby proven their outstanding reliability. Extensive operational experience has,
together with continuous further development,
led to highly acclaimed state-of-the-art products
and to worldwide market leadership.
Access to snuubbers after installation is almost
always difficult and, due to possible danger
to personnel from radiation when installed in
nuclear power plants, is subject to stringent
safety regulations. For this reason the most
stringent demands are made on reliable, maintenance-free, continuous functionality.
For the reliable operational safety of snubbers,
besides the function principle and whole design,
the quality of critical components is crucial:
sealing systems
piston and rod guides
hydraulic fluid
sliding surfaces
corrosion-resistant materials
corrosion-free interiors
control valves
Snubbers type 30
At LISEGA, sealing systems, guides and hydraulic fluid are certified by reliable qualification
procedures to give at least 23 years of troublefree operation under normal operating conditions in a nuclear power station.
The following quality features prove the
superior functioning and long life of LISEGA
snubbers:
The most common cause of failure in snubbers
is usually premature wear and tear and corrosion. For this reason LISEGA snubbers are made of corrosion-resistant materials. In addition, any
form of metallic contact within the unit is elimi- nated by the use of special guide bands.
corrosion-resistant materials
special sealing systems
vibration-resistant special guides
pressurized hydraulic systems
dynamic functional behavior
exchangeable valves (type 31)
tested and approved for min. 23 years
maintenance-free operation
60-year design life
certified by suitability tests acc.
to KTA 3205.3
approvals acc. to ASME-NCA 3800
Final inspection of snubbers type 31
3.4
Design features
Snubbers Type 30, 31
Design features
The snubbers form a closed hydraulic system
without external bolted pressure fittings. The
individual parts of the units are connected
without welding by precision fits and screw
connections, and are mechanically secured.
As a protection against corrosion, LISEGA snubbers are manufactured exclusively from corrosion resistant materials.
The connecting lugs are of carbon steel and
protected with a galvanic coating.
The guides on piston rods and pistons are made
of a special friction-resistant, non-metallic material.
The compensating reservoir is sealed against
the atmosphere by a preloaded piston so that
slight overpressure is maintained in the hydraulic system. This ensures the permanent
functioning of all seals and the positive feed
of hydraulic fluid to the cylinder regardless of
the installed orientation.
The control valves are vital for dynamic function. To achieve high functional accuracy the
valve parameters have been optimized by extensive testing and special calculation models.
Seals
The decisive design features for long-lasting
function are the sealing systems. Besides the
hydraulic fluid and guide bands, they form part
of the non-metallic materials and are therefore
exposed to natural aging and wear.
The most important requirement for a long-lasting sealing effect is the choice of the correct
sealing material. The crucial factor thereby is
the seal’s restitution behavior (‘shape memory’)
or compression set, providing the lowest possible stress relaxation.
For optimum utilization of material properties
the special shape of the seals is also important,
while for final functional efficiency the best
combination of the following features are
critical:
3.5
thermal resistance
radiation resistance
resistance to wear, especially highfrequency vibrations
good restitution behavior (‘shape memory’)
good dry run characteristics
limited tendency to diffusion in seal
surfaces
minimal transfer from static to sliding
friction (stick-slip effect)
A special mixture of fluorelastomer VITON has
proved to offer the optimum solution here. In
addition, the following prerequisites must be
fulfilled to gain full benefit from the special
characteristics:
special sealing geometry
supporting composite materials
optimum consistency (mixture proportions)
optimized hardening
precision of sliding surfaces
design of the installation spaces for
defined preloading of the seals
Ordinary seals do not fulfill these demands in
snubbers and have been shown to lead to premature failure. For this reason, as early as 1984
LISEGA, in collaboration with a renowned seal
manufacturer, began to develop specific sealing
systems that have since proved themselves in
practice.
In 1992, after other successful certification procedures through artificial aging and long-term
trials, a certification process for LISEGA snubbers was conducted on behalf of a European
nuclear operator. The result: a maintenance-free
operating period of min. 23 years in nuclear
applications was confirmed.
3
Design features
Snubbers Type 30, 31
Control valves to achieve greater functional
accuracy (type 30: internal).
Name plate with all technically relevant data.
Control indicators: The piston position of
the snubbers can be read off on all sides
via the scale rings on the snubber casing.
A robust steel casing connected to the piston
rod serves as an indicator and at the same
time protects the piston rod from mechanical
damage, pollution and radiant heat.
Type 30
Connection possibilities
Connection lugs (carbon steel) galvanized
A special range of connection components and adapters is available, so
that in the event of an exchange the existing connections on site can still
be used.
(only type 30).
Inspection glass in the compensating res-
ervoir / indicator bar. The fluid level of the
reservoir is shown by the position of the
reservoir piston. For type 30 the minimum
level can be checked through the inspection glass; for type 31 there is a marked
indicator bar at the base of the external
compensating reservoir.
flange for connection
to existing extensions
connection A
connection A
The reservoir is sealed against the atmos-
phere by means of a spring-loaded piston
so that slight overpressure in the hydraulic
system constantly keeps the seals under
slight pressure (type 30: located inside).
special lugs
short extension without
possibility of length
adjustment
standard extension with
possibility of length
adjustment
✔ Non-corroding materials.
✔ Radiation-resistant, wear-resistant seals.
type 33
A Connection possibilities: See bolt diameters
of weld-on brackets type 35 or dynamic clamps
in product group 3.
Type 31
For details of design and materials see
technical specifications p. 0.1.
3.6
Mode of operation and function
Snubbers Type 30, 31
In the event of an impact
on the component to be
secured, an instantaneous,
practically rigid connection
is to be made between the
component and a fixed
point on the surrounding
structure.
Function
Control valves
The function of the LISEGA hydraulic snubbers
type 30 is controlled by a main control valve
(B) positioned axially in the hydraulic piston (A).
On slow displacement of the piston
( 2mm/s) the valve is held open by spring
force and the hydraulic fluid can freely flow
from one cylinder chamber into the other. On
rapid piston displacement above a velocity
limit (approx. 2mm/s), back pressure
develops on the valve disk and closes the
valve. The hydraulic flow is interrupted
and the displacement blocked. Due to
the compressibility of the hydraulic fluids,
damaging load peaks are also prevented.
On displacement in pressure direction, the compensating valve (D) also closes almost synchronously with the piston valve.
type 37
If the pressure on the closed valve is reduced,
e.g. by reversal of the displacement direction,
the valve opens independently.
type 30
type 33
type 35
D
type 35
type 30
type 38
special design
type 35
type 39
type 36 type 30
3.7
C
Function diagram,
snubber type 30
A
B
Bypass
co-axially arranged compensating reservoir (C)
takes place. The connection between reservoir
chamber and the working cylinder is regulated
by the compensating valve (D).
C
B
Function diagram,
snubber type 31
A
Large bore design type 31
The mode of functioning of the LISEGA hydraulic snubbers type 31 is based in principle on
the same concept as for type 30. The particularities of size require a different arrangement
of the compensating reservoir (C). At the same
time a different arrangement of the valves is
also necessary. The valves (B) work
similarly to those on type 30.
Here too, the flow of hydraulic
fluid in the respective direction
of movement is interrupted by
closure of the corresponding valve
if a certain limit of velocity is exceeded.
As both valves stand with the given arrangement indirect connection with the compensating
reservoir, an additional compensating valve is
unnecessary.
In-service testing
The valve system is designed to be replaceable, so that all the snubbers type 31 need not
be removed for routine function testing. In this
way, in the event of a recurrent test only
the valve units are replaced by a previously
certified valve assembly. A special shut-off
device thereby prevents loss of fluid. The
replaced valve assembly can subsequently
be tested on a test snubber and prepared
for future use. This design meet the intent of
Compensating reservoir
sub-component testing according to ASME OM
To balance the piston rod volume, as well as to
Code, Subsection ISTD.
change the volume of hydraulic fluid on change
of temperature, volume compensation via a
To prevent the valves from remaining in a blocked
condition they are designed with a bypass system.
This permits a gentle after-flow at continuous
force and ensures the safe opening of the valves
in both cylinder chambers through rapid pressure balance. The compensating valve works
synchronously with the main valve in the same
way.
3
Function Tests
Snubbers type 30, 31
Especially stringent safety demands in
the nuclear field require flawless proof
of the function parameters for snubbers.
This applies both to initial delivery inspection and to recurrent tests.
The LISEGA test technology is permanently improved in-house and complies
with the most up-to-date technical standards. The test benches function as
dynamic Hydropuls® units with optional
force- or travel-controlled excitation. The
frequency bands range from 0.5 – 30Hz,
and the test loads from 0.5 up to 8600kN.
For standard tests LISEGA has test facilities of its own manufacture in different
factories and in various sizes. Mobile
units are often used on site at customer
request. The test facilities are used
worldwide today and are operated by
the customers’ own personnel.
Variable test programs permit the testing
of all snubber makes.
LISEGA test machines are also manufactured for customers.
All LISEGA test machinery is calibrated at
regular intervals on the basis of DIN EN
ISO 7500 with calibrated load cells and
measurement amplifiers.
A
A
B
B
Inspection report with test diagrams page 1
A
Quasi-static function tests
Friction measurement [kN]
Lockup velocity [mm/s]
Bypass velocity [mm/s]
Inspection report with test diagrams page 2
B
Dynamic function tests
Load and travel amplitude
3.8
Operational behavior
Snubbers Type 30, 31
Operational behavior
On dynamic loading, LISEGA snubbers offer a
constant, predictable, functional behavior subject to the load spectrum.
The specified values correspond to the recognized international specifications and practical
requirements. Observation of the values is certified and recorded during factory testing.
Specified function values
LISEGA snubbers comply, as a standard, with
the following functional data. The values apply
to alternating or dynamic loading.
By means of design adaptation special parameters can be taken into account.
type 30
type 31
travel range
8, 2, 9 travel range 3
(stroke 300)
travel range 8
(stroke 100)
travel range 9
(stroke 200)
piston rod travel sb at FN, Rt and 1-35Hz
6mm
8mm
10mm
12mm
piston rod play sa (lost motion)
0.5mm up till load development on change in load direction
2-6mm/s
lockup velocity at Rt bypass velocity at FN und Rt 0.2-2mm/s at FN 8kN
2.5% FN
maximum adjustment force largest value out
of 300N or 1.5%FN
at FN 8kN
largest value out
of 200N or 1%FN
Travel range 8100mm, travel range 2150mm, travel range 9200mm.
Rt = room temperature (20°C 2°C). At ambient temperatures of 150°C
(short-term, max. 1hr) the push rod travel can increase by up to about 50%
due to changed oil viscosity.
1%FN
Measured at a displacement velocity of approx. 0.3mm/s.
The resistance on startup (adhesive force) lies below 1.5 times
the max. values. FN = nom. load
If required, sa can be increased to 0.5mm (KTA 3205.3).
Bypass velocity 0.2mm on request.
Force F
F
F
FFaulted
FEmergency
FN
rigidity
2FN
K= ____
sb
t
push rod travel s
sa
sb
-FN
s
t
-FFaulted
Force – travel diagram
3.9
Force and travel amplitudes
sb
-FEmergency
2500kN test bench at LISEGA
Permissible loads
Snubbers Type 30, 31
Operational demands
LISEGA hydraulic snubbers are designed as
standard for the following operational demands. The specified values are certified by
KTA suitability tests.
Other values can be agreed in exceptional cases
by design adaptations.
continuous operation
max. 80°C
short-term max. 1h/temp. cycle
max. 40h/year
max. 150°C
relative air humidity
at 10-150°C
100%
wet steam atmosphere
up to max. 150°C
X=1
energy dose
cumulative
10 J/kg =10 gray (=10 rad)
continuous operation
0.5-1 bar
short-term
5 bar overload pressure
loading due to ambient
temperature
ambient pressure
5
5
7
3
Test facilities for snubbers
in Zeven plant, Germany
The values apply to the whole snubber, incl
seals and hydraulic fluid. The data for the
fluid are:
hydraulic fluid
(silicon oil)
setting point
– 50°C
flash point
300°C
ignition point
500°C
Resistance to fatigue
Proof of operational durability is based on the
following accumulated load cycles:
nominal load FN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . load cycle
10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,000,000
50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,000
80% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,000
100% (Level A/B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000
133% (Level C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
172% (LeveI D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
It should be taken into account that the number
of possible active parameters, such as frequencies, amplitudes, forms of vibration, effective
directions, as well as any possible simultanity,
allow no uniform definition of permanent operational vibrations.
The load cycle figures correspond to an assumed maximum dynamic load capacity from
diverse load events over a period of 40 years.
They also comply to the requirements of the
test programs of the KTA suitability tests performed. The test results certify that the snubbers endure these loads while maintaining their
operational capability.
Due to their specially designed guides, the
snubbers are extremely resilient to any continuous operational vibrations. This is proven by
confirmed practical experience.
Special testing of snubbers type 31. Test load up to 8600kN.
3.10
3
Mode of operation and function
Rigid struts Type 39
In contemporary support
concepts, rigid struts play
an important role in the
safe guiding of pipe systems. The reliable positioning of piping is a crucial
factor in the operational
safety and long life of the
whole system.
The LISEGA rigid struts type 39 provide a range
of important functions for the operational safety
of pipe systems:
z
me
type 35
Typ 33
The shape corresponds to the flow of force and
permits a favorable power / weight ratio. The
connections are ball bushing joints acting as
turnbuckles with right- and left-hand threads,
permitting length adjustment within a range of
150mm or 300mm. Flat faces on the body of
the tube allow the safe use of a wrench and
so facilitate length adjustments in the installed
condition.
Typ 33
Design
Typ 35
The rigid strut consists of a rigid body with a
ball bushing joint for connection at each end.
Attachment to the structure is made via a weldon bracket type 35 and connection to the piping with dynamic clamps from product group 3.
The selection tables for connecting components
can be found on p. 3.22 or pp. 3.29 to 3.43.
special design
isdie
der
er
Typ 35
Typ 35
Up to load group 8 the body consists of a tube
tapered at the ends.
The ball bushing joints are provided with fine
Rigid struts perform as hinged rigid connections threading to guarantee secure locking.
30
between pipe
resistTyp 39systems and structure. No Typ
The bodies are produced in standard lengths
ance is offered to slight displacements in the
and are available from stock. LISEGA rigid
pipe system around the angular displacement
of the rigid struts. Movement axially to the rigid struts are suitability-tested according to KTA
3205.3 and designed in accordance with the
strut is not possible.
ASME-BPV Code.
typeTyp
39 30
type 34
Transmission of displacement from
unplanned load events (see p. 3.1)
Guiding of pipe systems for the control
of planned thermal displacement direction
Stabilization of flexible pipe systems
by fixed so-called ‘zero positions’
Design of axial stops
Mode of operation
Typ 37
en
mtte-
aun
Tasks
Typ 35
type 35
Typ
type 39
39
Typ 36
Typ 36
vollTyp 36
in
Typ 35
eAn-
n
chti-
st
bll-
Typ
39 surface
Typ 30
type 36
Typ
35
Typ 35
Typ 30
Typ 39
Typ 36
3.11
Typ 30
with standard paint coating
flat face for easy adjustment
length-adjustable with right-hand /
Typ 35 left-hand threads
body with shaped ends, free of welding
up to load group 8
galvanized ball bushing joints with
fine thread
safe locking of ball bushing joints by
means of fine threads and electrogalvanized lock nuts
Mode of operation and function
Energy absorber Type 32
Mode of operation and function
The energy absorber functions by means of
an adjustable free stroke to absorb thermal
displacement. The adjustment of the free stroke
can be carried out (for medium sizes) within a
range of 25mm. In this range the pipe sysIf such an event has occurred, the forward thrust
tem can move freely without resistance.
of the disk affected can be read from the position of the indicator bar (G).
Dynamic events, however, are limited in their
movement by the use of stops. The forces arisFor further use of the energy absorber the
ing are thereby led into the building structure
free stroke on the adjustment device (H) only
up to the specified nominal load and, above
needs to be re-regulated for the new position.
that, transformed into deformation energy.
Connected components are in this way protected Corresponding procedures can be repeated
up to maximum deformation travel (s). Further
in a controlled manner from overloading.
information is available on p. 3.23.
For this reason energy absorbers are ideal as
protection:
Installation
The energy absorbers are designed in accord against water hammer
ance with the load group in product group 3
as a substitute for complex
(dynamic components) and are correspondingly
framework constructions
compatible in respect of loads and connections
as whip restraints
with the connection components in this product
group. Please also note the instructions on p. 3.1.
free stroke
(compression)
taper disks B
F
free stroke
(tension)
E A
3
Energy absorbers restrict
dynamic deflections and
transform forces above the
nominal load into deformation energy. The steelwork
is thus protected.
Energy absorber, used instead of
a double guide. In this way the
framework can be avoided.
C
D
length adjustment
adjustment of free stroke H
indicator for deformation energy (absorber energy) G
The design consists of an austenitic tubular
casing (A) with defined size, into which taper
disks (B) with defined force have been pressed.
The tube is sealed with a fixed base (C) fitted
with a connecting lug (D). The force transmission over the whole unit is made via the stops
(E) and the push rod (F).
If a dynamic event exceeds the compression
force of the taper disks, the taper disk affected
is driven forward and widens the cover tube. In
this way the excess force is diverted from the
connection components by transformation into
deformation energy.
Function certification
LISEGA energy absorbers have gone through an
exhaustive test program to prove their functional
reliability. In numerous dynamic and static stress
tests, as well as load capacity tests, their safety
has been clearly demonstrated.
Energy absorbers are maintenance-free during
operation and require no in-service testing.
Measured force/travel path with
oscillating loads nominal load
3.12
Mode of operation and function
Viscoelastic damper Type 3D
Dynamic loads from mechanical, hydrodynamic or
external events can severely
damage pipe systems and
other plant components.
Viscoelastic dampers can
considerably reduce such
vibrations.
Vibrations occur through inner events from
mechanical or hydrodynamic processes, or in
the case of external events such as wind loads,
traffic vibrations or earthquakes.
Unacceptable vibrations can thereby cause
serious damage to pipe systems. By means of
special components they must be protected.
To avoid stresses in the whole system, displacements from thermal expansion in the piping
system may only be minimally obstructed.
The LISEGA viscoelastic
damper consists of a
casing filled with viscous
fluid that allows relative
displacement between
the connecting plates and
at the same time damps in all
directions, dissipating the kinetic energy (transformed into heat).
Viscoelastic dampers transmit only dynamic
loads, not static ones. The reaction force of the
Viscoelastic dampers have proved in practice to damper is thereby proportional to the velocity
offer reliable protection for pipe systems and
and frequency of the vibrations. LISEGA offers
installations. In particular, vibrations caused
fluids with varying damping characteristics in
by sudden peak loads can be reduced to an
relation to application temperature and freacceptable level by such dampers.
quency.
Construction of the LISEGA
viscoelastic damper
load
F
dissipated
energy
travel
s
sb
(displacement range)
Viscoelastic damper with
transport brackets without offset
name plate
position indicator
maintenance-free dust cover
transport brackets
inner connection thread M16 for
transport purposes
✔ load range 2.5kN to 100kN
✔ frequency range up to 35Hz
✔ temperature range from – 10°C to 80°C
✔ travel range up to 50mm
Hysteresis of a viscoelastic
damper
Viscoelastic damper
with adjusted offset
3.13
connecting plates
3
Pipe whip restraints
Type 3R
Special designs in the field of dynamic pipe
supports are pipe whip restraints. Beside
energy absorber type 32, a design type with
round-steel U-bolts has proved widely successful, especially for large loads.
Pipe whip restraints are common in nuclear
installations and are designed to instantaneously absorb the kinetic energy of bursting
pipe systems in faulted conditions. For this,
the elongation behavior of the surrounding
steel U-bolts is utilized; these are designed
to cope with the dynamic forces to be expected.
OD
tension
Pipe whip restraints
dissipated
energy
elongation
Pipe whip restraints are designed according to
the customer’s design parameters and manufactured by LISEGA as special components.
Pipe whip restraints are important as safety
elements and are therefore subject to stringent
quality requirements with regard to design and
manufacture. As the result of countless deliveries
to modern nuclear installations LISEGA has clearly
proved its qualification for the supply of these
components.
3.14
Mode of operation and function
Dynamic clamps Type 34, 36, 37
Function
In the high temperature range and/or over a
longer period of time, friction fit clamps cannot
safely transmit dynamic loads, even with bolt
pre-stressing, due to the creep strength behavior of the materials (long-term fatigue). Even
over-sized bolts, which might under certain circumstances severely constrict the piping (‘pipe
squeezers’), are not solving the problem.
Friction-fit clamp (static)
shear lug
Form-fit clamp (dynamic)
A typical fault is a clamp design that is too
‘soft’, so that the necessary stiffness rule is
not achieved
Attention must also be paid to connections
to clamps free of play
To prevent constraints, sufficient space
must be ensured for lateral displacement in
the event of pipe system movements
To transmit dynamic loads, clamps are required
that absorb dynamic forces and transmit them
further. Dynamic forces are created by alternating loads; displacement can thereby result due
to eccentrically applied forces. The dynamic
clamp should therefore be form-fitted (shear
lugs) to prevent contortion. In this way, defined,
verifiable conditions are produced. Certification
is the responsibility of the pipe system designer.
Dynamic clamps type 36, 37
To achieve the optimum solution in each case
and at the same time the most favorable performance/weight ratios, LISEGA offers 4 standard
designs.
3.15
If the customer order does not show a particular modification of the layout, the bracket
connection is fitted so that the main angulation
range runs along the pipe axis.
Type 36 .. .1/2/3
Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Type 36 .. .4/5
Type 37 .. .7/8/9
The shear lugs keep the dynamic clamps in
the expected force direction and are practically
unstressed. Lateral forces would not occur under dynamic load cases because friction forces
between the pipe and the clamp insure the firm
positioning.
Due to the minimal forces to be absorbed the
weld seam stresses can be minimalized, despite
the small shear lug sizes. As a rule they lie
under 35% of the yield stress (creep strength)
limit for load case H, in accordance with the
permissible ASME or DIN values. From a table
the LISEGA shear lugs can be selected on
p. 3.44.
Type 36 with pipe whip restraints
ature ranges and permissible loads. After that
the installation dimensions must be checked
against the scale drawings. Special attention
must be paid to the lug connections on the
rigid struts, snubbers or energy absorbers. If
the standard bolt connection d1 is not suitable, a different weld-on bracket type 35 can
be supplied. The ‘E’ dimension of the clamp is
changed according to the table below.
The selection tables are classified according to
pipe diameters. The type designation for the
relevant clamp is found by way of the temper-
theor. load group
For the dynamic supports
the pipe clamp design
must also be carefully
considered. Despite properly functioning main
components (rigid struts,
snubbers, energy absorbers) the functioning of
the whole system can be
seriously affected by faulty
pipe clamps.
1, 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
max. load group of dynamic clamps
1, 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
85
81
75
65
40
25
0
125
121
115
105
80
65
40
0
‘E’ dimension reduction E
0
4
0
10
6
0
20
16
10
0
45
41
35
25
0
60
56
50
40
15
0
Reduction of the Emax dimension for dynamic clamps type 36
and 37 on selection of a smaller connection than given
in the column 'max. load group' in the selection tables.
Dynamic clamps as statically
stressed clamps
The specified permissible loads (in the selection
tables on pp. 3.29 to 3.43) are designed for
dynamic operation with snubbers or rigid struts
according to the load spectrum on p. 3.10.
Special designs
In some cases special designs are advisable in
addition to the dynamic clamps type 36 and 37.
In particular, for parallel and angulating arrangements, standardized design and calculation
methods have been proved successful.
Special design type 37 with bolt
of weld-on bracket in pipe axis
direction
The dynamic clamps can also be exposed to
permanent static stress. For this, the specified
permissible stresses are reduced according to
the following table:
pipe temperature
up to 350°C
351°C – 450°C
451°C – 500°C
501°C – 510°C
511°C – 530°C
531°C – 560°C
561°C – 580°C
581°C – 600°C
permiss. permanent
tension stress
100%
100%
80%
80%
65%
55%
65%
60%
3
Special clamp for angulating arrangement
type 38
special design
These specifications relate to the creep strength dependent
on time in the 200,000 hr range at temperature 450°C.
type 35
type 39
type 34
special design
Dynamic axial clamp with snubbers
type 35
type 39
type 37
type 35
type 39
type 35
type 39
type 34
special design
Horizontal axial stop with rigid strut type 39 and pipe clamp type 34 incl. spacer
3.16
Dynamic clamps
Type 34
Dynamic stresses frequently
arise in the direction of the
pipe axis (e.g. from shock
impacts or other forms of
excitation). To absorb these
loads the special dynamic
clamp type 34 was developed.
In vertically and horizontally running pipe systems,
special clamps are being increasingly used for
the defined determination of the pipe system
positioning and also for the absorption of dynamic stresses in the direction of the pipe axis.
The loads thereby occurring must be distributed
via a form-fitting connection to the piping (trunnions). For this purpose LISEGA has developed
the dynamic clamp type 34.
Type 34 with snubbers and position-securing devices
Type 34
Securing positions
Type 34 as axial stop with spacer
The basis of this design was the long time
successful box-frame clamp type 46/48. The
load distribution in dynamic clamp type 34 is
effected by the use of reinforced cross-beams
with weld-on brackets type 35 for connection
to the dynamic main products type 30, 32, 39.
Position-securing measures ensure that the
clamp cannot angle around the pipe (with the
trunnion as pivot). The position-securing device
is not dynamically stressed. It is either a recess
in the trunnion socket-hole or additional plates.
Design
For the design of the dynamic clamps type 34
the following parameters are required:
Type 34 with snubbers type 30
and trunnions
load (dynamic, static)
pipe system temperature
insulation thickness
span width of the connections
connection size and alignment
of weld-on brackets type 35
trunnion sizes
trunnion tolerances
position (horizontal/vertical)
main components connected
(type 30, 39, 32)
twist restraint/recess dimensions
if required
spacer if required
Due to the wide range of possible combinations
and design parameters, dynamic clamps type
34 are designed individually on request.
Type 34 with rotated trunnion
hole and snubber type 30
3.17
Type 34 with recesses
Type 34 with additional plates
3
Horizontal axial stop with rigid struts type 39 and pipe clamp type 34
Pipe system secured with snubber type 30 on dynamic clamps type 36
3.18
Snubbers
Type 30
Snubbers
type 30 18 16 to 30 03 12
Serial standard design.
Delivery from stock.
Only corrosion-resistant
materials are used.
travel indicator
connecting lug
fluid inspection
SG
name plate
piston rod cover
ma
x. 90
°
ØD
6°
ball bushing joint
6°
The connecting lugs
attached by a connection
thread (material P250GH,
C45E+QT, S355J2, A668Cl.
C/F, SA299) are galvanized.
d3
R
F
F
E
type
Order details:
snubber type 30 .. ..
with 2 weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..
marking: ...
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
18
38
39
42
43
52
53
62
63
72
73
82
83
92
93
02
03
16
16
16
16
16
13
13
16
16
16
16
16
16
13
13
12
12
nom. load emergency stroke
[kN] Level C 3
8
8
18
18
46
46
100
100
200
200
350
350
550
550
1000
1000
4.0
10.6
10.6
23.9
23.9
61
61
141
141
267
267
472
472
735
735
1335
1335
100
100
200
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
ØD
54
70
70
85
85
135
135
170
170
200
200
270
270
300
300
390
390
Ø d3
E
E
min
max
F
R
SG
weight
[kg]
10
12
12
15
15
20
20
30
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
100
100
220
315
410
395
545
445
595
535
685
615
765
730
880
760
910
935
1085
320
415
610
545
845
595
895
685
985
765
1065
880
1180
910
1210
1085
1385
18
50
50
58
58
65
65
100
100
130
130
165
165
165
165
240
240
15
20
20
22.5
22.5
30
30
45
45
60
60
75
75
105
105
147
147
9
10
10
12
12
16
16
22
22
35
35
44
44
49
49
70
70
1.9
4.3
5.7
8.3
12
20
29
37
51
61
78
122
147
175
207
390
460
See technical specifications, table: ‘permissible loads’
(p. 0.6) and ‘welding of weld-on brackets' (p. 3.22).
Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load cases.
On replacement of other makes, the connection
dimensions such as pin diameters and lug lengths
can be adapted to the connection designs already
existing in the plant.
See also technical specifications on p. 0.6.
If required, snubbers with longer strokes
Emin = piston rod retracted
Emax = piston rod extended
To bridge greater installation lengths, extensions
type 33 (p. 3.21) can be used.
3.19
can be supplied.
Connection possibilities: see bolt diameters of weld-on
bracket type 35 or dynamic clamps in product group 3.
3
Snubbers
Type 31
Snubbers
type 31 98 16 to 31 58 16
travel indicator name plate
valves
G
fluid level indicator
6°
SG
6°
connecting lug
ball bushing joint
The body and connecting
lugs are made of high-tensile stainless steel castings.
ØD
max.
45°
H
L
Snubbers type 31 are
specially conceived for the
absorption of particularly
heavy loads. They are mainly
used in nuclear installations
to secure steam generators
and reactor codant pumps.
Due to the normally very
restricted installation space
they are typically custombuilt for the given conditions.
The table on this page therefore serves as general orientation for initial planning.
d3
F
R
R
E
type
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
98
99
08
09
28
38
48
58
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
nom. load emergency stroke
[kN] Level C 550
550
1000
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
735
735
1335
1335
2660
4000
5320
6650
100
200
100
200
100
100
100
100
ØD
240
240
330
330
440
540
580
630
Ø d3
E
E
min
max
F
G
H
70
70
100
100
120
140
160
180
620
735
765
880
870
1020
1050
1140
720
935
865
1080
970
1120
1150
1240
95
95
120
120
160
190
205
230
90
90
110
110
155
180
200
220
310
310
385
385
450
620
585
670
See technical specifications, table: ‘permissible loads’
(p. 0.6) and ‘welding of weld-on brackets' (p. 3.22).
Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load cases.
See also technical specifications on p. 0.6.
R
SG
weight
[kg]
115
145
145
200
150
100
255
205
105
105
140
140
160
200
245
290
49
49
70
70
85
90
105
105
152
181
285
338
648
968
1300
1750
Lmax
Emin = piston rod retracted
Emax = piston rod extended
Lmax at 80˚C
Order details:
snubber type 31 .. ..
marking: ...
Connection possibilities: see
bolt diameters of weld-on
brackets type 35 or dynamic
clamps in product group 3
Design of travel indicator for travel range 8
(100mm stroke).
LISEGA snubbers type 31 are
fitted with exchangeable valves
for in-service tests on site.
Snubber type 31 in special configuration
3.20
Installation extensions
Type 33
Installation extensions
type 33 18 18 to 33 03 12
Serial standard design.
Type 33 extensions are
used if greater installation
lengths are required.
Connection to the snubber
or energy absorber is made
at the cylinder base. By
means of serially-produced
screw connections the
change over easily be made
from standard connecting
lugs to extensions. This also
applies to special connections, which are particularly
useful when exchanging
other makes, as in this way
the connections on site can
still be used. Further connection possibilities can be
found on p. 3.6.
Material:
body
extension
paddle
minimum engagement depth
extension tube
extension paddle
ØD
lock nut
A
L37.5
E
P355NH
P250GH
C45E+QT
S355J2
Order details:
installation extension
type 33 .. ..
L = ...mm for
hydr. snubber
or energy absorber
Ø d3
nom.
load
[kN]
snubber
stroke
A
18
18
18
18
18
13
13
18
18
18
18
18
18
3
8
8
18
18
46
46
100
100
200
200
350
350
100
100
200
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
33 92 13
550
33 93 13
33 02 12
33 03 12
type
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
18
38
39
42
43
52
53
62
63
72
73
82
83
E
max
min
max
240
315
460
412
635
455
680
510
735
560
785
640
865
10
12
12
15
15
20
20
30
30
50
50
60
60
25
30
30
35
35
49
49
64
64
83
83
102
102
445
515
660
617
840
720
945
780
1005
875
1100
1030
1255
760
760
690
1175
930
1405
1180
1900
1700
2415
2040
2400
2320
205
200
200
205
205
265
265
270
270
315
315
390
390
520
445
230
763
295
950
500
1390
965
1855
1255
1760
1455
0.80
1.00
1.00
1.60
1.60
3.70
3.70
6.00
6.00
12.00
12.00
22.50
22.50
0.39
0.55
0.55
0.75
0.75
0.73
0.73
2.00
2.00
3.20
3.20
4.75
4.75
150
670
70
115
127
1155
1671
1670
2870
485
1001
1000
2200
41.00
44.50
5.50
7.20
550
300
895
70
115
127
1380
1696
1695
2795
485
801
800
1900
41.00
44.50
5.50
7.20
1000
1000
150
300
770
995
100
100
160
160
1415
1640
2300
2325
645
645
1530
1330
92.00
92.00
9.50
9.50
For middle piston position.
E L 37.5 L 37.5 weight [kg]
Lmin
+per
100mm
D
Ø d3
min
max
Connection possibilities: see bolt diameters of weld-on
brackets type 35 or dynamic clamps in product group 3.
Installation dimensions larger than ‘E’ max. possible
on load reduction. Smaller ‘L’ dimensions can also be
supplied without adjustment possibility.
3.21
3
Weld-on brackets
Type 35
F
B
c
E
L
R
d3
Weld-on brackets
type 35 19 13 to 35 20 19
Serial standard design.
A
type
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
19
29
39
49
59
69
79
89
99
09
20
nom. load
[kN] A
B
C
Ø d3 E
F
L
R
weight
[kg]
3
4
8
18
46
100
200
350
550
1000
2000
25
25
30
35
54
90
110
150
180
390
520
32
32
37
43
54
79
100
130
230
310
320
12
12
12
13
15
23
25
34
40
58
65
10
10
12
15
20
30
50
60
70
100
120
30
30
34
40
50
75
90
115
155
212
245
9.5
9.5
10.5
12.5
16.5
22.5
35.5
45
50
72
87
42
42
46
52
65
95
115
160
220
305
320
13
13
15
18
27
45
55
75
80
100
135
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
3.7
7.9
17.0
41.0
132.0
215.0
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19
11
13
19
See technical specifications, table ‘permissible loads’
Fit: H7 f8.
(p. 0.6) and ‘welding of weld-on brackets’ (as shown
below).
This component is designed
for connection of snubbers
type 30 and 31, energy
absorbers type 32 and for
rigid struts type 39, 16, 20
and 27 and provides for
attachment to the structure.
The brackets are made of
the easily weldable material
S355J2 and the precision-fit
connecting bolts are of
non-corroding material.
Order details:
weld-on bracket
type 35 .. ..
If required, weld-on / bolt-on brackets in larger sizes are suppliable
type
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
19
29
39
49
59
69
79
89
99
09
20
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19
11
13
19
=15˚
= 6˚
=30˚
= 6˚
=45˚
= 6˚
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.5
7.5
10.5
14.5
15.0
14.0
23.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
7.0
9.5
13.5
18.0
20.0
17.0
–
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
15.5
21.0
23.0
19.0
–
Weld-on brackets should always be arranged so
that the max. angulation results in the direction
of the greatest thermal expansion during operation ( ). The lateral deflection is restricted
to 6° ( ). Misalignment of the weld-on
brackets should be avoided due to the restricted
possibility of movement caused.
The minimum weld seam thickness ‘a’ for weldon brackets type 35 is dependent on the angulations and . In the calculations a permissible
stress of 90N/mm2 in Load Case H was assumed.
Max. angulation type 35
On increasing the angulation to 90°, the
permissible loads are reduced by approx. 15%
on constant weld seam thickness ( at = 45˚).
The basis for the permissible loads is provided by
the relevant load table (‘technical specifications‘,
p. 0.5).
3.22
Energy absorber
Type 32
Energy absorber
type 32 18 16 to 32 92 16
Serial standard design.
indicator of absorbed energy
6°
free stroke adjustment
ØD
6°
SG
minimum engagement depth
length adjustment
d3
d3
A
s
free stroke (compression side)
t1
s
R
F
t2
free stroke (tension side)
E
If the nominal load is exceeded, the increasing force and
displacement are transformed
into deformation energy.
Max. deformation travel in
compression and tension
directions.
‘E’ dimensions on middle position of the free strokes t1/t2
and length adjustment ‘A’
dimension. If t2 changes, the
‘E’ dimension is correspondingly reduced or increased.
Connection possibilities: see
bolt diameters of weld-on
brackets Type 35 or dynamic
clamps in Product Group 3.
type
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
18
38
42
52
62
72
82
92
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
nom. load
[kN] 3
8
18
46
100
200
350
550
s
t1
t2
ØD
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.5
9.5
12.5
0-20
0-22
0-25
0-25
0-25
0-28
0-30
0-20
0-22
0-25
0-25
0-25
0-28
0-30
56
60
80
115
130
195
250
Individual application
The standard designs shown in the table above
represents only part of the suppliable range.
The products can be adapted by LISEGA to the
particular requirements of the user.
This applies especially to those cases where
loads and strokes exceed standard parameters.
Order details:
energy absorber
type 32 .. 16
t1 = …mm, t2 = …mm
marking: ...
3.23
Ø d3
10
12
15
20
30
50
60
E
A
300
85 50
355
95 50
440 125 75
490 150 75
575 165 75
715 175 75
945 225 75
on request
F
R
SG
weight
[kg]
18
50
58
65
100
130
165
15
20
22.5
30
45
60
75
9
10
12
16
22
35
44
0.8
1.8
3.6
11.5
18.5
47.0
105.0
3
Snubbers type 31 prior to delivery
Type 31
Commissioning of type 30
3.24
Viscoelastic damper
Type 3D .. 44-D
Selection and dimensions
Viscoelastic damper
type 3D 03 44-D
to 3D H1 44-D
s
E-middle
s
When selecting viscoelastic dampers attention
should be paid to the temperature existing on
site. These dampers are available for application
temperatures ranging from 20°C to 80°C, whereby
the various damping media cover a temperature
range of 10°C in each case. For this reason the
correct selection of application temperature is
important.
The choice of damper size depends on the nominal
load. The offset in horizontal and vertical directions must be considered for the cold load position. For LISEGA dampers in the 44-D series this
amounts in each case to 40mm in horizontal/
vertical directions.
a
load range: 2.5kN up to 100kN
frequency range: up to 35Hz
temperature range: 20°C up to 80°C
(in 10°C stages)
offset (cold position) to mid-position:
up to 40mm (horizontal/vertical)
Inner thread for transport
ring screw.
type
Order details:
viscoelastic damper
type 3D .. 44-D
marking: …
nominal load: …kN
offset: …
x: …mm, y: …mm, z: …mm
operating temperature: …°C
b
Operation of the damper in mid-position should
be aimed at. To achieve the necessary damping resistance the viscoelastic dampers should
operate in the range 20mm from the mid-position. Before any start-up the dampers are to be
preheated to operating temperature.
3D 03 44-D
3D 05 44-D
3D 10 44-D
3D 20 44-D
3D 30 44-D
3D 40 44-D
3D 60 44-D
3D 80 44-D
3D H1 44-D
nom. load
[kN]
2.5
5
10
20
30
40
60
80
100
The table values are minimum values at ordered
working temperature. At lower temperatures the
damping resistance increases. If required, the
equivalent stiffness (kN/mm) can be given in
vertical and horizontal directions.
E
B
C
s
a
b
M
weight
[kg]
240
240
240
280
320
335
350
390
405
270
290
340
390
440
470
510
535
580
215
230
270
320
350
380
410
430
460
8
8
10
12
15
18
20
25
30
34
34
38
42
46
46
53
59
59
14
14
18
22
26
26
33
39
39
–
–
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
16
19
31
51
84
109
149
191
246
type
nom. load
[kN]
5
[Hz]
vertical damping resistance [kNs/m]
10
15
20
25
30
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
35
[Hz]
3D 03 44-D
3D 05 44-D
3D 10 44-D
3D 20 44-D
3D 30 44-D
3D 40 44-D
3D 60 44-D
3D 80 44-D
3D H1 44-D
2.5
5
10
20
30
40
60
80
100
15.7
27.8
47.3
89.3
143.9
162.7
189.4
229.9
340.2
12.0
21.1
36.0
67.9
109.4
123.7
144.0
174.8
258.7
7.3
14.0
12.9
23.7
21.9
37.4
41.4
94.0
66.7 148.7
75.4 229.9
87.8 293.0
106.5 367.3
157.7 554.1
3.25
10.2
18.0
30.7
57.9
93.2
105.4
122.7
148.9
220.4
9.1
16.0
27.4
51.6
83.2
94.1
109.5
132.9
196.7
8.3
14.7
25.0
47.3
76.2
86.1
100.3
121.7
180.1
C
M
B
= working range round
the mid-position
7.7
13.7
23.3
44.0
70.9
80.1
93.3
113.2
167.6
5
[Hz]
horizontal damping resistance [kNs/m]
10
15
20
25
30
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
35
[Hz]
10.8
18.3
28.8
72.5
114.5
177.1
225.8
283.0
427.0
5.1
8.6
13.6
34.2
54.1
83.6
106.6
133.7
201.7
8.6
14.6
22.9
57.8
91.5
141.2
180.0
225.6
340.4
7.0
12.0
18.9
47.5
75.1
116.2
148.1
185.6
280.0
6.0
10.2
16.1
40.6
64.2
99.2
126.5
158.5
239.2
5.4
9.1
14.4
36.3
57.4
88.7
113.1
141.8
214.0
3
Viscoelastic dampers
Type 3D .. 33-L, 3D .. 55-L
Selection and dimensions
E-middle
s
The choice of damper size depends on the nominal load. The offset in horizontal and vertical directions must be taken into account for the cold
load position. For LISEGA dampers in the 33-L
and 55-L series it amounts to 30mm and
50mm respectively in horizontal / vertical
directions.
3D
3D
3D
3D
3D
3D
05
10
15
25
40
50
3D
3D
3D
3D
3D
3D
05
10
15
25
40
50
type
3D
3D
3D
3D
3D
3D
05
10
15
25
40
50
..-L
..-L
..-L
..-L
..-L
..-L
C
E
B
C
s
a
b
M
weight
[kg]
5
10
15
25
40
50
270
270
280
290
300
380
260
295
335
425
540
590
195
230
265
340
440
480
10
10
15
20
25
30
38
38
42
46
53
59
18
18
22
26
33
39
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
21
30
48
106
193
288
nom. load
[kN]
E
B
C
s
a
b
M
weight
[kg]
5
10
15
25
40
50
390
390
410
410
490
500
325
360
420
525
590
730
260
290
345
420
470
590
10
10
20
20
25
30
38
42
46
46
53
59
18
22
26
26
33
39
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
39
49
107
158
282
489
55-L
55-L
55-L
55-L
55-L
55-L
nom. load
[kN]
5
[Hz]
vertical damping resistance [kNs/m]
10
15
20
25
30
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
35
[Hz]
5
[Hz]
5
10
15
25
40
50
9.6
18.6
28.2
52.2
98.0
166.0
7.3
14.1
21.5
39.8
74.8
126.7
4.5
8.7
13.2
24.4
45.8
77.7
11.0
22.8
38.9
95.0
206.4
416.4
6.3
12.1
18.4
34.0
63.8
108.1
5.6
10.8
16.4
30.4
57.0
96.7
= working range round
the mid-position
load range: 2.5kN up to 50kN
frequency range: up to 35Hz
temperature range: – 10°C up to + 40°C
offset (cold position) to mid-position:
up to 30mm (type 30 .. 33L)
up to 40mm (type 30 .. 55L)
(horizontal/vertical)
nom. load
[kN]
33-L
33-L
33-L
33-L
33-L
33-L
type
B
a
The table values are minimum values at 20°C.
At lower temperatures the damping resistance
increases. If required, the equivalent stiffness
(kN/mm) can be given in vertical and horizontal
directions.
type
M
b
Operation of the damper in mid-position should
be aimed at. To achieve the necessary damping
resistance the viscoelastic dampers should be
positioned in the range 20mm from the midposition during operation. The dampers do not
need to be preheated to operating temperature
before start-up.
Viscoelastic dampers
type 3D 05 33-L
to 3D 50 55-L
s
When selecting viscoelastic dampers the temperature on site is important. Series 3D .. ..-L is
designed for use in a temperature range from
-10°C up to +40°C. In this temperature range the
damper functions with relatively constant characteristics. The values were determined for a
temperature of 20°C.
5.1
9.9
15.1
27.8
52.3
88.6
4.8
9.2
14.0
25.9
48.7
82.5
Inner thread for transport
ring bolt
Order details:
viscoelastic damper
type 3D .. ..
marking: …
nominal load: …kN
offset: …
x: …mm, y: …mm z: …mm
operating temperature: …°C
horizontal damping resistance [kNs/m]
10
15
20
25
30
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
[Hz]
35
[Hz]
8.2
17.1
29.3
71.5
155.3
313.4
4.9
10.2
17.5
42.8
92.9
187.5
7.0
14.5
24.8
60.5
131.5
265.4
6.2
12.9
22.0
53.8
116.9
235.9
5.6
11.8
20.1
49.1
106.7
215.2
5.2
10.9
18.6
45.5
99.0
199.7
3.26
Rigid struts
Type 39
Selection
When selecting rigid struts from the
below tables, these points must
be noted:
4. The weight is specified at the intersection
between load group and adjustment range.
If the intersection lies below the red boundary
line, it is a matter of an extended length with
1. The specified operating load must
reduced load that must be checked in the
be covered by the nominal load.
diagram on p. 3.28 for agreement with the
specified operating load.
2. The load group is determined at
the same time by the nominal load. 5. When ordering, the type designation is to be
completed at the 3rd place by entering the
3. The adjustment range available
load group number.
for the rigid struts is given for the
specified installation length.
Permissible loads and weights
type
39 .0
39 .0
39 .0
39 .0
39 .0
39 .1
39 .1
39 .1
39 .1
39 .2
39 .2
39 .2
39 .2
39 .3
39 .3
39 .3
39 .3
39 .4
39 .4
39 .4
39 .4
39 .5
34
44
54
74
84
04
24
54
74
04
24
54
74
04
24
54
74
04
24
54
74
04
nominal load [kN]
4
8
18
adjustment
range
‘E’ middle
2
3
4
300
400
500
600
750
850
1100
1350
1600
1850
2100
2350
2600
2850
3100
3350
3600
3850
4100
4350
4600
4850
1.4
1.9
2.3
2.4
2.2
2.9
3.6
3.4
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.9
3.3
4.1
4.9
(5.8)
(6.6)
(7.4)
4.5
5.5
6.6
7.6
12.5
14.1
15.7
6.5
8.0
10
11
13
15
16
(18)
(19)
(21)
(23)
-
450
550
650
900
900
1150
1400
1650
1900
2150
2400
2650
2900
3150
3400
3650
3900
4150
4400
4650
4900
5150
375
475
575
750
825
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
46
100
200
350
5
6
7
8
7.0
8.5
8.8
7.6
9.1
13
11
13
14
16
18
20
22
24
(26)
(28)
(30)
(31)
17
21
25
29
33
37
41
45
49
53
57
61
(65)
(69)
(73)
(77)
load group weight [kg]
15.9
22
28
34
40
46
52
58
65
71
77
83
89
95
101
107
113
(119)
(126)
reduced loads for overlength (below red line) see diagram on p. 3.28
slenderness ratio λ 150, for greater lengths the slenderness ratio can range between
150 and 200; the weight of these rigid struts is given in brackets.
The type designation is to be completed in the 3rd place with the load group.
3.27
40
47
57
67
77
86
96
106
115
125
135
144
154
164
174
183
193
203
nominal load [kN]
550 1000
load group type
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
.0
.0
.1
.1
.1
.1
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.2
.3
.3
.3
.3
.4
.4
.4
.4
.5
.5
.5
.5
.6
83
93
03
13
23
33
23
53
73
03
23
53
73
03
23
53
73
03
23
53
73
03
23
53
73
03
adjustment
range
‘E’ middle
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1100
1350
1600
1850
2100
2350
2600
2850
3100
3350
3600
3850
4100
4350
4600
4850
5100
5350
5600
5850
-
950
1050
1150
1250
1350
1450
1400
1650
1900
2150
2400
2650
2900
3150
3400
3650
3900
4150
4400
4650
4900
5150
5400
5650
5900
6150
875
975
1075
1175
1275
1375
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
9
0
weight [kg]
71
77
82
88
121
139
157
175
193
211
229
247
265
283
301
319
337
355
372
390
(408)
(426)
172
182
192
231
247
270
294
350
379
409
438
467
497
526
555
585
614
644
673
702
732
761
790
3
Load diagram for extended lengths
1000
800
600
500
400
600
500
400
300
300
200
200
100
80
100
80
60
50
40
60
50
40
30
30
20
20
10
8
10
8
6
5
4
6
5
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
The diagram on the left
shows the reduced load
values against nominal
load that must be taken
into account for extended
lengths.
Material:
body
P235GH
P355NH
strut paddle P250GH
C45E+QT
S355J2
42CrMo4+QT
Minimum engagement depth
on the ball bushing joint
marked by an undercut.
6000
length [mm]
Ball bushing width.
doted line: slenderness ratio: 150 λ 200
The type designation is to be
ball bushing joint
completed by the length index
(4th and 5th places in the type
designation, p. 3.27).
minimum engagement depth
SW1
left-hand thread
SW2
SG Due to their design, the rigid
d3
ØD
right-hand thread
A
load [kN]
1000
800
Connection possibilities: see
E 75
E 150
type 39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
0.
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.3
.3
struts have freely variable
adjustment, with right-hand /
left-hand threads, similar to a
turnbuckle. Shorter installation
lengths for rigid struts are
possible as special designs.
nom. load
[kN]
E
E
A
ØD
Ø d3 min
max
4
8
18
46
100
200
350
550
1000
30
38
45
60
82
120
150
210
293
(30) 38
(40) 43/57
(40) 57
61
(60) 83
(75) 102
115
115/127
159/169
10
12
15
20
30
50
60
70
100
300
300
300
400
400
500
750
800
1000
1900
2150
2400
2150
2900
3150
2900
3400
3650
bolt diameters of weld-on
brackets type 35 or dynamic
clamps type 36 / 37 in product
group 3.
SW1
27
32
36
60
60
70/75
95
110
155
SW2
SG (27) 32
(32) 36/46
(32) 46
50
(50) 70
(60) 85
100
100/110
135/145
9
10
12
16
22
35
44
49
70
(…) Values in brackets:
up to Emax = 650mm.
Depending on load group and length
the struts are subject to alternative
manufacturing technoloies which
may result in designs different to
the shown.
Order details:
rigid strut type 39 .. ..
3.28
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 33.7 - OD 88.9
OD 33.7 (ND 25)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
10
10
10
10
110
155
160
160
75
75
75
75
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
9
9
9
9
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
12
12
10
10
130
175
175
175
85
85
85
85
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
9
9
9
9
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
12
12
10
10
130
175
175
175
90
90
90
90
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
9
9
9
9
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
15
12
12
12
150
190
195
195
110
110
110
110
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
9
9
9
9
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
15
12
12
12
160
210
215
215
120
120
120
120
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
9
9
9
9
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
160
210
215
215
125
125
125
125
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
9
9
9
9
A
B
B1
F
185
230
235
235
150
150
150
150
50
50
50
50
30
30
30
30
11
11
11
11
36 03 11 4.0
36 03 21
36 03 31
36 03 41
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.2
4.0
3.2
2.4
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
2
2
2
2
0.9
1.1
1.1
1.1
OD 42.4 (ND 32)
d1
A
8.0
8.0
7.2
6.3
5.8
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.1
4.0
3.3
2.5
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
3
3
2
2
1.2
1.4
1.3
1.3
OD 48.3 (ND 40)
F
E
B1
36 04 11 8.0
36 04 21
36 04 31
36 04 41
F
B
type 36 .. .1
36 05 11 8.0
36 05 21
36 05 31
36 05 41
8.0
7.9
7.2
6.3
5.9
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.2
4.0
3.2
2.4
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
3
3
2
2
1.2
1.5
1.4
1.4
OD 60.3 (ND 50)
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
36 06 11
36 06 21
36 06 31
36 06 41
16
15
12
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.9
5.1
6.5
5.3
3.8
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
4
3
3
3
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.2
OD 73.0 (ND 65)
36 07 11
36 07 21
36 07 31
36 07 41
16
14
13
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.6
4.9
6.3
5.1
3.8
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
4
3
3
3
2.2
2.7
2.6
2.6
OD 76.1 (ND 65)
36 08 11
36 08 21
36 08 31
36 08 41
16
14
13
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.6
4.9
6.3
5.1
3.8
15
12
12
12
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
4
3
3
3
2.2
2.7
2.7
2.7
OD 88.9 (ND 80)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C 36 09 11
36 09 21
36 09 31
36 09 41
3.29
27
24
22
18
18
18
17
17
15
9.8
12
10
7.2
20
15
15
15
Emax
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
4
4
4
3.8
4.4
4.3
4.3
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 108.0 - OD 159.0
OD 108.0 (ND 100)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C 36 10 11 32
36 10 21
36 10 31
36 10 41
29
26
18
18
18
16
16
14
9.1
11
9.3
6.8
20
15
15
15
Emax
A
B
B1
F
205
265
270
270
165
165
165
165
50
50
50
50
35
35
30
30
11
11
11
11
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
4
4
4
5.0
6.2
5.3
5.3
A
OD 114.3 (ND 100)
29
46
26
18
46
18
46
18
42
16
41
16
41
13
35
9.0
22
11
28
9.1
21
6.8
14
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
210
270
280
280
290
280
290
A
B
F
175 50 35
175 50 35
175 100 60
175 50 30
175 100 60
175 50 30
175 100 60
11
11
13
11
13
11
13
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
5.1
6.5
12.3
5.5
12.4
5.6
12.4
d1
B1
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .1
OD 133.0 (ND 125)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C 28
46
26
18
46
18
46
17
43
16
42
16
41
13
35
9.1
22
11
29
8.5
23
6.5
16
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
Emax
225
275
285
285
295
285
295
A
B
B1
F
190 50 35
190 50 30
190 100 60
190 50 30
190 100 60
190 50 30
190 100 60
11
11
13
11
13
11
13
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
5.8
6.3
13.5
6.1
13.7
6.1
13.7
A
d1
36 13 11 31
36 13 21
36 13 24 46
36 13 31
36 13 34
36 13 41
36 13 44
F
36 11 11 31
36 11 21
36 11 24 46
36 11 31
36 11 34
36 11 41
36 11 44
Emax
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C OD 139.7 (ND 125)
36 14 11 31
36 14 21
36 14 24 60
36 14 31
36 14 34
36 14 41
36 14 44
28
18
43
46
45
20
15
30
15
20
15
20
230
285
320
295
305
295
305
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
55
26
18
50
Emax
16
40
16
41
16
40
13
34
8.9
22
11
29
8.5
23
6.5
16
A
B
B1
F
200 50 35
200 50 30
200 100 60
200 50 30
200 100 60
200 50 30
200 100 60
11
11
13
11
13
11
13
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
4
6
4
5
4
5
6.1
6.7
16.9
6.4
14.5
6.4
14.5
F
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C E
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .4
OD 159.0 (ND 150)
36 16 11 30
36 16 21
36 16 24 59
36 16 31
36 16 34
36 16 41
36 16 44
28
54
25
18
49
18
43
46
44
16
40
16
41
15
40
13
34
8.8
22
11
28
8.8
23
6.7
17
20
15
30
15
20
15
20
245
300
335
310
320
310
320
A
B
B1
F
220 50 35
220 50 30
220 100 60
220 50 30
220 100 60
220 50 30
220 100 60
11
11
13
11
13
11
13
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
4
6
4
5
4
5
6.8
7.5
18.7
7.2
16.2
7.2
16.2
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
3.30
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 168.3 - OD 219.1
OD 168.3 (ND 150)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d1
A
F
E
B1
F
36 17 11
36 17 12
36 17 21
36 17 22
36 17 24
36 17 31
36 17 32
36 17 34
36 17 41
36 17 42
36 17 44
29
50
270
270
315
315
340
320
320
345
320
320
345
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
100
54
95
24
36
18
35
49
20
30
15
20
30
15
15
30
15
15
30
59
26
46
Emax
87
17
29
43
76
16
28
40
16
18
70
15
18
69
13
18
58
8.6
14
38
11
16
49
9
13
40
6.8
9.8
29
A
B
B1
F
230 50 35
240 50 45
230 50 30
240 50 40
230 100 60
230 50 30
240 50 40
240 100 80
230 50 30
240 50 40
240 100 80
11
11
11
11
13
11
11
16
11
11
16
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
6
4
5
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
OD 193.7 (ND 175)
B
36 19 11 50
36 19 12 65
36 19 21
36 19 22
36 19 24 100
36 19 31
36 19 32
36 19 34
36 19 41
36 19 42
36 19 44
type 36 .. .1/2
d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .4
46
59
30
30
20
30
30
15
20
30
15
20
30
285
285
355
355
355
350
350
375
350
350
375
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
95
41
54
33
52
87
29
45
76
27
42
70
18
39
68
18
39
67
18
34
57
14
23
37
17
25
47
13
20
38
10
15
29
A
B
B1
F
265 50 45
275 50 45
265 50 40
275 50 45
265 100 80
265 50 40
275 50 45
265 100 80
265 50 40
275 50 45
265 100 80
11
13
11
13
13
11
13
16
11
13
16
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
6
5
6
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
12.7
14.1
13.3
18.0
29.8
12.3
15.5
31.1
12.4
15.5
31.1
OD 219.1 (ND 200)
36 22 11 49
36 22 12 65
36 22 21
36 22 22
36 22 24 100
36 22 31
36 22 32
36 22 34
36 22 41
36 22 42
36 22 44
45
59
93
41
55
32
50
85
28
44
74
26
41
68
18
40
67
18
40
66
18
35
56
14
22
36
17
26
47
13
20
38
10
15
28
30
30
20
30
30
15
20
30
15
20
30
310
310
385
385
385
370
370
395
370
370
395
A
B
B1
F
290 50 45
300 50 45
290 50 40
300 50 45
290 100 80
290 50 40
300 50 45
290 100 80
290 50 40
300 50 45
290 100 80
11
13
11
13
13
11
13
16
11
13
16
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
6
5
6
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
3.31
7.7
11.4
8.1
11.0
19.5
7.7
10.4
26.8
7.7
10.4
26.9
14.4
16.0
14.2
20.2
34.1
12.3
16.4
34.7
12.3
16.4
34.7
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 244.5 - OD 273.0
OD 244.5 (ND 225)
100
149
45
59
92
137
41
53
32
50
85
125
28
44
74
109
26
40
68
100
18
37
63
95
18
37
62
93
18
33
55
83
14
22
36
54
18
24
44
66
14
18
34
52
10
13
26
38
30
30
20
30
30
50
15
20
30
30
15
20
30
30
A
B
B1
F
320
320
400
400
400
415
395
395
420
420
395
395
420
420
315
330
315
330
315
330
315
330
315
330
315
330
315
330
50
50
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
45
45
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
11
13
11
13
13
16
11
13
16
16
11
13
16
16
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
6
5
6
6
7
4
5
6
6
4
5
6
6
15.3
17.0
15.3
21.6
36.0
49.2
13.7
17.9
36.6
44.3
13.7
17.9
36.6
44.3
A
d1
49
65
B1
F
36 24 11
36 24 12
36 24 21
36 24 22
36 24 24
36 24 25
36 24 31
36 24 32
36 24 34
36 24 35
36 24 41
36 24 42
36 24 44
36 24 45
Emax
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
B
OD 267.0 (ND 250)
100
150
44
59
93
137
41
54
32
50
85
125
28
44
74
109
26
40
68
101
18
38
66
97
18
38
64
96
18
34
55
83
14
22
35
54
18
25
46
68
14
19
36
53
11
15
27
40
30
30
20
30
30
50
15
20
30
30
15
20
30
30
A
B
B1
F
335
335
410
410
410
425
410
410
435
435
410
410
435
435
340
350
340
350
340
350
340
350
340
350
340
350
340
350
50
50
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
45
45
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
11
13
11
13
13
16
11
13
16
16
11
13
16
16
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
6
5
6
6
7
4
5
6
6
4
5
6
6
16.5
18.2
16.0
22.2
37.3
51.0
14.4
18.8
38.3
46.5
14.4
18.9
38.3
46.5
OD 273.0 (ND 250)
48
65
110
165
44
59
101
151
40
54
88
130
32
50
84
124
A
B1
F
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C 36 27 11
36 27 12
36 27 14
36 27 15
36 27 21
36 27 22
36 27 24
36 27 25
36 27 31
36 27 32
36 27 34
36 27 35
36 27 41
36 27 42
36 27 44
36 27 45
type 36 .. .1/2
d1
49
65
F
36 26 11
36 26 12
36 26 21
36 26 22
36 26 24
36 26 25
36 26 31
36 26 32
36 26 34
36 26 35
36 26 41
36 26 42
36 26 44
36 26 45
Emax
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C 27
43
73
108
25
40
67
100
18
37
63
95
18
37
62
94
18
32
53
81
13
21
34
52
17
24
44
67
14
18
36
52
10
13
27
38
30
30
50
50
20
30
30
50
15
20
30
30
15
20
30
30
Emax
A
B
B1
F
345
345
360
360
420
420
420
435
435
435
460
460
435
435
460
460
345
355
345
355
345
355
345
355
345
355
345
355
345
355
345
355
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
50
50
100
100
45
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
11
13
13
16
11
13
13
16
11
13
16
16
11
13
16
16
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
6
7
7
5
6
6
7
4
5
6
6
4
5
6
6
17.2
18.9
34.9
42.4
16.5
22.8
38.4
52.5
15.4
20.1
41.5
49.5
15.4
20.1
41.5
49.5
B
type 36 .. .4/5
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
3.32
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 323.9 - OD 355.6
OD 323.9 (ND 300)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .1/2/3
Emax
A
B
B1
F
20
30
30
50
50
20
30
30
50
50
15
20
30
30
50
15
20
30
30
50
380
380
380
395
395
450
450
450
465
465
450
470
470
470
485
450
470
470
470
485
400
415
430
415
430
400
415
430
415
430
400
415
430
415
430
400
415
430
415
430
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
11
13
13
16
16
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
395
395
395
410
410
480
480
480
495
495
475
495
495
495
510
475
495
495
495
510
435
445
465
445
465
435
445
465
445
465
435
445
465
445
465
435
445
465
445
465
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
11
13
13
16
16
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
36 32 11
36 32 12
36 32 13
36 32 14
36 32 15
36 32 21
36 32 22
36 32 23
36 32 24
36 32 25
36 32 31
36 32 32
36 32 33
36 32 34
36 32 35
36 32 41
36 32 42
36 32 43
36 32 44
36 32 45
44
65
100
163
200
40
59
100
149
200
37
56
88
137
177
31
49
88
123
186
27
43
73
107
172
25
40
69
99
165
18
38
71
98
157
18
38
70
97
155
18
32
59
82
145
13
21
38
53
94
17
25
48
69
117
14
19
37
56
91
11
15
27
42
71
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
6
6
7
7
5
6
6
7
7
4
5
6
6
7
4
5
6
6
7
20
24
34
52
72
21
28
38
61
86
20
25
39
56
85
19
25
39
56
85
OD 355.6 (ND 350)
d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .4/5
36 36 11
36 36 12
36 36 13
36 36 14
36 36 15
36 36 21
36 36 22
36 36 23
36 36 24
36 36 25
36 36 31
36 36 32
36 36 33
36 36 34
36 36 35
36 36 41
36 36 42
36 36 43
36 36 44
36 36 45
44
65
100
165
200
40
59
100
151
200
200
37
56
96
138
193
30
48
89
121
186
200
26
42
74
105
172
175
24
39
71
97
165
18
38
70
97
164
18
37
69
96
162
18
31
59
81
143
13
20
38
53
93
17
26
49
68
119
13
20
39
55
95
10
16
28
41
73
20
30
30
50
50
20
30
30
50
50
15
20
30
30
50
15
20
30
30
50
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
6
6
7
7
5
6
6
7
7
4
5
6
6
7
4
5
6
6
7
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
3.33
22
26
36
56
77
22
30
42
66
93
21
27
41
61
91
21
27
42
61
91
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 368.0 - OD 406.4
OD 368.0 (ND 350)
B
B1
F
20
30
30
50
60
20
30
30
50
50
15
20
30
30
50
15
20
30
30
50
400
400
400
415
440
485
485
485
500
500
480
500
500
500
515
480
500
500
500
515
445
455
475
455
475
445
455
475
455
475
445
455
475
455
475
445
455
475
455
475
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
11
13
13
16
16
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
44
65
100
166
279
41
59
100
151
256
200
37
56
99
139
181
31
48
89
121
186
200
27
42
76
105
168
178
24
39
72
97
159
18
38
70
97
167
18
37
69
96
165
18
31
59
81
143
13
20
38
53
93
17
23
49
68
120
14
18
39
55
97
11
14
29
41
73
5
6
6
7
8
5
6
6
7
7
4
5
6
6
7
4
5
6
6
7
22
26
36
57
88
23
31
42
67
94
22
28
42
62
92
23
27
42
62
93
A
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .1/2/3
A
B1
F
E
36 37 11
36 37 12
36 37 13
36 37 14
36 37 15
36 37 21
36 37 22
36 37 23
36 37 24
36 37 25
36 37 31
36 37 32
36 37 33
36 37 34
36 37 35
36 37 41
36 37 42
36 37 43
36 37 44
36 37 45
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
d1
A
F
d1
Emax
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C OD 406.4 (ND 400)
350
338
307
36
54
100
137
232
30
48
89
120
186
290
291
26
41
77
105
172
244
266
24
38
71
97
165
229
18
37
69
96
164
226
250
18
36
68
94
162
223
247
18
31
58
80
142
215
231
13
20
37
52
92
161
17
25
48
67
118
161
14
19
39
55
96
126
10
15
29
41
72
94
20
30
30
50
60
20
30
30
50
50
60
15
20
30
30
50
60
15
20
30
30
50
60
B
B1
430
430
430
445
470
510
510
510
525
525
580
510
530
530
530
545
600
510
530
530
530
545
600
485
495
515
495
515
485
495
515
495
515
490
485
495
515
495
515
490
485
495
515
495
515
490
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
310
60
60
60
120
120
310
60
60
60
120
120
310
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
230
40
45
60
90
120
230
40
45
60
90
120
230
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
21
11
13
13
16
21
21
11
13
13
16
21
21
5
6
6
7
8
5
6
6
7
7
8
4
5
6
6
7
8
4
5
6
6
7
8
24
29
40
64
98
25
34
46
73
104
187
24
30
46
67
99
191
23
30
46
67
101
191
B
type 36 .. .4/5
A
d1
40
59
100
150
253
A
B1
F
43
65
100
163
277
E
36 41 11
36 41 12
36 41 13
36 41 14
36 41 15
36 41 21
36 41 22
36 41 23
36 41 24
36 41 25
37 41 27
36 41 31
36 41 32
36 41 33
36 41 34
36 41 35
37 41 37
36 41 41
36 41 42
36 41 43
36 41 44
36 41 45
37 41 47
F
max wt.
F load gr. [kg]
F
B
type 37 .. .7
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
3.34
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 419.0 - OD 457.2
OD 419.0 (ND 400)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 36 .. .4/5
Emax
A
B
B1
F
20
30
30
50
60
20
30
30
50
50
60
15
20
30
30
50
60
15
20
30
30
50
60
440
440
440
455
480
530
530
530
545
545
595
520
540
540
545
560
605
520
540
540
545
560
605
495
510
525
510
525
495
510
525
510
525
500
495
510
525
510
525
500
495
510
525
510
525
500
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
310
60
60
60
120
120
310
60
60
60
120
120
310
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
230
40
45
60
90
120
230
40
45
60
90
120
230
11
13
13
16
21
11
13
13
16
21
21
11
13
13
16
21
21
11
13
13
16
21
21
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
470
470
470
485
510
550
550
550
585
585
615
550
570
570
575
590
635
675
550
570
570
575
590
635
675
535
545
565
545
565
535
545
565
545
565
540
535
545
565
545
565
540
550
535
545
565
545
565
540
550
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
60
120
120
310
60
60
60
120
120
310
340
60
60
60
120
120
310
340
40
45
60
90
120
40
45
60
90
120
230
40
45
60
90
120
230
250
40
45
60
90
120
230
250
13
13
13
16
21
13
13
13
16
21
21
13
13
13
16
21
21
26
13
13
13
16
21
21
26
36 42 11
36 42 12
36 42 13
36 42 14
36 42 15
36 42 21
36 42 22
36 42 23
36 42 24
36 42 25
37 42 27
36 42 31
36 42 32
36 42 33
36 42 34
36 42 35
37 42 37
36 42 41
36 42 42
36 42 43
36 42 44
36 42 45
37 42 47
43
65
100
163
276
350
39
59
100
149
253
336
307
36
55
100
136
231
29
47
87
118
186
289
291
26
40
76
103
172
243
266
24
37
70
95
165
228
18
37
69
95
158
226
250
18
36
68
93
156
224
247
18
31
57
79
140
215
231
13
20
37
51
91
161
17
25
48
66
117
161
14
21
39
54
93
126
10
15
29
40
69
94
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
6
6
7
8
5
6
6
7
7
8
4
5
6
6
7
8
4
5
6
6
7
8
25
30
42
66
101
26
35
48
76
108
192
25
31
48
69
102
194
24
31
47
69
104
194
OD 457.2 (ND 450)
d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 37 .. .7/8
36 46 11
36 46 12
36 46 13
36 46 14
36 46 15
36 46 21
36 46 22
36 46 23
36 46 24
36 46 25
37 46 27
36 46 31
36 46 32
36 46 33
36 46 34
36 46 35
37 46 37
37 46 38
36 46 41
36 46 42
36 46 43
36 46 44
36 46 45
37 46 47
37 46 48
42
65
100
160
273
350
550
38
59
100
147
250
336
504
35
55
100
134
229
29
46
87
115
186
289
433
26
40
76
100
172
242
364
24
37
70
92
165
228
18
36
68
93
166
225
342
18
35
66
92
163
222
337
18
30
56
78
139
214
321
13
19
37
51
90
160
223
16
25
47
65
116
160
223
13
20
38
53
94
125
170
10
15
29
40
70
94
125
20
30
30
50
60
20
30
30
50
50
60
15
20
30
30
50
60
70
15
20
30
30
50
60
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
5
6
6
7
8
5
6
6
7
7
8
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
3.35
29
34
47
72
111
29
38
52
84
118
203
27
35
52
74
114
208
294
26
34
52
75
115
208
294
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 508.0 - OD 558.8
OD 508.0 (ND 500)
B
B1
F
30
50
60
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
30
30
30
50
50
70
515
530
560
600
600
595
620
620
650
650
650
650
625
625
640
665
665
710
625
625
625
640
640
710
595
620
640
660
590
575
590
605
625
635
670
605
580
600
600
640
640
605
580
600
600
640
640
625
170
170
230
330
320
140
170
180
240
240
250
340
140
170
180
230
240
340
145
170
180
235
240
395
130
136
180
260
230
104
130
136
180
190
190
250
104
130
136
180
190
250
104
130
140
180
190
290
13
13
16
21
21
13
13
16
21
21
21
26
13
13
16
21
26
26
13
13
16
21
26
26
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
550
314
520
535
45
73
108
153
213
69
95
131
213
235
269
446
488
58
80
110
179
197
227
375
447
54
75
104
168
184
212
352
53
75
102
166
183
340
430
52
74
101
164
180
336
427
45
71
95
156
170
319
394
31
49
72
109
132
222
31
50
74
110
134
275
24
39
58
84
105
215
18
29
43
62
77
158
6
7
8
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
6
6
6
7
7
9
43
66
105
187
213
41
66
90
150
181
200
298
42
63
92
148
182
318
42
63
92
138
173
397
OD 558.8 (ND 550)
37 56 11
37 56 12
37 56 13
37 56 14
37 56 17
37 56 21
37 56 22
37 56 23
37 56 24
37 56 25
37 56 26
37 56 28
37 56 31
37 56 32
37 56 33
37 56 34
37 56 35
37 56 38
37 56 39
37 56 41
37 56 42
37 56 43
37 56 44
37 56 45
37 56 48
37 56 49
81
133
181
269
365
350
550
550
62
100
142
206
295
313
504
550
550
44
72
108
153
213
67
94
131
212
234
269
433
485
537
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
57
79
110
178
197
226
364
408
473
53
74
103
167
184
211
342
53
75
102
166
182
340
382
443
52
74
101
164
180
336
377
437
45
72
95
155
170
319
355
396
31
49
72
108
132
222
276
31
50
72
108
132
222
276
24
39
57
82
103
169
216
18
29
42
61
76
125
159
30
50
60
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
A
B
B1
550
565
595
635
635
640
655
655
680
680
680
725
650
650
665
695
695
735
735
650
650
665
695
695
735
735
645
670
690
705
645
630
640
655
675
685
720
655
630
650
650
690
690
655
665
630
650
650
690
690
655
665
170
170
230
330
320
140
170
180
240
240
250
340
140
170
180
230
240
340
400
145
170
180
235
240
340
400
130
136
180
260
230
104
130
136
180
190
190
250
104
130
136
180
190
250
290
104
130
136
180
190
250
290
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
max wt.
F load gr. [kg]
13
13
16
21
21
13
13
16
21
21
21
26
13
13
16
21
21
26
26
13
13
16
21
21
26
26
6
7
8
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
47
70
111
195
228
45
70
96
157
190
210
337
46
67
96
154
191
334
410
46
67
100
154
191
334
410
A
d1
350
550
62
101
142
206
294
B1
F
82
133
182
269
365
A
E
37 51 11
37 51 12
37 51 13
37 51 14
37 51 17
37 51 21
37 51 22
37 51 23
37 51 24
37 51 25
37 51 26
37 51 28
37 51 31
37 51 32
37 51 33
37 51 34
37 51 35
37 51 38
37 51 41
37 51 42
37 51 43
37 51 44
37 51 45
37 51 48
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
B
A
d1
F
Emax
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
B
type 37 .. .7/8/9
3.36
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 609.6 - OD 660.4
OD 609.6 (ND 600)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
E
B
d1
A
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
A
B
B1
F
30
50
60
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
575
590
620
660
660
660
670
685
685
715
715
715
760
685
685
700
730
730
770
770
685
685
700
730
730
770
770
700
720
740
760
695
705
680
690
705
725
735
770
705
680
700
700
740
740
705
720
680
700
700
740
740
720
730
170
180
230
330
320
335
140
170
180
240
240
250
340
140
170
180
230
240
340
400
145
170
180
235
240
400
435
130
136
180
260
230
250
104
130
136
180
190
190
250
104
130
136
180
190
250
290
104
130
136
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
21
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
605
620
650
690
690
690
700
715
715
750
750
750
790
715
715
730
755
755
795
795
715
715
730
755
755
795
795
750
770
790
810
745
755
730
745
760
775
785
820
755
730
755
755
790
790
755
770
730
755
755
790
790
770
780
170
185
230
330
320
335
145
175
180
240
240
250
340
145
175
180
230
240
340
400
145
180
180
235
240
400
435
130
136
180
260
230
250
110
136
136
180
190
190
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
136
136
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
21
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
37 61 11
37 61 12
37 61 13
37 61 14
37 61 17
37 61 18
37 61 21
37 61 22
37 61 23
37 61 24
37 61 25
37 61 26
37 61 28
37 61 31
37 61 32
37 61 33
37 61 34
37 61 35
37 61 38
37 61 39
37 61 41
37 61 42
37 61 43
37 61 44
37 61 45
37 61 48
37 61 49
82
128
182
272
368
543
550
550
62
101
143
206
297
412
501
550
550
45
73
108
155
214
297
67
94
131
211
233
268
430
483
533
57
79
110
177
196
225
362
406
471
53
75
103
167
183
211
340
52
75
102
164
181
338
380
440
52
74
100
163
179
334
375
435
427
45
71
95
154
170
317
355
394
416
30
49
72
108
131
221
275
31
50
72
108
131
275
346
24
39
56
82
102
214
268
18
29
42
60
75
158
209
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
50
73
115
199
239
299
49
75
101
166
199
220
359
50
72
101
163
201
357
438
50
72
106
163
201
438
510
OD 660.4 (ND 650)
d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 37 .. .7/8/9
3.37
Emax
37 66 11
37 66 12
37 66 13
37 66 14
37 66 17
37 66 18
37 66 21
37 66 22
37 66 23
37 66 24
37 66 25
37 66 26
37 66 28
37 66 31
37 66 32
37 66 33
37 66 34
37 66 35
37 66 38
37 66 39
37 66 41
37 66 42
37 66 43
37 66 44
37 66 45
37 66 48
37 66 49
82
127
182
272
369
545
550
550
62
101
143
206
298
413
500
550
535
45
73
109
155
215
298
69
96
131
211
233
267
429
483
488
58
81
110
177
196
225
361
406
447
55
76
103
166
183
210
339
54
76
102
166
182
338
380
430
53
75
101
164
180
334
375
427
427
46
73
95
155
170
317
355
394
416
31
50
72
108
132
221
275
32
51
72
108
132
275
346
25
39
56
82
103
215
268
18
30
42
61
76
158
209
30
50
60
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
51
78
120
207
252
316
56
86
105
175
209
231
382
57
84
106
171
209
377
460
57
89
111
171
209
460
536
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 711.2 - OD 762.0
OD 711.2 (ND 700)
550
550
503
550
550
484
550
58
81
110
179
198
227
363
407
486
55
76
103
168
185
213
341
54
76
102
167
183
338
381
455
53
75
101
165
181
334
376
449
427
46
73
95
156
170
317
355
407
416
31
50
73
109
133
221
275
32
51
73
109
133
284
347
25
40
57
83
103
222
269
18
30
43
61
76
163
210
30
50
60
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
B1
F
635
650
680
720
720
720
725
745
745
770
770
770
815
740
740
755
780
780
825
825
740
740
755
780
780
785
825
800
825
840
860
880
810
780
795
810
830
840
875
810
780
805
805
845
845
810
820
780
805
805
845
845
820
835
170
190
230
330
355
335
145
175
180
240
240
250
340
145
175
180
230
240
340
400
145
180
180
235
240
400
435
130
136
180
260
260
250
110
136
136
180
190
190
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
136
136
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
21
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
54
83
127
213
245
331
59
87
111
178
217
240
396
59
89
112
175
217
394
483
59
94
117
175
217
458
567
A
B
45
73
109
156
186
299
69
96
131
213
235
270
432
B
d1
62
101
143
206
253
414
A
F
82
126
182
272
328
546
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
OD 762.0 (ND 750)
82
126
182
285
329
407
547
550
550
62
101
143
216
251
308
414
504
550
550
44
73
109
156
187
233
299
69
96
131
213
271
433
487
538
57
81
110
179
228
364
410
475
54
76
103
168
213
342
54
77
103
168
185
341
383
444
53
76
102
166
182
336
378
439
427
46
73
95
157
170
320
355
398
416
31
51
73
110
133
223
277
32
52
74
110
133
277
349
25
40
58
83
104
216
271
18
30
43
61
77
160
211
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
A
B
B1
F
665
680
710
750
750
750
750
760
775
775
800
800
845
765
765
780
805
805
850
850
765
765
780
805
805
850
850
850
875
895
910
930
935
860
835
845
860
880
925
860
835
855
855
895
895
860
870
835
855
855
895
895
870
885
170
190
235
330
345
370
335
145
175
180
240
250
340
145
175
180
230
240
340
400
145
180
180
235
240
400
435
130
136
180
260
260
260
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
140
140
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
58
85
133
226
249
276
349
63
92
117
186
249
417
63
89
117
182
225
411
504
63
94
123
182
225
504
582
A
d1
37 76 11
37 76 12
37 76 13
37 76 14
37 76 15
37 76 16
37 76 18
37 76 21
37 76 22
37 76 23
37 76 24
37 76 26
37 76 28
37 76 31
37 76 32
37 76 33
37 76 34
37 76 35
37 76 38
37 76 39
37 76 41
37 76 42
37 76 43
37 76 44
37 76 45
37 76 48
37 76 49
Emax
B1
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
37 71 11
37 71 12
37 71 13
37 71 14
37 71 15
37 71 18
37 71 21
37 71 22
37 71 23
37 71 24
37 71 25
37 71 26
37 71 28
37 71 31
37 71 32
37 71 33
37 71 34
37 71 35
37 71 38
37 71 39
37 71 41
37 71 42
37 71 43
37 71 44
37 71 45
37 71 48
37 71 49
Emax
E
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
B
type 37 .. .8/9
3.38
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 812.8 - OD 863.6
OD 812.8 (ND 800)
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
E
B
d1
A
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
A
B
B1
F
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
700
715
745
785
785
785
785
790
805
805
830
830
875
790
790
805
830
830
875
875
790
790
805
830
830
875
875
905
925
950
960
985
985
910
885
895
910
930
975
910
885
905
905
945
945
910
920
885
905
905
945
945
920
935
170
185
235
330
345
370
335
145
175
180
240
250
340
145
175
180
230
240
340
400
145
180
180
250
270
400
435
130
136
180
260
260
260
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
140
140
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
permissible load [kN] d1
type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
725
740
770
810
810
815
810
815
830
830
855
855
900
815
815
830
855
855
900
900
815
815
830
855
855
900
900
955
980
990
1015
1035
1040
965
935
950
965
985
1030
965
935
960
960
1000
1000
965
975
935
960
960
1000
1000
975
990
155
170
215
295
295
305
335
145
180
200
260
240
340
145
180
180
235
235
340
400
145
180
180
250
270
400
435
130
136
180
260
260
260
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
140
140
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
37 81 11
37 81 12
37 81 13
37 81 14
37 81 15
37 81 16
37 81 18
37 81 21
37 81 22
37 81 23
37 81 24
37 81 26
37 81 28
37 81 31
37 81 32
37 81 33
37 81 34
37 81 35
37 81 38
37 81 39
37 81 41
37 81 42
37 81 43
37 81 44
37 81 45
37 81 48
37 81 49
76
126
183
284
328
399
545
550
550
59
100
143
215
248
307
413
505
550
550
42
72
108
155
186
233
298
69
96
131
214
271
434
490
541
58
81
110
180
228
365
412
478
54
76
103
169
213
343
54
77
103
169
186
343
385
447
54
76
102
167
183
338
381
441
427
46
74
95
158
170
321
360
400
416
32
51
71
107
134
224
279
32
52
74
110
134
279
351
25
40
58
84
105
217
273
19
30
43
62
77
160
213
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
60
90
135
235
258
286
372
67
101
123
195
261
440
66
98
121
191
234
432
523
66
104
127
193
236
523
612
OD 863.6 (ND 850)
d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 37 .. .8/9
3.39
Emax
37 86 11
37 86 12
37 86 13
37 86 14
37 86 15
37 86 16
37 86 18
37 86 21
37 86 22
37 86 23
37 86 24
37 86 26
37 86 28
37 86 31
37 86 32
37 86 33
37 86 34
37 86 35
37 86 38
37 86 39
37 86 41
37 86 42
37 86 43
37 86 44
37 86 45
37 86 48
37 86 49
79
125
179
277
317
387
518
550
550
61
100
143
216
248
307
415
509
550
550
43
72
109
156
187
233
300
69
96
132
215
273
437
493
545
58
81
111
181
229
367
415
481
55
76
104
170
214
345
55
77
104
170
187
345
388
450
54
76
103
168
184
341
383
444
427
47
74
95
159
170
323
360
403
416
32
51
72
110
135
225
281
32
52
74
111
135
281
353
25
41
58
84
105
219
274
19
31
44
62
78
162
214
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
66
101
145
243
273
304
393
72
113
136
211
286
474
70
109
133
207
255
465
564
70
116
140
207
255
566
659
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 914.4 - OD 965.2
OD 914.4 (ND 900)
B1
F
75
121
181
285
329
400
544
760
775
805
845
845
845
845
840
855
855
880
880
925
925
850
850
865
880
880
935
935
850
850
865
880
880
935
935
1005
1030
1045
1065
1085
1090
1015
985
1000
1015
1035
1080
1015
1025
985
1010
1010
1050
1050
1015
1025
985
1010
1010
1050
1050
1025
1040
180
185
250
330
365
390
335
145
175
220
240
250
340
400
145
175
180
230
240
340
400
145
180
180
260
320
400
435
130
136
180
260
260
260
250
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
136
136
180
190
250
290
110
140
140
180
190
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
550
550
61
100
143
216
248
301
413
511
550
550
43
72
108
156
186
233
299
69
97
132
216
274
438
495
544
58
81
111
181
230
368
416
479
55
77
104
170
215
346
390
54
77
103
170
187
343
387
449
53
76
102
168
185
339
382
443
427
46
74
95
156
170
322
360
402
416
32
51
68
97
135
225
280
32
52
74
111
135
280
353
25
40
58
84
106
219
274
18
30
43
62
78
161
214
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
69
100
146
245
275
306
394
72
112
137
213
288
478
574
73
110
134
206
258
475
579
73
117
141
208
264
579
680
A
B
B
d1
A
F
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
OD 965.2 (ND 950)
A
B
B1
F
75
128
181
277
328
387
518
785
800
830
870
870
870
870
865
880
880
905
905
950
950
875
875
890
905
905
960
960
875
875
890
905
905
960
960
1055
1080
1090
1115
1135
1140
1065
1040
1060
1080
1090
1130
1065
1075
1040
1060
1080
1105
1125
1065
1075
1040
1080
1080
1100
1120
1075
1090
155
180
230
295
290
295
335
145
180
225
250
300
340
400
145
180
225
240
295
340
440
145
180
225
240
295
400
435
130
150
195
260
260
260
250
110
146
186
205
250
250
290
120
146
186
205
250
250
330
120
150
190
205
250
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
550
550
58
103
146
216
249
324
415
513
550
550
550
41
74
111
156
187
234
300
69
100
144
225
295
440
498
512
546
59
84
119
186
247
370
418
431
482
55
79
113
177
232
348
391
51
79
115
170
202
345
403
450
51
78
113
168
199
341
398
445
427
48
76
105
166
185
324
380
403
416
33
52
67
98
140
226
292
33
53
82
115
146
281
354
26
41
64
88
114
220
275
19
31
48
65
84
162
215
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
72
112
163
262
296
353
430
81
118
152
231
308
512
603
81
115
151
224
293
510
613
81
124
159
221
288
608
690
A
d1
37 97 11
37 97 12
37 97 13
37 97 14
37 97 15
37 97 16
37 97 18
37 97 21
37 97 22
37 97 23
37 97 24
37 97 26
37 97 28
37 97 29
37 97 31
37 97 32
37 97 33
37 97 34
37 97 35
37 97 38
37 97 39
37 97 41
37 97 42
37 97 43
37 97 44
37 97 45
37 97 48
37 97 49
Emax
B1
E
type
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
37 91 11
37 91 12
37 91 13
37 91 14
37 91 15
37 91 16
37 91 18
37 91 21
37 91 22
37 91 23
37 91 24
37 91 26
37 91 28
37 91 29
37 91 31
37 91 32
37 91 33
37 91 34
37 91 35
37 91 38
37 91 39
37 91 41
37 91 42
37 91 43
37 91 44
37 91 45
37 91 48
37 91 49
Emax
E
type
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
B
type 37 .. .8/9
3.40
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 1016 - OD 1067
OD 1016 (ND 1000)
A
F
E
B
d1
type
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
Emax
A
B
B1
F
77
120
182
281
323
387
518
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
810
825
855
895
895
895
895
890
905
905
930
930
975
975
900
900
915
930
930
985
985
900
900
915
930
930
985
985
1110
1130
1140
1165
1185
1190
1115
1090
1110
1130
1140
1180
1115
1125
1090
1110
1130
1155
1175
1115
1125
1090
1130
1130
1150
1170
1125
1140
165
180
230
295
295
305
335
145
180
225
250
300
340
400
145
180
225
240
295
340
440
145
180
225
240
295
400
435
130
150
195
260
260
270
250
110
146
186
205
250
250
290
120
146
186
205
250
250
330
120
150
190
205
250
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
76
120
182
281
323
387
518
835
850
880
920
930
930
920
915
930
930
955
955
1000
1000
925
925
940
955
955
1010
1010
925
925
940
955
955
1010
1010
1160
1185
1190
1220
1240
1245
1170
1140
1165
1185
1195
1235
1170
1180
1140
1165
1185
1210
1230
1170
1180
1140
1185
1185
1205
1225
1180
1195
165
180
230
295
295
305
335
145
180
225
250
300
340
400
145
180
225
240
295
340
440
145
180
225
240
290
400
435
130
150
195
260
260
270
250
110
146
186
205
250
250
290
120
146
186
205
250
250
330
120
150
190
205
250
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
550
550
59
102
142
217
250
328
416
515
550
550
550
42
74
111
157
188
237
301
70
100
141
225
290
442
499
514
548
59
84
117
187
240
371
420
433
484
55
79
111
177
228
349
393
52
79
115
171
203
346
405
452
51
78
114
169
200
342
400
447
427
48
76
106
167
185
325
380
405
416
33
52
66
103
137
226
293
33
53
82
116
147
282
356
26
42
64
88
114
220
276
19
31
48
65
84
163
216
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
76
111
166
267
298
359
435
82
117
155
236
324
519
606
81
113
154
226
295
513
620
81
122
159
225
288
614
726
OD 1067 (ND 1050)
type
d1
A
F
E
B1
F
B
type 37 .. .8/9
3.41
37 T0 11
37 T0 12
37 T0 13
37 T0 14
37 T0 15
37 T0 16
37 T0 18
37 T0 21
37 T0 22
37 T0 23
37 T0 24
37 T0 26
37 T0 28
37 T0 29
37 T0 31
37 T0 32
37 T0 33
37 T0 34
37 T0 35
37 T0 38
37 T0 39
37 T0 41
37 T0 42
37 T0 43
37 T0 44
37 T0 45
37 T0 48
37 T0 49
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C 37 T1 11
37 T1 12
37 T1 13
37 T1 14
37 T1 15
37 T1 16
37 T1 18
37 T1 21
37 T1 22
37 T1 23
37 T1 24
37 T1 26
37 T1 28
37 T1 29
37 T1 31
37 T1 32
37 T1 33
37 T1 34
37 T1 35
37 T1 38
37 T1 39
37 T1 41
37 T1 42
37 T1 43
37 T1 44
37 T1 45
37 T1 48
37 T1 49
550
550
59
100
141
218
254
327
417
516
550
550
42
75
111
157
187
236
302
70
100
144
226
289
443
501
516
550
59
84
119
187
239
373
421
434
485
55
79
113
177
227
350
394
52
80
115
171
203
348
406
454
51
79
114
169
201
343
401
448
427
48
76
105
168
186
326
382
407
416
33
53
66
98
137
227
293
33
53
82
116
147
283
357
26
42
64
89
115
221
277
19
31
48
65
85
163
216
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
86
121
179
282
318
362
470
88
127
166
251
342
559
655
88
123
165
243
317
550
664
88
134
170
240
308
659
770
3
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 1118 - OD 1168
OD 1118 (ND 1100)
B1
F
77
120
186
281
323
387
518
860
875
905
945
955
955
945
940
955
955
980
980
1025
1025
950
950
965
980
980
1035
1035
950
950
965
980
980
1035
1035
1210
1235
1240
1270
1290
1295
1220
1190
1215
1235
1245
1285
1220
1230
1190
1215
1235
1260
1280
1220
1230
1190
1235
1235
1255
1275
1230
1245
165
180
235
295
295
310
335
145
180
230
250
300
340
400
145
180
225
240
295
340
440
145
180
225
240
295
400
435
130
150
195
260
260
280
250
110
146
190
205
250
250
290
120
146
186
205
250
250
330
120
150
190
205
250
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
550
550
59
100
138
217
254
326
414
518
550
550
42
75
109
158
188
239
303
70
100
148
227
294
445
503
518
550
59
82
121
191
243
374
423
436
487
55
78
114
179
231
351
395
52
80
116
172
204
349
408
456
51
79
114
170
201
344
402
450
427
48
76
106
168
185
327
382
408
416
33
52
67
98
139
228
293
34
54
80
116
148
284
358
26
42
62
89
115
222
278
19
31
47
65
85
164
217
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
86
127
180
290
321
403
472
87
126
174
256
347
557
656
86
122
169
247
323
553
668
88
131
169
243
312
664
773
A
B
B
d1
A
F
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
Calculation of intermediate values: linear
interpolation.
The connection load group
is to be specified when
ordering. On selection of
a smaller load group than
that shown in the table,
the ‘E’ dimensions of the
clamp are reduced (see
table on p. 3.15).
Fit: H7 f8.
Shear lug dimensions:
F minus 1mm;
B1 plus 2mm
(see p. 3.44).
OD 1168 (ND 1150)
A
B
B1
F
75
120
181
279
323
387
518
885
900
930
970
980
980
970
965
980
980
1005
1005
1050
1050
975
975
990
1005
1005
1060
1060
975
975
990
1005
1005
1060
1060
1260
1285
1295
1320
1340
1345
1270
1240
1265
1285
1295
1335
1270
1280
1240
1265
1285
1310
1330
1270
1280
1240
1285
1285
1305
1325
1280
1295
165
180
235
295
295
310
335
145
180
230
250
300
340
400
145
180
225
240
295
340
440
145
180
225
240
295
400
435
130
150
195
260
260
280
250
110
146
190
205
250
250
290
120
146
186
205
250
250
330
120
150
190
205
250
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
550
550
58
98
139
219
254
326
420
519
550
550
41
75
111
158
188
239
303
70
101
149
227
293
446
504
520
550
59
85
121
189
242
375
424
437
488
56
80
114
179
230
352
397
52
80
116
172
205
350
409
457
51
79
115
170
202
345
404
451
427
48
77
107
169
186
328
383
409
416
33
53
66
98
138
229
293
34
54
80
117
148
285
359
26
42
62
89
115
222
279
19
32
47
66
85
164
218
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
93
127
194
295
342
414
495
94
138
186
272
369
563
654
94
133
180
264
342
594
667
94
144
182
260
333
661
831
A
d1
37 T3 11
37 T3 12
37 T3 13
37 T3 14
37 T3 15
37 T3 16
37 T3 18
37 T3 21
37 T3 22
37 T3 23
37 T3 24
37 T3 26
37 T3 28
37 T3 29
37 T3 31
37 T3 32
37 T3 33
37 T3 34
37 T3 35
37 T3 38
37 T3 39
37 T3 41
37 T3 42
37 T3 43
37 T3 44
37 T3 45
37 T3 48
37 T3 49
Emax
B1
E
type
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
37 T2 11
37 T2 12
37 T2 13
37 T2 14
37 T2 15
37 T2 16
37 T2 18
37 T2 21
37 T2 22
37 T2 23
37 T2 24
37 T2 26
37 T2 28
37 T2 29
37 T2 31
37 T2 32
37 T2 33
37 T2 34
37 T2 35
37 T2 38
37 T2 39
37 T2 41
37 T2 42
37 T2 43
37 T2 44
37 T2 45
37 T2 48
37 T2 49
Emax
E
type
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C F
B
type 37 .. .8/9
3.42
Dynamic clamps
Selection overview OD 1219
OD 1219 (ND 1200)
type
F
E
B
d1
A
F
B1
type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
A
37 T4 11
37 T4 12
37 T4 13
37 T4 14
37 T4 15
37 T4 16
37 T4 18
37 T4 21
37 T4 22
37 T4 23
37 T4 24
37 T4 26
37 T4 28
37 T4 29
37 T4 31
37 T4 32
37 T4 33
37 T4 34
37 T4 35
37 T4 38
37 T4 39
37 T4 41
37 T4 42
37 T4 43
37 T4 44
37 T4 45
37 T4 48
37 T4 49
permissible load [kN] d1
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C Emax
A
B
B1
F
74
122
183
281
323
387
518
910
925
955
995
1005
1005
995
990
1005
1005
1030
1030
1075
1075
1000
1000
1015
1030
1030
1085
1085
1000
1000
1015
1030
1030
1085
1085
1315
1335
1345
1370
1390
1395
1320
1295
1315
1335
1345
1385
1320
1330
1295
1315
1335
1360
1380
1320
1330
1295
1335
1335
1355
1375
1330
1345
165
180
235
295
295
310
335
145
180
230
250
300
340
400
145
180
225
240
295
340
440
145
180
225
240
295
400
435
130
150
195
260
265
280
250
110
146
190
205
250
250
290
120
146
186
205
255
250
330
120
150
190
205
250
290
340
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
16
16
16
21
21
26
26
550
56
99
137
217
254
322
415
521
550
550
40
75
108
159
189
240
304
67
101
147
228
293
447
505
521
550
55
84
121
189
242
376
425
438
490
52
80
115
179
230
353
398
52
80
116
173
206
350
410
458
51
79
115
171
204
346
405
452
427
49
77
107
169
188
329
385
410
416
31
52
66
98
139
229
293
34
54
78
117
148
286
361
26
42
60
89
116
223
280
19
32
45
66
85
165
218
max wt.
load gr. [kg]
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
d1
Calculation of intermediate values: linear interpolation.
B1
The connection load group is to be specified when ordering. On selection of a smaller load group than that
shown in the table, the ‘E’ dimensions of the clamp are reduced (see table on p. 3.15). Fit: H7 f8.
F
E
Shear lug dimensions: F minus 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see p. 3.44).
F
B
type 37 .. .8/9
3.43
30
50
60
70
70
70
70
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
30
30
50
60
60
70
70
93
136
195
310
362
415
530
94
139
186
275
373
607
708
92
134
183
267
364
596
718
94
142
183
263
337
712
831
3
Shear lugs
Type 3L
Fx
E
Due to the minimal forces to be absorbed, the
weld seam stresses can be kept at a low level,
despite the small dimensions of the shear lugs.
As a rule they lie under 35% of the yield strength
or creep stress limit for Load Case H according
to the permissible ASME or DIN values.
Fcontor.
Selection
OD
The selection of suitable shear lugs is made after
selection of the dynamic clamp and the corresponding dimensions F and B1 according to the
selection tables of dynamic clamps on pages
3.29 – 3.43
Shear lug dimension
1.5 x N
N
Fpipe
Ffriction
Ffriction = Fpipe · = 0.1...0.4 (friction figure)
catalog dimensions
B1 plus 2mm
Fx · E = (Fcontor. + Ffriction) · OD
2
N
2xN
0 – 2mm
To secure dynamic clamps
type 36/37 against misalignment due to compressive
stress and off-axis load
applications, LISEGA offers
standardized shear lugs.
F
The shear lugs secure the position of the dynamic clamps in the expected direction of force
and are practically unstressed. Even in a load
case, friction forces from the pipe-clamp-contact ensure firm positioning. Lateral forces are
negligable.
N = catalog dimensions F minus 1mm
Force distribution in a dynamic clamp with shear lug
The specified materials for the shear lugs are
materials delivered from stock and delivered at
short notice. The customer is responsible for
the suitability of the pipe material on hand and
for the weld seam sizes.
type number
1st place 2nd place 3rd place 4th place 5th place 6th place
3
L
.
.
.
.
3rd – 6th places of pipe dampers
type numbers e.g.: 36 22 31
2
2
3
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
7th place 8rd place
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
material S235JR
S355J2
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5
10CrMo9-10
X10CrMoVNb9-1
Order details:
shear lug
type 3L .. .. - ..
Different materials on request.
Order example
For shear lug on a pipe clamp type 36 22 31
for a pipe made from material 13CrMo4-5:
Order number 3L 22 31-04
3.44
Installation and operating instructions
Type 30
Snubbers are precision
components of crucial importance for safety. Correspondingly, great care must
be taken when dealing with
them. Attention to the
following points in these
instructions is the prerequisite for their proper
functioning.
1 Transport and storage
LISEGA snubbers are high-precision components of great relevance for safety that must
be treated with special care during transport,
storage, unpacking and handling before and
after installation.
Snubbers and their ancillary components must
be stored in enclosed spaces. They must be
protected from dirt and damage. It is recommended that they should be left in their original packaging until installation. Any transport
damage incurred or damage caused during
their handling on installation must be reported
at once to the manufacturer.
type 36
type 30
Snubbers are not suitable in any way as
substitutes for steps or ladders. Before work
such as sand blasting, welding, painting etc.
is carried out in the close vicinity of a snubber,
the snubber must be dismantled and removed
or protected.
Name plate type 30
Stamped on the name plate are:
sight glass
3 Installation
travel indicator
type 35
Typical installation situation
for type 30
name plate
piston rod casing
connecting lug
2 Delivery condition
The shock absorbers are supplied as fully
operational components including hydraulic
fluid. On type 30 the connecting lugs are
bolted on one side to the base of the shock
absorber and on the other to the piston rod
and secured with locking bolts.
Hanger with snubber type 30
and dynamic clamp type 34 with
position-securing plates
LISEGA shock absorbers are manufactured entirely of non-rusting materials. They therefore
require no additional surface treatment. The
threaded connecting lugs are galvanized and
white chromatized.
Weld-on brackets type 35 are supplied separately
with the appropriate bolts. The surface protection
hereby consists of a weldable primer.
For shipment the type 30 shock absorbers are
packed singly with retracted pistons in suitable
crates.
3.45
type designation
nominal load
theoretical travel
description of hydraulic fluid
serial number
order number
marking and ident. number, if required
The snubbers must be inspected for damage
before installation. It must also be ensured
that the connecting lugs are firmly attached.
The connection components on site and the
connecting brackets must be fully welded.
The arrangement of the connection brackets
must always be selected so that the maximum
deflection angle is in the direction of the greatest operational heat expansion. The lateral displacement is restricted to a maximum of 6°.
Misalignment of the connection brackets should
be prevented, due to the limited possibility of
movement.
Any welding at the connections or in their
vicinity should take place before installation of
the snubbers.
For installation, the type 30 snubbers are to be
brought to the required installation dimension
(dimension from connection bolt to connection
bolt) by extending the piston rods to the necessary installation dimension.
To avoid undesirable blockage of the snubber
the rods must be extended slowly, smoothly
and below lock-up velocity. The piston rod of
the smaller snubbers can be shifted manually.
The dead weight of the large-bore snubbers
can also be utilized by suspending the snubber
from the connecting lug of the piston rod.
The snubbers can be installed in any orientation. The piston rod should be connected to
the heat-conducting component so that any
radiated heat can be dissipated through the
protective casing. When a snubber extension is
used, the exetension should be connected to
the heat source.
The snubbers should be installed in such way
that the sight glasses for fluid checks are easily
visible from the maintenance walkway.
Connections between components must be
form-fit for load actuation. Pin connections in
the flow of force must be trakt fit sufficiently.
3
piston rod casing
sight glass
name plate
travel indicator
connection lug
max.
90°
travel reserve
for piston end
Type 30
travel reserve
for piston end
working range
4 Inspection and maintenance
Under normal operating conditions the snubbers are designed to function trouble-free for
the maximum lifespan of a plant. To maintain the operating capacity of the snubbers
at all times preventive maintenance is recommended. For this, see p. 47, 'Maintenance
recommendations'.
If after installation of the snubber welding work
on the connections has to be carried out, care
must be taken that no welding current passes
through the snubber.
After assembly of a complete system the subsequent inspection of every point of application
is recommended:
A. Inspection of all connection points for forceand form-fitting attachment (locking- bolts on
the connection lugs, securing of all boltings at
connections).
B. Inspection of the installation position for
freedom of movement on expansion. Care must
be taken that the connection lugs in the connection brackets remain freely movable and that the
piston cannot run into the end of snubber travel.
A travel reserve of min. 10 mm at the end positions is recommended for the piston position.
The position can be read off the travel indicator.
Support of a vertical pipe system section by type 30
snubbers with extension type 33 and dynamic clamp
type 34.
Before commissioning of the plant a final visual
inspection of all snubbers and their installation
positions is recommended.
3.46
Installation and operating instructions
Maintenance recommendations snubbers
Snubbers are crucially
important components for
the safety of a plant. They
serve to protect the piping
systems and other components from dynamic overloading from unplanned
load cases. As these events
occur unpredictably, the
full functional safety of the
snubbers at all times must
be guaranteed.
Under normal operating conditions the service life of the snubbers is designed to match
the maximum operational life (60 years) of a
plant. The seals and hydraulic fluid should be
exchanged at least once during this period, at
the latest after 23 years.
Under certain conditions of use (extreme loading), premature aging or increased mechanical
wear cannot be excluded. In accordance with
the stringent demands concerning reliability,
preventive maintenance is recommended.
The performance of maintenance work is the
responsibility of the plant operator.
Measures
1. Regular inspection –
Visual inspection once a year
2. Extended testing –
Function test, at the latest after
12 years of operation
Implementation
The inspection and maintenance work must be
carried out by specially trained personnel.
Test bench for snubbers
3.47
If required, this work can be performed by
specially trained LISEGA service technicians.
Fully certified testing facilities are available
for dynamic function tests – these mobile test
benches can be brought to the plant.
1 Regular inspection
The regular inspection consists of a visual
check and should be carried out once a year
on all components installed. The first inspection should be directly before commissioning.
In the course of this inspection not only the
snubbers but also the installation situation and
surrounding conditions must be controlled. The
procedure should be carried out with a checklist containing the following information:
all positions to be inspected, with details
of their locations.
planned, operation-related displacements
in connections
special ambient or operational conditions
maintenance measures previously
carried out
The following points are to be checked at the
installation position:
name plate data, for conformity
with check list
connections at attachment points for
force-fitting
freedom of movement for the snubbers
on operational deflections
position of piston rod for sufficient stroke,
incl. travel reserve (min. 10mm)
external condition for possible signs of
damage or leakage
immediate surroundings for any indications of unusual operational stresses, e.g.
increased temperature
inspection glass for fluid level
As long as the reservoir piston is not visible in
inspection glass there is sufficient fluid reserve
in the reservoir. If the reservoir piston is visible
a leakage of fluid must be assumed.
Observations and conclusions must be recorded
on the checklist and if necessary supplemented
by recommendations for corrective measures.
After successful testing the snubbers can be
re-installed. If any anomalies in behavior are
noted, the components in question should be
dismantled and the condition of the functionally
important individual units examined. The plant
management is responsible for any necessary
corrective measures and for their documentation.
The scope of the inspections and the selection
of the snubbers to be tested should be agreed
on between the plant management and the
service engineer involved. The different forms of
stress (temperature, radiation, loads, operational
vibrations) should receive particular attention.
3
Securing pipe systems with
snubbers type 30
The time-point and scope of the next extended
inspection is to be determined on the basis of
the recorded test findings.
It is recommended that, after 23 years of operation at the latest, the seals and hydraulic fluid
should be exchanged. After the professional
execution of this work, the use of original LISEGA
spare parts, and successful function testing, the
snubbers can go into operation for a further 23
years.
2 Extended inspection
A supplementary inspection is carried out after
an operational period of 12 years in which a
small selection of the snubbers installed (min.
2 units per type) are subjected to an additional
function test.
Use of snubbers type 30
3.48
Installation and operating instructions
Type 35
1 Delivery condition
Welding procedure
LISEGA weld-on brackets type 35 are supplied
painted and with fitted bolts. The surface protection hereby consists of a weldable primer,
unless otherwise noted.
1. Remove bolts from weld-on bracket
2. Preheat weld-on bracket from
type 35 79 19 and above to appr. 100°C
3. Use base electrodes
4. Apply the weld seam in layers to avoid
welding distortion.
Welding sequence: see below
2 Installation
The connection components and connecting
brackets on site must be fully welded.
Max. angulation of type 35
type
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
19
29
39
49
59
69
79
89
99
09
20
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19
11
13
19
=15˚ =30˚ =45˚
= 6˚ = 6˚ = 6˚
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.5
7.5
10.5
14.5
15.0
14.0
23.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
7.0
9.5
13.5
18.0
20.0
17.0
–
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
15.5
21.0
23.0
19.0
–
Explanation of weld seam
symbols:
=
in mm
The arrangement of the weld-on brackets should
always be so arranged that the max. angulation
is in the direction of the operational thermal
expansion ( ). The lateral displacement
is restricted to max. 6° ( ). Any misalignment of the weld-on brackets should be
prevented due to the hereby limited freedom of
movement.
Welding at the connecting components or in
their immediate vicinity should be carried out
before installation of the snubbers, rigid struts,
etc.
The following procedure is recommended for
the welding of the brackets:
The minimum weld seam thickness ‘ ’ for weldon brackets type 35 depends on the angulations and . In the calculation a permissible
stress of 90N/mm2 in load case H was the basis.
On an increase in the angulation to 90° the
permissible stresses are reduced by approx.
15% at constant weld seam thickness (a min.
at = 45°).
The relevant load table (“technical specifications” p. 0.5) applies for the permissible
stresses.
3.49
5. Allow the weld-on bracket to cool
down to 100°C after every layer
Schweißfolge Type 35
Note: Welding must be carried out only by
qualified personnel and is to be supervised
by the technical department.
3 Surface protection
After completion of the attachment, the primer
surface of the weld-on brackets can be painted.
It is urgently advised to do this before installation of the snubber.
3
Installation and operating instructions
Type 3D
1 Transport and storage
3 Installation
Care must be taken during transport that
the viscoelastic damper type 3D is always in
upright position to avoid any leakage of the
damping medium. When storing in the open
the dampers are to be protected from dirt and
water.
For installation, attention must be paid to
the information in the installation instructions
for the pipe systems. The LISEGA viscoelastic
damper, which is supplied with installation
load (cold load) is transported to the place of
assembly in an upright position. A force-fitting
connection of the upper and lower connection
plates is made to the pipe system and steel2 Delivery condition
LISEGA viscoelastic dampers are delivered pre- work. For this, the transport brackets must
set to cold condition (offset). This is ensured by be removed. The screw torque values can be
found in the table at the side.
the transport brackets, which keep the offset
position fixed in place between the upper and
lower sections of the damper. If not ordered
4 Commissioning
otherwise the blocking position (offset position For types 3D.. ..-D it is recommended that the
plant should be started up slowly so that the
x = 0, y = 0, z = 0) is supplied.
dampers can adjust to operating temperatures,
otherwise strong reaction forces could develop
For a weight greater than 20kg, an M16 inner
thread of limited engagement depth is located that exceed the specified nominal loads. If rein the upper connection plate for attachment to quired, the dampers could be brought to operational temperature by means of supplementary
a hoist.
z
heating. During commissioning the relative posy
ition of the upper and lower connection plates
changes to hot load position, as calculated
x
beforehand.
lower connection plate
casing
position indicator
transport bracket
upper connection plate
connection thread
Removal of transport brackets
thread
size
M
M
M
M
M
M
12
16
20
24
30
36
screw torque
values * [Nm]
4.6
5.6
29
71
138
235
475
1080
39
95
184
315
635
1440
* Values acc. to VDI 2230 Appendix A, friction value µ = 0.14
During operation the damper should function
roughly in middle position, otherwise the dynamic characteristics of the damper change. If
the middle position in the tolerance range is
not reached the calculations are to be reviewed.
5 Inspection and maintenance
LISEGA viscoelastic dampers are in principle
free of maintenance, but a annual visual inspection is recommended. For revision purposes the
transport brackets can be attached again.
M16 for hoist
name plate
The following information is stamped on the
name plate:
type
serial and commission number
nominal load
operating temperature
ident. number
= Working range of type 3D
at the middle position
3D 10 44-D
13-GF-12
10kN
1310741
40°C
LAB15BQ020
Name plate type 3D
3.50
Installation and operating instructions
Type 36, 37
1 Transport and storage
Care must be taken that the dynamic clamps
are not damaged during transport. It is recommended that the components are only stored
in dry, enclosed spaces. If storage in the open
is unavoidable, the clamps must be protected
from dirt and water.
Type 36 .. .1/2/3
2 Delivery condition
LISEGA dynamic clamps are supplied with all
the necessary boltings for installation. For reasons of dispatch optimization the clamps may
be delivered partially assembled.
Shear lugs
In order to avoid any kind of twist of the clamp
it is recommended that shear lugs be fitted.
See also p. 3.44 on this.
Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6
The dimensions of the recesses for the shear
lugs can be found in the selection tables for
dynamic clamps on pp. 3.29 – 3.43.
3 Installation
Type 36
This design consists of a massive upper section with integrated connecting bracket and,
depending on the load range, with one or two
U-bolts and a shim plate.
Type 36 .. .4/5
For installation the pre-assembled U-bolts must
be removed. The upper part, fitted with a lug
recess, is seated on the shear lug. The U-bolt
is inserted from the opposite side together
with the shim plate and at first only loosely
screwed. The position of the clamp is to be
checked again for proper alignment. The bolts
can then be tightened and locked.
Type 37
This design is the heavy duty version for large
pipe diameters and heavy loads.
As a rule, type 35, the weld-on bracket suitable
for the load, is already welded on. If the bracket is delivered separatly at customer request,
the welding instructions on p. 3.16 are to be
followed when welding.
The counterpart to the upper section of the
clamp consists, depending on the load, of one
or two flat steel straps which are connected by
bolts to the upper section for transport.
For installation the flat steel straps must be removed by loosening the bolt connections. The
upper part with the lug recess is seated on the
shear lug. From the opposite side the flat steel
strap is inserted into the bolt-on clevis and
fastened with the bolts, which are then locked
with splints.
Type 37 .. .7/8/9
The position of the clamp must be checked
once again for proper alignment. The bolts can
then be firmly tightened. To avoid unintentional
loosening the hexagon nuts on the bolts must
be locked with tab washers.
3.51
4
PRODUCT
GROUP
Pipe clamps, clamp bases,
pipe connecting parts
Pipe clamps, clamp bases,
pipe connecting parts
4
Pipe clamps, clamp bases,
pipe connections
Contents
Page
Field of application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3
Product supplements for pipe clamps and clamp bases . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7
Special designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
Selection of pipe clamps and clamp bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
Selection tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
Pipe clamps and clamp bases OD 21.3 – 1219 600°C . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
Pipe clamps and clamp bases OD 21.3 – 1219 600°C . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52
U-bolts type 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.64
4
0
1
2
3
Weld-on lugs for pipes type 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.65
Weld-on lugs for pipe elbows type 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.66
Connection plates type 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
Lift-off restraints for clamp bases type 49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.68
Installation and operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.69
PRODUCT
GROUP
5
6
7
8
9
4.0
4
Product group 4
Field of application
In high temperature pipe
systems, pipe clamps and
clamp bases are the most
highly stressed and hence
the most vulnerable components in the support
chain due to the effects of
such high temperatures.
However, pipe clamps
are seldom checked, as
access is difficult after
commissioning due to the
surrounding insulation.
Standardization
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, pipe weld-on lugs
and U-bolts all fall into the category of pipe
connections. For these products, the design
criteria of the pipe systems lead to wide variations, and so to a particularly large number
of components. The dynamic clamps of product
group 3 also belong in principle to this group.
The design of both horizontal and vertical
piping is determined by:
diameters
loads
temperature of the medium
insulation thicknesses
For proper coverage of the whole spectrum
with safe components, LISEGA provides a
complete program of standardized products
for the whole field of application.
Following the special requirements of this field,
the corresponding ideal design has been developed.
Diameters range from OD 21.3 to OD 1219,
the temperature range extends to 650°C and
4.1
the permissible loads – divided into economical
areas of operation – cover the highest level
of the practical field of application.
4
complete and clearly structured data
tables simplify planning
all supplies from a single source through
integration into a comprehensive support
program (LISEGA modular system)
Because of their critical field of application
the design and construction of the pipesurrounding components require special attention.
superior quality at competitive prices
through rational series production and
technically advanced designs
As a matter of principle, just as much care
and attention should be given to the pipe
supports as to the piping itself, since the
pipe systems can never be better than their
supports!
consistent standardization enables
instant availability
favorable performance / weight ratios,
easy-to-install designs and connection
compatibility of LISEGA components
allow efficient installation
design in accordance with current codes
ensures maximum operational safety
These standardized components form an
integral part of the LISEGA modular system,
so load and connection compatibility are
correspondingly assured.
Quality
The most important prerequisite for reliable
component quality is comprehensive standardization.
When choosing suitable products the customer
should therefore place his confidence in com- ponents of proven quality.
Plant designers, constructors and operators
can all benefit from the standardization of the
whole spectrum of application with state-ofthe-art design:
heat loss reduced through compact
component dimensions
certifications by independent testing
institutes can be supplied
for pipe clamps used at higher
temperature ranges, materials certified
acc. to EN 102043.1 are used
4.2
Product description
Horizontal clamps Type 41, 42, 43, 44
1 Weld-on lug type 41
Type 41
2.2 Horizontal clamp type 42 .. .9
This clamp is used for larger pipe dimensions.
Type 42 .. 17
3 Horizontal clamp type 43
Type 42 .. .9
Type 43
Type
44 .. .1
.2
.3
4 Horizontal clamp type 44
This type is mainly used as a pipe connection A rigid yoke takes up the load from a pipefor pipe systems under 80°C on horizontal
surrounding U-bolt with a shim plate. From
pipes or pipe elbows.
certain diameters, temperatures or load ranges,
a flat steel strap is used instead of a round
steel U-bolt.
2.1 Horizontal clamp type 42 .. 17
This clamp can be used as a construction
Completely eliminating welds, the individual
clamp or hanger clamp in cold piping syscomponents are formfitted with plug connectems. The field of application is limited to
tions and bolted to each other (Patent No.
smaller pipe dimensions.
DE 3817059).
Type
44 .. .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
This hanger clamp follows the traditional flat
steel design. Its use is limited to an economical range up to an individual weight of approximately 25kg. Connection to the load chain
is made by bolts and LISEGA threaded eye
nuts type 60.
Horizontal clamp type 44 is used where type
43 reaches economic limits. These are essentially the hightemperature, large pipe diameters in high load ranges.
Connection to the load chain is made with a
lug and LISEGA clevis type 61. The connection
lug is designed to accommodate connection
bolts in a number of LISEGA load groups.
The application range of the pipe clamps can
extend over several LISEGA load groups due
to the interdependency of load on temperature in material properties. For this, the
eye nuts are so designed that at least three
corresponding bolt diameters can be accommodated.
Same function � reduced weight
Type 44 .. 51
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
Pipe clamp type 43
weight 27kg
U-bolt type 44
weight 14kg
Weight reduction through type 44:
Comparison of a LISEGA pipe clamp with a pipe clamp of traditional shape following
the same design criteria, load 32kN, temperature 300°C.
4.3
4
Product description
Riser clamps Type 45, 46, 48
1 Riser clamp type 45
Type 46, for load support using 4 shear
lugs welded to the pipe. Two lugs are
in general used only for NW 150 and
must be so arranged that they are
located directly above the side section.
Type 48, for load support using trunnions
welded to the pipe.
With the riser clamp type 45 the lower load
and temperature ranges are covered. This
design is particularly economical for its diameter range.
Connection to the vertical piping is made
with shear lugs welded to the pipe. The
design and fitting of the lugs is the responsibility of the piping manufacturer.
Connection to the load chain is made with
connecting bolts and LISEGA threaded eye
nuts type 60. At least 3 LISEGA load groups
can be covered.
The bore hole diameter for trunnions amounts
to approx. 1/3 of the pipe diameter in accordance with ASME Code Case N3923 and
DIN EN 13480 3.
Connection to the load chain is done with
integrated lugs designed for connection to
When ordering, the span required (dimension L) LISEGA threaded clevises type 61.
must be specified.
The connecting lugs are shaped in such a way
that they can accommodate the connection
2 Riser clamp type 46/48
bolts for several LISEGA load groups.
The design of this riser clamp uses the box
Riser clamp type 45
with connections
Riser clamp type 46
with connections
shape for its economical use of material.
The inner dimensions of the box, which are
required for the later trunnion calculations
The individual parts are connected without
(N dimension) can, depending on the pipe
welding by means of connections, then
locked to each other (Patent No. DE 3817015). diameter OK, be taken from the table at the
bottom right.
Connection to the vertically arranged pipe
system can be made in two different ways
and so requires two different designs:
Riser clamp type 48
with connections
Materials of pipe clamps and clamp bases
clamp
materials
type
S235JR
horizontal clamps
type 41
type 42
type 43
type 44
riser clamps
type 45
type 46
type 48
clamp bases
type 49 .. .1
type 49 .. .2
type 49 .. .3
type 49 .. .4
type 49 .. .5
}
}
S355J2
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5 21CrMoV5-7 10CrMo9-10 x10CrMoVNb9-1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Inner width of box (N-dim.)
of riser clamps type 46/48
pipe diameter
x
x
x
x
x
OD 100
OD 100 OD 400
OD 400
N-Dim.
OD + 12mm
OD + 22mm
OD + 32mm
4.4
Product description
Clamp base Type 49
Clamp bases are generally used as slide
bearings (loose supports) for horizontally
arranged pipe systems.
The fixed installation heights relate, for all
diameters, to the respective lower rim of
the pipe and change by 50mm or 100mm
increments.
As with pipe clamps, the application spectrum covers a diameter range from OD 21.3
to OD 1219 and a temperature range up to
600°C; for OD up to 88.9: 650°C.
The standard dimensions selected for the
support height of the pipes, as well as the
length of the slide bases, cover the majority
of applications.
In addition to the support load, the operating
temperature of the pipe system is an essential criterion in the design of clamp bases;
the material to be used is determined by
this. The installation height is governed by
the thickness of the insulation.
Fixed installation heights are assigned to
the temperature ranges in order to keep the
number of sizes within a reasonable range.
Different applications, according to temperature and loads, require different clamp base
designs.
If required, components with special dimensions can be supplied. A small selection is
shown on p. 4.9 in the section ‘Special designs’.
Possible load applications
on a clamp base
µ = friction coefficient
material
µ
Steel / steel
~0.3
Steel / PTFE
~0.1
Steel / high temperature ~0.1…0.18
component to 280°C
Steel / high temperature
component from 280°C
to 350°C
~0.25
Clamp base heights dependent on temperature of the medium and on pipe diameter
Further information on p. 7.11
Temp. up to
350°C
Temp. up to
500°C
Temp. up to
560°C
Temp. up to
600°C (650°C)
4.5
H
50
100
150
200
Pipe Ø
21.3–88.9
21.3–558.8
108–1219
323.9–1219
H
100
150
200
250
300
Pipe Ø
21.3–26.9
33.7–76.1
88.9–193.7
219.1–457.2
508–1219
H
150
200
250
300
Pipe Ø
21.3–76.1
88.9–168.3
193.7–323.9
355.6–1219
H
150 (200)
200 (250)
250
300
Pipe Ø
21.3–76.1
88.9–168.3
193.7–323.9
355.6–1219
1 Design for low temperatures and
small pipe diameters
The shape of the base plate permits the simple
mounting of lift-off restraints (Fig. 1). The lowThe design for this field of application consists er section is so designed that it can be fitted
of two omega-shaped halves. On installation with a stainless steel plate as a sliding surface for a slide component. See also ‘product
with the piping the lower section is firmly
supplements’, p. 4.7.
bolted and forms the slide base.
In the upper section the pipe is held in position by bolting.
4
3 Special designs
Through the free space under the pipe gained
by the design of the component, constant
ventilation of this area is ensured. This is
essential for cold pipe systems, as otherwise
pipe corrosion caused by moisture could result
after only a short time. These clamp bases
are electro-plated (galvanized) as a standard.
2 Design for medium and high
temperatures
This design consists of a shaped lower metal
plate, firmly welded to two pipe clamps. The
lower section is fitted, according to the respective design load, with a reinforcing gusset.
If required, special lengths or heights are
possible. For very large expansion displacement it might be more expedient to
arrange for correspondingly long support
surfaces on site.
Version 1:
Clamp base for low pipe
temperatures
type 49 .. .1, 49 .. .2
For special pipe diameters not contained
in the selection tables, either corresponding intermediate sizes are supplied, or
suitable inlay plates are provided for
slight diameter differences.
If required, double or multiple guides on
the basis of standard clamp bases can be
supplied (see also “special designs”, p. 4.9).
Version 2:
Clamp base for medium
and high temperatures
type 49 .. .3, .4, .. .5
These clamp bases can be used in a variety of ways. By using two lower sections
set against each other, a double guide can
be easily produced (Fig. 2). By additionally
fitting lateral guides, guidance from all sides
can be provided.
Examples of use:
(Fig. 1)
Clamp base type 49 with lift-off
restraint. Permissible loads and
dimensions, see p. 4.68
(Fig. 2)
Clamp base type 49 .. .. GP
as double guide
Clamp base type 49 .. .. –G2A
as guide
4.6
Product supplements for
pipe clamps and clamp bases
Pipe clamps and clamp
bases are often equipped
with supplementary parts
for special applications.
For this purpose LISEGA
offers a wide variety of
possibilities.
1 Stainless steel inlay plates
For the support of austenitic pipe systems, all
LISEGA pipe clamps and clamp bases can be
fitted with stainless steel inlay plates of the
material 1.4301 (X5 CrNi 1810). These plates
must be ordered separately and are offered
with the following type numbers:
For type series 36: Stainless steel plate 36 .. .. -IP
For type series 37: Stainless steel plate 37 .. .. -IP
For type series 42: Stainless steel plate 42 .. .. -IP
For type series 43: Stainless steel plate 43 .. .. -IP
For type series 44: Stainless steel plate 44 .. .. -IP
For type series 45: Stainless steel plate 45 .. .. -IP
For type series 46/48: Stainl.st.plate 46/48 .. .. -IP
For type series 49 .. 11/12:
Stainless steel plate 49 .. .. -IP
For type series 49 .. 13/14:
Stainless steel plate 2x 42 .. .. -IP
Material thickness: 0.5mm
2 Stainless steel slide plates
Stainless steel slide plate under
clamp base type 49, high temperature slide plate and spring
support type 29
To reduce friction resistance in clamp bases,
all of them can be fitted with stainless steel
sliding surfaces of the material 1.4301 (X5
CrNi 1810). These sliding surfaces, in combination with PTFE slide plates type 70 (up to
180°C) or the new LISEGA hightemperature
sliding material (up tp 350°C), reduce friction
forces by approx. 10 – 20% of the support
load. See also section ‘slide plates’ p. 7.10
This version of the clamp bases with slide
plates must be ordered separately. For this,
please add the type number suffix “SP”:
Examples: 49 22 14-SP
49 27 14-G2A-SP
The installation height of the clamp base
increases by approx. 3mm.
3 Lift-off restraints
type 49 00 01 to 49 00 05
Lift-off restraint
4.7
The clamp bases can if required be fitted
with lift-off restraints. These restraints ensure
that the clamp base remains in position if the
support load is too small or the clamp base
cannot be welded on. They can be ordered
according to the selection tables (p. 4.68).
Type 43 with inlay plate
Type 44 with inlay plate
4 Connection plates type 77
6 Pipe guides type 49 .. .. -G..
Two pipe clamps types 43 and 44 can be
coupled with connection plates. This way the
load can be doubled. A selection is shown on
p. 4.67.
It is often necessary to limit the piping in its
displacement horizontally, vertically or in both
directions. On the basis of the type 49 standard designs, pipe guides are offered here as a
variant corresponding to the standard design
When ordering, this is made clear by replacing in form and load capacity. The order number
the type designation of the clamps with “77”. is made up from the standard type number
and the desired features of the design.
Example type 43:
77 09 39 for clamps 43 01 19 – 43 09 59
Example:
77 17 39 for clamps 43 10 19 – 43 17 59
type 49 standard:
49 .. ..
77 19 13 for clamps 43 19 19 – 43 19 59
type 49 double guide parallel:
49 .. .. -G2P
type 49 lateral guide angulated: 49 .. .. -G2A
type 49 triple lateral guide:
49 .. .. -G3
Example type 44:
type 49 foursided guide:
49 .. .. -G4
77 66 38 for type 44 66 38
The load group must be specified for type 44,
as the upper connection (type 60) must be
correspondingly selected.
These designs can be fitted with extra slide
plates.
4
Connection plates type 77
on pipe clamps type 43/44
5 Anti-corrosion separating tape
Separating tapes are used when the pairing of dissimilar materials in pipe and pipe
supports must be electrically separated to
prevent local corrosion. This way, the piping
can be fitted with supports of more economical martensitic materials, and still be more
effectively protected.
The adhesive separating tapes can be applied
in a temperature range from –35°C to +210°C
and are largely resistant to acids, bases and
solvents. They are applied as adhesive tape
(in part multilayered) to the grease-free piping at the point where the pipe clamp body
surrounds the pipe. The material thickness
amounts to only 0.5mm.
The tapes are supplied in different widths
to suit the clamps. The order designation of
10m-lengths is:
Order details:
Anti-corrosion separating tape type 42 00 ..
Type 49 .. .. -G2P
Type 49 .. .. -G2A
Pipe bearing (type 49 .. .. -G2P)
type
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
width [mm]
b=40
b=50
b=60
b=70
b=80
b=90
b=100
type
42
42
42
42
42
42
00
00
00
00
00
00
11
12
15
17
20
22
width [mm]
b=110
b=120
b=150
b=170
b=200
b=220
Type 49 .. .. -G3
Type 49 .. .. -G4
4.8
Special designs
For pipe supports, the
application of standardized
components has long since
proven itself through
enormous savings in time
and costs where design,
shipment and installation
are concerned. This applies particularly to pipe
clamps and clamp bases.
However, the general complexity of pipe systems requires an extremely wide
range of applications for
these components, which
in special cases demands
the use of special designs.
For the technically correct
solution it is necessary
in such cases to rely on
experienced professionals, who can offer triedand-tested solutions and
calculation processes.
Special designs
The standardized LISEGA program of pipesurrounding support components is comprehensive and covers all general cases of
applications, going well beyond the usual
spectrum in this field. In spite of this, more
complicated cases sometimes occur where
only a special design can provide the best
solution. Among other things, special designs
are most often called for in the following
situations:
Special design type 48 (seated)
unusually restricted spaces
avoidance of interferences
custom-made anchors
exceptionally high load requirements
special pipe diameters
especially high temperatures
(up to 1000°C)
larger insulation thicknesses
unusual angles in piping
special trunnion diameters
shear lugs
LISEGA’s customers are not left alone in such
situations. For these special problem cases, an
experienced team of technicians and engineers
is on hand, ready to react rapidly and flexibly
with the right solutions. They are backed up
by a range of computer software programs
developed in-house. On top of this, a broad
repertoire of tried-and-tested basic designs is
available.
Special design type 48 for an angulating
pipe system
There’s no problem that can’t be solved –
this conviction is powerful motivation for
LISEGA’s experts. We are happy to give our
customers proof of this at any time!
Special design type 38
Support for a vertical pipe section
with special design type 45
4.9
LISEGA triple joint (special design)
Special design type 49 with displacement control
Selection of pipe clamps
and clamp bases
The following points are important for application:
5.5 Checking of the span width in riser clamps
(L DIM.).
1
All data needed for determination of the
correct component and a clearly defined
order are outlined in the selection tables.
5.6 Decision as to whether trunnions or
shear lugs are to be used for riser
clamps type 46/48.
2
The connection geometries are compatible
with those of the LISEGA connection
components. Due to the wide load application range, connection components from
several LISEGA load groups can be attached.
5.7 Agreement of the connection with the
load chain required can be checked via
the LISEGA load group ranges.
5.8 Specify the component selected by entering the relevant LISEGA type number.
The dimensions and geometries listed in the
selection tables can vary slightly as regards
6
design: The permissible loads apply as shown.
When selecting a suitable clamp base the
points 5.1 – 5.3 should be followed.
3
The lengths of the connecting lugs are so
designed that the connection points lie
outside the economical insulation thicknesses.
4
All pipe clamps and clamp bases can be
fitted with corresponding stainless steel
inlay plates for use with pipe systems
made of austenitic materials. These
components can be found on p. 4.7.
6.1 The heights specified (dimension H) and
the lengths (dimension A) are standard
dimensions (see selection tables) and cover
the most common cases of application.
If required, the components can be supplied
with different dimensions.
5
When selecting a suitable pipe clamp the
following sequence is to be followed:
7
5.3 Determination of the permissible load to
be covered. The permissible operational
load taken from the selection table must
not be exceeded at any time. The linear
interpolation of the permissible load for
intermediate temperatures is allowed.
5.4 Checking of installation dimension E and
width B for agreement with the installation
conditions on site. The dimensions can
be taken from the selection tables.
The selection tables on
the following pages offer
an overview of the fields
of application. They are
classified in rising stages
according to pipe diameters. All pipe clamps and
clamp bases coming into
consideration for a planned
pipe system can therefore
be found on one page.
The high-temperature
range (600°C – 650°C) is
included as a supplementary section.
Attention must also be paid to selection
of the correct height (dimension H) which
depends on the thickness of the insulation.
5.1 Determination of the relevant page for the
outer diameter (OD) of the pipe system to
be supported. The normal pipe tolerances
8
are covered.
5.2 Determination of the relevant temperature
range in the column for the desired support
type, horizontal or vertical.
4
Pipe clamps and clamp bases can be
supplied as special designs for unusual
applications and conditions (see pp. 4.6
to 4.9 for this).
In the design and construction of LISEGA
pipe clamps and clamp bases, their application in cases of increased requirements
was also taken into account. In accordance
with the LISEGA quality management system, separate manufacturing is required
for this. The type designation thereby
changes in the 5th place by addition of
a 5 (see also pp. 0.7 and 0.8 on this).
By coupling two pipe clamps
with connection plates type 77
the loads can be doubled.
A selection can be found
on p. 4.67.
4.10
Selection table
OD 21.3
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 21.3 (ND 15), type 42, 43, 45, 49
Ø d4
type
100
42 01 17
2.5
type
100
250
350
560
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
10.5
22
43
26
0.14
C-D
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M10
28
30
0.3
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
1.5
12
12
12
100
135
135
30
30
30
0.5
0.6
0.6
C-2
C-2
C-2
580 600°C
E
A
B
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
B
E
E
L
B
E
d1
A
H
E
H
E
C
B
B
A
4.11
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
600°C
42 01 19 5.3
4.0
2.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d1
B
250
A
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 01 19
43 01 39
43 01 49
6.1
4.7
3.4
5.8
type
100
250
350
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 41
45 01 41
45 01 41
45 01 41
4.4
3.7
2.7
2.1
1.9
9.0
6.6
5.2
4.3
8.7
6.4
5.0
4.2
3.6
2.9
2.2
1.7
1.4
7.6
5.6
4.4
3.7
7.8
5.8
4.5
3.7
2.5
2.1
1.5
1.2
1.0
6.5
4.8
3.8
3.1
7.3
5.4
4.2
3.5
5.6
4.1
3.3
2.7
6.4
4.7
3.7
3.0
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
49 01 11
49 01 12
49 01 25
49 01 35
49 01 45
1.1
1.6
3.7
4.2
5.4
0.8
1.2
2.8
3.8
4.6
0.6
0.9
2.4
3.2
4.4
5.2
4.3
6.7
3.6
5.9
2.3
4.5
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
1.9
2.8
3.9
4.9
3.6
2.8
2.3
4.9
3.6
2.8
2.3
1.8
2.6
3.7
4.0
3.0
2.3
1.9
4.3
3.2
2.5
2.0
2.6
3.6
560
2.6
1.9
1.5
1.2
3.2
2.4
1.9
1.5
2.5
3.4
580
1.2
2.8
560
2.1
wt. load
[kg] group
580 600°C
d1
E
B
L
1.3
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
1.5
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.1
0.8
0.7
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
250
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
2.2
2.5
3.2
3.8
4.4
4.2
5.3
6.4
7.5
4.2
5.3
6.4
7.5
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
560
580 600°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
61
111
111
161
161
100
150
175
175
175
40
–
65
–
70 230
100 230
100 230
50
100
100
150
150
0.6
1.3
1.6
2.3
2.7
1.7
2.3
1.7
1.1
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.3
Selection table
OD 26.9
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 26.9 (ND 20), type 42, 43, 45, 49
100
42 02 17
2.5
type
100
250
350
560
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
10.5
25
48
26
0.15
C-D
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M10
33
30
0.3
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
1.5
12
12
12
110
135
135
30
30
30
0.5
0.6
0.6
C-2
C-2
C-2
580 600°C
Ø d4
B
E
A
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
250
350
43 02 19
43 02 39
43 02 49
6.1
4.7
3.4
5.8
type
100
250
350
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 11
45 02 31
45 02 31
45 02 31
45 02 31
45 02 41
45 02 41
45 02 41
45 02 41
4.6
3.7
2.7
2.2
1.8
9.3
6.8
5.3
4.4
8.9
6.5
5.1
4.2
3.7
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.4
7.8
5.7
4.5
3.7
8.1
5.9
4.6
3.8
2.6
2.1
1.6
1.2
1.0
6.7
4.9
3.8
3.2
7.5
5.5
4.3
3.5
5.8
4.2
3.3
2.7
6.5
4.8
3.7
3.1
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
49 02 11
49 02 12
49 02 25
49 02 35
49 02 45
1.1
1.6
3.7
4.3
5.4
0.8
1.2
2.8
3.8
4.6
0.6
0.9
2.4
3.3
4.4
5.2
4.3
6.7
3.6
5.9
2.3
4.5
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
1.9
2.8
4.0
5.0
3.7
2.9
2.4
5.0
3.7
2.9
2.4
1.8
2.7
3.7
4.1
3.0
2.4
2.0
4.4
3.2
2.5
2.1
2.6
3.7
560
2.7
2.0
1.5
1.2
3.3
2.4
1.9
1.6
2.6
3.4
580
1.2
2.8
560
2.1
d1
E
B
L
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.1
1.5
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.1
0.9
0.7
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
250
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
2.2
2.5
3.2
3.8
4.4
4.2
5.3
6.4
7.5
4.2
5.3
6.4
7.5
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
560
580 600°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
63
113
113
163
163
100
150
175
175
175
40
65
70
100
100
–
–
230
230
230
50
100
100
150
150
0.6
1.4
1.6
2.3
2.7
1.7
2.3
1.8
1.3
d2
wt. load
[kg] group
580 600°C
1.1
0.8
0.6
0.5
B
L
d1
E
100
B
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
E
42 02 19 5.3
4.0
2.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
d1
600°C
E
580
C
B
A
E
560
H
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
E
350
H
250
B
A
A
4.12
Selection table
OD 33.7
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 33.7 (ND 25), type 42, 43, 45, 49
Ø d4
type
100
42 03 17
2.5
type
100
250
350
560
580 600°C
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
10.5
32
54
26
0.16
C-D
E
A
B
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
B
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M10
36
30
0.4
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
1.8
12
12
12
120
165
165
30
30
40
0.6
0.8
1.1
C-2
C-2
C-2
600°C
E
42 03 19 5.3
4.0
2.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 03 19
43 03 39
43 03 49
6.1
4.7
6.5
3.4
5.8
type
100
250
350
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 41
45 03 42
45 03 41
45 03 42
45 03 41
45 03 42
45 03 41
45 03 42
5.8
4.7
3.4
2.6
2.2
9.6
10
6.9
10
5.4
10
4.5
10
9.3
4.6
3.8
2.7
2.2
1.8
8.1
10
5.9
10
4.6
10
3.8
10
8.3
3.3
2.7
2.0
1.5
1.3
6.9
9.8
5.0
9.8
3.9
9.8
3.2
9.8
7.8
6.0
9.3
4.3
9.3
3.4
9.3
2.8
9.3
6.8
5.2
9.0
3.7
9.0
2.9
9.0
2.4
9.0
5.2
4.3
9.0
3.1
9.0
2.4
9.0
2.0
9.0
4.6
6.7
6.0
5.6
4.9
3.8
3.3
5.2
4.7
4.4
3.8
3.0
4.3
3.9
3.6
3.1
2.4
2.6
9.0
2.1
9.0
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
49 03 11
49 03 12
49 03 25
49 03 35
49 03 45
1.1
1.6
3.3
4.6
5.4
0.8
1.2
2.8
4.1
4.6
0.6
0.9
2.4
3.5
4.4
5.2
6.7
4.3
6.7
3.6
6.7
560
2.3
5.3
580
1.2
3.4
2.5
E
d1
B
250
L
B
E
d1
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.8
8.9
2.0
8.9
1.6
8.2
1.3
6.8
3.5
8.9
2.5
8.9
1.9
8.9
1.6
8.4
560
wt. load
[kg] group
580 600°C
d1
E
B
L
1.4
7.3
1.0
5.3
0.8
4.2
0.6
3.5
2.2
8.7
1.6
8.1
1.2
6.4
1.0
5.3
1.6
8.2
1.1
6.0
0.9
4.7
0.7
3.9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
60
60
60
60
60
70
90
70
90
70
90
70
90
70
90
70
90
70
90
70
90
250
300
400
500
600
300
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
300
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
2.7
3.0
3.8
4.5
5.3
4.2
10.2
5.3
13.0
6.4
15.8
7.5
18.7
4.2
10.2
5.3
13.0
6.4
15.8
7.5
18.7
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
560
580 600°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
67
117
167
167
167
100
150
175
175
175
45
70
102
102
102
–
–
230
230
230
50
100
150
150
150
0.7
1.5
2.3
2.4
2.8
1.2
6.1
0.8
4.5
0.6
3.5
0.5
2.9
A
H
B
E
H
E
C
B
A
4.13
A
1.9
3.0
4.0
1.8
2.8
3.7
2.8
3.7
2.7
3.4
1.9
2.3
1.8
1.3
Selection table
OD 42.4
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 42.4 (ND 32), type 42, 43, 45, 49
100
42 04 17
2.5
type
100
250
350
560
580 600°C
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
10.5
45
66
26
0.19
C-D
Ø d4
B
E
A
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M10
40
30
0.4
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
1.8
12
12
12
135
180
180
30
30
40
0.7
0.9
1.2
C-2
C-2
C-2
600°C
100
250
350
43 04 19
43 04 39
43 04 49
6.1
6.7
4.7
6.5
3.4
5.8
6.7
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
5.2
6.7
4.3
6.7
3.6
6.7
560
2.3
5.3
580
1.2
3.4
2.5
B
E
type
B
E
42 04 19 5.3
4.0
2.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d2
350
d1
250
350
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 41
45 04 42
45 04 41
45 04 42
45 04 41
45 04 42
45 04 41
45 04 42
9.0
6.5
5.1
4.1
7.2
5.2
4.0
3.3
5.1
3.7
2.9
2.4
18
24
15
24
13
23
11
22
10
22
14
24
12
24
10
23
8.8
21
7.6
19
11
24
9.6
23
8.2
20
7.1
17
9.5
23
8.0
19
6.9
17
5.9
14
6.1
15
5.0
5.1
13
9.9
22
7.7
19
6.2
15
5.2
13
9.9
24
8.3
20
10
22
8.0
19
6.7
16
5.0
5.5
13
4.1
4.1
10
3.3
3.3
8.5
2.8
2.8
7.1
6.8
17
5.1
13
4.1
10
3.4
8.8
2.8
2.8
7.1
2.1
2.1
5.4
1.7
1.7
4.3
1.4
1.4
3.6
4.3
10
3.2
8.3
2.6
6.6
2.2
5.5
580 600°C
d1
E
B
L
3.2
8.1
2.4
6.1
1.9
4.9
1.6
4.1
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
70
70
70
70
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
100
70
100
70
100
70
100
300
400
500
600
350
350
350
450
450
450
550
550
550
650
650
650
350
350
450
450
550
550
650
650
2.4
6.0
1.8
4.6
1.4
3.7
1.2
3.1
wt. load
[kg] group
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
7.2
7.2
13.4
8.9
8.9
16.5
10.5
10.5
19.7
12.2
12.2
22.8
7.0
13.4
8.6
16.5
10.3
19.7
11.9
22.8
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
L
d1
C
H
10
24
9.1
22
10
23
9.2
22
7.7
19
8.4
21
5.0
6.3
16
5.0
5.1
13
4.3
4.3
10
9.0
22
6.8
17
5.4
13
4.5
11
560
E
250
B
100
A
H
B
E
type
E
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
49 04 11
49 04 12
49 04 25
49 04 35
49 04 45
1.1
1.6
3.4
4.7
5.5
0.8
1.2
2.9
4.2
4.7
0.6
0.9
2.4
3.6
4.5
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.0
3.1
4.0
1.8
2.9
3.8
2.9
3.7
2.8
3.5
560
1.9
2.4
580 600°C
1.8
1.3
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
71
121
171
171
171
100
150
175
175
175
45
70
102
102
102
–
–
230
230
230
50
100
150
150
150
0.7
1.6
2.4
2.4
2.9
B
A
A
4.14
Selection table
OD 48.3
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 48.3 (ND 40), type 42, 43, 45, 49
Ø d4
type
100
42 05 17
2.5
type
100
250
350
560
580 600°C
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
10.5
54
77
26
0.25
C-D
E
A
B
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
B
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M10
45
30
0.4
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
1.8
12
12
12
140
185
185
30
30
40
0.7
0.9
1.2
C-2
C-2
C-2
600°C
E
42 05 19 5.3
4.0
2.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
43 05 19
43 05 39
43 05 49
6.1
6.7
4.7
6.5
6.7
3.4
5.6
6.7
4.8
6.7
4.3
6.7
3.6
6.7
560
1.2
3.4
2.3
5.3
580
2.5
E
d1
B
250
L
B
E
d1
100
250
350
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 41
45 05 42
45 05 41
45 05 42
45 05 41
45 05 42
45 05 41
45 05 42
10
7.7
5.9
4.9
8.1
5.9
4.6
3.7
5.8
4.2
3.3
2.7
22
24
18
24
16
23
13
22
12
22
16
24
14
24
12
23
10
22
9.0
22
13
24
11
24
9.6
23
8.3
21
11
24
9.3
24
8.0
20
6.9
17
7.2
19
5.0
6.0
16
10
type
49 05 11
49 05 12
49 05 25
49 05 35
49 05 45
10
11
9.1
22
7.2
19
6.0
16
9.9
22
5.0
7.5
19
5.0
6.0
16
4.9
4.9
13
9.8
22
8.0
21
6.4
17
5.3
14
5.0
6.5
17
4.9
4.9
13
3.9
3.9
10
3.2
3.2
8.7
8.0
21
6.0
16
4.8
12
4.0
10
9.6
24
10
23
8.9
23
9.4
22
7.8
20
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
1.1
1.6
3.4
4.7
5.6
0.8
1.2
2.9
4.2
4.8
0.6
0.9
2.4
3.6
4.5
560
wt. load
[kg] group
580 600°C
d1
E
B
L
3.3
3.3
8.9
2.5
2.5
6.7
2.0
2.0
5.3
1.6
1.6
4.4
5.0
13
3.8
10
3.0
8.2
2.5
6.8
3.7
10
2.8
7.5
2.2
6.0
1.8
5.0
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
80
80
80
80
80
80
120
80
80
120
80
80
120
80
80
120
80
120
80
120
80
120
80
120
300
400
500
600
350
350
350
450
450
450
550
550
550
650
650
650
350
350
450
450
550
550
650
650
4.9
6.2
7.4
8.7
8.3
8.3
16.1
10.1
10.1
19.9
12.0
12.0
23.6
13.9
13.9
27.4
8.0
16.1
9.9
19.9
11.7
23.6
13.6
27.4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
560
580 600°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
74
124
174
174
174
100
150
175
175
175
50
75
102
102
102
–
–
230
230
230
50
100
150
150
150
0.8
1.7
2.4
2.5
2.9
2.8
7.5
2.1
5.6
1.7
4.5
1.4
3.7
A
H
B
type
E
H
E
C
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
B
A
4.15
A
2.0
3.1
4.0
1.8
2.9
3.8
2.9
3.7
2.8
3.5
1.9
2.4
1.8
1.3
Selection table
OD 60.3
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 60.3 (ND 50), type 42, 43, 45, 49
100
42 06 17
2.5
type
100
250
350
560
580 600°C
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
10.5
75
94
26
0.27
C-D
Ø d4
B
E
A
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M12
55
40
0.8
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
12
12
12
155
200
200
40
50
50
1.2
1.6
2.1
C-4
C-4
C-4
600°C
B
E
42 06 19 6.7
5.5
4.0
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d2
250
100
250
350
43 06 19
43 06 39
43 06 49
7.5
9.2
5.7
8.6
4.1
8.2
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
7.8
6.3
5.2
6.0
560
3.4
6.0
580
1.8
4.7
3.4
9.0
24
6.5
17
5.1
13
4.1
11
6.7
18
4.8
13
3.8
10
3.1
8.5
4.8
13
3.4
9.4
2.7
7.4
2.2
6.1
24
24
20
24
17
23
15
22
13
22
11
22
18
24
16
24
13
23
11
22
10
22
15
24
13
24
11
23
9.6
20
8.4
18
12
24
11
22
9.4
19
8.1
17
7.1
15
8.6
18
5.0
7.0
15
5.0
5.9
12
9.8
22
9.2
19
7.5
16
6.3
13
24
11
23
10
23
10
21
10
22
9.2
19
9.9
22
8.5
18
7.1
15
5.0
7.4
15
5.0
5.6
12
4.5
4.5
9.8
3.8
3.8
8.2
9.1
19
7.0
14
5.6
12
4.7
10
560
3.7
3.7
8.0
2.9
2.9
6.2
2.3
2.3
5.0
1.9
1.9
4.2
5.7
12
4.4
9.4
3.5
7.6
3.0
6.4
580 600°C
d1
E
B
L
4.2
9.0
3.2
7.0
2.6
5.6
2.2
4.7
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
70
80
70
80
70
80
70
80
100
100
120
100
100
120
100
100
120
100
100
120
100
120
100
120
100
120
100
120
300
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600
700
700
700
400
400
500
500
600
600
700
700
3.2
6.7
2.4
5.2
2.0
4.2
1.6
3.5
wt. load
[kg] group
4.4
7.4
5.5
9.3
6.6
11.2
7.7
13.1
11.6
11.6
18.1
13.9
13.9
21.9
16.3
16.3
25.7
18.6
18.6
29.4
11.2
18.1
13.6
21.9
15.9
25.7
18.3
29.4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
L
d1
E
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 41
45 06 42
45 06 41
45 06 42
45 06 41
45 06 42
45 06 41
45 06 42
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
B
350
E
250
C
E
100
H
type
d1
B
A
H
B
E
type
type
100
250
350
49 06 11
49 06 12
49 06 25
49 06 35
49 06 45
1.2
1.7
4.0
4.7
7.0
0.9
1.3
3.4
4.2
6.0
0.7
0.9
2.8
3.6
5.7
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.3
3.1
5.1
2.1
2.9
4.8
2.9
4.7
2.8
4.4
560
1.9
3.0
580 600°C
2.3
1.6
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
80
130
180
180
180
150
200
220
220
220
50
75
110
110
110
–
–
285
285
290
50
100
150
150
150
1.3
2.4
3.5
3.6
4.2
B
A
A
4.16
Selection table
OD 73
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 73 (ND 65), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Ø d4
type
B
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580 600°C
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
13
95
120
32
0.52
C-2
wt.
E
A
42 07 17 5.0
d4
d2
B
type
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
[kg]
load
group
M12
60
40
0.8
C-2
wt.
600°C
d1
E
B
[kg]
load
group
2.5
12
12
12
165
215
215
40
50
50
1.2
1.8
2.3
C-4
C-4
C-4
wt.
600°C
E
42 07 19 6.7
5.5
4.0
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
d1
B
100
L
B
E
d1
type 46
L
EK
d3
type
100
250
350
43 07 19
43 07 39
43 07 49
7.5
9.2
5.7
8.6
4.1
8.2
type
100
250
17
27
13
23
14
22
10
16
11
17
8.3
12
5.0
6.6
10
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
45 07 19
45 07 11
45 07 12
9.0
13
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
7.8
6.3
6.1
5.2
6.0
560
3.4
6.0
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
580
1.8
4.7
560
3.4
580 600°C
5.0
9.2
16
5.0
7.5
11
5.0
6.0
9.1
4.7
4.7
7.3
d1
E
B
L
[kg]
load
group
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600
6.6
6.6
9.3
8.2
8.2
11.7
9.9
9.9
14.0
11.5
11.5
16.4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
type 48
L
ER
d3
36
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
4. 07 31 19
4. 07 32 22
4. 07 33 46
4. 07 41
4. 07 42
4. 07 43
18
21
45
18
21
44
16
20
41
11
15
28
10 8.0 5.0
13 10 6.6
25 20 12
7.3 5.3 3.9
11 8.1 5.9
25 24 18 13 10
21
21
25
21
21
25
350
350
350
350
350
350
750
750
750
750
750
750
15
25
30
15
25
30
8.0
8.0
12
7.0
9.0
12
15 70
17 75
27 100
15 70
19 85
27 115
7.0
7.0
11
6.0
7.0
9.0
14
16
23
14
17
24
C-4
C-4
3-5
C-4
C-4
3-5
A
type
H
B
E
H
E
C
B
A
4.17
A
100
250
350
49 07 11 1.2
49 07 12 1.7
49 07 25 4.0
49 07 35 7.0
49 07 45 10.1
0.9
1.3
3.4
6.3
8.6
0.7
0.9
2.8
5.5
8.2
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.3
4.6
7.4
2.1
4.3
6.8
4.3
6.8
4.2
5.8
wt.
560
2.6
3.8
580 600°C
2.8
2.0
E
A
B
C
H
[kg]
87
137
187
187
187
150
200
220
220
220
55
80
110
110
110
–
–
285
285
290
50
100
150
150
150
1.5
2.6
3.7
3.8
4.3
Selection table
OD 76.1
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 76.1 (ND 65), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
100
42 08 17
5.0
type
100
250
350
wt.
560
580 600°C
d4
E
A
B
[kg]
load
group
13
95
120
32
0.54
C-2
wt.
Ø d4
B
E
A
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
[kg]
load
group
M12
60
40
0.9
C-2
wt.
600°C
d1
E
B
[kg]
load
group
2.5
12
12
12
165
215
215
40
50
50
1.2
1.8
2.3
C-4
C-4
C-4
wt.
600°C
350
43 08 19
43 08 39
43 08 49
7.5
9.2
5.7
8.6
4.1
8.2
type
100
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
45 08 19
45 08 11
45 08 12
250
17
27
13
23
14
22
10
16
11
17
8.3
12
5.0
6.6
10
9.0
13
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
7.7
6.3
6.3
6.1
5.2
6.0
560
3.4
6.0
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
580
1.8
4.7
560
3.4
580 600°C
5.0
9.2
16
5.0
7.5
11
5.0
6.0
9.1
4.7
4.7
7.3
d1
E
B
L
[kg]
load
group
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600
6.6
6.6
9.4
8.3
8.3
11.7
9.9
9.9
14.1
11.6
11.6
16.4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
B
L
d1
E
250
B
100
type 46
L
d3
EK
type
B
E
42 08 19 6.7
5.5
4.0
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d2
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d1
350
E
250
type 48
4. 08 31 19
4. 08 32 23
4. 08 33 47
4. 08 41
4. 08 42
4. 08 43
18
22
45
18
21
44
16
20
41
11
15
28
10 8.0 5.0
13 10 6.7
25 20 12
7.3 5.3 3.9
11 8.1 5.9
25 24 18 13 10
21
21
25
21
21
25
350
350
350
350
350
350
750
750
750
750
750
750
15
15
30
15
25
30
8.0
9.0
13
7.0
9.0
12
15 70
18 75
27 100
15 70
19 85
27 115
7.0
7.0
11
6.0
7.0
9.0
14
16
23
14
17
24
d3
C-4
C-4
3-5
C-4
C-4
3-5
ER
type
L
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
36
type
250
350
0.9
1.3
3.4
6.3
8.8
0.7
0.9
2.8
5.4
8.4
2.3
4.6
7.6
2.1
4.3
7.0
4.3
6.9
4.2
5.9
560
2.6
3.9
580 600°C
2.8
2.1
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
88
138
188
188
188
150
200
220
220
220
55
80
110
110
110
–
–
285
285
290
50
100
150
150
150
1.5
2.6
3.7
3.8
4.3
B
A
E
100
49 08 11 1.2
49 08 12 1.7
49 08 25 4.0
49 08 35 7.0
49 08 45 10.3
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
H
H
E
C
B
A
A
4.18
Selection table
OD 88.9
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 88.9 (ND 80), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Ø d4
type
100
42 09 17
5.0
type
100
250
350
560
580 600°C
d4
E
A
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
13
100
121
32
0.60
C-2
E
A
B
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
B
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M12
70
40
1.0
C-2
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
12
16
12
16
12
170
170
235
235
235
40
40
50
50
50
1.4
1.4
1.9
1.9
2.5
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-4
600°C
E
42 09 19 6.3
4.5
3.5
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
d1
B
L
B
E
d1
type 46
L
EK
d3
type
100
250
350
43 09 18
43 09 19
43 09 38
43 09 39
43 09 49
2.5
7.4
2.5
5.7
11
9.9
2.5
4.1
2.5
8.5
type
100
250
17
27
13
23
12
19
8.9
14
5.0
6.6
10
5.0
5.2
7.9
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
45 09 19
45 09 11
45 09 12
9.0
13
7.1
10
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.5
7.3
2.5
6.3
6.1
2.5
5.2
6.0
560
2.5
3.4
6.0
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
580
1.7
1.7
4.7
560
3.4
580 600°C
5.0
9.5
16
5.0
6.4
10
3.7
4.7
7.3
3.7
3.7
5.6
d1
E
B
L
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
300
300
300
450
450
450
600
600
600
750
750
750
wt. load
[kg] group
6.7
6.7
9.5
9.2
9.2
13.0
11.6
11.6
16.5
14.1
14.1
20.1
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
type 48
L
ER
d3
36
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
4. 09 31 17
4. 09 32 22
4. 09 33 45
4. 09 41
4. 09 42
4. 09 43
16
21
44
16
20
42
15
20
40
11
15
28
27
10 7.9 5.0
13 10 6.7
25 20 12
7.3 5.3 3.9
10 8.1 5.9
27 26 19 14 10
21
21
25
21
21
25
350
350
350
350
350
350
850
850
850
850
850
850
15
25
35
15
25
35
8.0
8.0
12
8.0
9.0
13
19 75
24 85
35 100
18 75
24 100
36 105
7.0
7.0
10
7.0
8.0
9.0
16
19
27
17
21
29
C-4
C-4
3-5
C-4
C-4
3-5
A
H
B
E
H
E
C
B
A
4.19
A
type
100
250
350
49 09 11
49 09 12
49 09 25
49 09 35
49 09 45
1.8
2.5
4.0
7.0
10.3
1.4
1.9
3.4
6.3
8.9
1.0
1.3
2.8
5.4
8.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.3
4.6
7.6
2.1
4.3
7.0
4.3
6.9
4.2
6.5
560
2.6
4.5
580 600°C
3.3
2.4
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
94
144
244
244
244
150
200
270
270
270
60
85
146
146
146
–
–
340
340
340
50
100
200
200
200
2.3
3.8
5.4
5.8
6.7
Selection table
OD 108
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 108 (ND 100), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
90
50
2.0
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
4.3
12
16
12
12
16
12
16
200
200
240
270
270
270
270
50
50
40
50
50
70
70
2.5
2.5
1.3
3.0
3.0
4.1
4.1
C-D
1-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
600°C
100
250
350
43 10 18
43 10 19
43 10 29
43 10 38
43 10 39
43 10 48
43 10 49
2.5
10
2.5
8.3
2.5
6.0
3.3
type
45 10 19
45 10 11
45 10 19
45 10 11
45 10 19
45 10 11
45 10 19
45 10 11
15
14
100
250
17
13
12
9.3
9.4
7.0
5.0
5.6
7.5
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
11
2.8
2.5
10
2.0
2.5
8.6
2.5
7.1
14
13
13
13
350
560
2.5
4.6
2.5
12
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
580
2.4
2.4
2.5
7.8
560
2.5
5.7
580 600°C
5.0
9.7
5.0
6.7
5.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
d1
E
B
L
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
350
350
500
500
650
650
800
800
B
L
wt. load
[kg] group
8.7
8.7
11.6
11.6
14.4
14.4
17.2
17.2
d1
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
B
type
E
42 10 19 10
7.8
6.0
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
E
350
d2
250
d1
100
E
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type 46
L
EK
d3
4. 10 12
4. 10 31
4. 10 32
4. 10 33
4. 10 41
4. 10 42
4. 10 43
permissible load [kN]
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3
19
22
39
69
14
22
37
66
10
21
37
64
20
34
60
16
23
40
15
21
37
11 6.6
16 10
29 18
10 8.1 5.9
14 10 7.9
27 26 20 15
25
21
25
34
21
25
34
L
min max
type 46
type 48
load
EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
5
15
25
35
15
25
35
800
950
950
950
950
950
950
9.0
10
15
19
10
14
18
18
26
37
51
28
36
52
70
85
85
120
100
110
130
7.0
8.0
10
16
8.0
10
15
16
23
31
44
26
31
44
type 48
3-5
C-4
3-5
3-6
C-4
3-5
3-6
L
d3
ER
type
51
type
250
350
1.8
2.4
4.2
6.8
8.9
1.3
1.8
3.5
5.8
8.4
2.8
4.9
7.6
2.6
4.7
7.0
4.6
6.9
4.5
6.5
560
2.6
4.5
580 600°C
3.3
2.4
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
154
204
254
254
254
150
200
265
265
270
95
125
152
152
152
–
–
345
345
350
100
150
200
200
200
4.0
6.3
7.9
8.1
9.3
B
A
E
100
49 10 11 2.3
49 10 12 3.2
49 10 25 4.9
49 10 35 7.6
49 10 45 10.3
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
H
H
E
C
B
A
A
4.20
Selection table
OD 114.3
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 114.3 (ND 100), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
250
350
560
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
90
50
2.1
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
4.3
12
16
12
12
16
12
16
200
200
240
270
270
270
270
50
50
40
50
50
70
70
2.6
2.6
1.5
3.0
3.0
4.2
4.2
C-D
1-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
580
600°C
E
42 11 19 10
7.8
6.0
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 11 18
43 11 19
43 11 29
43 11 38
43 11 39
43 11 48
43 11 49
2.5
10
2.5
8.3
2.5
6.0
3.3
type
100
250
17
13
12
9.3
9.4
7.0
5.0
5.6
15
14
11
2.7
2.5
9.6
2.0
2.5
8.6
2.5
7.1
14
13
13
13
L
B
E
d1
type 46
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
7.5
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
350
560
2.5
4.6
2.5
12
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
580
2.4
2.4
2.5
7.8
560
2.5
5.7
580 600°C
5.0
9.7
5.0
6.7
5.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
d1
E
B
L
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
350
350
500
500
650
650
800
800
wt. load
[kg] group
8.8
8.8
11.6
11.6
14.4
14.4
17.3
17.3
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
L
EK
d3
type 48
type
L
ER
d3
51
4. 11 12
4. 11 31
4. 11 32
4. 11 33
4. 11 41
4. 11 42
4. 11 43
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
19
22
37
67
14
22
36
64
10
21
35
63
20
33
59
16
23
40
15
21
37
11 6.6
16 10
29 18
10 8.1 5.9
14 10 7.9
27 26 20 15
25
21
25
34
21
25
34
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
800
950
950
950
950
950
950
5
15
25
35
15
25
35
9.0
10
16
20
10
14
18
18
28
37
51
29
36
53
70
85
85
120
100
110
130
7.0
8.0
10
16
8.0
10
15
16
23
31
44
26
31
44
3-5
C-4
3-5
3-6
C-4
3-5
3-6
A
type
H
B
E
H
E
C
B
A
4.21
A
100
250
350
49 11 11 2.3
49 11 12 3.2
49 11 25 5.0
49 11 35 7.6
49 11 45 10.3
1.8
2.4
4.2
6.8
8.9
1.3
1.8
3.5
5.9
8.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.9
5.0
7.6
2.7
4.7
7.0
4.7
6.9
4.5
6.5
560
2.7
4.5
580 600°C
3.3
2.4
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
157
207
257
257
257
150
200
265
265
265
95
125
152
152
152
–
–
345
345
350
100
150
200
200
200
4.1
6.4
7.9
8.3
9.4
Selection table
OD 133
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 133 (ND 125), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
560
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
100
50
2.2
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
3.8
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
220
220
270
270
290
290
290
290
50
50
50
50
60
60
70
70
2.8
2.8
2.3
2.3
3.9
3.9
5.6
5.6
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
580
600°C
100
250
350
43 13 18
43 13 19
43 13 28
43 13 29
43 13 38
43 13 39
43 13 48
43 13 49
2.5
10
2.5
8.3
2.5
6.0
2.5
5.1
2.5
4.3
13
12
14
14
type
100
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
250
18
14
13
9.7
9.9
7.4
5.0
5.9
8.0
350
10
2.5
3.1
2.5
8.8
2.5
7.3
2.5
4.8
13
13
13
10
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
2.5
2.5
2.5
6.9
560
2.5
5.1
580 600°C
5.0
10
5.0
6.9
5.0
5.3
4.2
4.2
d1
E
B
L
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
400
400
550
550
700
700
850
850
B
wt. load
[kg] group
11.1
11.1
14.3
14.3
17.5
17.5
20.6
20.6
L
d1
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
B
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
16
E
42 13 19
10
7.8
5.5
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
E
350
d2
250
d1
100
E
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type 46
L
d3
23
24
40
72
19
23
38
70
13
23
38
67
22
35
62
20
25
45
17
22
40
33
13 7.1
17 11
31 18
12 9.2 7.0
25 18 13 10
33 31 23 17
25
21
25
34
21
25
34
370
400
400
400
400
400
400
850
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
10
15
30
40
15
30
40
12
13
17
26
13
18
26
23
34
43
59
34
45
66
70
95
100
130
105
115
145
8.0
9.0
13
19
11
13
20
20
26
36
50
31
38
53
EK
4. 13 12
4. 13 31
4. 13 32
4. 13 33
4. 13 41
4. 13 42
4. 13 43
3-5
C-4
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-6
type 48
L
d3
ER
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
51
49 13 11 2.5
49 13 12 3.8
49 13 25 8.3
49 13 35 12.1
49 13 45
2.0
3.0
7.0
10.9
1.4
2.0
5.8
9.3
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
4.8
8.0
4.4
7.5
7.4
7.0
6.5
560
3.7
4.5
580 600°C
3.3
2.4
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
167
217
267
267
267
150
200
270
270
275
105
130
160
160
160
–
–
350
350
350
100
150
200
200
200
5.3
8.3
9.6
9.8
9.7
C
B
A
E
350
H
250
E
100
H
type
B
A
A
4.22
Selection table
OD 139.7
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 139.7 (ND 125), type 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
250
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
105
50
2.4
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
3.8
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
225
225
275
275
295
295
295
295
50
50
50
50
60
60
70
70
2.9
2.9
2.5
2.5
4.1
4.1
5.7
5.7
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
600°C
E
42 14 19 9.6
7.4
5.3
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
L
B
E
d1
type 46
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 14 18
43 14 19
43 14 28
43 14 29
43 14 38
43 14 39
43 14 48
43 14 49
2.5
10
2.5
8.3
2.5
5.9
2.5
5.1
2.5
4.1
13
11
14
14
type
100
250
18
14
13
9.7
9.9
7.4
5.0
5.9
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
16
8.0
350
10
2.5
3.1
2.5
8.8
2.5
7.3
13
13
13
560
2.5
4.8
2.5
10
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
580
2.4
2.4
2.5
6.9
560
2.5
5.1
580 600°C
5.0
10
5.0
6.9
5.0
5.3
4.2
4.2
d1
E
B
L
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
400
400
550
550
700
700
850
850
wt. load
[kg] group
11.2
11.2
14.3
14.3
17.5
17.5
20.7
20.7
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
51
type
A
H
E
H
E
C
B
B
A
4.23
4. 14 12
4. 14 31
4. 14 32
4. 14 33
4. 14 41
4. 14 42
4. 14 43
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
22
24
41
70
18
23
39
68
12
23
39
67
22
36
62
20
26
45
17
23
40
33
13 7.1
17 11
30 18
12 9.3 6.9
25 18 13 10
33 31 23 17
25
21
25
34
21
25
34
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
850
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
10
15
30
40
15
30
40
11
13
20
26
14
19
25
24
34
44
59
35
46
66
70
95
100
130
105
115
145
8.0
10
13
20
11
13
20
20
27
36
50
31
38
53
3-5
C-4
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-6
ER
d3
type
A
100
250
350
49 14 11 2.5
49 14 12 3.8
49 14 25 8.3
49 14 35 12.3
49 14 45
2.0
3.0
7.0
11.0
1.4
2.0
5.9
9.3
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
4.8
8.0
4.5
7.6
7.5
7.1
6.5
560
3.8
4.5
580 600°C
3.4
2.5
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
170
220
270
270
270
150
200
270
270
275
105
130
160
160
160
–
–
350
350
350
100
150
200
200
200
5.5
8.5
9.7
10.1
9.9
Selection table
OD 159
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 159 (ND 150), type 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
115
50
2.5
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
5.1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
245
245
300
300
315
315
315
315
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
3.1
3.1
3.4
3.4
6.9
6.9
8.4
8.4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
600°C
E
42 16 19 8.6
6.6
4.7
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 16 18
43 16 19
43 16 28
43 16 29
43 16 38
43 16 39
43 16 48
43 16 49
2.5
9.7
2.5
7.5
11
9.5
2.5
5.4
2.5
7.9
2.5
6.4
15
14
14
13
B
d2
250
2.5
4.9
2.5
13
2.5
13
2.5
8.5
12
12
560
580
2.5
4.3
2.5
9.3
2.5
6.9
B
d1
100
E
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type 46
L
18
29
49
84
15
24
24
47
80
11
17
23
47
79
22
44
71
19
30
53
17
28
47
36
13 7.0
21 13
36 21
12 9.3 7.0
19 14 10
36 35 26 20
21
25
21
25
34
21
25
34
400
400
450
450
450
450
450
450
900
900
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
15
15
25
40
50
25
40
50
11
13
16
23
32
17
21
33
23
32
36
52
75
38
51
79
90
85
100
120
150
110
130
165
9.0
10
11
17
25
13
17
26
21
25
31
44
63
35
45
67
C-4
3-5
C-4
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-6
EK
4. 16 11
4. 16 12
4. 16 31
4. 16 32
4. 16 33
4. 16 41
4. 16 42
4. 16 43
d3
type 48
L
d3
ER
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
63
49 16 11
49 16 14
49 16 25
49 16 35
49 16 45
2.5
4.4
9.5
17
2.0
3.8
8.1
15
1.4
3.6
6.7
13
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
5.5
11
5.0
10
10
9.9
9.5
560
5.5
6.5
580 600°C
4.9
3.6
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
180
230
280
280
280
200
240
315
320
320
115
140
171
171
171
–
340
395
400
400
100
150
200
200
200
6.7
9.2
11.0
12.7
12.4
C
B
A
E
350
H
250
E
100
H
type
B
A
A
4.24
Selection table
OD 168.3
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 168.3 (ND 150), type 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
250
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
120
50
2.6
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
2.5
5.1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
250
250
300
300
320
320
320
320
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
3.2
3.2
3.6
3.6
7.3
7.3
8.5
8.5
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
600°C
E
42 17 19 8.2
6.3
4.5
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 17 18
43 17 19
43 17 28
43 17 29
43 17 38
43 17 39
43 17 48
43 17 49
2.5
9.3
2.5
7.1
11
9.5
2.5
5.1
2.5
7.9
2.5
6.4
15
14
14
13
2.5
4.9
2.5
13
2.5
13
2.5
8.5
12
12
560
580
2.5
4.3
2.5
9.3
2.5
6.9
type 46
L
d3
EK
type
type 48
L
63
A
H
E
H
E
C
B
B
A
4.25
18
29
49
84
15
24
24
47
80
11
17
23
47
79
22
43
72
19
31
53
17
28
47
13
21
36
36
36
7
13
21
12 9.3 6.9
19 14 10
35 26 20
21
25
21
25
34
21
25
34
410
410
450
450
450
450
450
450
900
900
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
15
15
25
40
50
25
40
50
12
17
16
23
33
17
23
34
23
33
38
53
74
38
53
80
90
85
100
120
150
110
130
165
9.0
10
11
17
26
13
18
26
22
25
31
44
64
35
45
67
C-4
3-5
C-4
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-6
ER
d3
4. 17 11
4. 17 12
4. 17 31
4. 17 32
4. 17 33
4. 17 41
4. 17 42
4. 17 43
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
A
type
100
250
350
49 17 11
49 17 14
49 17 25
49 17 35
49 17 45
2.5
4.7
9.6
17
2.0
4.1
8.2
15
1.4
3.9
6.8
13
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
5.6
11
5.2
10
10
10
9.6
560
5.6
6.6
580 600°C
4.9
3.6
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
184
234
284
284
284
200
240
315
320
320
120
152
171
171
171
–
340
395
400
400
100
150
200
200
200
6.9
9.6
11.1
12.7
12.5
Selection table
OD 193.7
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 193.7 (ND 175), type 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
135
50
2.9
1-4
600°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
8.6
8.6
12
16
12
16
16
20
16
20
270
270
335
335
355
355
355
355
50
50
50
50
70
70
100
100
4.7
4.7
4.2
4.2
10.8
10.8
15.4
15.4
C-D
1-5
C-D
1-5
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
type
100
250
350
43 19 18
43 19 19
43 19 28
43 19 29
43 19 38
43 19 39
43 19 48
43 19 49
2.5
12
2.5
10
2.5
7.2
2.5
6.8
10
20
23
10
21
E
42 19 19 7.1
5.5
3.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
2.5
5.5
9.6
19
B
d2
250
2.5
4.2
9.4
19
9.3
19
11.3
19
9.2
14
11.3
19
560
580
7.5
7.5
11.3
15
11
11
B
d1
100
E
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type 46
46
91
43
83
14
22
25
40
42
81
23
37
40
78
16
26
15
28
39
70
15
25
35
64
60
type
100
250
350
49 19 13
49 19 14
49 19 25
49 19 35
49 19 45
4.6
7.3
12
24
4.2
6.2
11
21
4.0
5.9
9.3
18
11 6.0
19 10
26 13
48 25
10 8.0 5.9
17 13 10
24 18 13
58 46 34 24
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
7.6
16
7.0
15
14
14
13
21
25
21
25
21
25
25
41
21
25
25
41
450
460
460
460
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
950
950
1000
1000
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
15
20
15
30
25
30
40
50
25
30
40
50
15
18
17
24
19
27
34
48
20
28
36
53
29
41
39
51
41
54
64
98
42
58
77
108
80
90
100
110
110
110
130
160
115
130
140
160
10
13
12
16
15
19
24
37
17
21
26
39
26
33
32
42
32
42
52
79
37
50
61
89
C-4
3-5
C-4
3-5
C-4
3-5
3-5
4-7
C-4
3-5
3-5
4-7
d3
EK
42
19
31
25
41
type 48
L
d3
ER
24
38
63
C
560
9.0
9.4
580 600°C
7.1
5.2
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
197
247
297
347
347
240
240
320
315
315
130
152
181
203
203
345
355
400
415
415
100
150
200
250
250
8.7
11.6
13.3
18.7
18.7
E
4. 19 11
4. 19 12
4. 19 21
4. 19 22
4. 19 31
4. 19 32
4. 19 33
4. 19 34
4. 19 41
4. 19 42
4. 19 43
4. 19 44
L
H
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
A
B
A
4.26
Selection table
OD 219.1
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 219.1 (ND 200), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
E
E
d3
E
B
350
100
250
350
43 22 18
43 22 19
43 22 28
43 22 29
2.5
11
2.5
9.0
12
11
2.5
6.4
2.5
9.4
2.5
7.7
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 22 12
44 22 31
44 22 32
44 22 33
44 22 41
44 22 42
44 22 43
30
25
20
12
28
53
type
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
4. 22 11
4. 22 12
4. 22 21
4. 22 22
4. 22 31
4. 22 32
4. 22 33
4. 22 34
4. 22 41
4. 22 42
4. 22 43
4. 22 44
34
67
79
30
59
69
66
E
H
A
A
4.27
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
145
50
3.1
1-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
16
12
16
295
295
365
365
50
50
50
50
5.0
5.0
5.6
5.6
C-D
1-5
C-D
1-5
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
5.1
11
18
34
21
34
46
21
34
46
275
375
375
375
375
375
375
85
94
96
122
103
110
132
9.0
9.0
13
22
10
15
24
3-6
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
600°C
560
580
600°C
2.5
5.5
10
26
45
9.4
24
41
59
56
9.3
23
40
55
560
8.9
20
39
580
6.1
11
20
8.9
19
33
50
6.9
14
24
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
24
43
50
20
33
33
48
14
24
33
48
30
44
36
61 59 57 55
113 108 105 101
21
30
15
35
51
88
15
32
45
79
61
C
B
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
type 46
79
250
42 22 19 6.7
5.2
3.7
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
49 22 13
49 22 14
49 22 25
49 22 35
49 22 45
7.1
10
12
27
6.5
9.2
12
26
6.2
8.6
10
22
11 6.1
24 13
34 18
60 31
10 8.0 5.9
23 17 12
36 32 24 18
60 55 42 31
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
8.9
19
8.2
18
17
17
15
21
25
25
34
21
25
41
46
21
25
41
46
560
9.6
10
480
480
480
480
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
1100
1100
1200
1200
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
580 600°C
8.1
6.0
15
25
35
40
25
40
50
60
25
40
50
60
16
24
26
30
21
36
44
64
22
39
48
69
38
54
64
75
50
79
102
142
54
93
113
165
105
110
120
150
130
150
170
200
130
155
185
200
12
16
18
24
17
25
32
48
19
28
34
51
36
46
52
64
44
67
83
119
50
76
93
133
C-4
3-5
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-7
5-8
C-4
3-5
4-7
5-8
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
210
260
360
360
360
235
250
325
315
315
130
156
210
210
210
350
365
410
415
415
100
150
250
250
250
10.1
13.6
16.5
20.2
19.8
Selection table
OD 244.5
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 244.5 (ND 225), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M16
160
50
3.3
1-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
16
12
16
310
310
390
390
50
50
50
50
6.1
6.1
5.8
5.8
C-D
1-5
C-D
1-5
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
5.0
11
18
34
46
21
34
46
21
34
46
300
330
390
390
390
390
390
390
75
81
94
96
122
103
110
132
9.0
12
9.0
14
23
11
16
25
3-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
600°C
E
42 24 19 6.1
4.7
3.3
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
100
250
350
43 24 18
43 24 19
43 24 28
43 24 29
2.5
12
2.5
11.4
10
2.5
8.2
2.5
8.7
2.5
7.1
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 24 12
44 24 13
44 24 31
44 24 32
44 24 33
44 24 41
44 24 42
44 24 43
20
40
16
35
13
29
11
29
52
79
57
68
65
560
580
600°C
2.5
5.5
9.8
26
44
9.1
24
41
59
55
9.0
23
40
54
560
8.5
20
39
580
6.0
11
20
8.9
18
33
50
6.9
14
24
B
B
E
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
65
B
d2
350
d1
250
E
100
d3
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type 46
30
50
25
42
57
55
18
30
38
54
35
49
41
66 64 62 59
122 117 113 109
25
34
18
40
56
96
16
36
50
86
13 7.0
27 14
38 20
66 35
12 9.2 6.9
24 18 13
37 36 27 20
64 61 46 34
25
34
25
34
25
25
41
46
25
25
41
46
490
500
500
520
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
1100
1100
1200
1200
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
25
35
40
45
30
45
50
60
30
45
50
60
21
33
30
39
25
40
50
72
26
43
53
77
47
63
68
80
56
86
110
156
61
100
123
178
100
120
130
150
110
150
160
180
120
150
160
190
14
21
21
28
17
28
34
51
20
29
36
54
39
52
56
70
47
74
88
124
54
80
98
142
3-5
4-6
3-5
4-6
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
d3
EK
4. 24 11
4. 24 12
4. 24 21
4. 24 22
4. 24 31
4. 24 32
4. 24 33
4. 24 34
4. 24 41
4. 24 42
4. 24 43
4. 24 44
L
type 48
L
d3
ER
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
79
100
250
350
49 24 13
49 24 14
49 24 25
49 24 35
49 24 45
7.1
11
21
34
6.6
10
18
32
6.2
9.5
15
30
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
12
26
11
24
24
24
21
22
560
12
15
580 600°C
11
8.7
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
222
272
372
372
372
235
250
315
320
320
130
171
222
222
222
350
365
415
420
420
100
150
250
250
250
10.6
14.9
20.5
24.4
24.4
H
type
E
C
A
B
A
4.28
Selection table
OD 267
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 267 (ND 250), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
E
E
d3
E
B
250
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M20
175
60
4.6
3-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
340
340
410
410
70
70
70
70
12.0
12.0
10.5
10.5
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
4.9
11
18
34
46
21
34
46
21
34
46
340
360
425
425
425
425
425
425
75
112
94
96
122
110
117
132
10
20
10
16
24
13
19
27
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
600°C
42 26 19 6.3
4.9
3.5
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 26 18
43 26 19
43 26 28
43 26 29
9.6
28
9.0
21
18
8.6
15
11.3
15
11.3
12
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 26 12
44 26 13
44 26 31
44 26 32
44 26 33
44 26 41
44 26 42
44 26 43
26
61
22
54
16
44
10
25
48
72
61
59
560
580
600°C
9.6
9.6
9.1
23
40
8.5
22
37
53
50
8.4
21
36
560
8.0
19
35
49
580
5.6
11
20
7.9
20
33
45
6.3
15
24
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
92
type
4. 26 11
4. 26 12
4. 26 21
4. 26 22
4. 26 31
4. 26 32
4. 26 33
4. 26 34
4. 26 41
4. 26 42
4. 26 43
4. 26 44
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
35
54
29
43
21
31
40
55
26
36
20
42 40
73 67 65 62 58
134 122 119 115 100
58
56
37
51
20
37
53
90
70
15 8.0
28 15
40 21
69 36
14
27
39 38
70 65
10
20
28
49
7.9
15
21
36
25
34
25
34
25
25
41
46
25
25
41
46
520
550
550
560
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
1150
1150
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
35
45
30
50
30
50
50
70
30
50
50
70
25
37
35
42
35
47
57
83
36
51
64
90
55
69
78
99
66
96
120
172
74
111
137
199
105
130
140
150
120
150
160
185
140
175
165
205
18
26
26
33
21
33
42
57
25
35
44
63
47
59
66
85
55
79
98
137
64
90
110
158
3-5
4-6
3-5
4-6
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
H
E
C
A
B
A
4.29
type
100
250
350
49 26 13
49 26 14
49 26 25
49 26 35
49 26 45
8.7
17
25
41
7.9
15
21
35
7.5
14
18
34
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
14
31
13
29
27
25
27
22
25
560
14
17
580 600°C
13
9.8
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
234
284
384
384
384
240
255
340
345
345
160
171
229
229
229
365
395
450
460
460
100
150
250
250
250
13.7
19.3
24.6
29.3
28.3
Selection table
OD 273
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 273 (ND 250), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M20
180
60
4.7
3-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
340
340
415
415
70
70
70
70
12.5
12.5
11.0
11.0
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
5.0
11
18
34
46
21
34
46
21
34
46
340
360
425
425
425
425
425
425
75
112
94
96
122
110
117
132
10
20
10
16
25
13
19
27
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
600°C
E
42 27 19 6.2
4.7
3.4
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
100
250
350
43 27 18
43 27 19
43 27 28
43 27 29
9.6
27
9.0
21
18
8.6
15
11.3
15
11.3
12
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 27 12
44 27 13
44 27 31
44 27 32
44 27 33
44 27 41
44 27 42
44 27 43
26
60
22
54
16
44
10
26
48
62
60
560
580
600°C
9.6
9.6
9.2
24
40
8.6
22
38
54
51
8.5
21
37
560
8.1
19
36
50
580
5.7
11
21
8.0
20
33
46
6.4
15
24
B
B
E
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
73
B
d2
350
d1
250
E
100
d3
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type 46
35
53
29
43
20
31
41
54
27
36
20
42 41
73 67 65 62 58
134 122 119 115 100
57
55
39
50
20
37
53
89
70
15 8.0
28 15
40 21
69 36
14
27
39 38
70 65
10
20
28
49
7.9
14
20
35
25
34
25
34
25
25
41
46
25
25
41
46
480
520
550
570
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
1150
1150
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
35
45
45
50
30
50
50
70
30
50
50
70
27
39
36
47
35
48
58
88
37
51
65
94
57
70
80
100
67
97
121
173
75
111
138
203
105
130
140
150
120
150
160
185
140
175
165
205
16
25
29
34
22
33
42
57
25
35
44
63
47
59
69
85
55
79
98
137
64
90
111
159
3-5
4-6
3-5
4-6
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
d3
EK
4. 27 11
4. 27 12
4. 27 21
4. 27 22
4. 27 31
4. 27 32
4. 27 33
4. 27 34
4. 27 41
4. 27 42
4. 27 43
4. 27 44
L
type 48
L
d3
ER
type
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
92
100
250
350
49 27 13
49 27 14
49 27 25
49 27 35
49 27 45
8.7
17
25
39
7.9
15
22
35
7.5
14
18
34
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
14
31
13
29
28
25
28
22
25
560
14
17
580 600°C
13
10
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
237
287
387
387
387
240
255
340
345
345
160
171
229
229
229
360
395
450
460
460
100
150
250
250
250
13.9
19.4
24.7
29.5
28.5
H
type
E
C
A
B
A
4.30
Selection table
OD 323.9
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 323.9 (ND 300), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
E
E
d3
E
B
350
560
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 32 18
43 32 19
43 32 28
43 32 29
9.6
28
9.0
22
29
24
8.6
15
11.3
19
11.3
16
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 32 12
44 32 13
44 32 31
44 32 32
44 32 33
44 32 41
44 32 42
44 32 43
38
73
32
61
25
51
21
46
74
type
118
250
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M20
205
60
5.3
3-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
375
375
440
440
80
80
70
70
16.0
16.0
15.0
15.0
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.8
18
30
46
51
25
41
46
25
41
46
375
390
470
470
470
470
470
470
80
113
110
115
165
143
132
189
17
28
19
27
47
22
31
53
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8
600°C
42 32 19 5.4
4.2
3.0
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
4. 32 11
4. 32 12
4. 32 13
4. 32 21
4. 32 22
4. 32 23
4. 32 31
4. 32 32
4. 32 33
4. 32 34
4. 32 35
4. 32 41
4. 32 42
4. 32 43
4. 32 44
4. 32 45
89
90
78
73
70
20
39
62
63
560
580
600°C
11.3
13
19
36
58
59
18
35
57
560
16
34
55
58
580
11
20
36
17
32
55
57
13
24
41
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
30
54
85
25
43
62
88
62
85
18
31
49
28
61
84
27
56
77
68
99 96 93 89
125 124 122 115
202 185 179 166
20
39
55
29 27 21
63 56 43
85 75 58
110 98 75
144 131 101
62
78
102 101
12
22
31
40
53
21
40
54
70
93
16
29
40
53
70
11
21
30
39
51
25
34
41
25
34
46
25
41
46
46
51
25
41
46
46
51
570
570
590
620
650
700
620
650
670
670
790
700
700
700
700
800
1200
1200
1200
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
35
40
55
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
31
42
63
41
56
76
49
76
89
106
145
55
83
98
115
154
58
77
101
72
111
132
89
135
164
190
239
106
153
190
224
268
120
140
135
120
150
160
150
180
195
205
200
165
180
210
225
235
22
30
39
27
42
58
32
51
61
71
88
39
53
70
80
101
52
69
90
64
93
109
76
111
131
154
181
88
122
145
174
212
3-5
4-6
5-7
3-5
4-6
5-8
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
H
E
C
A
B
A
4.31
type
100
250
350
49 32 13
49 32 14
49 32 25
49 32 35
49 32 45
13
20
31
46
50
12
17
26
40
43
11
16
22
38
41
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
18
34
37
16
32
34
28
34
25
32
560
16
22
580 600°C
16
12
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
262
362
412
412
412
250
255
340
345
345
180
229
248
254
254
375
395
450
460
460
100
200
250
250
250
17.2
27.0
27.8
32.7
32.3
Selection table
OD 355.6
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 355.6 (ND 350), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M20
220
60
5.7
3-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
390
390
470
470
90
90
90
90
19.0
19.0
20.5
20.5
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.9
18
31
46
51
25
41
46
25
41
46
400
420
485
485
485
485
485
485
85
113
110
122
165
143
132
189
20
30
21
31
49
24
33
55
6-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8
600°C
E
42 36 19 5.1
3.9
2.8
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
250
350
43 36 18
43 36 19
43 36 28
43 36 29
9.6
29
9.0
23
33
28
8.6
16
11.3
23
11.3
19
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 36 12
44 36 13
44 36 31
44 36 32
44 36 33
44 36 41
44 36 42
44 36 43
48
82
41
66
32
53
21
47
74
type
4. 36 11
4. 36 12
4. 36 13
4. 36 21
4. 36 22
4. 36 23
4. 36 24
4. 36 31
4. 36 32
4. 36 33
4. 36 34
4. 36 35
4. 36 41
4. 36 42
4. 36 43
4. 36 44
4. 36 45
89
90
78
74
70
64
560
580
600°C
11.3
15
19
36
58
60
18
35
57
560
16
34
55
59
580
11
21
36
17
32
55
57
13
24
42
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
37
64
93
80
100
134
195
30
50
72
21
40
55
25
35
76
95
24
33
71
88
17
24
77
49
96
62
25 24 18
32 32 25
74 67 60 46
129 125 120 112 102 79
186 180 174 167 149 115
10
13
24
41
61
18
25
43
73 72
139 138 107
13
19
32
54
80
10
14
23
40
58
34
34
46
25
34
41
51
25
34
41
46
51
25
34
41
46
51
660
660
660
660
660
770
790
700
700
710
720
790
700
700
800
800
800
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
35
40
60
30
40
40
45
40
50
60
60
70
40
50
60
60
70
45
57
77
38
58
84
95
52
63
89
118
176
56
68
104
136
186
74
106
131
76
99
144
166
91
117
158
226
287
103
129
183
252
335
120
130
145
115
140
155
160
135
160
180
205
230
155
170
190
240
245
30
41
48
29
35
60
68
32
40
60
82
104
37
46
69
102
119
66
92
96
66
79
117
131
74
90
125
173
218
86
106
141
196
256
4-6
4-6
6-8
3-5
4-6
5-7
6-9
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
B
B
type 46
L
d3
EK
100
type 48
L
d3
ER
type
E
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
20
39
62
B
d2
350
d1
250
E
100
d3
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
118
100
250
350
49 36 13
49 36 14
49 36 25
49 36 35
49 36 45
22
26
31
62
21
22
30
59
56
19
21
30
52
54
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
24
45
48
22
42
45
42
44
39
41
560
23
28
580 600°C
21
15
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
278
378
428
478
478
300
300
400
400
400
230
235
260
280
280
445
455
510
525
525
100
200
250
300
300
25
34
34
46
46
H
type
E
C
A
B
A
4.32
Selection table
OD 368
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 368 (ND 350), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
250
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M20
225
60
5.8
3-4
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
395
395
475
475
90
90
90
90
18.5
18.5
21.0
20.5
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.8
18
31
46
51
25
41
46
25
41
46
400
420
490
490
490
490
490
490
85
113
110
122
165
143
132
189
20
31
21
31
50
24
33
56
6-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8
600°C
E
42 37 19 5.0
3.9
2.8
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 37 18
43 37 19
43 37 28
43 37 29
9.6
29
9.0
22
33
28
8.6
16
11.3
23
11.3
19
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 37 12
44 37 13
44 37 31
44 37 32
44 37 33
44 37 41
44 37 42
44 37 43
48
70
41
62
32
53
22
47
75
560
580
600°C
11.3
15
d3
E
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
E
B
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
118
91
79
70
21
39
63
64
19
37
58
60
18
36
57
560
16
35
56
59
580
11
21
36
17
32
55
58
13
24
42
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
4. 37 11 37 30 21
4. 37 12 66 50 40
4. 37 13 93 73 55
4. 37 21
25 23 17
4. 37 22
35 33 24
4. 37 23 80 77 76 70 49
4. 37 24 100 96 95 88 62
4. 37 31
25 24 18 10
4. 37 32
32 32 24 13
4. 37 33
76 69 61 47 25
4. 37 34 137 129 125 121 112 102 79 41
4. 37 35 199 199 191 178 167 149 114 61
4. 37 41
18
4. 37 42
25
4. 37 43
43
4. 37 44
79 72
4. 37 45
139 138 106
13
19
32
54
80
10
13
23
40
58
34
34
46
25
34
41
46
25
34
41
46
51
25
34
41
46
51
680
680
680
680
680
770
790
700
700
720
740
820
750
750
750
750
850
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
35
40
60
30
40
40
45
40
50
60
60
70
40
50
60
60
70
46
62
80
39
49
79
101
53
64
89
124
179
59
72
100
135
195
73
107
133
78
101
144
169
93
115
161
229
292
104
131
180
255
339
120
130
145
115
140
155
160
135
160
180
220
230
155
170
190
240
245
31
42
49
29
36
61
68
32
41
62
85
108
39
49
67
98
125
67
93
96
66
79
117
132
75
90
127
177
220
86
106
142
197
257
4-6
4-6
6-8
3-5
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
H
E
C
A
B
A
4.33
type
100
250
350
49 37 13
49 37 14
49 37 25
49 37 35
49 37 45
22
27
32
63
66
21
23
31
61
59
19
22
30
54
56
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
24
46
50
23
43
47
42
46
40
43
560
24
30
580 600°C
22
16
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
284
384
434
484
484
300
300
400
400
400
230
241
260
292
292
445
460
510
525
525
100
200
250
300
300
25
34
35
48
47
Selection table
OD 406.4
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 406.4 (ND 400), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
250
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M24
255
70
9.7
3-5
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
430
430
500
500
100
100
100
100
23.0
23.0
24.5
24.5
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.6
23
34
51
61
41
51
25
46
51
25
46
51
440
450
500
500
520
520
520
520
520
520
92
135
117
135
110
144
149
143
164
189
26
35
25
38
23
44
63
26
58
92
6-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
600°C
E
42 41 19 8.0
6.2
4.5
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
d2
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 41 18
43 41 19
43 41 28
43 41 29
9.6
30
9.0
23
33
28
8.6
16
11.3
23
11.3
20
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 41 12 59
44 41 13 93
44 41 22
44 41 23
44 41 31
44 41 35
44 41 36 101
44 41 41
44 41 45
44 41 46 151
49
75
40
63
36
61
560
580
600°C
B
132
117
109
15
36
60
108
11
24
33
16
42
64
98
12
31
48
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
44
75
109
36
55
85
26
43
67
29 28
41 39
95 91 90 84
118 114 112 104
20
28
58
73
30 28 21
47 44 35
83 78 71 55
141 129 125 121 112 100 77
236 232 225 210 193 174 134
12
20
29
41
71
21
36
51
77 72
142 141 125
16
27
38
54
94
11
20
27
40
69
34
41
46
25
34
41
46
25
41
46
46
51
25
41
46
46
51
780
780
780
780
780
820
820
800
800
800
800
870
800
800
800
800
900
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
30
40
55
40
40
50
60
45
50
70
70
80
45
50
70
70
80
60
73
109
59
77
109
121
70
98
120
148
221
76
107
131
164
247
95
131
150
95
123
185
213
116
163
205
250
375
135
188
234
290
422
155
160
175
145
150
180
180
160
180
200
220
260
175
205
225
225
265
43
56
73
40
49
79
85
44
64
80
97
149
51
73
85
106
159
87
111
132
85
102
149
172
99
132
159
203
286
114
153
187
232
322
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
B
E
67
17
37
62
type 46
L
d3
EK
4. 41 11
4. 41 12
4. 41 13
4. 41 21
4. 41 22
4. 41 23
4. 41 24
4. 41 31
4. 41 32
4. 41 33
4. 41 34
4. 41 35
4. 41 41
4. 41 42
4. 41 43
4. 41 44
4. 41 45
139
81
26
44
18
38
63
580
type 48
L
d3
ER
type
93
28
48
560
d3
E
11.3
15
d1
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
144
100
250
350
49 41 13
49 41 14
49 41 25
49 41 35
49 41 45
25
47
59
90
91
23
40
53
84
83
22
37
43
72
79
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
35
61
71
32
57
66
57
64
55
60
560
34
41
580 600°C
30
23
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
303
403
453
503
503
280
300
400
400
400
260
241
273
300
300
450
480
535
550
550
100
200
250
300
300
33
44
47
63
63
H
type
E
C
A
B
A
4.34
Selection table
OD 419
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 419 (ND 400), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
250
350
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M24
260
70
9.7
3-5
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
16
24
435
435
500
500
100
100
100
100
23
23
24.5
25
1-3
3-6
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.6
23
34
51
61
41
51
25
46
51
25
46
51
445
460
500
500
525
525
525
525
525
525
92
162
117
140
110
144
149
143
164
189
26
60
26
44
23
44
64
27
58
96
6-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
600°C
E
42 42 19 8.0
6.2
4.4
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
type
100
250
350
43 42 18
43 42 19
43 42 28
43 42 29
9.6
29
9.0
22
33
28
8.6
16
11.3
23
11.3
19
type
100
250
350
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
44 42 12 59
44 42 15 151
44 42 22
44 42 25
44 42 31
44 42 35
44 42 36
44 42 41
44 42 45
44 42 46 151
49
116
40
84
36
75
560
580
600°C
11.3
15
d3
E
d1
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
E
B
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
144
4. 42 11
4. 42 12
4. 42 13
4. 42 21
4. 42 22
4. 42 23
4. 42 24
4. 42 31
4. 42 32
4. 42 33
4. 42 34
4. 42 35
4. 42 41
4. 42 42
4. 42 43
4. 42 44
4. 42 45
98
140
85
133
28
59
71
118
26
53
18
38
67
110
17
37
65
560
15
36
64
108
580
11
25
34
16
42
64
99
12
31
48
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
43
74
109
35
55
85
25
43
67
29 28
41 39
95 91 90 83
117 114 113 104
20
28
58
73
30 28 21
47 45 35
83 78 70 54
139 129 125 121 113 100 77
234 230 223 209 194 176 136
12
20
29
41
71
21
36
50
77 72
140 139 125
16
27
38
54
94
11
20
28
40
69
34
41
46
25
34
41
46
25
41
46
46
51
25
41
46
46
51
800
800
800
800
800
830
830
800
800
800
810
890
800
800
800
900
900
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
30
40
55
40
40
50
60
45
50
70
70
80
45
50
70
70
80
62
75
112
61
78
103
125
72
96
122
152
228
78
106
134
175
252
94
131
162
97
124
184
214
118
166
204
261
381
137
185
237
293
427
155
160
175
145
150
180
180
160
180
200
220
260
175
205
225
225
265
44
58
75
41
50
80
87
44
64
81
99
153
51
73
86
116
160
88
112
132
85
103
155
173
99
133
160
204
287
114
154
187
224
323
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-6
5-7
6-8
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
H
E
C
A
B
A
4.35
type
100
250
350
49 42 13
49 42 14
49 42 25
49 42 35
49 42 45
37
47
61
91
92
32
40
53
85
85
24
37
43
72
80
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
35
61
72
32
57
67
57
65
55
61
560
34
42
580 600°C
32
23
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
310
410
460
510
510
300
300
400
400
400
241
241
273
300
300
420
480
535
555
555
100
200
250
300
300
31
44
48
64
64
Selection table
OD 457.2
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 457.2 (ND 450), type 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M24
280
70
10.4
3-5
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
16
24
450
450
100
100
24
24
1-3
3-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.1
17
34
47
51
51
61
41
51
51
25
46
51
51
25
46
51
51
470
470
480
540
540
540
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
112
113
162
96
122
136
102
135
149
209
143
145
189
229
30
36
62
24
36
46
25
40
66
114
29
44
96
145
6-9
7-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9
600°C
350
43 46 18
43 46 19
9.6
27
9.0
21
8.6
15
type
100
250
350
44 46 12 59
44 46 13 81
44 46 15 150
44 46 22
44 46 23
44 46 25
44 46 31
44 46 32
44 46 35
44 46 36 151
44 46 41
44 46 42
44 46 45
44 46 46 151
50
66
117
39
51
84
28
58
69
type
133
148
76
125
126
140
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
22
45
55
63
104
112
127
20
42
50
14
32
59
98
104
120
13
31
58
97
103
117
560
11
30
57
94
580
580
10
20
33
52
15
32
64
91
98
114
600°C
12
24
47
66
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
45 36
60 46
120 92
151 112
26
35
73
89
36 34
59 55
139 133 132 119
156 152 150 138
24
40
85
98
50 46 35
58 53 42
123 112 101 78
275 252 244 236 227 203 156
298 285 276 267 257 233 181
20
22
41
83
94
36 27
41 31
72 54
157 145 109
201 199 163 123
20
22
40
80
90
34
41
46
51
34
41
46
51
41
46
46
51
61
41
46
46
51
61
770
820
850
850
800
800
930
930
900
900
900
930
980
900
900
900
1000
1000
1450
1450
1450
1450
1600
1600
1600
1600
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
35
40
50
60
45
50
55
55
50
50
60
70
85
50
50
60
70
85
71
76
131
138
81
103
160
172
117
132
184
298
333
128
142
197
318
357
112
125
173
214
131
170
262
298
184
206
287
456
513
211
242
326
528
577
150
155
170
185
160
170
185
200
180
190
225
245
250
195
210
235
295
295
47
59
86
86
50
69
113
123
75
81
116
175
204
86
92
125
205
228
97
109
143
156
107
141
210
232
147
158
224
331
366
171
185
254
387
416
4-6
5-7
6-8
6-9
4-6
5-7
6-8
7-9
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
B
B
type 46
L
d3
type 48
L
d3
144
C
type
100
250
350
49 46 13 37
49 46 14 75
49 46 25
49 46 35 100
49 46 45 105
32
57
55
94
95
24
41
44
80
90
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
36
68
81
33
64
75
64
74
62
70
560
39
48
580 600°C
36
26
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
329
429
479
529
529
350
350
400
400
400
241
260
292
324
324
485
500
535
555
555
100
200
250
300
300
36
49
51
68
69
H
E
4. 46 11
4. 46 12
4. 46 13
4. 46 14
4. 46 21
4. 46 22
4. 46 23
4. 46 24
4. 46 31
4. 46 32
4. 46 33
4. 46 34
4. 46 35
4. 46 41
4. 46 42
4. 46 43
4. 46 44
4. 46 45
87
145
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
EK
250
ER
100
E
type
E
42 46 19 7.5
5.8
4.1
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
d2
350
d1
250
E
100
d3
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.36
Selection table
OD 508
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 508 (ND 500), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
E
d3
E
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M24
305
70
11.4
3-5
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
11
22
35
63
21
34
51
61
71
25
41
51
61
25
46
51
61
25
46
51
61
500
500
500
500
520
570
570
570
570
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
80
80
92
162
222
99
100
122
164
128
144
189
196
164
164
196
254
25
27
35
58
106
28
31
42
75
37
48
82
118
42
63
108
190
1-4
4-6
6-9
7-10
8-30
3-5
5-7
6-9
7-10
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10
600°C
250
350
44 51 14 10
44 51 15 28
44 51 16 57
44 51 17 98
44 51 18 189
44 51 25
44 51 26
44 51 27
44 51 28
44 51 35
44 51 36
44 51 37
44 51 38
44 51 45
44 51 46
44 51 47
44 51 48 222
8.9
24
48
81
158
7.5
19
37
65
125
16
30
59
117
4. 51 11
4. 51 12
4. 51 13
4. 51 14
4. 51 21
4. 51 22
4. 51 23
4. 51 24
4. 51 31
4. 51 32
4. 51 33
4. 51 34
4. 51 35
4. 51 41
4. 51 42
4. 51 43
4. 51 44
4. 51 45
155
222
147
217
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
13
23
47
100
140
202
12
22
42
90
17
35
81
131
189
16
34
80
122
186
560
14
33
68
98
580
11
23
35
52
19
40
65
113
164
15
30
48
84
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
44 37 26
68 51 39
119 93 73
171 127 101
42 40 29
60 55 40
136 130 129 117 83
168 162 160 147 103
45 45 35 20
59 54 42 23
123 113 102 79 41
268 250 242 234 227 205 158 84
335 308 298 288 282 254 195 104
36 27 20
41 31 22
72 54 40
156 145 109 80
202 201 182 137 100
34
41
46
51
34
41
46
61
41
46
46
51
61
41
46
46
51
61
860
860
900
900
920
920
1000
1050
1000
1000
1000
1030
1030
1000
1000
1000
1050
1050
1500
1500
1500
1500
1650
1650
1650
1650
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
35
40
60
65
50
60
60
60
60
70
80
80
90
60
70
80
80
90
86
94
151
173
104
122
182
235
139
154
208
324
393
151
169
230
363
429
123
150
193
234
153
192
295
335
208
234
327
512
601
238
270
380
589
687
160
175
175
180
170
180
200
220
200
200
230
265
300
210
225
250
315
315
60
71
97
101
67
77
129
148
85
97
136
199
248
97
111
149
243
275
111
133
159
182
130
151
231
259
162
181
252
375
456
188
209
287
435
499
4-6
5-7
6-8
6-9
4-6
5-7
6-8
7-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
H
E
C
350
100
type
173
250
42 51 19 6.9
5.4
3.8
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
type
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.37
type
100
250
350
49 51 13 46
49 51 14 84
49 51 25
49 51 35 129
49 51 45 148
40
66
62
125
135
29
49
61
107
129
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
54
90
116
50
85
108
84
107
81
99
560
48
68
580 600°C
52
38
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
354
454
554
554
554
350
350
400
395
400
241
280
330
330
330
500
500
550
565
580
100
200
300
300
300
42
52
70
81
87
Selection table
OD 558.8
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 558.8 (ND 550), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
350
90
24
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
23
35
47
63
34
46
51
61
71
34
51
51
61
46
51
61
61
46
51
61
61
530
530
530
530
545
600
600
600
600
620
620
620
620
620
620
620
620
85
107
113
162
222
100
122
132
164
138
189
196
229
164
196
216
254
31
36
44
60
110
33
46
49
80
51
89
121
166
68
121
152
211
3-6
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-6
6-9
6-9
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
600°C
100
250
350
44 56 14
44 56 15
44 56 16
44 56 17
44 56 18
44 56 25
44 56 26
44 56 27
44 56 28
44 56 35
44 56 36
44 56 37
44 56 38
44 56 45
44 56 46
44 56 47
44 56 48
20
45
75
101
182
17
38
60
84
151
15
29
45
67
120
24
59
69
116
type
222
137
175
222
130
166
222
19
47
55
99
124
158
211
18
43
51
90
35
83
120
150
194
34
82
119
149
188
560
33
68
98
126
580
25
35
52
83
40
65
86
115
167
31
48
66
85
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
44 34 25
67 52 39
131 98 77
202 155 123
43 41 30
57 55 40
133 131 118 86
208 200 194 182 128
53 53 41 22
71 70 54 30
95 90 70 40
276 252 245 237 227 205 158 83
402 364 352 343 340 306 236 126
40 29 21
54 40 30
72 54 40
172 145 109 80
231 217 163 120
34
41
51
51
34
41
51
51
41
46
46
51
61
41
46
46
51
61
820
880
920
930
960
960
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1180
1100
1100
1100
1100
1200
1550
1550
1550
1550
1700
1700
1700
1700
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
40
50
60
65
55
60
65
65
60
60
70
90
100
60
60
70
90
100
84
111
164
206
117
137
233
282
168
204
239
368
506
186
229
266
411
567
130
162
227
283
171
203
323
405
254
324
360
563
746
289
348
419
654
860
170
185
195
205
180
190
205
240
200
230
240
270
320
225
220
260
285
360
61
76
101
118
74
83
147
182
107
130
148
224
321
122
140
171
246
359
117
128
177
237
140
159
247
306
191
235
271
422
553
224
265
318
470
623
4-6
5-7
6-9
7-9
4-6
5-7
6-9
7-9
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
B
type 46
L
d3
type 48
L
d3
173
C
type
100
250
350
49 56 13 55
49 56 14 107
49 56 25
49 56 35 161
49 56 45 174
44
84
70
147
150
32
62
66
127
142
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
56
105
128
52
99
119
97
111
91
107
560
55
73
580 600°C
55
40
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
380
480
580
580
580
400
395
450
450
450
241
292
343
350
350
570
585
620
635
650
100
200
300
300
300
71
89
100
116
120
H
E
4. 56 11
4. 56 12
4. 56 13
4. 56 14
4. 56 21
4. 56 22
4. 56 23
4. 56 24
4. 56 31
4. 56 32
4. 56 33
4. 56 34
4. 56 35
4. 56 41
4. 56 42
4. 56 43
4. 56 44
4. 56 45
200
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
EK
type
E
42 56 19 17
13
9.9
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
ER
350
E
250
d2
100
d3
type
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.38
Selection table
OD 609.6
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 609.6 (ND 600), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
d2
B
E
E
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
375
90
26
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
21
34
59
77
34
51
51
61
71
41
51
61
61
46
51
61
71
46
51
61
71
560
560
560
560
580
645
645
645
645
685
685
685
685
685
685
685
685
115
98
119
162
222
120
122
143
164
164
189
209
229
182
196
260
254
37
44
50
66
114
43
49
75
86
62
100
142
182
76
119
214
244
3-6
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
6-9
7-10
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
600°C
100
250
350
44 61 14
44 61 15
44 61 16
44 61 17
44 61 18
44 61 25
44 61 26
44 61 27
44 61 28
44 61 35
44 61 36
44 61 37
44 61 38
44 61 45
44 61 46
44 61 47
44 61 48
29
56
80
110
195
24
45
69
87
159
21
38
50
74
125
23
55
86
110
4. 61 11
4. 61 12
4. 61 13
4. 61 14
4. 61 15
4. 61 21
4. 61 22
4. 61 23
4. 61 24
4. 61 31
4. 61 32
4. 61 33
4. 61 34
4. 61 35
4. 61 36
4. 61 41
4. 61 42
4. 61 43
4. 61 44
4. 61 45
4. 61 46
268
340
128
248
305
122
215
291
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
22
43
71
92
116
179
263
21
39
67
85
38
78
110
169
247
37
77
108
165
243
560
36
66
91
137
25
35
52
82
39
64
106
142
141
219
580
29
47
81
103
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
60 47 35
89 69 55
127 97 77
186 141 112
224 167 132
60 57 42
117 112 80
193 186 184 171 120
245 236 233 217 152
55
93
127
263 247 239 231 220
398 361 349 340 337
494 472 458 442 419
53 41 22
90 70 40
123 96 53
198 152 80
306 235 125
375 288 156
39 30 22
71 54 40
96 72 53
141 106 78
256 217 162 120
306 303 272 205 150
41
46
51
51
61
41
51
51
61
41
46
46
51
61
71
41
46
46
51
61
71
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1010
1060
1090
1110
1200
1200
1200
1210
1240
1260
1200
1200
1200
1300
1300
1300
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1800
1800
1800
1800
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
40
45
50
55
65
60
60
60
70
60
70
90
90
110
110
60
70
90
90
110
110
122 165
151 199
176 244
217 293
275 340
155 231
252 362
310 477
381 540
191 266
274 398
324 469
417 613
565 820
677 962
211 316
302 463
365 541
486 708
646 952
766 1127
185
195
190
205
230
190
220
235
265
220
235
280
285
325
360
230
275
280
295
355
365
87
108
115
130
142
105
150
188
231
125
172
202
264
357
433
135
197
233
298
403
482
150
184
191
242
280
190
273
336
397
217
299
347
467
609
718
242
350
409
515
683
793
4-7
6-8
6-9
7-9
7-10
4-7
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
H
E
C
350
type
type
199
250
42 61 19 16
13
9.3
Heat-resistant materials, see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d3
B
100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.39
type
100
250
350
49 61 13 76
49 61 14 117
49 61 25
49 61 35 172
49 61 45 202
74
88
73
152
173
54
64
70
131
165
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
64
108
148
59
102
138
99
125
94
121
560
59
83
580 600°C
62
45
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
455
505
605
605
605
400
395
450
450
450
273
311
362
370
370
570
585
620
635
650
150
200
300
300
300
80
95
108
122
128
Selection table
OD 660.4
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 660.4 (ND 650), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
250
350
15
12
8.8
type
100
250
350
44 66 14
44 66 15
44 66 16
44 66 17
44 66 18
44 66 19
44 66 25
44 66 26
44 66 27
44 66 28
44 66 35
44 66 36
44 66 37
44 66 38
44 66 45
44 66 46
44 66 47
44 66 48
34
58
86
130
183
306
28
47
71
106
145
241
24
36
57
85
116
174
22
61
101
169
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
400
90
28
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
22
44
60
78
41
51
51
61
71
71
41
51
61
71
46
51
61
71
46
51
61
71
610
610
610
610
610
635
680
680
680
680
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
115
113
162
162
210
229
120
132
158
196
164
196
209
229
164
216
260
254
41
48
66
79
118
172
44
55
83
135
65
127
146
191
79
160
222
250
4-7
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
600°C
B
E
42 66 19
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
type 100
340
260
312
226
298
188
270
253
39
79
112
173
160
249
38
77
96
139
25
52
53
83
39
78
112
142
153
222
30
60
84
105
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
E
20
44
76
134
40
80
113
175
580
d3
22
48
83
142
560
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
60
90
139
202
308
378
47 25
70 40
107 57
155 82
237 125
291 155
45 33 24
72 54 40
100 74 54
146 110 80
262 218 164 120
329 321 272 204 150
1030
1050
1050
1050
1050
1120
1250
1250
1280
1250
1250
1250
1250
1320
1320
1250
1250
1250
1250
1350
1350
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1900
1900
1900
1900
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
40
50
55
60
70
65
65
70
80
65
65
90
90
100
110
65
65
90
90
100
110
133 177 200
170 216 215
212 270 200
271 355 245
303 395 235
188 267 220
294 390 245
356 491 260
408 591 270
228 331 225
301 429 245
364 527 290
467 666 305
621 885 315
735 1044 355
243 364 235
332 491 285
401 588 295
510 769 315
698 1011 350
827 1198 360
103
127
137
170
185
133
191
232
281
150
190
233
296
391
467
168
221
263
334
433
518
173
210
218
291
303
237
312
385
453
260
328
401
504
643
759
295
386
461
562
726
834
5-7
6-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
4-7
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
type 46
L
d3
EK
41
46
51
61
61
41
51
51
61
41
46
46
51
61
71
41
46
46
51
61
71
type 48
L
d3
224
C
type
100
250
350
49 66 13
49 66 14
49 66 25
49 66 35
49 66 45
89
122
113
167
226
76
96
99
161
194
56
71
81
160
185
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
66
128
166
61
120
154
116
145
103
139
560
72
96
580 600°C
72
53
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
480
530
630
630
630
400
395
450
450
450
300
330
370
381
381
570
585
620
650
650
150
200
300
300
300
86
101
113
134
136
H
E
60 46 36
90 71 56
136 102 81
217 159 126
257 196 155
66 63 45
118 111 80
195 192 176 125
256 246 243 223 158
61
91
155
273 250 242 234 225
399 362 350 340 337
488 474 460 439 421
ER
type
4. 66 11
4. 66 12
4. 66 13
4. 66 14
4. 66 15
4. 66 21
4. 66 22
4. 66 23
4. 66 24
4. 66 31
4. 66 32
4. 66 33
4. 66 34
4. 66 35
4. 66 36
4. 66 41
4. 66 42
4. 66 43
4. 66 44
4. 66 45
4. 66 46
281
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.40
Selection table
OD 711.2
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 711.2 (ND 700), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type 100
250
350
42 71 19
14
11
8.1
type
100
250
350
44 71 14
44 71 15
44 71 16
44 71 17
44 71 18
44 71 19
44 71 25
44 71 26
44 71 27
44 71 28
44 71 29
44 71 35
44 71 36
44 71 37
44 71 38
44 71 39
44 71 45
44 71 46
44 71 47
44 71 48
42
95
125
152
188
307
35
76
102
121
145
243
30
63
83
88
115
176
33
56
78
118
168
E
d2
B
d3
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
B
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
224
235
316
298
205
274
285
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
26
44
68
98
141
24
41
62
88
132
40
72
109
160
215
170
229
258
242
39
71
108
157
210
238
560
38
67
92
138
175
25
35
52
82
91
42
90
115
143
221
580
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
430
90
30
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
23
47
63
78
41
51
61
71
71
71
41
51
61
71
71
46
51
61
71
71
46
51
61
71
630
630
630
630
630
650
720
720
720
720
720
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
143
162
168
181
222
235
122
138
149
164
196
164
189
209
229
267
189
229
276
254
58
71
82
99
133
187
51
63
88
100
143
72
108
156
198
257
95
180
243
262
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
5-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
600°C
32
66
85
105
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
73 57 44
119 90 72
173 135 107
234 181 144
264 204 162
73 70 50
116 111 80
201 198 185 129
255 245 242 223 158
63
94
180 175
273 250 242 234 225
399 362 350 340 337
533 488 473 457 440
60
90
158
202
307
394
46 27
70 40
121 64
155 82
236 125
303 162
49 37 27
72 54 40
115 86 63
145 109 80
228 217 163 120
338 335 283 213 155
41
46
51
51
61
46
51
51
61
41
46
51
51
61
71
41
46
51
51
61
71
1030
1080
1080
1090
1090
1200
1210
1320
1350
1300
1300
1300
1310
1390
1450
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1450
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
2000
2000
2000
2000
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
45
55
60
80
90
70
70
70
90
70
70
100
100
100
130
70
70
100
100
100
130
168 213 195
212 276 240
256 357 225
312 412 230
349 439 215
232 323 220
315 436 240
401 581 250
487 648 280
256 364 235
333 459 250
447 638 285
519 719 305
681 949 335
849 1146 345
284 409 240
361 526 290
492 720 305
577 821 315
759 1081 355
936 1316 370
124
147
160
191
214
152
195
276
309
163
203
268
313
432
522
186
236
297
375
462
578
197
231
293
309
337
266
341
441
488
278
342
441
524
676
780
317
402
513
583
733
879
5-7
6-8
7-9
7-9
8-10
5-8
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
H
E
C
4. 71 11
4. 71 12
4. 71 13
4. 71 14
4. 71 15
4. 71 21
4. 71 22
4. 71 23
4. 71 24
4. 71 31
4. 71 32
4. 71 33
4. 71 34
4. 71 35
4. 71 36
4. 71 41
4. 71 42
4. 71 43
4. 71 44
4. 71 45
4. 71 46
340
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.41
type
100
250
350
49 71 13
49 71 14
49 71 25
49 71 35
49 71 45
95
135
118
203
253
79
106
114
195
218
58
78
100
188
207
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
82
157
186
76
147
173
135
167
120
160
560
82
111
580 600°C
83
61
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
506
556
656
656
656
400
395
450
450
450
320
350
394
413
413
570
585
635
650
650
150
200
300
300
300
92
107
129
147
147
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 762 (ND 750), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
10
7.7
type
100
250
350
44 76 14
44 76 15
44 76 16
44 76 17
44 76 18
44 76 19
44 76 25
44 76 26
44 76 27
44 76 28
44 76 29
44 76 35
44 76 36
44 76 37
44 76 38
44 76 39
44 76 45
44 76 46
44 76 47
44 76 48
44 76 49
54
83
120
151
196
308
45
67
95
116
151
239
37
53
76
87
120
174
54
76
117
156
242
type
340
284
340
338
340
43
64
97
121
192
40
59
88
113
176
40
71
108
158
266
284
340
340
39
70
106
156
261
340
560
38
67
91
139
202
26
35
52
83
106
50
90
115
143
195
223
309
580
38
66
85
106
146
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
455
90
31
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
28
47
63
78
108
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
71
46
51
61
71
71
46
51
61
71
71
670
670
670
670
670
690
760
760
760
760
760
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
156
162
168
181
222
235
138
149
164
196
218
171
189
209
225
260
196
218
276
260
279
72
73
84
102
133
188
67
91
112
148
206
86
122
163
220
297
133
189
253
285
375
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
74 57 43
120 92 73
183 137 108
236 182 144
308 237 188
74 69 50
117 111 80
206 201 190 132
301 289 285 262 184
71
94
149
237 225
397 365 352 343 340
603 552 535 517 506
69
90
140
202
306
461
53 30
70 40
109 60
155 83
236 125
354 188
54 41 30
72 54 40
108 82 60
145 109 80
253 219 163 120
385 382 326 246 179
41
46
51
51
61
46
51
51
61
41
46
51
51
61
71
41
46
51
51
61
71
1120
1120
1150
1150
1150
1400
1400
1420
1490
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1580
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1600
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
2200
2200
2200
2200
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
45 186 231 215
55 232 300 215
65 297 364 245
80 359 446 260
90 451 509 255
70 270 378 250
70 369 500 250
80 474 683 300
90 602 775 300
80 324 450 260
80 393 531 270
100 512 697 310
100 597 811 330
110 802 1084 360
140 1146 1443 400
80 359 495 275
80 427 605 285
100 571 798 335
100 667 937 340
110 880 1231 365
140 1187 1613 430
145 218
161 257
187 314
216 343
256 394
190 316
242 403
316 516
396 621
210 342
254 402
313 502
386 616
495 796
695 1023
243 393
286 469
361 590
437 706
538 881
751 1152
5-7
6-8
7-9
7-9
8-10
5-8
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
B
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
type 46
L
d3
type 48
L
d3
250
C
type
100
250
350
49 76 13
49 76 14
49 76 25
49 76 35
49 76 45
111
157
151
274
291
96
124
144
238
250
71
91
114
217
238
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
94
182
214
87
171
199
165
193
147
186
560
104
128
580 600°C
96
70
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
531
581
681
681
681
400
395
445
450
450
343
370
400
420
420
590
585
635
650
650
150
200
300
300
300
104
115
136
157
157
H
E
4. 76 11
4. 76 12
4. 76 13
4. 76 14
4. 76 15
4. 76 21
4. 76 22
4. 76 23
4. 76 24
4. 76 31
4. 76 32
4. 76 33
4. 76 34
4. 76 35
4. 76 36
4. 76 41
4. 76 42
4. 76 43
4. 76 44
4. 76 45
4. 76 46
307
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
600°C
EK
13
580
E
42 76 19
560
E
350
d2
250
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d3
type 100
ER
Selection table
OD 762
A
B
A
4.42
Selection table
OD 812.8
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 812.8 (ND 800), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type 100
250
350
42 81 19
13
10
7.4
type
100
250
350
44 81 14
44 81 15
44 81 16
44 81 17
44 81 18
44 81 19
44 81 25
44 81 26
44 81 27
44 81 28
44 81 29
44 81 35
44 81 36
44 81 37
44 81 38
44 81 39
44 81 45
44 81 46
44 81 47
44 81 48
54
89
122
154
208
308
44
71
98
119
168
239
37
57
79
87
125
174
55
77
119
164
248
E
d2
B
d3
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
B
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
250
340
292
340
336
340
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
43
65
100
127
196
40
59
87
119
180
69
104
150
159
259
280
340
339
68
103
149
158
258
334
560
67
86
138
153
201
35
52
83
89
105
85
114
142
197
218
310
580
580
65
84
105
146
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
480
90
33
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
47
63
78
108
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
700
700
700
700
700
720
790
790
790
790
790
810
810
810
810
810
810
810
810
810
156
162
168
181
222
235
138
149
171
196
218
189
209
225
276
260
218
283
260
286
76
78
90
109
149
198
72
98
120
153
218
121
173
231
264
312
197
263
300
410
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
90
135
210
271
323
68 55
102 81
156 123
208 165
250 198
74 70 50
117 111 80
226 219 207 145
332 319 315 289 204
81
104
149
228 220
400 363 351 341 338
662 606 587 568 556
80
102
140
198
306
502
62 34
80 46
109 60
152 81
236 125
386 207
60 45 34
82 62 46
108 81 60
147 108 80
250 219 163 120
398 394 365 273 200
46
51
61
61
71
46
51
61
71
46
46
51
51
61
71
46
46
51
51
61
71
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1500
1500
1560
1560
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
2300
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
45 214 267 215
60 268 331 240
70 360 446 255
90 447 559 245
100 544 615 265
80 296 419 250
80 405 545 250
90 586 762 320
100 750 971 320
90 396 520 280
90 466 635 300
100 563 755 330
110 665 903 350
120 881 1166 370
150 1341 1771 415
90 433 598 295
90 523 709 300
100 631 869 340
110 746 1021 350
120 976 1335 370
150 1350 1879 465
162 266
177 279
224 338
257 392
281 448
209 338
271 438
386 597
449 717
261 398
295 461
343 537
420 654
540 854
773 1153
282 447
335 532
394 628
477 761
591 947
818 1322
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
H
E
C
4. 81 11
4. 81 12
4. 81 13
4. 81 14
4. 81 15
4. 81 21
4. 81 22
4. 81 23
4. 81 24
4. 81 31
4. 81 32
4. 81 33
4. 81 34
4. 81 35
4. 81 36
4. 81 41
4. 81 42
4. 81 43
4. 81 44
4. 81 45
4. 81 46
307
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.43
type
100
250
350
49 81 13
49 81 14
49 81 25
49 81 35
49 81 45
118
162
158
280
350
102
128
152
243
301
74
94
130
218
286
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
108
184
257
100
173
240
168
232
150
210
560
106
154
580 600°C
116
85
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
556
606
706
706
706
400
395
445
450
445
362
400
425
425
425
590
585
635
650
650
150
200
300
300
300
109
122
145
161
167
Selection table
OD 863.6
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 863.6 (ND 850), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
250
350
13
10
7.2
type
100
250
350
44 86 14
44 86 15
44 86 16
44 86 17
44 86 18
44 86 19
44 86 25
44 86 26
44 86 27
44 86 28
44 86 29
44 86 35
44 86 36
44 86 37
44 86 38
44 86 46
44 86 47
44 86 48
51
88
151
208
300
308
42
70
119
173
221
238
36
59
87
125
176
172
78
119
168
188
254
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
504
100
37
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
60
78
108
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
71
61
71
71
735
735
735
735
735
760
815
815
815
815
815
845
845
845
845
845
845
845
171
162
203
222
248
229
149
171
198
218
218
210
225
276
270
276
276
286
81
86
117
161
215
215
101
124
169
223
233
191
248
300
319
294
334
441
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
7-9
8-30
8-30
8-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
B
E
42 86 19
560
d2
type 100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
340
340
333
340
280
340
340
101
150
185
260
87
138
175
200
335
216
308
52
82
91
104
109
142
197
84
105
146
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
d3
60
87
125
136
184
102
151
187
263
580
B
E
296
65
100
137
149
201
560
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
80
100
140
197
306
504
62 34
80 46
109 60
152 80
235 124
388 206
60 45 34
81 61 46
106 80 60
143 108 80
212 211 162 120
373 359 272 200
46
51
61
61
71
46
51
61
71
46
46
51
51
61
71
46
46
51
51
61
71
1230
1230
1250
1250
1250
1550
1550
1550
1550
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
2350
2350
2350
2350
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
45 238 286 215
60 284 352 240
70 377 458 255
90 508 572 245
100 563 641 265
80 336 451 250
80 443 592 250
90 595 807 320
100 769 1013 320
90 395 530 280
90 476 643 300
100 558 746 330
110 678 914 350
120 896 1218 370
150 1354 1800 415
90 461 629 295
90 556 749 300
100 645 884 340
110 769 1042 350
120 977 1344 370
150 1398 1923 465
176 296
198 310
235 376
260 437
283 466
225 366
295 469
376 596
469 745
270 417
317 490
371 576
450 695
580 903
786 1214
303 477
351 556
422 665
486 770
625 996
872 1375
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
type 46
L
d3
type 48
L
d3
279
C
type
100
250
350
49 86 13
49 86 14
49 86 25
49 86 35
49 86 45
136
242
203
411
553
115
190
176
355
406
84
154
153
305
460
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
139
252
414
129
238
353
233
320
209
283
560
148
199
580 600°C
156
117
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
582
632
732
732
732
450
445
495
495
495
360
420
451
480
485
650
660
715
715
755
150
200
300
300
300
126
145
176
200
232
H
E
70 55
101 80
156 124
208 165
248 196
73 70 50
116 110 80
226 218 181 146
331 318 314 262 204
83
101
153
224 218
397 361 349 340 337
661 605 586 567 555
EK
90
135
202
273
319
ER
type
4. 86 11
4. 86 12
4. 86 13
4. 86 14
4. 86 15
4. 86 21
4. 86 22
4. 86 23
4. 86 24
4. 86 31
4. 86 32
4. 86 33
4. 86 34
4. 86 35
4. 86 36
4. 86 41
4. 86 42
4. 86 43
4. 86 44
4. 86 45
4. 86 46
307
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.44
Selection table
OD 914.4
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 914.4 (ND 900), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type 100
250
350
42 91 19
13
10
7.6
type
100
250
350
44 91 14
44 91 15
44 91 16
44 91 17
44 91 18
44 91 19
44 91 25
44 91 26
44 91 27
44 91 28
44 91 29
44 91 35
44 91 36
44 91 37
44 91 38
44 91 46
44 91 47
44 91 48
51
88
153
208
254
308
43
70
117
170
209
238
36
56
87
125
167
172
78
120
169
188
255
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
580
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
530
100
40
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
63
78
108
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
71
61
71
71
760
760
760
760
760
785
840
840
840
840
840
870
870
870
870
870
870
870
156
162
201
222
229
235
149
171
196
218
218
209
225
276
260
283
260
286
83
86
120
163
220
220
107
133
168
224
238
191
251
289
340
293
330
439
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
E
d2
B
d3
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
B
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
279
340
297
340
329
340
65
101
133
149
201
60
88
125
136
184
102
152
186
255
274
340
340
101
150
184
252
85
139
170
202
335
218
308
560
52
83
90
105
115
143
198
580
85
105
146
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
96
135
214
280
332
72 57
102 81
158 125
210 167
249 197
84
122
215 208
317 305 301
387 371 367
81 60
117 85
197 140
275 200
332 240
91
140
203
444 424 410 399 395
680 630 610 590 576
680 680 680 680 676
90
139
185
360
518
608
70 40
109 60
145 80
277 147
398 214
468 252
72
109
145
260 255
410 364
476 468 438
54 40
81 60
110 80
192 140
272 200
330 240
46
51
61
61
71
46
51
61
71
71
46
46
51
61
71
71
46
46
51
61
71
71
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1700
1700
1700
1700
1760
1780
1700
1700
1700
1700
1800
1800
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
50
60
70
90
100
80
90
100
100
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
262
309
442
556
616
383
487
666
862
930
500
636
771
1152
1532
1750
547
692
851
1216
1581
1776
320
379
514
618
704
514
643
861
1105
1278
645
828
1021
1500
1945
2116
737
942
1154
1655
2091
2393
255 204
240 214
240 263
265 305
295 339
250 272
270 316
300 414
325 482
345 562
300 314
330 390
350 469
385 691
455 913
440 998
300 342
345 443
370 544
445 764
445 946
490 1109
310
329
407
471
537
407
498
639
756
876
479
594
718
1035
1291
1447
537
694
849
1136
1451
1642
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
607
657
757
757
757
450
450
500
500
495
362
420
451
483
483
650
660
715
715
755
150
200
300
300
300
129
149
180
203
236
H
E
C
4. 91 11
4. 91 12
4. 91 13
4. 91 14
4. 91 15
4. 91 21
4. 91 22
4. 91 23
4. 91 24
4. 91 25
4. 91 31
4. 91 32
4. 91 33
4. 91 34
4. 91 35
4. 91 36
4. 91 41
4. 91 42
4. 91 43
4. 91 44
4. 91 45
4. 91 46
307
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.45
type
100
250
350
49 91 13
49 91 14
49 91 25
49 91 35
49 91 45
137
249
203
397
559
116
193
176
346
486
85
157
153
309
466
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
140
255
419
130
240
356
236
323
209
285
560
148
201
580 600°C
156
118
Selection table
OD 965.2
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 965.2 (ND 950), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
13
10
7.4
type
100
250
350
44 97 14
44 97 15
44 97 16
44 97 17
44 97 18
44 97 19
44 97 25
44 97 26
44 97 27
44 97 28
44 97 29
44 97 35
44 97 36
44 97 37
44 97 38
44 97 39
44 97 46
44 97 47
44 97 48
51
89
149
208
299
366
43
71
119
173
233
295
36
60
87
126
175
215
85
123
171
246
299
346
340
311
340
97
126
178
227
101
148
188
201
241
259
340
340
99
146
185
199
238
560
85
140
170
192
232
335
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
554
100
41
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
61
78
108
41
51
61
71
71
81
51
71
71
71
81
61
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
785
785
785
800
800
820
865
865
865
865
880
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
171
162
203
222
248
276
182
189
210
218
255
210
225
270
276
286
276
276
286
89
94
130
179
241
309
118
144
193
246
317
200
265
304
352
464
307
349
463
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
B
52
83
91
105
155
107
143
198
305
580
83
106
147
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
57
80
127
166
227
293
83
118
208
304 295
435 427 419
575 556 542
type
100
250
350
49 97 13
49 97 14
49 97 25
49 97 35
49 97 45
139
249
264
414
581
118
197
225
358
500
87
160
178
308
475
80
114
181
250
345
441
383
680 626 606 586
680 680 680 680
760 760 742 715
60
85
143
200
280
360
90
139
201
380
574
673
689
89
139
185
359
520
612
684
70
109
145
276
400
471
570
40
60
80
147
213
250
310
71
106
140
252
385 368
472 422
586 581 557
53
80
106
189
270
318
419
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
146
255
427
136
240
386
237
339
231
300
40
60
80
140
200
239
310
46
51
61
61
71
81
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
71
1350
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1700
1750
1750
1750
1750
1770
1770
1770
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
1780
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
50
60
70
90
100
100
80
90
100
100
110
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
285
338
437
542
745
863
417
523
703
858
1037
1244
511
639
764
1174
1556
1805
1897
586
746
875
1249
1599
1807
2166
347
419
546
643
825
995
554
696
888
1114
1399
1647
659
842
1002
1539
2000
2257
2506
777
990
1166
1679
2152
2433
2914
295
300
315
330
330
370
305
345
375
405
450
460
330
345
395
430
465
485
520
300
345
370
445
445
490
490
267
300
304
349
406
455
312
351
438
540
670
813
336
429
519
761
1022
1060
1164
373
471
552
815
970
1121
1290
363 5-8
389 6-9
450 7-10
536 8-10
602 9-30
690 10-40
442 5-8
546 6-9
670 7-10
831 8-30
1019 9-30
1203 10-40
509 5-8
647 5-8
777 6-9
1097 7-10
1377 8-30
1542 9-30
1733 10-40
589 5-8
727 5-8
858 6-9
1249 7-10
1500 8-30
1734 9-30
1966 9-30
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
633
683
783
783
783
450
445
500
500
500
400
460
490
520
520
650
660
715
715
755
150
200
300
300
300
137
159
191
214
249
type 46
L
d3
EK
72
101
160
209
287
370
type 48
L
d3
ER
96
134
216
278
383
492
330
C
E
4. 97 11
4. 97 12
4. 97 13
4. 97 14
4. 97 15
4. 97 16
4. 97 21
4. 97 22
4. 97 23
4. 97 24
4. 97 25
4. 97 26
4. 97 31
4. 97 32
4. 97 33
4. 97 34
4. 97 35
4. 97 36
4. 97 37
4. 97 41
4. 97 42
4. 97 43
4. 97 44
4. 97 45
4. 97 46
4. 97 47
H
type
380
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
103
137
193
247
580
E
42 97 19
560
E
350
d2
250
d3
type 100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
163
212
580 600°C
165
125
A
B
A
4.46
Selection table
OD 1016
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1016 (ND 1000), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type 100
d2
B
31
350
23
16
E
42 T0 19
250
d3
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
B
type
100
250
350
44 T0 14
44 T0 15
44 T0 16
44 T0 17
44 T0 18
44 T0 19
44 T0 24
44 T0 25
44 T0 26
44 T0 27
44 T0 28
44 T0 29
44 T0 35
44 T0 36
44 T0 37
44 T0 38
44 T0 39
44 T0 46
44 T0 47
44 T0 48
92
149
208
288
373
405
73
120
173
230
295
359
60
87
125
174
212
259
87
123
171
249
299
343
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
330
H
E
C
A
B
A
4.47
4. T0 11
4. T0 12
4. T0 13
4. T0 14
4. T0 15
4. T0 16
4. T0 21
4. T0 22
4. T0 23
4. T0 24
4. T0 25
4. T0 26
4. T0 31
4. T0 32
4. T0 33
4. T0 34
4. T0 35
4. T0 36
4. T0 37
4. T0 41
4. T0 42
4. T0 43
4. T0 44
4. T0 45
4. T0 46
4. T0 47
380
380
340
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
69
103
137
197
242
280
63
97
125
180
222
258
99
146
188
199
242
340
333
98
144
185
197
239
328
560
84
139
170
192
232
52
83
91
105
155
107
143
198
304
580
580
82
106
147
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
592
150
85
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
61
78
108
51
61
71
71
81
91
51
71
71
71
81
81
61
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
810
810
850
850
860
915
890
890
890
890
910
910
930
930
930
930
930
930
930
930
162
203
222
248
276
276
182
189
210
218
276
283
210
225
270
276
286
255
276
286
97
137
184
252
323
370
123
150
198
254
326
376
205
274
311
361
478
315
359
476
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
10-40
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
97
134
216
321
458
606
72
101
159
235
351
459
57
80
126
187
279
364
86
119
208
303
436 427
562 541 512
81
114
181
253
360
416
60
84
141
200
285
390
91
141
188
388
680 627 608 588 574
680 680 680 680 676
760 760 760 760 760
type
100
250
350
49 T0 13
49 T0 14
49 T0 25
49 T0 35
49 T0 45
175
299
295
414
583
133
221
251
358
502
108
179
200
308
477
90
140
185
359
520
611
742
70
109
145
276
400
470
581
40
60
80
147
213
250
310
71
107
139
253
370 367
433 424
588 583 556
53
80
108
189
270
320
419
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
164
255
428
152
240
386
237
339
231
300
40
60
80
139
199
240
310
46
51
61
61
71
81
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
560
163
212
1570
1570
1600
1600
1600
1600
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1820
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1980
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
50
60
70
90
100
100
80
90
100
100
110
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
580 600°C
165
125
323
380
492
655
880
1195
462
583
782
1016
1176
1338
561
710
852
1338
1688
1911
2140
663
828
980
1382
1771
2029
2407
395
467
608
817
1048
1267
619
758
1002
1232
1537
1730
728
916
1107
1655
2156
2444
2736
854
1082
1275
1841
2344
2649
3182
295
300
315
330
330
370
305
345
375
405
450
460
330
345
395
430
465
485
520
300
345
370
445
445
490
490
E
A
B
658
708
808
808
808
435
445
495
495
500
410
470
500
540
540
318
330
352
414
506
609
338
388
487
604
798
865
391
474
577
802
1097
1143
1370
425
522
617
910
1083
1249
1443
411
466
520
600
766
870
531
588
743
903
1123
1222
567
699
850
1192
1492
1679
1889
633
794
931
1352
1635
1831
2153
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
10-40
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
C
H
wt.
[kg]
705
715
760
760
810
150
200
300
300
300
231
251
291
311
346
4
Selection table
OD 1067
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1067 (ND 1050), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
100
250
350
44 T1 14
44 T1 15
44 T1 16
44 T1 17
44 T1 18
44 T1 19
44 T1 24
44 T1 25
44 T1 26
44 T1 27
44 T1 28
44 T1 29
44 T1 35
44 T1 36
44 T1 37
44 T1 38
44 T1 39
44 T1 46
44 T1 47
44 T1 48
92
151
208
293
373
405
73
118
172
236
297
357
61
87
125
175
214
258
87
123
172
252
300
347
380
340
69
104
137
198
241
280
63
97
125
180
223
258
99
146
188
199
242
340
334
98
144
185
197
239
329
560
84
139
170
191
233
52
83
91
106
157
107
143
199
304
580
83
106
146
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
618
150
89
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
61
79
108
51
61
71
71
81
91
51
71
71
71
81
81
61
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
835
835
875
875
885
940
915
915
915
915
935
935
955
955
955
955
955
955
955
955
162
203
222
248
276
276
182
189
210
218
276
283
210
225
270
276
286
276
276
286
104
144
195
266
338
379
129
157
208
266
342
392
215
287
326
377
501
331
376
499
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
10-40
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
B
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
72
102
159
234
353
458
57
81
126
186
280
364
84
118
208
295
435 422
594 544 508
type
100
250
350
49 T1 13
49 T1 14
49 T1 25
49 T1 35
49 T1 45
172
301
296
414
579
134
222
251
358
498
109
180
200
308
473
81
114
182
256
364
413
60
84
140
200
286
390
93
141
188
388
680 627 608 588 574
680 680 680 680 676
760 760 760 760 760
90
140
185
359
520
614
741
70
109
145
277
400
473
580
40
60
80
147
213
250
310
71
107
147
253
358 356
479 431
582 580 570
54
81
108
189
270
324
419
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
166
255
425
154
240
387
237
342
231
302
40
60
80
140
200
240
310
46
51
61
61
71
81
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
560
163
214
1500
1640
1650
1650
1650
1650
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
1870
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2650
2650
2650
2650
2650
2650
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
50
60
70
90
100
100
80
90
100
100
110
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
580 600°C
165
125
336
407
527
702
935
1124
504
627
832
1034
1251
1424
603
757
904
1417
1865
2026
2265
708
873
1052
1481
1877
2139
2601
417
498
646
865
1139
1300
642
790
1066
1290
1624
1824
763
969
1164
1722
2256
2557
2859
896
1138
1372
1926
2462
2842
3357
295
300
315
330
330
370
305
345
375
405
450
460
330
345
395
430
465
485
520
300
345
370
445
445
490
490
E
A
B
684
734
834
834
834
435
445
495
495
500
440
500
530
570
570
312
345
374
436
565
635
365
404
507
631
789
903
407
493
599
836
1121
1190
1387
441
546
645
943
1126
1299
1490
423
493
552
663
800
900
560
607
767
930
1164
1265
602
721
876
1235
1543
1735
1969
670
838
964
1398
1688
1876
2216
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
10-40
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
C
H
wt.
[kg]
705
715
760
760
810
150
200
300
300
300
243
263
304
324
361
type 46
L
d3
EK
97
134
213
317
464
595
type 48
L
d3
ER
4. T1 11
4. T1 12
4. T1 13
4. T1 14
4. T1 15
4. T1 16
4. T1 21
4. T1 22
4. T1 23
4. T1 24
4. T1 25
4. T1 26
4. T1 31
4. T1 32
4. T1 33
4. T1 34
4. T1 35
4. T1 36
4. T1 37
4. T1 41
4. T1 42
4. T1 43
4. T1 44
4. T1 45
4. T1 46
4. T1 47
330
C
E
type
380
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
600°C
E
16
580
d2
23
560
E
31
350
H
42 T1 19
250
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d3
type 100
A
B
A
4.48
Selection table
OD 1118
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1118 (ND 1100), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type 100
250
350
42 T2 19
31
23
16
type
100
250
350
44 T2 14
44 T2 15
44 T2 16
44 T2 17
44 T2 18
44 T2 19
44 T2 24
44 T2 25
44 T2 26
44 T2 27
44 T2 28
44 T2 29
44 T2 35
44 T2 36
44 T2 37
44 T2 38
44 T2 39
44 T2 46
44 T2 47
44 T2 48
92
151
207
294
369
405
74
113
164
232
296
358
59
87
125
174
214
259
88
123
172
249
301
348
E
d2
B
d3
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
B
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
374
380
340
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
69
104
137
195
241
280
63
98
125
181
223
259
100
146
188
200
242
340
334
98
144
185
197
239
329
560
84
139
170
193
233
52
83
91
106
157
107
143
199
305
580
580
83
106
147
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
644
150
93
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
61
79
109
51
61
71
71
81
91
51
71
71
71
81
81
61
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
860
860
900
900
915
965
940
940
940
940
960
960
980
980
980
980
980
980
980
980
162
203
222
248
276
276
182
189
210
218
276
283
210
225
270
276
286
276
276
286
109
151
200
277
346
397
132
161
213
272
349
401
220
294
332
384
511
338
383
509
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
10-40
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
97
136
213
320
471
598
72
101
159
235
354
459
57
80
126
187
280
364
90
119
208
300
435 429
539 524 508
81
116
178
252
366
419
60
85
142
200
285
390
92
141
186
389
680 629 610 590 576
680 680 680 680 673
760 760 760 760 760
90
140
185
360
518
612
741
70
109
144
277
399
471
580
40
60
80
146
213
250
310
72
107
146
257
406 367
480 430
589 584 569
54
80
108
189
271
324
419
40
60
80
140
200
240
310
46
51
61
61
71
81
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
1560
1570
1670
1670
1690
1690
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1970
2000
2000
2000
2000
2030
2030
2030
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
50
60
70
90
100
100
80
90
100
100
110
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
362
427
562
718
992
1230
532
664
869
1097
1385
1545
642
806
958
1491
1963
2134
2382
754
926
1109
1571
1989
2292
2773
458
540
685
918
1206
1409
677
833
1118
1355
1713
1965
807
1020
1226
1809
2377
2691
3000
956
1187
1440
2040
2574
2993
3519
295
300
315
330
330
370
305
345
375
405
450
460
330
345
395
430
465
485
520
300
345
370
445
445
490
490
E
A
B
709
759
859
859
859
435
445
495
495
500
450
510
550
590
590
357
373
459
514
612
680
415
496
546
679
843
983
436
536
606
893
1159
1280
1482
497
600
687
966
1202
1329
1570
480
573
608
721
868
984
637
667
817
992
1238
1335
661
774
894
1300
1634
1828
2111
719
890
1026
1430
1784
1981
2318
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
10-40
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
C
H
wt.
[kg]
700
715
760
760
810
150
200
300
300
300
251
272
315
335
373
H
E
C
4. T2 11
4. T2 12
4. T2 13
4. T2 14
4. T2 15
4. T2 16
4. T2 21
4. T2 22
4. T2 23
4. T2 24
4. T2 25
4. T2 26
4. T2 31
4. T2 32
4. T2 33
4. T2 34
4. T2 35
4. T2 36
4. T2 37
4. T2 41
4. T2 42
4. T2 43
4. T2 44
4. T2 45
4. T2 46
4. T2 47
380
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.49
type
100
250
350
49 T2 13
49 T2 14
49 T2 25
49 T2 35
49 T2 45
174
305
298
414
581
135
223
254
358
500
110
181
204
308
475
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
167
255
427
155
240
389
237
343
231
304
560
163
214
580 600°C
166
126
Selection table
OD 1168
4
Temp. of medium 600°C
from page 4.52
Load doubling via type 77,
see page 4.67
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1168 (ND 1150), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type
100
250
350
44 T3 14
44 T3 15
44 T3 16
44 T3 17
44 T3 18
44 T3 19
44 T3 24
44 T3 25
44 T3 26
44 T3 27
44 T3 28
44 T3 29
44 T3 35
44 T3 36
44 T3 37
44 T3 38
44 T3 39
44 T3 46
44 T3 47
44 T3 48
95
152
208
302
360
405
75
116
168
240
290
357
63
87
125
174
210
258
87
124
173
251
302
346
380
340
68
104
137
199
237
274
63
98
125
182
221
256
100
146
188
200
231
340
334
98
144
185
197
231
329
560
84
140
170
192
225
52
83
91
106
156
107
144
198
301
580
83
106
148
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
670
150
97
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
61
79
109
51
61
71
71
81
91
51
71
71
71
81
81
61
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
162
203
222
248
276
276
182
189
210
225
276
283
210
225
270
276
286
276
276
298
113
156
211
288
368
414
138
169
223
307
365
419
231
308
348
403
539
354
402
532
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
10-40
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
885
885
925
925
985
1000
965
965
965
965
985
985
1005
1005
1005
1005
1020
1005
1005
1005
B
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
B
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
95
135
213
318
471
592
72
101
159
234
355
460
57
80
126
186
282
365
87
124
209
301
434 422
580 531 514
type
100
250
350
49 T3 13
49 T3 14
49 T3 25
49 T3 35
49 T3 45
174
308
300
414
578
137
225
255
358
497
111
183
204
308
472
80
116
179
252
366
421
90
139
183
357
522
608
742
70
107
145
275
402
468
580
40
60
80
147
213
250
310
71
106
147
258
410 367
480 424
588 583 571
54
80
108
189
271
319
420
40
60
80
140
200
240
309
1630
1650
1720
1720
1750
1750
1950
1950
1950
1950
1950
2060
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2100
2100
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2120
2120
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2750
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
2850
50
60
70
90
100
100
80
90
100
100
110
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
389
459
598
761
1050
1263
565
704
907
1160
1424
1637
678
859
1013
1576
2119
2264
2524
798
995
1188
1662
2104
2471
2941
482
577
730
969
1271
1443
707
876
1171
1422
1795
2060
849
1070
1287
1904
2497
2798
3209
992
1257
1508
2131
2700
3158
3684
295
300
315
330
330
370
305
345
375
405
450
460
330
345
395
430
465
485
520
300
345
370
445
445
490
490
E
A
B
734
784
884
884
884
435
445
495
495
500
470
540
580
620
620
373
391
494
531
639
714
428
511
607
704
878
983
453
555
632
928
1167
1339
1548
512
621
716
1005
1249
1417
1672
493
588
658
756
891
1029
651
693
879
1021
1274
1380
675
797
926
1343
1688
1885
2180
741
916
1054
1476
1838
2044
2399
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
10-40
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
C
H
wt.
[kg]
700
715
760
760
810
150
200
300
300
300
261
284
328
348
388
type 46
L
d3
type 48
L
d3
374
C
H
398
665 617 602 589
680 680 680 680
760 760 760 760
60
85
143
201
285
390
93
141
184
394
576
673
759
46
51
61
61
71
81
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
EK
4. T3 11
4. T3 12
4. T3 13
4. T3 14
4. T3 15
4. T3 16
4. T3 21
4. T3 22
4. T3 23
4. T3 24
4. T3 25
4. T3 26
4. T3 31
4. T3 32
4. T3 33
4. T3 34
4. T3 35
4. T3 36
4. T3 37
4. T3 41
4. T3 42
4. T3 43
4. T3 44
4. T3 45
4. T3 46
4. T3 47
ER
type
380
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d2
600°C
E
16
580
d2
23
560
E
31
350
E
42 T3 19
250
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
d3
type 100
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
167
255
425
156
240
396
237
359
231
347
560
163
240
580 600°C
180
132
A
B
A
4.50
Selection table
OD 1219
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1219 (ND 1200), type 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
type 100
d2
B
31
350
23
16
E
42 T4 19
250
d3
Heat-resistant materials,
see pp. 0.9 and 4.4
E
B
type
100
250
350
44 T4 14
44 T4 15
44 T4 16
44 T4 17
44 T4 18
44 T4 19
44 T4 24
44 T4 25
44 T4 26
44 T4 27
44 T4 28
44 T4 29
44 T4 35
44 T4 36
44 T4 37
44 T4 38
44 T4 39
44 T4 46
44 T4 47
44 T4 48
95
152
208
301
361
405
76
121
166
235
290
359
60
87
125
174
210
260
90
124
170
250
301
347
type
type 46
L
EK
d3
type 48
L
ER
d3
374
380
340
560
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
70
102
134
197
239
277
64
95
125
182
221
256
100
151
188
200
234
340
334
98
149
185
197
231
330
560
85
140
170
192
227
52
83
92
106
157
107
144
200
303
580
580
83
106
148
d2
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
M30
694
150
100
5-6
600°C
d3
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
61
79
110
51
61
71
71
81
91
51
71
71
71
81
81
61
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
162
203
222
248
276
276
182
189
210
225
283
283
210
225
270
276
286
276
276
298
119
167
217
301
376
424
143
172
228
313
395
432
236
318
355
410
549
360
409
544
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
10-40
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
600°C
910
910
950
950
1010
1030
990
990
990
990
1010
1020
1030
1030
1030
1030
1045
1030
1030
1030
permissible load [kN]
L
type 46
type 48
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600°C d3 min max EK [kg min] [kg max] ER [kg min] [kg max] group
97
134
213
320
481
592
72
101
159
235
354
459
57
80
126
186
281
364
90
122
208
297
435 427
580 540 505
80
116
179
252
367
410
396
656 609 594 581
680 680 680 680
760 760 760 759
60
85
141
200
285
390
92
141
189
392
574
675
751
90
140
185
360
522
613
741
70
109
144
277
402
472
580
40
60
80
146
213
250
310
71
105
146
247
405 361
473 426
568 565
54
80
108
189
270
321
420
40
60
80
140
200
240
310
46
51
61
61
71
81
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
1780
1780
1780
1800
1800
1800
2000
2000
2000
2000
2030
2120
2100
2100
2100
2100
2170
2180
2180
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2230
2230
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2800
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
2900
50
60
70
90
100
100
80
90
100
100
110
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
100
110
110
130
130
160
160
419
497
638
874
1112
1384
600
757
976
1216
1521
1725
726
911
1073
1651
2199
2409
2701
846
1055
1245
1761
2224
2630
3142
512
602
777
1024
1341
1565
752
923
1230
1504
1892
2156
896
1116
1348
1992
2587
2915
3383
1049
1328
1574
2240
2836
3277
3861
295
300
315
330
330
370
305
345
375
405
450
460
330
345
395
430
465
485
520
300
345
370
445
445
490
490
E
A
B
760
810
910
910
910
435
445
495
495
500
490
560
610
650
650
402
418
512
567
670
766
441
527
629
734
923
1026
473
580
654
967
1241
1402
1571
533
647
741
1039
1297
1500
1770
506
603
690
793
928
1129
666
709
911
1057
1317
1425
690
817
952
1415
1733
1942
2238
761
948
1088
1515
1889
2108
2531
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-10
9-30
10-40
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
C
H
wt.
[kg]
700
715
760
760
810
150
200
300
300
300
271
294
341
367
402
H
E
C
4. T4 11
4. T4 12
4. T4 13
4. T4 14
4. T4 15
4. T4 16
4. T4 21
4. T4 22
4. T4 23
4. T4 24
4. T4 25
4. T4 26
4. T4 31
4. T4 32
4. T4 33
4. T4 34
4. T4 35
4. T4 36
4. T4 37
4. T4 41
4. T4 42
4. T4 43
4. T4 44
4. T4 45
4. T4 46
4. T4 47
380
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
A
B
A
4.51
type
100
250
350
49 T4 13
49 T4 14
49 T4 25
49 T4 35
49 T4 45
175
308
301
488
575
137
227
256
422
494
112
185
206
363
470
permissible load [kN]
450 500 510 530
169
298
422
157
280
393
277
360
270
348
560
192
240
580 600°C
180
132
4
Selection table OD 21.3 - 42.4
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 21.3 (ND 15), type 45, 49
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
45 01 51
45 01 51
45 01 51
45 01 51
3.5
2.6
2.0
1.7
3.1
2.2
1.8
1.5
2.7
1.9
1.5
1.3
1.7
1.2
1.0
0.8
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
49 01 55
4.4
4.0
3.6
2.5
2.3
1.7
1.3
1.1
3.2
2.0
1.5
1.1
0.9
2.8
E
B
L
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
70
70
70
70
300
400
500
600
3.9
5.0
6.1
7.2
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
211
250
140
330
200
5.6
E
B
L
wt.
[kg]
load
group
d1
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 26.9 (ND 20), type 45, 49
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
45 02 51
45 02 51
45 02 51
45 02 51
3.6
2.6
2.0
1.7
3.2
2.3
1.8
1.5
2.7
2.0
1.6
1.3
1.8
1.3
1.0
0.8
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
70
70
70
70
300
400
500
600
3.9
5.0
6.1
7.2
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
49 02 55
4.5
4.0
3.6
2.5
213
250
140
330
200
5.7
2.4
1.7
1.3
1.1
3.2
2.1
1.5
1.2
1.0
2.8
d1
type 43
B
d1
600
E
type
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 33.7 (ND 25), type 43, 45, 49
wt.
[kg]
load
group
235
50
1.4
C-2
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
43 03 59
4.4
3.9
3.4
2.3
650°C
E
B
1.8
6.0
1.3
4.4
1.0
3.4
0.8
2.8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
70
100
70
100
70
100
70
100
E
A
217
250
3.0
2.7
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
45 03 51
45 03 52
45 03 51
45 03 52
45 03 51
45 03 52
45 03 51
45 03 52
3.7
9.3
2.7
8.8
2.1
6.9
1.7
5.6
3.3
9.3
2.4
7.7
1.8
6.0
1.5
5.0
2.8
9.2
2.0
6.7
1.6
5.3
1.3
4.3
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
49 03 55
4.7
4.2
3.8
2.6
2.5
8.0
1.8
5.9
1.4
4.6
1.1
3.7
3.3
2.1
6.9
1.5
5.1
1.2
4.0
1.0
3.2
2.9
d1
12
d1
L
wt.
[kg]
load
group
300
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
3.9
8.1
5.0
10.5
6.1
12.8
7.2
15.2
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
140
330
200
6.0
type 45
L
d1
E
B
600
B
E
type
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 42.4 (ND 32), type 43, 45, 49
610
4.4
3.9
3.4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
45 04 51
45 04 52
45 04 51
45 04 52
45 04 51
45 04 52
45 04 51
45 04 52
7.3
18
5.5
14
4.4
11
3.7
9.4
6.4
16
4.8
12
3.9
9.9
3.2
8.3
5.5
14
4.2
10
3.4
8.6
2.8
7.2
3.5
9.2
2.7
6.9
2.2
5.6
1.8
4.7
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
49 04 55
5.2
4.7
4.1
2.9
3.0
4.8
12
3.6
9.3
2.9
7.5
2.4
6.3
3.7
2.7
4.2
10
3.2
8.1
2.5
6.5
2.1
5.4
3.2
650°C
2.3
12
d1
d1
E
B
240
50
1.4
load
group
C-2
E
B
L
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
70
100
70
100
70
100
70
100
350
350
450
450
550
550
650
650
6.6
12.8
8.2
15.9
9.9
19.0
11.5
22.2
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
221
250
140
330
200
6.1
type 49
C
E
600
43 04 59
wt.
[kg]
H
type
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
B
A
A
4.52
Selection table OD 48.3 - 73
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 48.3 (ND 40), type 43, 45, 49
type 43
E
d1
B
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 05 59
4.4
3.9
3.4
2.3
12
240
50
1.4
C-2
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
L
wt.
[kg]
load
group
45 05 51
45 05 52
45 05 51
45 05 52
45 05 51
45 05 52
45 05 51
45 05 52
8.6
20
6.5
17
5.2
13
4.3
12
7.5
20
5.7
15
4.5
12
3.8
10
6.6
17
4.9
13
3.9
10
3.3
8.8
4.2
11
3.2
8.6
2.5
6.9
2.1
5.7
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
80
120
80
120
80
120
80
120
350
350
450
450
550
550
650
650
7.5
15.4
9.4
19.1
11.3
22.9
13.2
26.7
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
49 05 55
5.2
4.7
4.2
2.9
224
250
140
330
200
6.2
3.0
5.7
15
4.3
11
3.4
9.2
2.8
7.7
3.7
2.7
5.0
13
3.7
10
3.0
8.0
2.5
6.7
3.2
type 45
L
d1
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 06 59
4.7
4.6
4.6
3.6
12
250
50
2.4
C-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
L
wt.
[kg]
load
group
45 06 51
45 06 52
45 06 51
45 06 52
45 06 51
45 06 52
45 06 51
45 06 52
9.3
20
7.5
16
6.0
13
5.1
10
8.6
18
6.6
14
5.3
11
4.5
9.6
7.5
15
5.7
12
4.6
9.9
3.9
8.3
4.8
10
3.7
7.9
3.0
6.4
2.5
5.4
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
100
120
100
120
100
120
100
120
400
400
500
500
600
600
700
700
10.7
17.4
13.0
21.2
15.4
24.9
17.7
28.7
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
49 06 55
5.9
5.3
4.8
3.3
230
250
140
330
200
6.6
B
E
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 60.3 (ND 50), type 43, 45, 49
type 48
L
ER
d3
dN
4.6
6.5
13
5.0
10
4.0
8.6
3.4
7.3
4.2
4.2
5.6
12
4.3
9.0
3.5
7.5
2.9
6.3
3.7
type 49
C
H
E
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 73 (ND 65), type 43, 48, 49
B
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 07 59
4.7
4.6
4.6
3.6
12
255
50
2.5
C-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 07 51
48 07 52
48 07 53
7.9
11
19
7.0
10
17
6.2
9.0
15
4.1
6.0
10
36
36
36
70
70
100
350
350
350
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
49 07 55
5.9
5.3
4.8
3.3
A
A
4.53
type
4.6
5.4
8.0
13
4.2
4.2
4.6
7.0
11
3.7
21
21
25
L
[kg]
max min max
750
750
750
6.0
8.0
10
14
18
23
load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
237
250
140
330
200
6.8
4
Selection table OD 76.1 - 133
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 76.1 (ND 65), type 43, 48, 49
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 08 59
4.7
4.6
4.6
3.6
12
255
50
2.5
C-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 08 51
48 08 52
48 08 53
7.9
11
19
7.0
10
17
6.2
9.0
15
4.1
6.0
10
36
36
36
70
70
100
350
350
350
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
49 08 55
6.1
5.5
4.9
3.4
4.4
4.6
7.0
11
3.8
21
21
25
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
750
750
750
6.0
8.0
10
14
18
23
load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
238
250
140
330
200
6.9
type 43
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 88.9 (ND 80), type 43, 48, 49
600
610
43 09 59
4.7
4.6
4.6
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 09 51
48 09 52
48 09 53
8.1
11
19
7.2
10
17
6.4
9.0
15
4.2
6.0
10
36
36
36
75
85
100
350
350
350
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
49 09 55
8.9
8.0
7.2
4.9
4.6
5.5
7.9
13
6.3
650°C
d1
E
3.6
12
260
4.2
4.8
6.8
11
5.6
21
21
25
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
50
2.7
C-4
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
850
850
850
7.0
7.0
10
17
21
28
B
E
type
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5
E
A
B
C
H
wt.
[kg]
294
305
170
385
250
10.0
type 48
Pipe clamps, OD 108 (ND 100), type 43, 48
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
43 10 59
9.7
9.2
8.2
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 10 51
48 10 52
48 10 53
11
15
30
10
13
27
9.1
12
24
6.1
8.0
16
51
51
51
85
95
140
350
350
350
7.1
8.0
10
21
650°C
d1
E
5.1
16
270
6.1
7.0
9.2
18
21
25
34
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
70
5.1
1-4
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
950
950
950
9.0
10
17
25
30
48
L
d3
load
group
ER
5.4
8.0
13
4.2
d1
4.6
dN
C-4
3-5
3-6
Pipe clamps, OD 114.3 (ND 100), type 43, 48
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 11 59
9.7
9.2
8.2
5.1
16
275
70
5.2
1-4
type 49
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
load
group
C
9.1
12
24
6.1
8.0
16
51
51
51
85
95
140
350
350
350
600
610
48 11 51
48 11 52
48 11 53
11
15
30
10
13
27
8.0
10
21
6.1
7.0
9.2
18
21
25
34
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
950
950
950
9.0
10
17
25
30
48
C-4
3-5
3-6
H
type
7.1
E
type
Pipe clamps, OD 133 (ND 125), type 43, 48
B
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 13 59
9.7
9.6
9.5
6.8
16
290
80
8.1
1-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 13 51
48 13 52
48 13 53
13
19
33
12
17
29
10
15
26
8.9
9.2
13
23
7.9
8.0
11
19
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
7.0
9.9
17
51
51
51
95
110
150
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
21
25
34
11
13
21
30
37
55
load
group
A
A
C-4
3-5
4-6
4.54
Selection table OD 139.7 - 219.1
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 139.7 (ND 125), type 43, 48
type 43
d1
B
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 14 59
9.7
9.6
9.5
6.8
16
295
80
8.2
1-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 14 51
48 14 52
48 14 53
13
19
33
12
17
29
10
15
26
8.9
9.2
13
23
7.9
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
7.0
9.9
17
51
51
51
95
110
150
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
8.0
11
19
21
25
34
11
14
21
30
37
55
load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6
E
Pipe clamps, OD 159 (ND 150), type 43, 48
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 16 59
9.7
9.6
9.5
6.8
16
315
80
8.8
1-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 16 51
48 16 52
48 16 53
13
21
40
12
19
36
10
17
32
8.9
9.2
15
28
7.9
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
7.0
11
21
63
63
63
100
125
150
450 1050
450 1050
450 1050
8.0
13
24
21
25
34
12
15
26
31
40
69
load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6
Pipe clamps, OD 168.3 (ND 150), type 43, 48
type 44
d3
E
B
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 17 59
9.7
9.6
9.5
6.8
16
320
80
9.1
1-4
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 17 51
48 17 52
48 17 53
13
21
40
12
19
36
10
17
32
8.9
9.2
15
28
7.9
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
7.0
11
21
63
63
63
100
125
150
450 1050
450 1050
450 1050
8.0
13
24
21
25
34
12
15
26
31
40
70
load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6
Pipe clamps, OD 193.7 (ND 175), type 43, 48
type 48
L
dN
4.55
ER
d3
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d1
E
B
wt.
[kg]
load
group
43 19 59
15.1
14.9
14.9
11.6
20
355
100
16
3-6
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 19 51
48 19 52
48 19 53
48 19 54
11
17
28
50
10
17
25
44
9.0
15
22
39
6.0
10
14
26
63
63
63
63
110
125
150
160
550
550
550
550
14.8
8.0
13
19
34
13.4
6.9
11
16
29
21
25
25
41
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1150
1150
1150
1150
16
20
25
51
34
45
59
102
load
group
C-4
3-5
3-5
4-7
Pipe clamps, OD 219.1 (ND 200), type 44, 48
type
600
610
44 22 51
44 22 52
44 22 53
11
27
40
10
23
35
type
600
610
48 22 51
48 22 52
48 22 53
48 22 54
11
26
34
61
10
23
31
54
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
8.9
20
30
5.6
13
19
21
34
46
430
460
485
115
105
165
280
280
280
18
33
50
C-4
4-6
5-8
7.7
18
26
6.7
15
23
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
9.2
20
27
48
6.1
13
18
31
79
79
79
79
130
150
170
200
550
550
550
550
8.1
17
24
42
7.1
15
20
36
21
25
41
46
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1350
1350
1350
1350
16
23
30
54
43
67
79
133
load
group
C-4
3-5
4-7
5-8
4
Selection table OD 244.5 - 323.9
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 244.5 (ND 225), type 44, 48
type
600
610
44 24 51
44 24 52
44 24 53
11
26
40
10
23
35
type
600
610
48 24 51
48 24 52
48 24 53
48 24 54
14
27
40
68
12
25
36
60
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.1
19
30
5.8
12
19
21
34
46
440
475
500
120
105
172
280
280
280
20
34
53
C-4
4-6
5-8
8.0
17
27
6.8
15
23
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
11
22
32
53
9.7
19
28
46
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
7.3
14
21
35
79
79
79
79
110
150
160
180
550
550
550
550
8.4
17
24
40
25
25
41
46
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1350
1350
1350
1350
17
27
38
62
47
71
97
153
load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
Pipe clamps, OD 267 (ND 250), type 44, 48
600
610
44 26 51
44 26 52
44 26 53
11
27
42
10
23
37
type
600
610
48 26 51
48 26 52
48 26 53
48 26 54
15
29
41
74
14
26
37
65
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.1
20
32
5.8
13
20
21
34
46
455
485
505
125
112
182
280
280
280
21
36
57
C-4
4-6
5-8
8.1
17
28
6.8
15
24
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
12
23
33
58
11
20
29
50
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
8.3
15
22
38
92
92
92
92
120
150
160
195
600
600
600
600
9.5
17
25
43
25
25
41
46
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1400
1400
1400
1400
21
29
41
68
52
75
100
158
type 44
d3
B
load
group
E
type
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
Pipe clamps, OD 273 (ND 250), type 44, 48
600
610
44 27 51
44 27 52
44 27 53
10
27
40
10
23
37
type
600
610
48 27 51
48 27 52
48 27 53
48 27 54
15
29
41
74
14
26
37
65
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
9.1
20
32
5.8
13
20
21
34
46
455
485
505
125
112
182
280
280
280
21
37
57
C-4
4-6
5-8
8.1
17
28
6.8
15
24
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
12
23
33
58
11
20
29
50
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
8.3
15
22
38
92
92
92
92
120
150
160
195
600
600
600
600
9.5
17
25
43
25
25
41
46
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1400
1400
1400
1400
21
29
41
69
53
75
100
159
type 48
L
load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
d3
dN
ER
type
Pipe clamps, OD 323.9 (ND 300), type 44, 48
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
type
600
610
44 32 51
44 32 52
44 32 53
44 32 54
18
30
60
82
18
30
59
80
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 32 51
48 32 52
48 32 53
48 32 54
48 32 55
48 32 56
23
40
60
71
92
150
21
39
53
68
90
136
18
34
47
60
80
120
18
29
53
70
15
27
47
62
16
30
41
52
70
106
13
23
40
53
14
26
35
45
61
92
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
11
20
34
43
25
34
46
51
500
510
530
545
100
175
147
195
290
290
290
290
35
55
80
105
3-5
4-6
5-8
6-9
dN
ER
min
118
118
118
118
118
118
150
180
180
210
250
250
700
700
700
700
800
800
650°C d3
12
23
31
40
53
80
25
41
46
46
51
51
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
32
48
61
75
94
120
70
103
129
156
183
238
load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
4.56
Selection table OD 355.6 - 406.4
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 355.6 (ND 350), type 44, 48
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
type
600
610
44 36 51
44 36 52
44 36 53
44 36 54
21
30
56
92
20
30
54
80
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 36 51
48 36 52
48 36 53
48 36 54
48 36 55
48 36 56
20
28
48
73
120
177
18
25
42
71
105
158
16
22
37
63
93
140
18
29
52
69
16
27
46
61
13
19
32
55
81
122
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
11
20
33
43
25
34
46
51
520
525
545
555
105
182
147
195
290
290
290
290
39
59
84
113
3-5
4-6
5-8
6-9
dN
ER
min
118
118
118
118
118
118
140
160
180
220
240
240
700
700
800
800
800
800
13
23
39
52
650°C d3
12
16
28
48
70
106
10
14
24
42
62
93
25
34
41
46
51
51
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
32
37
65
89
108
138
72
87
126
178
220
286
load
group
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
type 44
d3
Pipe clamps, OD 368 (ND 350), type 44, 48
E
B
type 48
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
type
600
610
44 37 51
44 37 52
44 37 53
44 37 54
20
30
54
91
19
30
53
79
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
48 37 51
48 37 52
48 37 53
48 37 54
48 37 55
48 37 56
20
28
48
73
120
177
18
25
42
71
105
158
16
22
37
63
93
140
18
29
52
69
16
28
47
60
13
19
32
55
81
122
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
20
33
43
25
34
46
51
530
535
550
560
112
190
150
195
290
290
290
290
41
63
87
115
3-5
4-6
5-8
6-9
dN
ER
min
118
118
118
118
118
118
140
160
180
220
240
240
750
750
750
750
850
850
14
24
40
51
650°C d3
12
16
28
48
70
106
10
14
24
42
62
93
25
34
41
46
51
51
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
33
39
63
86
113
145
72
87
127
179
221
287
load
group
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
L
d3
dN
4.57
ER
Pipe clamps, OD 406.4 (ND 400), type 44, 48
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
11
26
43
57
25
46
51
51
560
580
580
590
112
140
200
190
300
300
300
300
44
84
121
138
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9
dN
ER
min
144
144
144
144
144
144
160
180
200
240
230
230
800
800
800
800
900
900
type
600
610
44 41 51
44 41 52
44 41 53
44 41 54
19
45
78
108
18
44
77
106
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
48 41 51
48 41 52
48 41 53
48 41 54
48 41 55
48 41 56
23
41
54
82
137
196
21
36
49
72
125
186
18
32
43
64
110
165
12
21
29
42
73
109
17
42
68
94
15
37
60
81
16
28
38
56
96
144
13
32
51
68
14
24
33
48
83
125
25
41
46
46
51
61
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
43
62
72
94
128
177
96
128
149
195
254
348
load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
4
Selection table OD 419 - 508
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 419 (ND 400), type 44, 48
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
28
45
57
25
46
51
51
565
585
585
595
115
140
210
195
300
300
300
300
45
87
127
140
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9
dN
ER
min
144
144
144
144
144
144
160
180
200
240
230
230
800
800
800
900
900
900
type
600
610
44 42 51
44 42 52
44 42 53
44 42 54
18
46
77
105
18
45
76
104
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
48 42 51
48 42 52
48 42 53
48 42 54
48 42 55
48 42 56
23
41
54
82
137
196
21
36
49
72
125
186
18
32
43
64
110
165
12
21
29
42
73
109
18
44
71
94
16
38
62
82
16
28
38
56
96
144
14
33
53
69
14
24
33
48
83
125
25
41
46
46
51
61
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
43
62
73
103
129
178
97
128
150
196
255
349
load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
type 44
Pipe clamps, OD 457.2 (ND 450), type 44, 48
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
12
20
40
64
89
25
46
51
51
61
590
600
605
620
640
122
140
195
315
255
300
300
300
300
300
50
80
128
176
218
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
dN
ER
min
144
144
144
144
144
144
170 900 1700
190 900 1700
230 900 1700
255 1000 1700
275 1000 1700
275 1000 1700
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
44 46 51
44 46 52
44 46 53
44 46 54
44 46 55
19
38
71
108
144
19
37
70
106
143
18
33
64
101
137
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
48 46 51
48 46 52
48 46 53
48 46 54
48 46 55
48 46 56
39
46
73
153
168
260
36
41
70
144
161
242
32
36
62
128
143
214
21
24
41
84
95
142
28
32
54
111
126
187
14
24
48
76
103
24
27
47
96
109
162
41
46
46
51
61
61
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
73
78
110
185
199
241
142
152
211
340
363
496
E
650°C
type
16
29
56
89
120
d3
B
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
type 48
L
Pipe clamps, OD 508 (ND 500), type 44, 48
650°C
d3
E
max
B
11
23
45
60
94
25
46
51
61
61
615
630
635
650
665
122
140
230
220
280
dN
ER
min
173
173
173
173
173
173
185
200
235
275
310
310
1000
1000
1000
1050
1050
1050
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
44 51 51
44 51 52
44 51 53
44 51 54
44 51 55
19
39
76
122
161
18
38
75
113
160
17
36
72
99
146
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
48 51 51
48 51 52
48 51 53
48 51 54
48 51 55
48 51 56
41
46
78
144
202
284
36
41
71
144
179
266
32
36
63
128
158
236
21
24
42
84
105
156
15
32
63
86
128
28
32
55
111
138
206
13
27
54
72
110
24
28
48
96
119
178
41
46
46
51
61
61
L
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
300
300
300
300
300
54
92
152
209
264
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
wt. [kg]
max min max
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
87
94
129
186
236
303
164
174
240
352
407
547
dN
ER
d3
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
4.58
Selection table OD 558.8 - 660.4
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 558.8 (ND 550), type 44, 48
type 44
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 56 51
44 56 52
44 56 53
44 56 54
44 56 55
37
77
117
145
229
36
76
114
143
226
36
72
100
134
199
23
46
60
80
120
46
51
61
61
71
655
665
675
690
705
140
242
230
312
277
300
300
300
300
300
100
167
225
273
369
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
8-30
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 56 51
48 56 52
48 56 53
48 56 54
48 56 55
48 56 56
44
61
79
149
236
324
39
54
71
141
217
322
34
48
63
125
192
288
23
32
42
83
128
190
173
173
173
173
173
173
200
235
240
280
355
355
1100
1100
1100
1100
1200
1200
32
63
86
116
173
30
42
55
109
168
251
27
54
73
97
145
26
37
48
94
146
217
41
46
46
51
61
61
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
103
128
148
216
327
401
184
226
264
391
546
672
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
d3
B
E
Pipe clamps, OD 609.6 (ND 600), type 44, 48
type 48
L
dN
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 61 51
44 61 52
44 61 53
44 61 54
44 61 55
39
80
116
164
249
38
79
113
162
245
37
73
99
159
221
24
46
60
96
135
46
51
61
71
71
695
705
715
740
750
140
255
239
230
328
310
310
310
310
310
113
186
246
332
445
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 61 51
48 61 52
48 61 53
48 61 54
48 61 55
48 61 56
48 61 57
43
83
101
147
223
280
424
39
73
93
141
215
266
399
34
65
83
125
190
236
353
23
43
55
83
126
157
234
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
220
225
280
295
355
350
350
1200
1200
1200
1300
1300
1300
1300
33
64
86
137
194
30
57
72
110
166
207
308
28
55
72
115
163
26
49
62
95
143
179
267
41
46
46
51
61
71
71
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
123
171
194
249
331
429
517
209
294
338
418
573
689
851
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
ER
d3
type
Pipe clamps, OD 660.4 (ND 650), type 44, 48
4.59
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 66 51
44 66 52
44 66 53
44 66 54
44 66 55
36
76
120
164
247
36
75
113
162
244
35
72
99
157
222
23
45
60
95
135
46
51
61
71
71
720
730
745
770
775
140
260
250
235
338
310
310
310
310
310
119
200
265
355
477
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 66 51
48 66 52
48 66 53
48 66 54
48 66 55
48 66 56
48 66 57
51
82
113
158
226
300
440
45
72
99
144
219
270
401
40
64
88
127
194
239
355
26
42
58
84
129
159
235
224
224
224
224
224
224
224
230
230
280
310
330
350
350
1250
1250
1250
1250
1350
1350
1350
32
63
86
136
194
35
56
77
111
170
209
310
27
54
72
114
163
30
48
66
96
147
181
268
L
41
46
46
51
61
71
71
wt. [kg]
max min max
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
155
190
223
263
361
448
534
262
320
377
458
615
709
874
load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
4
Selection table OD 711.2 - 812.8
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 711.2 (ND 700), type 44, 48
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 71 51
44 71 52
44 71 53
44 71 54
44 71 55
44 71 56
50
75
116
148
206
265
50
74
112
147
203
262
45
72
99
142
187
248
28
45
60
86
113
155
46
51
61
61
71
71
740
760
770
785
795
810
165
270
255
217
287
265
310
310
310
310
310
310
146
217
286
326
449
542
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
8-30
9-30
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 71 51
48 71 52
48 71 53
48 71 54
48 71 55
48 71 56
48 71 57
56
77
127
154
228
316
469
49
72
112
141
218
282
427
43
64
99
125
194
250
379
29
42
66
83
129
166
251
224
224
224
224
224
224
224
230
230
280
310
335
355
355
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1450
1450
33
48
75
95
147
189
286
41
46
51
51
61
71
71
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
168 280
201 333
247 416
292 471
383 640
495 759
600 1016
load
group
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 76 51
44 76 52
44 76 53
44 76 54
44 76 55
44 76 56
50
78
116
164
225
322
49
77
113
162
222
320
46
72
99
160
210
292
29
45
60
97
127
180
46
51
61
71
71
81
770
790
800
815
820
835
175
280
265
252
330
322
310
310
310
310
310
310
160
235
305
421
537
700
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 76 51
48 76 52
48 76 53
48 76 54
48 76 55
48 76 56
48 76 57
61
82
121
144
230
364
507
54
72
107
143
216
322
485
48
64
94
127
192
286
430
32
42
63
84
127
190
285
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
260
260
310
340
330
410
410
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1600
1600
42
56
83
110
168
250
375
35
54
72
116
153
220
36
48
72
96
145
217
325
41
46
51
51
61
71
71
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
214 345
252 393
300 480
344 558
425 713
632 960
798 1214
load
group
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 81 51
44 81 52
44 81 53
44 81 54
44 81 55
44 81 56
76
119
164
166
225
325
75
113
162
164
222
323
73
99
150
163
208
294
46
60
91
106
126
180
51
61
71
71
71
81
825
840
850
855
855
875
295
277
245
287
340
338
320
320
320
320
320
320
257
335
436
493
572
754
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 81 51
48 81 52
48 81 53
48 81 54
48 81 55
48 81 56
48 81 57
69
85
118
151
232
381
563
61
82
107
144
219
366
545
54
73
95
128
194
324
483
36
48
63
85
129
215
320
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
280
300
330
350
350
450
450
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
47
63
83
111
170
283
421
55
72
109
127
151
221
41
55
72
96
147
245
365
type 48
L
d3
dN
Pipe clamps, OD 812.8 (ND 800), type 44, 48
64
86
130
151
180
258
d3
B
Pipe clamps, OD 762 (ND 750), type 44, 48
40
63
86
138
181
256
type 44
46
46
51
51
61
71
71
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
257 395
292 451
329 519
379 598
474 773
706 1100
901 1390
ER
38
56
87
109
170
218
330
34
54
72
103
136
186
E
39
63
85
123
161
218
load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
4.60
Selection table OD 863.6 - 965.2
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 863.6 (ND 850), type 44, 48
type 44
d3
B
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 86 51
44 86 52
44 86 53
44 86 54
44 86 55
44 86 56
85
122
164
203
225
339
76
116
160
188
222
335
65
100
139
163
197
292
41
65
85
100
119
180
51
61
71
71
71
81
845
870
880
890
885
910
270
245
236
280
335
347
320
320
320
320
320
320
265
340
438
499
583
806
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 86 51
48 86 52
48 86 53
48 86 54
48 86 55
48 86 56
48 86 57
74
89
122
171
256
409
617
65
87
112
157
246
387
575
58
77
100
139
218
343
510
38
51
66
92
145
229
338
279
279
279
279
279
279
279
280
300
330
350
350
450
450
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
57
88
121
143
171
256
50
68
88
121
191
301
444
49
76
102
120
144
220
43
59
76
105
165
261
385
46
46
51
51
61
71
71
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
290 434
323 496
365 566
423 662
576 892
779 1192
989 1500
load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
E
Pipe clamps, OD 914.4 (ND 900), type 44, 48
type 48
L
dN
ER
d3
4.61
type
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 91 51
44 91 52
44 91 53
44 91 54
44 91 55
44 91 56
81
116
164
166
225
330
79
113
162
164
222
328
72
99
148
163
208
294
45
60
90
109
126
180
51
61
71
71
71
81
870
895
905
915
910
935
305
293
255
312
360
357
320
320
320
320
320
320
299
380
487
567
649
849
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 91 51
48 91 52
48 91 53
48 91 54
48 91 55
48 91 56
48 91 57
81
121
163
278
393
473
685
71
108
144
252
366
432
646
63
96
128
223
324
383
573
42
64
84
150
215
254
380
279
279
279
279
279
279
279
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
1700
1700
1700
1700
1800
1800
1800
63
86
128
155
179
258
55
84
111
197
283
334
501
54
72
107
130
151
221
48
73
96
171
245
290
434
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
load
group
2500 315 468
2500 373 575
2500 428 659
2500 623 948
2500 829 1205
2500 921 1350
2500 1160 1695
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
Pipe clamps, OD 965.2 (ND 950), type 44, 48
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 97 51
44 97 52
44 97 53
44 97 54
44 97 55
44 97 56
77
110
160
184
218
332
75
109
157
181
217
330
65
97
139
161
191
291
41
60
85
100
119
180
51
61
71
71
71
81
895
920
930
940
935
960
287
250
250
296
350
360
320
320
320
320
320
320
298
373
483
549
664
886
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 97 51
48 97 52
48 97 53
48 97 54
48 97 55
48 97 56
48 97 57
81
127
166
289
398
468
718
80
126
147
255
373
444
665
71
111
130
226
330
393
590
47
74
86
150
219
261
392
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
1750
1750
1750
1750
1850
1850
1850
57
85
121
141
167
255
62
98
114
197
288
343
516
49
73
102
121
143
220
53
85
98
171
250
297
447
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
2550 360
2550 437
2550 469
2550 672
2550 899
2550 965
2550 1215
552
664
721
1015
1295
1450
1825
load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
4
Selection table OD 1016 - 1118
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 1016 (ND 1000), type 44, 48
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 T0 51
44 T0 52
44 T0 53
44 T0 54
44 T0 55
44 T0 56
44 T0 57
73
114
164
193
234
329
422
72
111
159
187
223
327
419
65
96
138
162
193
288
385
40
60
85
100
119
180
240
51
61
71
71
71
81
91
920
950
960
970
970
990
1000
290
255
255
303
340
365
370
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
314
396
513
587
715
930
1151
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 T0 51
48 T0 52
48 T0 53
48 T0 54
48 T0 55
48 T0 56
48 T0 57
100
155
171
301
426
510
766
89
137
159
280
410
486
735
79
121
141
248
363
431
652
52
80
94
164
242
286
433
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
1800
1800
1800
1800
1900
1900
1900
57
85
121
142
170
252
338
68
106
124
216
319
376
570
49
73
102
120
146
217
290
59
92
107
187
276
326
494
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
load
group
2600 388 591
2600 470 710
2600 507 769
2600 730 1100
2600 980 1405
2600 1090 1560
2600 1380 1987
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
Pipe clamps, OD 1067 (ND 1050), type 44, 48
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 T1 51
44 T1 52
44 T1 53
44 T1 54
44 T1 55
44 T1 56
44 T1 57
75
114
164
196
237
338
427
74
113
160
185
224
335
421
64
97
140
160
194
292
391
40
60
85
100
119
180
240
51
61
71
71
71
81
91
950
980
985
1000
1000
1020
1030
295
265
261
312
350
382
385
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
333
424
546
619
758
991
1226
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 T1 51
48 T1 52
48 T1 53
48 T1 54
48 T1 55
48 T1 56
48 T1 57
99
151
163
282
430
516
766
87
139
161
280
407
484
733
77
123
143
248
361
429
650
51
81
95
165
239
285
430
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
1850
1850
1850
1850
1950
1950
1950
56
85
121
141
170
256
343
68
107
125
218
315
375
566
48
73
102
120
144
220
290
59
93
108
188
273
325
491
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
load
group
2650 404 605
2650 493 742
2650 531 802
2650 763 1140
2650 1015 1445
2650 1135 1615
2650 1435 2050
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
Pipe clamps, OD 1118 (ND 1100), type 44, 48
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 T2 51
44 T2 52
44 T2 53
44 T2 54
44 T2 55
44 T2 56
44 T2 57
76
110
164
200
232
324
427
73
108
157
182
221
323
421
63
95
136
158
191
292
385
40
60
85
100
119
180
240
51
61
71
71
71
81
91
980
1010
1015
1020
1030
1050
1065
300
265
268
318
355
392
390
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
351
440
566
662
792
1041
1285
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 T2 51
48 T2 52
48 T2 53
48 T2 54
48 T2 55
48 T2 56
48 T2 57
99
142
181
279
433
502
766
87
139
161
279
408
485
731
77
123
143
248
361
430
648
51
81
95
166
240
285
431
374
374
374
374
374
374
374
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
1900
1900
1900
1900
2000
2000
2000
68
107
125
218
315
375
567
48
71
102
119
144
220
290
58
93
108
189
273
325
492
d3
B
type 48
L
d3
dN
type
55
83
120
138
168
256
337
type 44
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
load
group
2700 436 653
2700 535 788
2700 570 880
2700 780 1165
2700 1035 1530
2700 1160 1655
2700 1515 2150
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
ER
600
E
type
4.62
Selection table OD 1168 - 1219
Temperatures 600-650°C
Pipe clamps, OD 1168 (ND 1150), type 44, 48
type 44
d3
B
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 T3 51
44 T3 52
44 T3 53
44 T3 54
44 T3 55
44 T3 56
44 T3 57
73
120
164
196
241
328
427
72
112
156
184
218
326
421
64
97
136
160
189
286
381
40
60
85
100
119
180
240
51
61
71
71
71
81
91
1005
1025
1045
1045
1060
1075
1095
312
275
274
328
360
392
395
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
372
485
594
699
831
1078
1335
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 T3 51
48 T3 52
48 T3 53
48 T3 54
48 T3 55
48 T3 56
48 T3 57
94
139
173
279
441
510
766
87
139
161
278
408
486
733
77
123
143
248
361
431
650
52
82
96
164
240
286
431
374
374
374
374
374
374
374
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
56
85
119
140
166
251
334
68
108
126
216
315
376
568
48
73
102
120
142
215
287
59
93
109
187
273
326
492
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
load
group
1950
1950
1950
1950
2050
2050
2050
2750 456
2750 559
2750 595
2750 809
2750 1130
2750 1205
2750 1575
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
673
816
907
1242
1580
1780
2217
Pipe clamps, OD 1219 (ND 1200), type 44, 48
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C
d3
E
max
B
max.
insul.
wt.
[kg]
load
group
44 T4 51
44 T4 52
44 T4 53
44 T4 54
44 T4 55
44 T4 56
44 T4 57
77
116
164
197
236
337
427
74
112
158
186
219
325
421
64
97
137
161
190
281
381
40
60
85
100
119
180
240
51
61
71
71
71
81
91
1035
1050
1080
1075
1090
1110
1125
322
280
284
335
370
405
405
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
397
506
633
739
874
1130
1404
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
10-40
20-50
type
600
610
permissible load [kN]
620
630
640
650°C d3
dN
ER
min
48 T4 51
48 T4 52
48 T4 53
48 T4 54
48 T4 55
48 T4 56
48 T4 57
90
139
165
282
446
523
740
88
139
161
280
407
485
733
78
123
143
248
361
430
649
52
82
95
164
240
285
432
374
374
374
374
374
374
374
300
330
350
385
470
450
450
2000
2000
2000
2000
2100
2100
2100
E
type
type 48
L
dN
4.63
ER
d3
56
85
120
141
166
247
334
69
108
125
216
316
375
568
48
73
102
121
143
212
287
59
93
108
188
274
325
492
46
46
51
61
71
71
81
L
wt. [kg]
max min max
load
group
2800 521
2800 577
2800 617
2800 885
2800 1175
2800 1255
2800 1635
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
10-40
694
839
934
1285
1635
1830
2287
4
U-bolts
Type 40
U-bolts
type 40 01 .8 to 40 91 .8
L
B
E
OD
Type 40 mainly serves to
fasten warm pipe systems
of max. 80°C to existing
steel structures.
Ø d2
A
type
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
14
17
22
27
32
36
41
46
51
61
71
76
91
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
.8
OD
A
B
21.3
26.9
33.7
42.4
48.3
60.3
73.0
76.1
88.9
108.0
114.3
139.7
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
457.2
508.0
609.6
711.2
762.0
914.4
30
35
40
53
60
72
87
91
103
123
130
155
188
238
295
350
381
432
485
537
638
740
790
943
70
70
70
75
75
85
95
95
100
115
115
130
155
180
215
245
260
285
320
345
395
450
475
550
d2 x L
M6
M6
M6
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
65
65
65
65
65
70
75
75
75
75
75
75
95
95
110
110
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
125
E
weight
[kg]
11
13
17
21
24
30
37
38
44
54
57
70
84
110
137
162
178
203
229
254
305
356
381
457
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.30
0.31
0.32
0.36
0.37
0.42
0.91
1.08
2.07
2.35
2.55
2.80
4.55
4.90
5.70
6.50
6.90
8.00
5th digit: 1 = S235JR
3 = X5CrNi18-10
Order details:
type 40 .. .8
Scope of delivery:
incl. 4 nuts
4.64
Weld-on lugs for pipes
Type 41
Weld-on lugs for pipes
type 49 D9 11 to 49 79 12
A
Permissible load at 80°C =
normal operating conditions
(load case H) of the corresponding load group (3rd place
in the type designation, see
“Max. permissible load for static
components”, p. 0.6).
C
R
G
H
E
ax
sm
OD
Existing stress in the
specified weld seam
50 N/mm2 at 4°
angled tension.
t
Ø d3
Material: S235JR
type 41 .. 11 smax = 10mm
type 41 .. 12 smax = 100mm
type
A
Ø d3
H
R
C
G
t
41 D9 11
41 D9 12
41 29 11
41 29 12
41 39 11
41 39 12
41 49 11
41 49 12
41 59 11
41 59 12
41 69 11
41 69 12
41 79 11
41 79 12
30
30
35
65
45
70
80
120
85
130
120
165
170
230
10.5
10.5
12.5
12.5
16.5
16.5
20.5
20.5
24.5
24.5
34
34
41
41
25
115
25
115
30
120
40
125
40
130
50
140
60
150
15
15
17.5
17.5
22.5
22.5
30
30
32.5
32.5
40
40
50
50
15
15
22
22
28
28
37
37
40
40
50
50
65
65
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
10
10
12
12
15
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
Reduction factors of permissible load
at increased temperatures:
Order details:
weld-on lugs for pipes
type 41 .9 1.
4.65
T
F perm. (T)
250°C
350°C
0.7 F perm. (80°C)
0.5 F perm. (80°C)
a
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
weight
[kg]
0.06
0.23
0.11
0.49
0.21
0.75
0.53
1.60
0.75
2.30
1.60
4.10
3.20
7.30
4
Weld-on lugs for pipe elbows
Type 41
a
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
5.5
3.0
5.5
3.0
5.5
3.0
5.5
3.0
5.5
3.0
5.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
type
E
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.24
0.13
0.25
0.14
0.25
0.14
0.25
0.14
0.62
0.14
0.62
0.25
0.87
0.25
0.88
0.25
0.90
0.25
0.90
0.25
0.90
0.26
0.90
0.62
1.40
0.62
1.50
0.62
1.50
0.65
1.50
0.65
1.50
0.90
3.40
0.90
3.40
0.90
3.40
0.90
3.40
0.90
3.40
0.90
3.40
0.90
3.40
41 06 15
41 07 15
41 08 15
41 09 15
41 09 16
41 10 15
41 10 16
41 11 15
41 11 16
41 13 15
41 13 16
41 14 15
41 14 16
41 16 15
41 16 16
41 17 15
41 17 16
41 19 15
41 19 16
41 22 15
41 22 16
41 24 15
41 24 16
41 26 15
41 26 16
41 27 15
41 27 16
41 32 15
41 32 16
41 36 15
41 36 16
41 37 15
41 37 16
41 41 15
41 41 16
41 42 15
41 42 16
41 46 15
41 46 16
41 51 15
41 51 16
41 56 15
41 56 16
41 61 15
41 61 16
41 66 15
41 66 16
41 71 15
41 71 16
41 76 15
41 76 16
135
135
135
135
140
135
140
135
140
135
140
135
145
135
145
140
150
135
145
135
145
130
145
125
140
130
145
130
145
115
125
120
130
105
115
115
125
100
120
95
110
85
105
80
95
70
85
60
80
50
70
a
OD
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
4.5
5.5
4.5
5.5
4.5
5.5
4.5
5.5
4.5
5.5
4.5
5.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
0.44
0.44
0.44
0.44
0.75
0.44
0.75
0.45
0.75
0.46
0.77
0.47
1.60
0.47
1.70
0.78
2.30
0.78
2.30
0.80
2.30
0.80
2.40
0.80
2.40
0.80
2.40
1.70
3.70
1.70
3.70
1.80
3.70
1.80
3.70
1.80
3.80
2.40
7.10
2.50
7.10
2.50
7.10
2.50
7.10
2.50
7.10
2.50
7.20
2.50
7.20
60.3
73
76.1
88.9
88.9
108
108
114.3
114.3
133
133
139.7
139.7
159
159
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267
267
273
273
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368
368
406.4
406.4
419
419
457.2
457.2
508
508
558.8
558.8
609.6
609.6
660.4
660.4
711.2
711.2
762
762
Permissible loads at 80°C = normal operating conditions
(load case H) of the specified load group in each case
(see “Max. permissible load for static components”, p. 0.6).
load group
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-2
2-3
C-2
2-3
C-2
2-3
C-2
2-3
C-2
3-4
C-2
3-4
2-3
4-5
2-3
4-5
2-3
4-5
2-3
4-5
2-3
4-5
2-3
4-5
3-4
5-6
3-4
5-6
3-4
5-6
3-4
5-6
3-4
5-6
4-5
6-7
4-5
6-7
4-5
6-7
4-5
6-7
4-5
6-7
4-5
6-7
4-5
6-7
C
R1
t
d3
22
22
22
22
28
22
28
22
28
22
28
22
37
22
37
28
40
28
40
28
40
28
40
28
40
28
40
37
50
37
50
37
50
37
50
37
50
40
65
40
65
40
65
40
65
40
65
40
65
40
65
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
30
17.5
30
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
30
40
30
40
30
40
30
40
30
40
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
8
8
8
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
15
8
15
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
15
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
20.5
12.5
20.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
20.5
34
20.5
34
20.5
34
20.5
34
20.5
34
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
Stress existing in the specified weld seam
50 N/mm2 at 4° angled tension.
Weld-on lugs for pipe
elbows (R 1.5 OD)
type 41 06 13 to 41 76 16
Ø d3
R1
OD
E
35
30
35
30
35
30
35
30
35
25
30
25
40
25
40
25
40
20
35
20
35
15
30
10
25
15
25
15
25
-10
5
0
15
-15
-5
-10
5
-20
0
-30
-10
-40
-20
-45
-30
-55
-35
-65
-45
-75
-55
weight
[kg]
C
type
41 06 13
41 07 13
41 08 13
41 09 13
41 09 14
41 10 13
41 10 14
41 11 13
41 11 14
41 13 13
41 13 14
41 14 13
41 14 14
41 16 13
41 16 14
41 17 13
41 17 14
41 19 13
41 19 14
41 22 13
41 22 14
41 24 13
41 24 14
41 26 13
41 26 14
41 27 13
41 27 14
41 32 13
41 32 14
41 36 13
41 36 14
41 37 13
41 37 14
41 41 13
41 41 14
41 42 13
41 42 14
41 46 13
41 46 14
41 51 13
41 51 14
41 56 13
41 56 14
41 61 13
41 61 14
41 66 13
41 66 14
41 71 13
41 71 14
41 76 13
41 76 14
Smax = 100mm
weight
[kg]
E
Smax = 10mm
R
sm
ax
t
41 .. 13
14
15
16
max
s=10mm
max
s=100mm
Reduction factors of permissible load at increased
temperatures:
T
F perm. (T)
250°C
350°C
0.7 F perm. (80°C)
0.5 F perm. (80°C)
Order details:
weld-on lug for pipe
elbows R 1.5 OD
type 41 .. 1.
4.66
Connection plates
Type 77
Connection plates for
coupling pipe clamps
type 43
E
d3
type 77 09 39 to 77 19 39
B
By coupling 2 pipe clamps
with type 77 the loads can
be doubled.
Order details:
connection plate
type 77.. 39
type
for clamps
loadgroup
d3
E
B
weight
[kg]
77 09 39
77 17 39
77 19 39
43 01 19 to 43 09 59
43 10 19 to 43 17 59
43 19 19 to 43 19 59
D-5
3-6
4-7
25
34
46
65
70
90
90
90
105
0.8
1.2
2.4
Connection plates for coupling pipe clamp type 44
up to 600°C
type 77 22 .. to 77 T4 ..
Type designation of the
connection plates: the
figures 44 of the clamps to
be coupled must be replaced
by the figures 77.
Example:
connection plate for
type 44 66 38  77 66 38.
The load group for the upper
connection (type 60) must be
stated when ordering.
Order details:
connection plate
type 77.. ..
load group ...
4.67
type 60
E
d1
B
type
load
group 77 22 .. to 77 27 ..
77 32 .. to 77 37 ..
77 41 .. to 77 46 ..
77 51 .. to 77 56 ..
77 61 .. to 77 91 ..
77 97 .. to 77 T4 ..
5-10
5-30
6-30
7-50
7-50
7-50
d1 min
max
33
33
40
45
45
45
60
70
70
90
90
90
E
Bmax
weight
[kg]
135
140
140
200
190
190
180
225
275
300
325
390
10-23
11-32
16-52
30-75
31-78
47-81
4
Lift-off restraints for clamp bases
Type 49
Lift-off restraints for
clamp base type 49
type 49 00 01 to 49 00 05
A
H
B
t
C
type
for clamp bases
A
B
C
H
t
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 03
49 00 04
49 00 05
49 01 11 to 49 17 11
49 01 12 to 49 14 12
49 01 25 to 49 11 25
49 01 35 to 49 06 35
49 01 45 to 49 11 45
49 01 55 to 49 09 55
49 19 13 to 49 32 13
49 16 14 to 49 32 14
49 13 25 to 49 32 25
49 07 35 to 49 32 35
49 13 45 to 49 32 45
49 36 13 to 49 51 45
49 56 13 to 49 91 45
49 97 13 to 49 T4 45
35
35
35
35
35
35
55
55
55
55
55
80
110
115
15
15
15
15
15
15
32
32
32
32
32
45
50
50
23
23
23
23
23
23
35
35
35
35
35
55
80
85
8
8
8
8
8
8
17
17
17
17
17
22
22
22
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
15
20
25
wt./pair
[kg]
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
8.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.7
1.5
1.9
The following shortduration
lift-off loads are permissible
for the clamp bases:
type 49 01 .. to 49 76 .. 10%
type 49 81 .. to 49 T4 .. 7%
of the catalog load.
Order details:
lift-off restraint
type 49 00 ..
On request special lift-off restraints for type 49 .. .. -SP can be delivered.
4.68
Installation and operating instructions
Type 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48
1 Transport and storage
Care must be taken during transport that none
of the clamp components is damaged. When
stored in the open the clamps must be protected from dirt and water.
For installation the restraint and strap must
be taken off by removing the outer threaded
pins and the connection bolts. After attaching
the upper section to the hanging part the
restraint and strap can be reconnected.
Type 42 .. 17
2 Delivery condition
Type 42 .. .9
LISEGA pipe clamps are delivered ready for
installation, with all the necessary bolts. For
reason of more effective dispatch clamps can
be supplied partially assembled.
They are then bolted on and the threaded
pins fitted. All parts must then be firmly
screwed on.
3 Installation
3.1 Horizontal clamp
Type 42
This clamp is used as a horizontal clamp in
connection with threaded eye nut type 60.
When tightening the bolts, care must be
taken that the clamp halves are parallel to
each other. The bolts are to be secured with
lock nuts.
Installation of type 44 for temperatures over 600°C
Type 43
Type 44 U-bolt design
Type 43
Connection is made with this horizontal clamp
3.2 Riser clamps
via a separate connection bolt with a threaded
Type 45
eye nut type 60. The bolts must be secured
When installing these clamps care must be
with the cotter pins provided; otherwise protaken to place the spacers supplied onto the
ceed as with type 42.
bolts between the clamp halves. The bolts are
then tightened and locked. The clamp is hung
Type 44, U-bolt/ strap for temperatures
up via the outer support bolts, which are secup to 600°C
ured with washers and cotter pins. The specThese clamps consist of an upper section with
ified height of the clamp is set by tightening
a connecting lug and, depending on load and
the suspended parts and creating a force-and
temperature range, a U-bolt with an inlay plate
formfitting connection with the shear lugs.
or a flat steel strap as lower section. For
installation, remove the pre-assembled lower
part by loosening the locking nuts or removing the connection bolts. The upper section
is seated on the piping and the lower one
inserted and held by tightening the U-bolt or
flat steel strap. After alignment of the clamp
the bolts are to be firmly tightened. The
U-bolts are secured with lock nuts and the
flat steel straps with tab washers under the
Riser clamp type 45 with connection components
hexagon nuts.
Type 44 for temperatures over 600°C
These clamps consist of an upper section
with a connection lug and restrainer and
a flat steel strap as lower part.
Type 44 strap design
4.69
Type 46
This riser clamp is supplied in single parts
sealed in plastic shrink wrap.
For installation it is best to first fit the front
plates into the suspended parts. These parts
should be tightened at the lowest level, then
both side plates can be attached one after
another. In the case of large clamps, the
opposite side must hereby be temporarily
propped up.
For installation, both side plates are seated on
the trunnions and connected with the threaded
pins. The nuts should be only loosely tightened here. For large clamps the components
should be temporarily propped up.
The front plates can now be pushed from
below into the intake slots and connected to
the suspended parts. The connection points
between front and side plates are made by
aligning and firmly tightening the pre-assembled locking plates . The specified height
of the clamp is set by tightening the suspended parts, creating a force-and-formfitting
connection with the trunnions.
4
Riser clamp type 46 with
connection components
Type 46
After that, the top plates for the shear lugs
are inserted and bolted on. The connection
points between front and side plates are
secured by aligning and firmly tightening the
pre-assembled locking plates .
Riser clamp type 48 with
connection components
Type 48
4 Inspection and maintenance
The horizontal clamp functions flawlessly in
any operating condition if the secured boltings are free of any play. Under normal operating conditions maintenance is not required.
The specified height is set by tightening the
suspended parts, creating a forceand formfitting connection with the shear lugs.
Type 48
This riser clamp is supplied in single parts
sealed in shrink wrap. First of all, a side
plate should be prepared by attaching the
threaded pins .
4.70
Installation and operating instructions
Type 49 Clamp bases
1 Transport and storage
4 Inspection and maintenance
Care must be taken during transport that no
clamp base components are damaged. When
stored in the open, the clamp bases must be
protected from dirt and water.
Under normal circumstances no maintenance
is required.
2 Delivery condition
Clamp bases for smaller pipe
diameters type 49 .. .1, 49 .. .2
If not agreed otherwise, LISEGA clamp bases
are delivered pre-assembled and ready for
installation. For reasons of efficient dispatch
clamp bases can be delivered partially assembled. In any event the clamp base is supplied
with all the necessary bolts.
3 Installation
Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2
Type 49
LISEGA clamp bases are slidable supports that
are fastened to pipe systems by clamping
tension. On installation it is essential that the
whole clamp base bottom lies flush and can
slide unobstructed over the given stretches.
Clamp bases for larger pipe
diameters type 49 .. .3, .. .4, .. .5
If required, the lower parts can be welded to
the supporting surface.
Different designs are used depending on
the height of the support bearing, the pipe
diameter, the support load and the operating
temperature. The following points are hereby
to be observed:
Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2
This clamp base design is made up of two
halves to be fitted to each side of the pipe.
The cornered surfaces form the base. In this
lower part the clamp base halves are firmly
bolted to each other. The upper bolting serves
for clamping tension in the piping against
slipping.
Clamp base type 49 with slide
plate
4.71
Type 49 .. .3, 49 .. .4 and 49 .. .5
The foot of the clamp base forms a firm
support for the pipe to be laid in. The upper
half provides clamping tension and is to be
firmly bolted.
Type 49 .. .3, 4
Type 49 .. .3, 4, 5
5
PRODUCT
GROUP
Roller bearings, pipe saddles,
cryogenic clamp bases
Roller bearings, pipe saddles,
cryogenic clamp bases
5
Roller bearings, pipe saddles
and cryogenic clamp bases
Contents
Page
Roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1
Cylinder roller bearings type 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
Double taper roller bearings type 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
Double cylinder roller bearings type 53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
Weld-on pipe saddles type 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
Pipe saddles with clamps type 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
Lift-off restraints type 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Cryogenic clamp bases HIPAC® type 56, 57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
Weld-on supports type 57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Stanchions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12
Stanchions for horizontal pipes type 58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12
Stanchions for short radius elbows (R OD) type 58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
5
0
1
2
3
4
Stanchions for long radius elbows (R 1.5 OD) type 58 . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
PRODUCT
GROUP
6
7
8
9
5.0
5
Roller bearings and pipe saddles
Type 51, 52, 53, 54, 55
Pipe systems arranged
horizontally over longer
stretches are supported
by movable support bearings and fixed points. To
ensure thermal expansion
displacement with little
friction, the bearing points
are designed to be rolling
or sliding.
For pipe systems of larger
diameters and especially
where high loads are
caused by fluids and
insulation weights, the
optimum solution is provided by roller bearings
of high load-bearing
capacity, great reliability
and extremely low friction
resistance.
LISEGA standard roller bearings
and pipe saddles
These components offer a suitable standard
solution for a wide range of applications
within product group 5.
For use outside the standard range specially
modified designs can be supplied.
Design features and execution
In the development of standard roller bearings,
the special practical requirements to be met
were taken into account.
The design of the roller bearing enables optimum corrosion protection through galvanization.
To balance lateral offset in anchor bolts on
site, the intake holes of the base body are
slotted. The installation height (E dimensions) within a load group range are the
same for rigid and laterally movable roller
bearings.
Data on material quality, norms, calculations
and welding can be found in the technical
specifications, pp. 0.9 and 0.10.
Manufacture and storage
Standardization of the products permits efficient series production and storage for most
components. For individual manufacture or
fabrication in small batches, modern order
logistics ensures rapid production and delivery.
Technical data for roller bearings:
The bearing axles are made of austenitic
material with polished surfaces. As bearings
rolling resistance of the rollers
for the rollers, bushings made of a sintered
max. 4%
teflon / bronze composite material are fitted.
They are maintenance-free and guarantee
smooth dry run characteristics. A formed collar rolling resistance on lateral displacement
on the bushings minimizes starting friction on
max. 4%
lateral loading.
temperature range for nominal load
The bearing axles are permanently fixed in
– 30°C to + 80°C
the middle section of the base body of the
double cylinder roller bearings. Special securing permissible lateral loading 35%
devices on the side bracket are not required.
of nominal load
The rollers are of high-tensile carbon steel.
The running surfaces are machined.
permissible lift-off load 10%
of nominal load
Special pipe saddle type 54 with double cylinder roller bearing type 53 and lift-off restraints type 55
5.1
Their special design and their manufacturing
quality offer the following benefits in application:
Roller bearings
The roller bearings can be fastened with
simple bolted connections or welded to the
supporting surface. In all cases the whole
base plate must lie flush on the surface.
maintenance of minimum rolling
resistance (max. 4%)
absorption of realistic lateral loading for
double taper and double cylinder roller
bearings (35% of the support load)
for double cylinder roller bearings the
whole support load can be borne by
a single roller
absorption of lateral displacement
possible by laterally movable designs
On slight lateral offset of existing anchor
bolts the roller bearings can be easily aligned using the existing slot holes.
Pipe saddles
safe and simple design of lift-off
restraints
pipe saddles facilitate load transmission
into the pipe walls
Clamp-fastened pipe saddles are supplied
ready-to-install. Close attention must be paid
to true-to-size seating and sufficient prestressing.
pipe saddle design minimizes heat
transmission
galvanized corrosion protection for
all roller bearings
Lift-off restraints
maintenance-free operation
roller axle made of non-rusting steel
teflon-bronze composite bushings
wide range of support diameters
(OD 60mm - OD 1350mm)
high load capacity (max. support
load 120kN)
low installation heights (see selection
table for ‘E’ dimensions)
Pipe saddles for welding are supplied with a
weldable primer as corrosion protection (see
technical specifications, pp. 0.10 and 0.11).
When installing lift-off restraints, normal
displacement over the whole range must
be ensured to allow sufficient play between
rollers and lift-off restraints.
5
5.2
Roller bearings
Type 51, 52
Cylinder roller bearings
type 51 08 19 to 51 35 19
A1
F
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
a
s
E
G
B
b
A2
Order details:
cylinder roller bearing
type 51 .. 19
type
load FN
[kN]
A1
A2
B
E
F
G
a
b
s
weight
[kg]
51 08 19
51 16 19
51 35 19
8
16
35
90
120
145
70
100
120
80
100
130
50
60
85
35
55
60
60
75
95
20
24
26
10
12
14
5
6
10
1.2
2.4
5.5
Double taper roller bearings
type 52 04 19 to 52 35 19
a
G
x
C
s
E = 1.064 x R + x
load FN
[kN]
type
Order details:
double taper roller bearing
type 52 .. 19
52
52
52
52
04
08
16
35
B
b
E
R
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
A
F
19
19
19
19
4
8
16
35
R
27
84
110
136
–
–
–
–
100
130
165
230
A
B
C
105
135
165
230
90
100
120
160
70
85
100
135
F
G
a
b
s
x
weight
[kg]
55
75
90
130
70
75
90
120
20
20
24
26
10
10
12
14
4
6
8
12
54
64
74
102
1.8
3.3
5.4
14.0
E
min. max.
83
153
191
247
160
202
250
347
Double taper roller bearings
(laterally movable)
type 52 04 29 to 52 35 29
A
F
a
R
travel 50mm
s
E = 1.064 x R + x
Order details:
double taper roller bearing
(laterally movable)
type 52 .. 29
5.3
type
52
52
52
52
04
08
16
35
29
29
29
29
B
x
C
G
b
E
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
load FN
[kN]
4
8
16
35
R
27
84
110
136
–
–
–
–
A
100
130
165
230
B
155
90
185 100
215 120
280 160
C
70
85
100
135
E
min. max.
83
153
191
247
160
202
250
347
F
G
a
b
s
x
weight
[kg]
105
120
140
180
70
75
90
120
20
20
24
26
10
10
12
14
4
6
8
12
54
64
74
102
2.0
3.6
6.0
15.5
5
Double cylinder roller bearings
Type 53
Double cylinder
rollers bearing
type 53 08 19 to 53 12 19
C
E
R
s
x
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
b
B
G
A2
a
F
A1
type
53
53
53
53
53
08
16
35
60
12
19
19
19
19
19
load FN
[kN]
8
16
35
60
120
R
30
85
175
250
400
–
–
–
–
–
190
310
440
520
675
E
min. max.
A1
A2
B
C
210
310
420
490
620
190
285
370
430
525
80
100
130
150
180
65
90
110
135
165
72
135
240
329
495
242
375
520
615
785
F
G
140 60
230 75
320 90
370 100
460 115
a
b
s
x
weight
[kg]
20
24
26
31
31
10
12
14
18
22
5
6
10
12
18
40
45
53
63
70
2.5
5.5
14.0
23.0
48.0
E = 1.064 x R + x
Order details:
double cylinder roller bearing
type 53 .. 19
Double cylinder roller
bearings (laterally movable)
type 53 08 29 to 53 12 29
R
travel s = lateral pipe movement
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
x
t
H
E
K
Ød
F
B
G
C
A + travel s type
53
53
53
53
53
08
16
35
60
12
29
29
29
29
29
E
load FN
[kN]
R
A
B
C
Ød
min. max.
8
16
35
60
120
30 – 190
85 – 310
175 – 440
250 – 520
400 – 675
260
350
475
530
700
210
300
410
465
635
50
50
60
70
80
10
12
14
18
23
72
135
240
329
495
242
375
520
615
785
F
145
160
215
250
315
G
H
165 65
185 90
245 110
290 130
360 160
K
t
x
60
75
100
120
145
5
5
6
8
10
40
45
53
63
70
weight [kg]
for s = + per
100mm 100mm
6
10
23
35
70
0.6
0.6
1.0
1.0
1.7
E = 1.064 x R + x
Travel s = 100…600mm.
Middle fixed point from
travel s = 300mm.
Order details:
double cylinder roller
bearing (laterally movable)
type 53 .. 29
with s = …mm
5.4
Weld-on pipe saddles Type 54
Pipe saddles with clamps Type 54
Weld-on pipe saddles
type 54 06 19 to 54 81 19
OD
OD
60°
from
OD 508
R
up to
OD 406.4
R
Surface:
weldable primer
60°
s
Load at pipe temperature
150°C
Min. weld seam
Order details:
weld-on pipe saddle
type 54 .. 19
R = …mm
type
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
06
08
09
11
14
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
51
61
71
81
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
s
load FN
[kN] OD
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.8
4.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
12
20
20
38
50
65
100
120
60.3
76.1
88.9
114.3
139.7
168.3
193.7
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
508.0
609.6
711.2
812.8
L=300
R
80
90
95
110
120
135
150
160
190
215
230
255
325
375
430
480
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
180
190
195
210
220
235
250
260
290
315
330
355
415
465
520
570
s
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
10
12
12
15
10
12
15
20
Pipe saddles with clamps
type 54 06 29 to 54 81 29
weight
[kg]
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
6.7
9.6
10
13
10
12
16
19
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.5
3.7
3.8
4.0
5.0
6.5
6.8
8.0
13.5
18
18
25
16
21
26
33
B
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
OD
from
OD 508
R
up to
OD 406.4
R
OD
60°
60°
s
s
L=300
Load at pipe temperature
150°C
Order details:
pipe saddle with clamps
type 54 .. 29
R = …mm
5.5
type
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
06
08
09
11
14
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
51
61
71
81
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
load FN
[kN] OD
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.8
4.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
12
20
20
38
50
65
100
120
60.3
76.1
88.9
114.3
139.7
168.3
193.7
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
508.0
609.6
711.2
812.8
R
80
90
95
110
120
135
150
160
190
215
230
255
325
375
430
480
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
180
190
195
210
220
235
250
260
290
315
330
355
415
465
520
570
B
s
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
70
70
90
90
90
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
10
12
12
15
10
12
15
20
weight
[kg]
2.5
2.8
3.1
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
15
19
21
30
32
63
75
84
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4.8
5.8
6.0
7.0
9.0
12
13
15
20
26
30
40
38
72
86
98
Pipe saddles with clamps Type 54
Lift-off restraints Type 55
5
Pipe saddles with clamps
type 54 06 39 to 54 81 39
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
s
R
OD
L=300
90°
type
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
06
08
09
11
14
17
19
22
27
32
36
41
51
61
71
81
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
load FN
[kN]
OD
R
s
weight
[kg]
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.5
4.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
10
15
20
35
40
60
80
100
60.3
76.1
88.9
114.3
139.7
168.3
193.7
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
508.0
609.6
711.2
812.8
34
41
48
62
75
90
102
116
143
170
188
214
264
317
370
421
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
8
10
10
10
12
15
15
1.7
2.0
2.6
4.7
5.4
5.9
6.6
7.5
11
14
16
24
28
56
68
75
Lift-off restraints
type 55 08 19 to 55 12 19
OD
R
Surface:
hot dip galvanized
B
L=300
A
type
55
55
55
55
55
08
16
35
60
12
19
19
19
19
19
compatible with
roller bearing, type
53
53
53
53
53
08
16
35
60
12
19
19
19
19
19
Order details:
pipe saddle with clamps
type 54 .. 39
A
B
226
335
455
560
700
80
100
130
150
180
R
30
85
175
250
400
–
–
–
–
–
190
310
440
520
675
Order details:
lift-off restraint
type 55 .. 19
for special pipe saddles
type 54 .. .9
R = …mm
5.6
Insulated pipe supports
for cold and cryogenic
applications Type 56, 57
Supports for cold and
cryogenic applications
LISEGA offers a complete product program of insulated pipe supports for all
kinds of low temperature pipe systems.
These products are normally used in industrial processes for the production, transport
and distribution of liquefied gases. These can
be propane and butane (LPG), methane (LNG),
ethylene, nitrogen, ammonia etc..
Warehouse for moulded
insulations
Preassembled insulated supports
LISEGA insulated pipe supports are standardized and designed according to recognized
international technical codes and standards.
They cover pipe sizes ranging from OD 21.3mm
to OD 965.2mm, with insulation thicknesses
from 25mm to 250mm. The supports are made
from materials suitable for the specified loads
and temperatures (temperature of medium as
low as -196°C).
Insulating material
The material of the insulated standard pipe
supports is made from fire-retarding polyurethane foam of high density (HD-PUF) and
forms an integral part of the piping insulation.
Special design for Ø 1625.6mm
insulation
thickness
[mm]
insulation
level thickness [mm]
80
40 / 40
100
50 / 50
130
50 / 40 / 40
150
50 / 50 / 50
180
50 / 80 / 50
200
50 / 100 / 50
250
75 / 100 / 75
5.7
Insulation foam
with thicknesses of
80mm to 100mm
are single layer with
an extended step at
either side. For type 56,
insulation foam thicknesses of 130mm and
higher are supplied as double-layer with two
steps. To achieve load transmission for axial
stop type 57, the HD-PUF cradles are designed
as single-layers.
Both single-layer and double-layer HD-PUF
insulations have stepped longitudinal joints.
The size of these joints must be adjusted
during installation to a specified gap dimension to ensure a clamping force from the
insulated pipe support on the piping. Once
installed the longitudinal gaps are then filled
with a flexible insulating foam. The clamping force, which is applied by means of disc
spring bolting, prevents relative movement
between pipe support and piping.
A laminated aluminum/polyester vapor barrier
is factory-bonded to the outer surface of the
HD-PUF insulation. The vapor barrier overlaps
the longitudinal joints and is sealed at site with
Production of HD-PUF insulations
a special vapor barrier adhesive tape. Directly
The HD-PUF insulations are moulded in heavy after installation of the insulated pipe support,
duty moulds under carefully controlled conall exposed HD-PUF surfaces must be protected
ditions in respect of temperature and air
from moisture. For this purpose a cryogenic,
humidity. This process ensures dimensional
elastomeric coating is applied as vapor barrier.
stability as well as clean sharp edges that
fit neatly with the adjacent line insulation
For the HD-PUF insulation three standard
material on site.
color-coded densities for various load reTo guarantee form stability, the moulds are
stored for a fixed period of time in order to
cure. For insulations of higher thicknesses
stepped joints are provided to match the layering of the adjoining line insulation. This
method, also known as „shiplapping“, provides a reliable interlocking connection to
each layer and prevents a direct heat path
from the surface of the insulation through to
the surface of the piping.
The stepped joints are 25mm long but can
be supplied in 50mm steps on request. Insulation foam with thicknesses up to 50mm are
single-layer designs without stepping.
quirements are available.
160kg/m3 – yellow
224kg/m3 – red
320kg/m3 – green
Special advantages of
HIPAC® insulated pipe supports
Insulated pipe support base
HD-PUF insulation with stepped long-
itudinal joints and stepped front ends
steel cradle
metal protective shield
disc spring bolting
vapor barrier
LISEGA insulated standard pipe supports are
supplied with detailed installation instructions.
Every support is clearly marked according
to the LISEGA type designation system. The
flexible gap filler insulation foam, as well as
the special vapor barrier sealing tape are part
of the scope of supply. Additional site instalMaterial grades, welding and surface treatment lation materials such as cryogenic adhesives
comply with the LISEGA standard specifications. and mastics can be supplied on request.
The integrated LISEGA quality assurance system
LISEGA insulated pipe supports are completely
applies to both the manufacture and preaspreassembled and supplied in appropriate
sembly of the pipe supports. Inspection and
packaging to protect them from surface damage
testing procedures guarantee compliance
and humidity during transport and storage.
with the required specifications.
LISEGA standardized insulated pipe supports
are designed to be clamped mechanically to
the piping by means of disc spring bolting.
The pipe support steel cradle, which houses
the HD-PUF insulation, is made of carbon
steel and hot-dip galvanized as standard.
5
Finite element analysis
of a special design
Insulated standard
pipe support type 57
Preassembled insulated pipe supports
5.8
Type 56 .. ..
Type 56 .. .. -G2a
Design
Special design
Type 56 is a conventional insulated pipe support and functions as a slide or guide support.
type 57 is similar to type 56 but serves as an
axial stop that absorbs increased axial loads by
means of thrust rings. The thrust rings on the
piping consist of two half-rings which are welded together at site to form a single ring. The
rings, which are movable on the piping, are
fixed by means of shear lugs welded onto the
pipe.
LISEGA takes pride in offering solutions to
their clients and will gladly assist in any
special inquiry.
Special pipe sizes can be accommodated.
For large axial movements,
special lengths can be supplied.
The use of an insulated
pipe support as a hanger
(e.g. in combination with
spring or constant hangers) is possible. In this
case the shoe of
the clamp base
is replaced by
a special pipe
clamp type 43.
The clamp is
then designed
for the particular conditions existing
in each case.
This patented design offers the advantage of
fixing the insulated pipe support to the piping
after final positioning. There is no need to
disassemble the existing or already installed
steelwork. The thrust rings and shear lugs are
made of stainless steel and form part of the
scope of supply.
Double and multiple clamp base
pipe supports
Type 56 .. .. -G2p
For high vertical loads or high lateral loads,
double clamp bases or guided supports are
required. For this purpose, LISEGA’s insulated
pipe supports can be extended as required.
Each variant is given a suffix after the 6th digit
which describes the type of guide used. The
pipe support can be ordered in the following
designs:
Type 56 .. .. -G3
Insulated double clamp base type 56 .. .. -G2P
Type 56 .. .. -G4
G2A: Angulated clamp base pipe support
(laterally guided)
G2P: Double clamp base pipe support
(parallely guided)
G3: Triple clamp base pipe support
G4: Quadruple clamp base pipe support
Type 56 as well as type 57 can be ordered
with these guide options.
5.9
Deviations from the standard HD-PUF
densities can be supplied, e.g. a density
of 500kg/m2 for high loads.
The use of the pipe support on sliding
components is possible. For this purpose
a stainless steel plate is fixed to the
underside of the shoe.
For special applications when increased
loads have to be absorbed, laminated
wooden blocks can be utilized.
The installation dimension ‘E’ can be
adjusted but it must be considered that
changes in the ‘E’ dimension can influence the design and the permissible
loads. The actual operating loads must
therefore be specified when ordering.
All details required for product selection can be
found in the special HIPAC® catalog.
5
Suspension with cryogenic pipe clamps
Cryogenic clamp base type 56
Pipes held in position with cryogenic supports
Final inspection of cryogenic clamp bases
5.10
Weld-on supports
Type 57
Weld-on pipe shoes made
from T/U profiles
type 57 .. 11 and 57 .. 12
OD
5-T-16
E
For use at low pipe loads
and temperatures 80°C
Material: S235JR
B
A
Surface: weldable primer
E
OD
Type designation:
57 .. 11 (T Shoe)
57 .. 12 (U Shoe)
min 50
min 50
B
Weld seam on site – for
specified weld seam
thickness and permissible
load, the weld seam stress
is smaller than 50N/mm2.
Order details:
weld-on pipe shoes
type 57 .. 1.
5.11
type
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
03
03
03
03
03
07
07
07
07
13
13
13
13
13
13
24
24
24
24
24
36
36
36
42
42
42
51
51
61
61
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
A
load F [kN]
at 80°C
OD
A
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
10
10
10
10
12
15
15
20
20
21.3
26.9
33.7
42.4
48.3
60.3
73.0
76.1
88.9
108.0
114.3
133.0
139.7
159.0
168.3
193.7
219.1
244.5
267.0
273.0
323.9
355.6
368.0
406.4
419.0
457.2
508.0
558.8
609.6
660.4
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
B
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
160
160
160
200
200
200
240
240
300
300
E
81
83
87
91
94
100
107
108
115
154
157
167
170
180
184
135
150
163
175
178
210
226
233
255
262
283
312
340
370
400
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
weight
[kg]
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
6.3
6.3
6.3
8.3
8.3
11.6
11.6
5
For the selection of stanchions consult
the table and diagram on p. 5.15.
Emax
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
400
400
450
450
450
450
500
500
500
500
550
550
550
600
600
650
650
700
1000
1000
1100
1000
1100
1000
1100
1000
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1350
1350
1350
1350
1400
1400
1450
1450
1500
1550
E
Emin
Dxs
A
Type 58 .. 11
Type 58 .. 12
Dxs
E
N
24
30
30
37
37
38
38
44
44
54
54
57
57
67
67
70
70
80
80
84
84
97
97
110
110
122
122
134
134
137
137
162
162
178
178
184
184
203
203
210
210
229
229
254
254
279
279
305
330
356
381
406
457
N
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
t
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
N
4.5
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
5.6
7.0
5.6
7.0
5.6
5.6
8.8
5.6
8.8
5.6
8.8
8.8
10
8.8
10
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
A
150
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
75
33.7
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
114.3
139.7
114.3
139.7
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
t
48.3
60.3
60.3
73.0
73.0
76.1
76.1
88.9
88.9
108.0
108.0
114.3
114.3
133.0
133.0
139.7
139.7
159.0
159.0
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267.0
267.0
273.0
273.0
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368.0
368.0
406.4
406.4
419.0
419.0
457.2
457.2
508.0
508.0
558.8
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4
stanchions
type
(L)
58 05 .1
58 06 .1
58 06 .2
58 07 .1
58 07 .2
58 08 .1
58 08 .2
58 09 .1
58 09 .2
58 10 .1
58 10 .2
58 11 .1
58 11 .2
58 13 .1
58 13 .2
58 14 .1
58 14 .2
58 16 .1
58 16 .2
58 17 .1
58 17 .2
58 19 .1
58 19 .2
58 22 .1
58 22 .2
58 24 .1
58 24 .2
58 26 .1
58 26 .2
58 27 .1
58 27 .2
58 32 .1
58 32 .2
58 36 .1
58 36 .2
58 37 .1
58 37 .2
58 41 .1
58 41 .2
58 42 .1
58 42 .2
58 46 .1
58 46 .2
58 51 .1
58 51 .2
58 56 .1
58 56 .2
58 61 .1
58 66 .1
58 71 .1
58 76 .1
58 81 .1
58 91 .1
Dxs
OD
OD
(L)
type OD
Stanchions for horizontal pipes
Type 58
Type 58 .. 21
Type 58 .. 22
... See p. 5.15.
Example: Telescopic stanchion for pipe
OD = 244.5mm, E = 800 (as sliding shoe).
The stanchion length amounts to: L = E-N
(see data in selection table)
L = 800mm – 122mm = 678mm.
For stanchion D = 88.9 mm (designation ‘d’).
Permissible load = 0.36 x 11kN
(see table and diagram on p. 5.15) = 3.96kN.
Order details:
stanchion for
horizontal piping
type 58 .. .., E = ...mm
5.12
Stanchions for short radius elbows
(R OD) Type 58
OD
E
(L)
N
R
t
Dxs
A
Type 58 .. 13
Type 58 .. 14
R
OD
(L)
N
75
A
t
150
E
Dxs
Type 58 .. 23
Type 58 .. 24
... See p. 5.15.
Example: Stanchion for short radius elbow radius R DA,
OD = 419mm, E = 750mm (as fixed point).
Stanchion length: L = E-N
(see data in selection table),
L = 750mm – 50mm = 700mm.
For stanchion D = 139.7mm (designation ‘f’).
Permissible load = 0.41 x 22.5kN
(see table and diagram on p. 5.15) = 9.2kN.
Order details:
stanchion for short radius elbows R DA
type 58 .. .., E = ...mm
5.13
type OD
58 05 .3
58 06 .3
58 06 .4
58 07 .3
58 07 .4
58 08 .3
58 08 .4
58 09 .3
58 09 .4
58 10 .3
58 10 .4
58 11 .3
58 11 .4
58 13 .3
58 13 .4
58 14 .3
58 14 .4
58 16 .3
58 16 .4
58 17 .3
58 17 .4
58 19 .3
58 19 .4
58 22 .3
58 22 .4
58 24 .3
58 24 .4
58 26 .3
58 26 .4
58 27 .3
58 27 .4
58 32 .3
58 32 .4
58 36 .3
58 36 .4
58 37 .3
58 37 .4
58 41 .3
58 41 .4
58 42 .3
58 42 .4
58 46 .3
58 46 .4
58 51 .3
58 51 .4
58 56 .3
58 56 .4
58 61 .3
58 66 .3
58 71 .3
58 76 .3
58 81 .3
58 91 .3
48.3
60.3
60.3
73.0
73.0
76.1
76.1
88.9
88.9
108.0
108.0
114.3
114.3
133.0
133.0
139.7
139.7
159.0
159.0
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267.0
267.0
273.0
273.0
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368.0
368.0
406.4
406.4
419.0
419.0
457.2
457.2
508.0
508.0
558.8
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4
Dxs
33.7
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
114.3
139.7
114.3
139.7
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4.5
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
5.6
7.0
5.6
7.0
5.6
5.6
8.8
5.6
8.8
5.6
8.8
8.8
10
8.8
10
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
stanchions
type
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
For the selection of stanchions consult
the table and diagram on p. 5.15.
N
Emin
Emax
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
40
40
45
45
50
50
40
40
45
45
50
50
50
50
55
55
60
60
65
65
70
80
85
90
95
110
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
450
450
450
450
450
450
500
550
1000
1000
1100
1000
1100
1000
1100
1000
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1200
5
Stanchions for long radius elbows
(R 1.5 OD) Type 58
For the selection of stanchions consult
the table and diagram on p. 5.15.
E
1000
1000
1050
1000
1050
1000
1050
1000
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
950
950
950
950
950
900
Dxs
A
Type 58 .. 15
Type 58 .. 16
OD
Dxs
E
200
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
400
400
450
450
500
550
R
0
0
0
5
5
0
0
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
40
40
65
65
65
65
70
70
75
75
80
80
90
90
100
100
110
115
125
135
145
160
t
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
OD
R
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
Emax
A
150
4.5
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
5.6
7.0
5.6
7.0
5.6
5.6
8.8
5.6
8.8
5.6
8.8
8.8
10
8.8
10
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
8.0
10
8.0
10
8.0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Emin
75
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
N
t
33.7
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
114.3
139.7
114.3
139.7
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
N
48.3
60.3
60.3
73.0
73.0
76.1
76.1
88.9
88.9
108.0
108.0
114.3
114.3
133.0
133.0
139.7
139.7
159.0
159.0
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267.0
267.0
273.0
273.0
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368.0
368.0
406.4
406.4
419.0
419.0
457.2
457.2
508.0
508.0
558.8
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4
stanchions
type
N
58 05 .5
58 06 .5
58 06 .6
58 07 .5
58 07 .6
58 08 .5
58 08 .6
58 09 .5
58 09 .6
58 10 .5
58 10 .6
58 11 .5
58 11 .6
58 13 .5
58 13 .6
58 14 .5
58 14 .6
58 16 .5
58 16 .6
58 17 .5
58 17 .6
58 19 .5
58 19 .6
58 22 .5
58 22 .6
58 24 .5
58 24 .6
58 26 .5
58 26 .6
58 27 .5
58 27 .6
58 32 .5
58 32 .6
58 36 .5
58 36 .6
58 37 .5
58 37 .6
58 41 .5
58 41 .6
58 42 .5
58 42 .6
58 46 .5
58 46 .6
58 51 .5
58 51 .6
58 56 .5
58 56 .6
58 61 .5
58 66 .5
58 71 .5
58 76 .5
58 81 .5
58 91 .5
Dxs
(L)
OD
(L)
type Type 58 .. 25
Type 58 .. 26
... See p. 5.15.
Example: Stanchion for long radius elbow
radius R 1.5 OD, OD = 419mm,
E = 750 (as fixed point).
Stanchion length: L = E+N
(see data in selection table),
L = 750mm +75mm = 825mm.
For stanchion D = 139.7mm (designation ‘f’).
Permissible load = 0.37 x 22.5kN
(see table on page 5.15) = 8.3kN.
Order details:
stanchion for long radius elbows
R 1.5 OD
type 58 .. .., E = ...mm
5.14
Stanchions
Type 58
Field weld
The weld seam stress
amounts to max. 50N/mm2
for the specified weld seam
thickness and permissible loads.
Type designation:
58 .. 1.
58 .. 2.
stanchion
telescopic
stanchion
Table data A x t.
The permissible loading of
pipe
type
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Dxs
33.7
48.3
73.0
88.9
114.3
139.7
219.1
323.9
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Axt
4.5
5.0
7.0
5.6
8.8
10
8.0
10
90
115
130
150
190
215
305
405
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
10
10
10
10
12
15
20
25
maximum permissible load at 80°C
weight [kg]
vertical load
for L = 200mm
only [kN]
58 .. 2.
sliding [kN] fixed [kN] 58 .. 1.
9.5
22
34
40
78
96
150
330
1.9
3.7
7.9
11
25
35
69
185
1.1
2.3
5.0
7.1
16.0
22.5
43.5
113.0
1.3
2.1
3.5
4.0
7.7
11.7
22.1
45.7
1.8
4.0
4.4
6.6
10.8
15.8
26.8
54.1
+ per
100mm
0.32
0.53
1.1
1.2
2.3
3.2
4.2
7.7
Permissible load in dependence on length of stanchion for slide bearing or fixed point
the stanchion in dependence
on length can be found in the
diagram.
stanchion = 100% of specified
vertical load. For welding
designs of this type the load
transmission to the piping must
be guaranteed by the user.
F/Fmax
Max. lateral loading of
Materials:
base plate S235JR
S355J2
stanchion P235GH
Surface protection:
weldable primer
[mm]
L
Type 58 stanchion for pipe elbows as stop free of moments
in X-Y direction with type 29 spring support
5.15
Type 58 stanchions as guides for horizontally running
pipe system with type 29 spring support
6
PRODUCT
GROUP
Threaded connecting elements
Threaded connecting elements
6
Connection components
Contents
Page
Threaded connections, type 60 to 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1
Selection tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Eye nuts type 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Threaded clevises with pin type 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Turnbuckles type 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
Rod couplings type 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
Connecting rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4
6
0
1
2
Selection tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Tie rods LR type 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Hexagon nuts type 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Stud bolts type 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Tie rods type 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
Threaded rods type 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
3
4
5
PRODUCT
GROUP
7
8
9
6.0
6
Threaded connections
Type 60 to 64
Precision-fit threads, reliable material properties
and design with sufficient
load reserves are prerequisites for the reliability
of the whole load chain.
The connections in product group 6 are specially shaped bolting components to connect
the connecting rods to other support components. They connect components in the load
chains with their counterparts, such as lugs,
U-bolts or eye plates.
The connections in product group 6 form an
independent group within the modular system
and were specially designed for optimum use
as pipe support components.
They are largely drop-forged and, except for
turnbuckle type 62, so designed that they
enable a little length regulation despite low
installation heights.
Eye nut type 60
The permissible loads correspond to the load
tables for statically determined components
on page 0.6 of the technical specifications.
Eye nut type 60 is used as a transition from a
rod to a bolt connection; threaded clevis with
pin type 61 joins a rod to a lug connection.
Threaded clevis with pin type 61
Turnbuckle type 62 is fitted with a right-hand
thread on one side and left-hand thread on the
other. It is used in combination with tie rod
type 65 for length regulation and the pre-stressing of load chains.
If required, rod coupling type 64 is used to
form rod lengths longer than 3m.
All threads (except in turnbuckle type 62) are
right-hand and available in both UNC and metric
versions.
For corrosion protection the components are
galvanized as standard, coating thickness approx. 12-15µm. For use in particularly aggressive atmospheres hot-dip galvanized
components can be supplied.
Turnbuckle type 62
If required, the components can be supplied
with material certificates.
It is often necessary to use the connection
components in areas above the standard field
of application, where higher temperatures
apply.
Rod coupling type 64
6.1
The LISEGA connections offer special benefits:
universal application possibilities
load and connection compatibility
with the LISEGA modular system
drop-forged and heat-treated
galvanized as standard, hot-dip
galvanized if required
approval through special type tests
For this, LISEGA SE offers products made from
the material 10CrMo9-10. The upper load limits
for use up to 500°C corresponds to the nominal load of the respective load groups. The
type numbers are described as follows:
Eye nuts
: 60 .9 04-HT;
(60 D9 04-HT
Threaded clevises
with pin
: 61 .9 04-HT;
(61 D9 04-HT
Turnbuckles : 62 .9 04-HT;
(62 D9 04-HT
Rod couplings : 64 .9 04-HT;
(64 D9 04-HT
to 60 99 04-HT)
to 61 99 04-HT)
to 62 99 04-HT)
to 64 99 04-HT)
6
Eye nuts Type 60
Threaded clevises with pin Type 61
Eye nuts
type 60 D9 19 to 60 50 12
F
G
d3
B
E
Material: P250GH
drop-forged.
C
X
From load group 40
welded design
material: S355J2.
Ø d2
D
A
type
A
B
C
D
60 D9 19
60 29 12
60 39 12
60 49 12
60 59 12
60 69 12
60 79 12
60 89 12
60 99 12
60 10 12
60 20 12
60 30 12
60 40 12
60 50 12
24
33
44
59
72
88
100
110
120
135
150
160
220
250
40
60
75
90
110
127
140
157
180
200
230
230
250
280
11
15
20
25
30
37
45
52
60
65
70
70
120
140
17
24
30
35
44
50
60
70
80
95
105
110
125
140
G
H
F
Ø d2
d3
E
F
G
X
weight
[kg]
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
13
17
25
29
35
42
47
52
62
62
72
72
82
92
25
40
45
55
65
75
75
85
85
105
130
130
100
120
5
6
10
10
15
17
20
25
30
40
40
40
50
60
15
19
26
35
44
54
62
72
78
80
85
90
110
125
15
20
30
35
45
52
65
72
95
95
100
100
150
160
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.40
0.80
1.20
2.00
2.90
4.70
7.70
8.80
9.30
27.00
45.00
Threaded clevises with pin
type 61 D9 19 to 61 50 12
Material: P250GH
K
M
d1
From load group 10 and
further material: S355J2,
drop-forged.
E
C
X
B
L
From load group 40 and
further flame-cut design
material: S355J2.
D
ød2
shape-type 61 40 12, 61 50 12
A
type
A
B
C
D
61 D9 19
61 29 12
61 39 12
61 49 12
61 59 12
61 69 12
61 79 12
61 89 12
61 99 12
61 10 12
61 20 12
61 30 12
61 40 12
61 50 12
23
33
42
55
65
72
85
100
120
130
155
155
150
165
50
70
80
90
110
130
150
170
180
215
230
230
240
260
11
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
65
70
70
80
90
17
25
33
40
46
51
61
72
83
90
110
110
–
–
Ø d1 Ø d2
10
12
16
20
24
33
40
45
50
60
70
70
80
90
Order details:
eye nuts
type 60..1.
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
E
F
G
H
K
35
50
50
55
65
80
90
100
95
120
130
125
130
140
11
12
17
20
22
27
32
37
42
50
60
60
56
64
50
60
70
90
105
125
140
165
185
210
245
245
230
240
25
34
44
57
68
80
93
110
130
150
175
175
150
165
21
24
32
46
53
64
80
90
100
120
150
150
150
180
L
5x9
8x12
11x15
16x21
19x25
19x29
22x36
27x40
33x44
30x45
35x55
35x55
–
–
M
X
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
90
110
15
20
30
35
45
50
60
70
85
95
100
105
110
120
weight
[kg] Bolts
0.1
0.2
0.4
1.0
1.6
2.7
4.4
7.2
10.4
14.8
24.4
24.4
42.0
60.0
C35E+QT complete with
split pins DIN EN ISO 1234
and washers DIN 1441.
From load group 40 and
further material: S355J2.
Order details:
threaded clevises with pin
type 61..1.
6.2
Turnbuckles Type 62
Rod couplings Type 64
Turnbuckles
type 62 D9 19 to 62 50 15
D
X
A
Material: S23SJR
drop-forged.
L
B
E
C
From load group 10
flame-cut design
material: S355J2.
Ød2
One side right-hand,
other side left-hand thread.
The ends of the threaded rods
must not come into contact.
Order details:
turnbuckle
type 62..1.
type
A
B
C
SW
62 D9 19
62 29 12
62 39 19
62 49 19
62 59 19
62 69 12
62 79 12
62 89 12
62 99 12
62 10 15
62 20 15
62 30 15
62 40 15
62 50 15
30
34
42
52
62
74
86
104
130
110
130
140
150
165
125
125
150
170
240
255
295
330
355
300
320
330
390
410
18
21
27
33
39
45
55
63
75
60
70
75
80
90
16
18
24
30
36
46
55
65
75
80
90
100
100
120
Ø d2
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
E
35
35
50
60
80
85
95
100
105
80
80
80
90
90
X
weight
[kg]
45
45
50
55
80
85
100
115
125
110
120
125
150
160
0.15
0.20
0.40
0.70
1.20
1.80
3.00
4.80
7.80
10.00
15.00
18.00
22.00
32.00
L
weight
[kg]
L
9x 8
11x 9
14x11
17x14
22x17
23x20
28x23
32x27
40x35
80x23
90x28
100x30
100x33
120x37
Rod coupling
type 64 D9 19 to 64 50 15
Material: S235JR
drop-forged.
L
C
From load group 10
flame-cut design
material: S355J2.
B
Ød2
D
A
Order details:
rod coupling
type 64 .. 1.
6.3
type
A
B
C
D
64 D9 19
64 29 18
64 39 18
64 49 18
64 59 18
64 69 18
64 79 18
64 89 18
64 99 18
64 10 15
64 20 15
64 30 15
64 40 15
64 50 15
34
34
42
52
62
74
86
104
130
110
130
140
150
165
45
45
60
75
90
105
120
150
180
190
220
240
250
280
15
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
60
70
75
80
90
21
21
27
32
39
45
55
63
75
80
90
100
100
120
Ø d2
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
11x 9
11x 9
14x11
17x14
22x17
23x20
28x23
32x27
40x35
80x23
90x28
100x30
100x33
120x37
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.2
1.6
2.6
5.1
7.0
11.0
14.0
15.0
23.0
Connecting rods
Type 63, 65, 66, 67
Application
Length adjustment
Materials and loads
All other bolted connections are exclusively
right-hand threads and on installation must be
countered with a hexagon nut type 63.
Threaded and tie rods connect the support
components to each other in order to bridge
installation heights. They can be used as rigid
supports with the connection components and
in elastic load chains with spring and constant
hangers.
Only materials with guaranteed mechanical
properties regarding good homogeneity and
sufficient charpy-test values (ductility) are used.
The permissible loads correspond to the load
table for statically determined components in
the technical specifications on page 0.6.
Tie rods type 65 with right-hand / left-hand
threads are always used in combination with
turnbuckle type 62 and fitted with standard
lengths. They are designed for length adjustment and force-fit prestressing of load chains.
Corrosion protection
For corrosion protection all rod types are
galvanized, layer thickness approx. 12-15µm.
If required, hot-dip galvanization is available.
Hot dip galvanized threaded rods M10/M12 are
All threads are manufactured in a rolling process. available in lengths up to 1,000mm. Extensions
are made by way of rod couplings.
By rolling the threads are not cut. Through the
rolling process the material is made to flow and
Certification
is plastically formed. In this way the surface is
given additional notch-free high-quality strength. If so ordered, all components can be supplied
with certificates according to DIN EN 10204-2.2
Friction resistance is thereby reduced; this has a or 3.1.
Rolled threads
favorable effect on any adjustment of the rods
under load. On top of that, safety reserves
exceeding the demands of the design specifications are created.
Designs
Threaded rods type 67 with continuous threading up to M48 and tie rods type 66 (from M20)
are available in fixed 500mm length increments
in the length range from 500mm up to 3,000mm.
The tie rods have thread lengths of 300mm on
one side and 600mm on the other. The short
thread is for length adjustment, e.g. as a connection for spring and constant hangers. The long
thread is for the fitted length. This can be shortened as required according to the installation
height on site.
Special properties:
materials with proven characteristics
rolled threads
notch-free surfaces
galvanized surfaces
standard lengths
in-house manufacture
Often there is a need to use the connecting members even in areas which are above the standard
range of application and can exposed to with
higher temperatures. For this LISEGA SE offers
products made from the material 21CrMoV57 or
25CrMo4 for hex nuts. The load limits for use up
to 500°C correspond to the nominal load of each
load groups.
Standard lengths
The type numbers are described as follows:
Larger tolerances in the building structure have
led to increasing problems with fitted lengths
Tie rod
: 65 .1 03-HT;
instead of easier installation, especially when
(65 D1 03-HT to 65 91 03-HT)
the connection threads are too short. The use of
Stud bolt
: 67 .1 03-HT;
standardized fixed lengths is therefore more and
(67 D1 03-HT to 67 91 03-HT)
more common because of their greater flexibility.
Fitting can be easily carried out with hanging
Threaded rod : 67 .. 03-HT;
rods already mounted at the upper end.
(67 D2 03-HT to 67 95 03-HT)
Laborious measurement with the risk of error is
thereby avoided. Structural tolerances can be
balanced to advantage.
The pipe systems are
embedded in load chains,
where the connecting rods
are important elements.
When selecting them great
attention must be paid to
quality so that these seemingly simple components
do not form the weakest
link in the chain. The
decisive factors for their
load-bearing capacity are,
beside adequate dimensioning, material quality
and design conforming to
standards.
Tie rod
:
Hexagon nut :
Manufacture of threaded
components
66 .. 03-HT;
(66 46 03 to 66 97-HT-03 HT)
63 .9 3. ; (63 D9 39 and
63 19 38 to 63 99 38)
Fiber flow of rolled thread
6.4
Tie rods LR Type 65
Stud bolts Type 67
Hexagon nuts Type 63
Tie rods left-hand/right-hand
type 65 D1 19 to 65 50 13
LISEGA threaded rods
should only be replaced
in kind.
Order details:
tie rod LR
type 65..1.
L
L2
Ød2
L1
Ød
Material:
M10 to M16: S235JR
from M20: S355J2.
right
left
type
Ød
65 D1 19
65 21 13
65 31 13
65 41 13
65 51 13
65 61 13
65 71 13
65 81 13
65 91 13
65 10 13
65 20 13
65 30 13
65 40 13
65 50 13
8.75
10.74
14.54
18.20
21.85
27.55
33.15
38.91
44.53
53.22
61.20
65.20
69.20
77.20
Ø d2
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
L
L1
right
L2
left
weight
[kg]
250
250
250
250
350
350
350
450
450
550
550
550
600
600
80
80
80
80
120
120
120
160
160
200
200
200
220
220
130
130
130
130
190
190
190
220
220
270
270
270
300
300
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.4
4.2
5.5
9.6
12.7
14.4
17.7
22.1
Hexagon nuts
type 63 D9 29 to 63 50 28
Stud bolts
type 67 D1 19 to 67 91 13
Material: grade 8 hexagon
nuts DIN EN ISO 4032 as
counter nuts for threaded
rods M10 – M80x4.
Material:
M10 to M16: S235JR
from M20: S355J2.
LISEGA threaded
rods should only be
replaced in kind.
type
Order details:
hexagon nut
type 63..2.
6.5
63 D9 29
63 29 28
63 39 28
63 49 28
63 59 28
63 69 28
63 79 28
63 89 28
63 99 28
63 10 28
63 20 28
63 30 28
63 40 28
63 50 28
size
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
weight
[kg]
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.06
0.11
0.22
0.39
0.65
0.98
1.40
1.90
2.25
2.60
3.40
type
L
Ø d2
weight
[kg]
67 D1 19
67 21 13
67 31 13
67 41 13
67 51 13
67 61 13
67 71 13
67 81 13
67 91 13
30
35
50
60
75
90
110
125
145
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
0.02
0.03
0.07
0.12
0.22
0.42
0.75
1.17
1.77
Order details:
stud bolts
type 67..1.
6
Tie rods Type 66
Threaded rods Type 67
Ø d2
Threaded rods / tie rods
type 67 D2 19 to 67 50 13 /
type 66 46 13 to 66 50 13
L
Material:
M10 to M16: S235JR
from M20: S355J2.
threaded rod type 67
LISEGA threaded rods
should only be replaced
in kind.
300
Ø d2
L
600
tie rod type 66
type designation at L=
1500
2000
Ø d2
500
1000
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20
M 24
M 30
M 36
M 42
M 48
67 D2 19
67 22 13
67 32 13
67 42 13
67 52 13
67 62 13
67 72 13
67 82 13
67 92 13
67 D3 19
67 23 13
67 33 13
67 43 13
67 53 13
67 63 13
67 73 13
67 83 13
67 93 13
67 D5 19
67 25 13
67 35 13
67 45 13
67 55 13
67 65 13
67 75 13
67 85 13
67 95 13
3000
weight
[kg/m]
67 D6 19
67 26 13
67 36 13
66 46 13
66 56 13
66 66 13
66 76 13
66 86 13
66 96 13
67 D7 19
67 27 13
67 37 13
66 47 13
66 57 13
66 67 13
66 77 13
66 87 13
66 97 13
0.5
0.7
1.3
2.0
2.9
4.7
6.8
9.3
12.2
Ø d2
L
67 D4 19
67 24 13
67 34 13
67 44 13
67 54 13
67 64 13
67 74 13
67 84 13
67 94 13
2500
Standard lengths avoid
problems caused when
installation lengths are
too short. They can be
flexibly adapted by shortening to suit the installation situation on site.
Order details:
threaded rod / tie rod
type 6. .. ..
Connecting rods from
M56x4 can be supplied as
threaded rods type 67 or
as tie rods type 66 with
individual rolled thread
lengths.
threaded rod type 67
L1
L2
Ø d2
L
tie rod type 66
L=max. 6,000mm, longer lengths on request
type designation
(L / L1 / L2 please note at order)
Ød2
M
M
M
M
M
56x4
64x4
68x4
72x4
80x4
66
66
66
66
66
10
20
30
40
50
13
13
13
13
13
weight
[kg/m]
67
67
67
67
67
10
20
30
40
50
13
13
13
13
13
17.5
23.1
26.2
29.5
36.8
Order details:
from M56x4:
threaded rod / tie rod
type 6. .. ..
L = …mm
L1 = …mm
L2 = …mm
6.6
7
PRODUCT
GROUP
Structural attachments,
trapezes, clamps, slide plates
Structural attachments, trapezes,
clamps, slide plates
7
Structural attachments, trapezes,
clamps, slide plates
Contents
Page
Structural attachments, trapezes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1
Weld-on clevises type 73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
Weld-on eye plates type 75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
Weld-on plates with spherical washers type 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
Clamps and trapezes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4
Beam clamps type 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4
Trapezes type 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4
Beam adapters type 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6
Guides with beam adapters type 76 for clamp bases type 49 . . . . . . . . 7.8
Cantilevers with beam adapters type 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
Slide plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
Instructions on assembly and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12
Slide plates to weld-on type 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Slide plates for bolting type 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
PRODUCT
GROUP
8
9
7.0
7
Structural attachments, trapezes,
clamps, slide plates
Special components for
welding or clamping are
available for connecting
the pipe supports to the
supporting structure.
In order to fulfill safety
requirements the connections must be suitable.
Product group 7
Connecting components for the direct attachment to the structure and trapezes form part of
product group 7.
The permissible loads for the components correspond to the load table for statically determined
components in the ‘technical specifications’, p. 0.6.
For weld-on clevises type 73 – well suited for
connection to hollow sections - and weld-on eye
nuts type 75 the specified minimum weld seam
thicknesses must be taken into account. These
are calculated not to exceed a maximum weld
seam stress of 75N/mm2 (load case H). For the
calculations, a force applied conically below 6°
was served as the basis.
The weld-on plates type 74 enable use of the
maximum pendulum length in restricted spaces
by means of a plug connection. Here too, a force
applied conically below 6° served as the basis.
type 73
type 74
Beam clamps type 78 are designed for weld-free
connection on site. They are suitable for all beam
widths and flange slopes. When ordering, please
state beam widths and flange thicknesses.
For protection against corrosion the components
are given a weldable primer coating (30µm) or
are galvanized (layer thickness 12 - 15µm).
Trapezes type 79 are for the attachment of
clamp bases type 49 and type 56 and can be
used for rigid suspension as well as for connection with spring and constant hangers.
type 75
The trapeze profiles are protected against corrosion according to LISEGA standard color coating
(see p. 0.10).
All components can on request be supplied with
material certifications.
type 76
type 78
Standardized connection possibilities
7.1
7
Weld-on clevises Type 73
Weld-on eye plates Type 75
Weld-on clevises
type 73 29 13 to 73 50 12
Material: S355J2
drop-forged.
E
A
M
From load size 20 onwards:
flame-cut design made
of S355J2
bolts: C35E+QT.
F
H
G
type
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
29
39
49
59
69
79
89
99
10
20
30
40
50
13
13
13
13
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
d1
K
shape type 73 20 12
to 73 50 12
A
Ød1
E
F
G
H
K
M
min. weld
seam weight
[kg]
40
50
65
75
95
120
120
120
150
170x175
170x175
150x190
180x220
12
16
20
24
33
40
45
50
60
70
70
80
90
35
40
50
60
90
110
120
130
140
150
150
170
195
12
17
20
22
27
32
37
42
50
60
60
56
64
60
70
90
105
125
140
165
185
210
245
245
230
240
34
44
57
68
80
93
110
120
150
165
165
150
165
24
32
46
53
64
80
90
100
120
170
170
150
180
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
75
75
90
110
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.5
7.5
8.5
9.0
10.5
12.5
13.5
0.3
0.4
1.1
2.1
3.8
6.8
9.2
11.1
18.5
37.0
37.0
38.0
58.0
Order details:
weld-on clevises 73 .. 1.
C
d3
E
seams was based on a
permissible stress of
75N/mm2 in load case H.
Weld-on eye plates
type 75 D1 19 to 75 50 12
Material: S235JR
from load group 6: S355J2.
s
A
Calculation of the weld
type
A
Ød3
E
C
s
min. weld
seam 75 D1 19
75 21 12
75 31 12
75 41 12
75 51 12
75 61 12
75 71 12
75 81 12
75 91 12
75 10 12
75 20 12
75 30 12
75 40 12
75 50 12
30
35
45
60
65
80
100
120
130
150
170
180
220
250
10.5
12.5
16.5
20.5
24.5
34
41
46
51
61
71
71
81
91
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
18
22
28
37
40
50
65
75
80
90
100
110
120
135
6
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
30
40
45
45
50
60
3.0
4.0
4.5
6.0
7.0
8.5
9.5
10.5
13.5
15.5
18.0
20.5
18.5
20.0
weight
[kg]
0.10
0.13
0.24
0.45
0.65
1.25
2.35
3.9
4.6
7.7
10.6
12.6
18.5
27.5
Calculation of the weld
seams was based on a
permissible stress of
75 N/mm2 in load case H.
Order details:
weld-on eye plates
type 75 .. 1.
7.2
Weld-on plates
with spherical washers Type 74
ØB
G
Ød4
E
R
s
Weld-on plates
with spherical washers
type 74 D1 19 to 74 50 13
Material spherical washers:
case-hardened steel.
From load group 5: C15
weld-on plate: S235JR.
For s 20: S355J2.
6° 6°
ØD
max. F
A
LISEGA recommends tack
welding of the weld-on plate
for fixing positions or welding
all round as specified.
Order details:
weld-on plate with spherical
washer type 74 .. 1.
7.3
type
for
thread
A
ØB
ØD
Ød4
E
max. F
G
R
s
weight
[kg]
74 D1 19
74 21 13
74 31 13
74 32 13
74 33 13
74 41 13
74 42 13
74 43 13
74 51 13
74 52 13
74 61 13
74 62 13
74 71 13
74 72 13
74 81 13
74 82 13
74 91 13
74 92 13
74 10 13
74 20 13
74 30 13
74 40 13
74 50 13
M10
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M30
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4
60
70
70
95
130
70
95
130
95
130
130
170
130
170
130
170
130
170
225
250
250
300
350
21
24
30
30
30
36
36
36
44
44
56
56
68
68
78
78
92
92
103
120
128
136
152
15
18
25
25
25
30
30
30
35
35
45
45
50
50
59
59
66
66
76
89
95
98
110
10.5
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
31
31
37
37
43
43
50
50
58
66
70
75
83
12
17
17
22
22
18
23
23
24
24
35
35
37
37
39
39
46
41
47
54
61
61
64
35
40
45
45
45
50
50
50
55
55
60
60
70
70
90
90
120
120
140
150
160
160
180
10
11
15
15
15
18
18
18
21
21
27
27
32
32
37
37
41
41
50
59
64
70
78
15
17
22
22
22
27
27
27
32
32
41
41
50
50
58
58
67
67
79
93
100
107
120
10
15
15
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
30
35
40
45
45
45
0.3
0.6
0.6
1.4
2.7
0.6
1.4
2.7
1.4
2.7
4.0
6.8
4.0
6.8
4.0
6.8
4.5
6.8
13.9
19.6
22.0
31.8
43.3
7
Beam clamps Type 78
Trapezes Type 79
Beam clamps
type 78 21 11 to 78 71 11
A
E
E0
t
b
E = E0 – t
d3
d3
A
46
82
11 17
11 21
11 25
11 34
11 41
11 51
80
80
125
125
180
180
55
–
–
–
–
–
55
70
–
–
–
–
type
78
78
78
78
78
78
21
31
41
51
61
71
s
E0 up to beam width b=
100 125 140 180 220
65
70
–
–
–
–
65
70
85
95
–
–
65
70
90
95
–
–
75
80
90
105
100
115
85
90
100
115
100
115
260
300
s
–
100
105
130
110
125
–
110
115
140
110
130
8
10
15
15
20
20
tmax
15
20
25
25
30
30
weight
[kg]
0.8
2.0
6.7
6.8
17.7
18.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
1.6
3.6
8.9
9.5
19.8
20.8
Load sizes 8 + 9 can also
be connected. The permissible
load amounts to 100kN in load
case H.
Larger ‘t’ dimension possible
on request – E0 increases
correspondingly. When ordering
please state beam width ‘b’
and flange thickness ‘t’.
Order details:
beam clamp
type 78 .1 11
beam width b = …mm
flange thickness t = …mm
L
80
Trapezes for the use
of lower loads at
temperatures 80°C
type 79 C2 37 to 79 42 37
a
Ød4
b
E
a
The permissible center load is
type
Lmax
E
a
b
Ød4
79 C2 37
79 D2 37
79 12 37
79 12 37
79 22 37
79 22 37
79 32 37
79 32 37
79 42 37
79 42 37
1000
1000
600
1000
600
1100
600
1200
600
1200
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
60
60
70
70
80
80
100
100
130
22
25
25
28
28
32
32
35
38
42
11
11
11
11
14
14
14
14
18
18
to be taken from the respective
trapeze load group (3rd digit in
the type designation).
weight [kg] for L=
500mm per 100mm
1.7
2.6
2.6
3.8
3.8
6.0
6.0
9.6
9.6
15.6
0.3
0.46
0.46
0.64
0.64
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.4
Order details:
trapeze
type 79 .2 37, L = …mm
7.4
Trapezes
Type 79
Trapezes
type 79 22 34 to 79 20 34
100
L
B
s
d3
U
E
The permissible center load
type
load group
d3
s
79 22 34
79 32 34
D–4
D–4
21
21
10
10
79 42 34
3–4
21
lengthened up to 2400mm
on load reduction of 5%
per 100mm extension.
79 52 34
4–5
Connection possible for the
79 62 34
The Lmax dimensions can be
Lmax U
B
1700
1700
20
20
80
80
140
140
19
19
1.7
1.7
12
900
1800
20
40
80
120
140
190
19
31
1.7
2.7
25
18
1400
1800
40
40
120
140
190
200
31
38
2.7
3.2
5–6
34
20
1250
1800
40
55
140
180
200
230
38
54
3.2
4.4
79 72 34
6–7
41
25
1400
1800
60
65
180
200
230
250
54
65
4.4
5.1
79 82 34
6–8
46
25
1250
2400
70
80
200
260
250
310
65
102
5.1
7.6
79 92 34
7–9
51
30
1800
2400
85
90
260
300
310
350
102
129
7.6
9.2
79 10 34
79 20 34
8 – 10
9 – 10
61
61
30
30
2000
1800
95
95
300
300
350
350
129
129
9.2
9.2
specified load groups.
L
Trapeze
type 79 23 39 to 79 93 39
C
B
d3
Ød3
s
The permissible load for the
middle connection is to be
taken from the respective
trapeze load group (3rd digit
in the type designation).
E
Order details:
trapeze
type 79 .. 34, L = …mm
weight [kg] for L =
1000mm per 100mm
E
U
is to be taken from the respective trapeze load group
(3rd digit or 3rd and 4th digits
in the type designation).
s
Lmax can be lengthened to
2400mm for type 79 23 39
to 79 73 39 on reduction of
the permissible load by 5%
for every 100mm.
Connection possible for the
specified load groups.
Order details:
trapeze
type 79 .3 39, L = …mm
7.5
type
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
23
33
43
53
63
73
83
93
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
load group
d3
Lmax E
U
B
C
s
D–4
D–4
3–5
4–6
5–7
6–8
6–9
7 – 10
21
21
25
34
41
46
51
61
1700
1700
1800
1800
1800
1800
2400
2400
40
40
40
60
65
65
95
120
80
80
120
140
180
200
260
300
140
140
190
200
230
250
310
350
40
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
10
10
12
18
20
25
25
30
On request types 79 10 39 and 79 20 39 can be dilivered.
weight [kg] for L=
1000mm per 100mm
19
19
32
40
56
68
108
138
1.7
1.7
2.7
3.2
4.4
5.1
7.6
9.2
7
Beam adapters
Type 76
On alterations or extensions of the pipe
systems or steelwork in existing plants,
clamp connections are frequently preferred
to welded connections. Clamp connections
are strictly specified in cases where welding
connections are excluded for safety reasons.
The safety of the clamping effect of such
connections depends essentially on the
nature of the existing contact surfaces and
the prestressing forces applied. The design
of the clamping components used is therefore decisive for a reliable connection.
For the creation of safe and reliable clamp
connections LISEGA offers the beam adapter
system type 76. These components enable
the connection of very different components to
existing steelwork without welding or drilling.
If the specified tightening torques are observed,
lasting security of the connections is guaranteed.
Any corrosion protection already present, such
as hot-dip galvanization or paint coatings, incurs
no damage.
Assembly is simple and timesaving. On tightening, LISEGA beam adapters adjust independently
to the existing beam thickness.
The special support segments are the main feature of the LISEGA beam adapters. Due to their
shape they automatically adapt to any position
and to existing profile angles.
B
A
Beam adapters
type 76 D2 11 to 76 42 11
Material: cast iron hot dip
galvanized.
t
H
The loads specified correspond
to this in load case H. ‘Max.
permissible loads’ p. 0.6. For
further load cases see table.
Ød2
type
76 D2 11
76 22 11
76 32 11
76 42 11
on bolting 8.8
support force tight. torque
[kN] [Nm] max 2.5
6.0
8.5
15.0
35
70
150
300
Friction value µ = 0.14.
A
B
Ød2
Hmin
Hmax
48
57
70
83
24
30
37
46
M10
M12
M16
M20
31
37
44
55
37
45
54
65
t
(clamp thickness)
min
max
3
4
6
6
15
17
20
25
weight
[kg]
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.6
Order details:
beam adapter (without bolt)
type 76 .. 11
bolts for beam adapters,
see p. 7.7.
7.6
The hardened support segments have a circular
groove profile that is pressed into the contact
surface on tightening. This way, a form-fit contact is produced which ensures that no shifting
in any direction takes place.
Example of connections
with beam adapters
Cross-connection
The safe connection of beam profiles to each
other is produced very easily with an inlay plate
and 8 LISEGA beam adapters. The load-bearing
capacity of a cross-connection can be found in
the table below.
Example of use:
Attachment of clamp base to steel beam
Typical utilization of beam clamps
at different material thicknesses
Load-bearing capacity of cross-connections
with LISEGA beam adapters
Bolts for beam adapters
bolt type
76 D2 11 – 065
76 D2 11 – 080
76 D2 11 – 100
76 22 11 – 070
76 22 11 – 090
76 22 11 – 120
76 32 11 – 090
76 32 11 – 120
76 32 11 – 150
76 42 11 – 120
76 42 11 – 150
76 42 11 – 180
dimensions
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
65
80
100
70
90
120
90
120
150
120
150
180
weight [kg]
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.12
0.19
0.23
0.27
0.39
0.45
0.51
type
load capacity [kN]
for 4 bolts (8.8)
thickness of
inlay plate
76 D2 11
76 22 11
76 32 11
76 42 11
10
24
34
60
10
12
15
18
Profile connection
Hexagon bolts DIN EN ISO 4017,
thread to head, grade 8.8, hot dip galvanized,
including a hexagon nut
DIN EN ISO 4032, grade 8, hot dip galvanized.
Order details:
bolt for beam adapter
type 76 .2 11- …
7.7
The connection of profiles to each other can be
made either directly or by using an inlay plate.
Guides with beam adapters Type 76
for clamp bases Type 49
Cantilevers with beam adapters Type 76 .. 16
Guide with beam adapters
for clamp bases
type 76 00 11 to 76 00 14
Material:
guide S235JR.
– Fz L= b + 2c
7
c
t
a1
Fx
a2
b
type
76
76
76
76
00
00
00
00
lift-off restraint
type with
lift-off restraint
11
12
13
14
76
76
76
76
00
00
00
00
tightening
torque [Nm]
21
22
23
24
35
70
150
300
–Fz [kN]
Fx
[kN]
1.0
1.7
2.8
4.7
3.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
a1
a2
bmin
c
30
30
40
40
50
60
80
80
42
50
64
73
40
45
55
65
total weight [kg]
tmax for b=100 + per 100mm
15
17
20
25
1.7
2.8
4.9
7.2
0.60
0.95
1.40
1.40
If required, the guides can be supplied with an additional lift-off restraint (width 80mm).
(When ordering also specify clamp base type.)
Fz: the permissible short-duration lift-off load is limited in every case by the permissible
lift-off load of the clamp base. See p. 4.68 for this.
Order details:
lateral guide
type 76 00 1.; b = …mm
Order details:
lateral guide with lift-off
restraint
type 76 00 2. – 49 .. ..
(clamp base type), b = …mm
Friction value µ = 0.14
c
Cantilever with
beam adapters
type 76 C1 16 to 76 21 16
Material:
cantilever S235JR.
b
a
t
E
s
Ød4
L
Lmin = 0 mm
Lmax = b
2 +c
type
tightening
torque [Nm]
axs
bmin
bmax
c
d4
E
76 C1 16
76 D1 16
76 11 16
76 21 16
35
70
150
300
40x6
60x6
70x7
80x8
42
50
55
64
300
300
300
300
40
45
55
65
11
11
14
17
25
45
48
55
weight [kg]
tmax for b=100 L=50 + per 100mm
15
17
20
25
0.9
1.5
2.5
3.9
0.35
0.55
0.75
1.00
Friction value µ = 0.14
Order details:
cantilever with beam
adapters type 76 .1 16
b = …mm, L = …mm
7.8
Cantilevers with beam adapters
Type 76 .. 17
Cantilevers with beam
adapters types 76 C1 17
to 76 21 17
Material:
cantilever S235JR.
c
b
a
e
t
E
Ød3
s
L
L = b
2 +c
Friction value µ = 0.14
Order details:
cantilever with beam
adapters type 76 .1 17
b = …mm, L = …mm
type
76 C1 17
76 D1 17
76 11 17
76 21 17
max. tightening torque
[Nm]
a x s bmin
35
70
150
300
40x6
60x6
70x7
80x8
Example of use:
roller bearing fitted at works
with lateral support plates
7.9
46
55
64
73
c Ød3 e
E tmax
40
45
55
65
20
20
25
25
11
11
14
14
22
25
28
30
15
17
20
25
weight [kg]
for b = 100
Lmax up to beam width b=
82 100 125 140 180 220 260 300 +per L=100 100mm
120
105
110
145
230
170
140
160
270
200
170
190
310
250
200
235
320
280
230
265
Example of use:
clamp base on trapeze
340
340
290
290
360
360
350
310
380
380
380
330
1.0
1.8
2.8
4.4
0.35
0.55
0.75
1.00
Slide plates
Type 70
Application and field of use
The pipe systems resting on pipe bearings are
subject to displacement as a result of thermal
expansion. This displacement must be permitted to prevent unacceptable stresses that could
damage the piping system. Furthermore, the
slight friction caused by these movements is
reduced by inserting slide plates between the
clamp base and supporting framework.
Through the use of slide plates friction forces
can be reduced about 60%. Instead of steel /
steel sliding contact with a friction coefficient
of µ 0.3, through the use of slide plates and
a stainless steel plate as a counterface on the
clamp base side the friction coefficient can be
reduced to as little as µ 0.1 (dry).
7
Clamp bases are seated
on slide plates allowing
movement with reduced
friction – this means the
pipe systems can move
without constraint during
thermal expansion.
LISEGA slide plates consist of different low-friction materials for different temperature ranges.
During the planning phase the reduction of fric- For use at a constant temperature up to 180°C
tion forces is extremely important. Since friction (at the bottom of the clamp base) the standard
PTFE slide plate is recommended. For temperforces can represent considerable additional
forces to the operational loads, they are usually atures above 180°C to a maximum of 350°C a
distributed into the supporting framework (buil- special high-temperature material is used.
ding structure or secondary steelwork) by the
use of low friction materials/surfaces.
Advantages of the low-friction materials
By lowering friction forces the dimensioning of
building structures and secondary steelwork can
be, under the aspect of cost saving, reduced.
Also the reaction forces in the pipe statics.
Slide plates are commonly used in all pipe systems in industrial processes / chemical plants, in
the power station field, in liquefied gas transport
or in district heating pipe systems.
high mechanical wear resistance
temperature resistance up to 350°C
suitable for use in aggressive environmental
conditions due to their high chemical resistance
self-lubricating
permanent freedom from maintenance
long lifespan
excellent load-bearing capacity
Weld-on slide plates
Type 28 with embedded slide
plates
Type 29 with load plate and
PTFE slide plates
Typical use of slide plates under clamp bases
7.10
Use of slide plates for pipe
guides type 49 .. .. -G..
Other fields of application for LISEGA slide
plates are uses where heavy loads must be
moved horizontally. By using slide plates the
force required for movement can be reduced
by as much as 60%. The use of slide plates
has a favorable effect on the whole pipe
system layout.
Specially developed for vertical installation, such
as for example for type 49 .. .. -G.. pipe guides,
the slide plate is bolted to the support plate.
2
Build of the slide plates
1 stainless steel plate
2 type 70 .. ..-MB
LISEGA slide plates for the temperature range
up to 180°C are made of the low-friction material
PTFE. For temperatures from 180°C up to 350°C
a special high-temperature material is used that
not only increases heat resistance but also optimizes the mechanical properties.
1
2
The LISEGA slide plate consists basically of a
supporting plate of carbon steel with a weldable primer coating in which the low-friction
material is embedded.
Optionally the supporting plate can be supplied
hot dip galvanized.
slide bearing / guide through clamp base
type 49 .. .. G3-SP with slide plates
2
1
2
The counterface is a stainless steel plate. Optionally the stainless steel plate, that must be
ordered separately, can be welded to carbon
steel support plate or it is attached to the bottom of the clamp base in the factory and can
be used immediatly.
1
z
y
x
2
X-Z-stop with guide in Y direction through clamp
base Type 49 .. .. G4-SP with slide plates
Friction values µ in dependence on operating temperature
slide plates
standard PTFE
low-friction material
high temperature
low-friction material
7.11
max. operating temp.
150°C
180°C
280°C
300°C
350°C
µ ≤ 0.1
0.1 ≤ µ ≤ 0.18
µ ≤ 0.25
Information on construction and
assembly of slide plates
Parallel installation of the slide
plates and counterfaces is required.
In every possible bearing position the
slide plates must be fully covered by
the counterfaces.
The components are to be fitted so that
any bending of the slide plates or counterfaces is prevented.
7
✔
✔
✔
Installation of slide plates
Type 70 .. 1. Is tack-welded with single
datum points. If all-round welding is
required, the temperature of the PTFE
material must not hereby exceed 260°C.
When welding, the PTFE material or the
restraining surfaces of the support plate
must be protected from dirt.
It is recommended to install the slide
plates only horizontally. For vertical
installation type 70 .. ..-MB is to be used.
When it has been ensured that
the counterface is always in contact
with the PTFE, the standard component
shape 70 .. .. can also be used.
Type 70 .. 2. And type 70 .. 3. Are bolted
to the steelwork with M10 or M12 cylinder
bolts. These bolts do not form part of the
scope of supply. Special sizes can be
supplied on request.
Clamp base type 49 on slide plate
with clamp connection to steelwork
Special sizes can be supplied on request.
load%
nom. load
travel range 1
travel range 2
travel range 3
type
Clamp base type 49 and spring support
type 28 with slide plates
Recommended use of PTFE slide plates for spring
supports type 29 .. 1.
7.12
Slide plates to weld-on
(rectangular shape)
type 70 11 11 to 70 48 11
H
Slide plates to weld-on
Type 70
A
The 6th place is to be filled
For friction values of slide
plates: see table on p. 7.11.
Order details:
slide plate to weld-on
type 70 .. 1.
Slide plate to weld-on
(round shape)
type 70 05 1. to 70 20 1.
type 70 11 1.
70 12 1.
70 13 1.
70 14 1.
70 16 1.
70 17 1.
70 18 1.
70 22 1.
70 23 1.
70 24 1.
70 26 1.
70 27 1.
70 28 1.
70 33 1.
70 34 1.
70 36 1.
70 37 1.
70 38 1.
70 44 1.
70 46 1.
70 47 1.
70 48 1.
For friction values of slide
plates: see table on p. 7.11.
Order details:
slide plate to weld-on
type 70 .. 1.
7.13
13
22
37
52
82
105
135
59
98
138
219
280
360
163
228
358
465
595
318
498
645
825
7
13
22
31
49
62
80
36
60
84
132
168
216
99
138
216
276
354
192
300
384
492
25
40
70
100
160
205
265
120
200
280
440
560
720
330
460
720
920
1180
640
1000
1280
1640
A
B
H
sliding surface
weight
[kg]
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
50
100
150
200
300
390
490
100
150
200
300
390
490
150
200
300
390
490
200
300
390
490
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Ø 40
30 x 80
30 x 130
30 x 180
30 x 280
2 x 30 x 180
2 x 30 x 230
80 x 80
80 x 130
80 x 180
80 x 280
2 x 80 x 180
2 x 80 x 230
130 x 130
130 x 180
130 x 280
2 x 130 x 180
2 x 130 x 230
180 x 180
180 x 280
2 x 180 x 180
2 x 180 x 230
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.3
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.9
2.5
3.1
1.4
1.9
2.7
3.6
4.4
2.4
3.6
5.4
6.8
ØD
H
50
85
100
130
170
200
10
12
12
12
12
12
ØD
The 6th place is to be filled
out in dependence of the
operating temperature.
max. load [kN]
.. .. .1
.. .. .4
150°C
180°C
350°C H
out in dependence of the
operating temperature.
B
type 70
70
70
70
70
70
05
08
10
13
17
20
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
max. load [kN]
.. .. .2
.. .. .5
150°C
180°C
350°C 13
33
50
90
175
254
7
19
30
57
106
152
25
65
100
190
350
505
sliding surface
Ø 40
Ø 65
Ø 80
Ø 110
Ø 150
Ø 180
weight
[kg]
0.1
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.4
1.9
7
Slide plates for bolting
Type 70
Slide plates for bolting
(rectangular shape
lengthwise)
type 70 11 2. to 70 48 2.
H
A
6
Ød
G
B
F
C
max. load [kN]
.. .. .1
.. .. .4
type 150°C 180°C 350°C 70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
22
23
24
26
27
28
33
34
36
37
38
44
46
47
48
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
13
22
37
52
82
105
135
59
98
138
219
280
360
163
228
358
465
595
318
498
645
825
7
13
22
31
49
62
80
36
60
84
132
168
216
99
138
216
276
354
192
300
384
492
25
40
70
100
160
205
265
120
200
280
440
560
720
330
460
720
920
1180
640
1000
1280
1640
The 6th place is to be filled
A
B
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
50
100
150
200
300
390
490
100
150
200
300
390
490
150
200
300
390
490
200
300
390
490
C
F
G
bore
holes
Ød
weight
[kg]
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
125
125
125
125
125
125
175
175
175
175
175
225
225
225
225
0
60
100
150
250
300
350
60
100
150
250
300
350
100
150
250
300
350
150
250
300
350
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.9
3.8
4.7
1.7
2.5
3.3
5.0
6.4
8.1
3.6
4.7
7.0
9.1
11.4
6.1
9.0
11.7
14.7
H sliding surface
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Ø 40
30 x 80
30 x 130
30 x 180
30 x 280
2 x 30 x 180
2 x 30 x 230
80 x 80
80 x 130
80 x 180
80 x 280
2 x 80 x 180
2 x 80 x 230
130 x 130
130 x 180
130 x 280
2 x 130 x 180
2 x 130 x 230
180 x 180
180 x 280
2 x 180 x 180
2 x 180 x 230
H
ØTK
6
For friction values of slide
plates: see table on p. 7.11.
Order details:
slide plate for bolting
type 70 .. 2.
Slide plates for bolting
(round shape)
type 70 05 2. to 70 20 2.
ØD
Ød
out in dependence of the
operating temperature.
(3x120°)
ØDA
type 70
70
70
70
70
70
05
08
10
13
17
20
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
max. load [kN]
.. .. .2
.. .. .5
150°C
180°C
350°C 13
33
50
90
175
254
7
19
30
57
106
152
25
65
100
190
350
505
The 6th place is to be filled
ØD
ØDA
H
50
85
100
130
170
200
90
125
150
180
220
260
22
22
22
22
22
22
sliding surface ØTK
40
65
Ø 80
Ø 110
Ø 150
Ø 180
Ø
Ø
70
105
125
155
195
230
Ød
weight
[kg]
12
12
14
14
14
18
0.5
1.2
1.6
2.5
3.9
5.4
out in dependence of the
operating temperature.
For friction values of slide
plates: see table on p. 7.11.
Order details:
slide plate for bolting
type 70 .. 2.
7.14
Slide plates for bolting
Type 70
The 6th place is to be filled
out in dependence of the
operating temperature.
For friction values of slide
plates: see table on p. 7.11.
Order details:
slide plate for bolting
type 70 .. 3.
Supplementary order
details:
slide plate 70 .. ..-MB
7.15
H
B
Ød
6
Slide plates for bolting
(transverse rectangular
shape)
type 70 12 3. to 70 48 3.
F
G
C
A
max. load [kN]
.. .. .1
.. .. .4
type 150°C 180°C 350°C 70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
12
13
14
16
17
18
23
24
26
27
28
34
36
37
38
46
47
48
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
22
37
52
82
105
135
98
138
219
280
360
228
358
465
595
498
645
825
13
22
31
49
62
80
60
84
132
168
216
138
216
276
354
300
384
492
40
70
100
160
205
265
200
280
440
560
720
460
720
920
1180
1000
1280
1640
A
B
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
100
150
200
300
390
490
150
200
300
390
490
200
300
390
490
300
390
490
H sliding surface
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Slide plate type 70 .. ..-MB for
vertical or overhead installation
30 x 80
30 x 130
30 x 180
30 x 280
2 x 30 x 180
2 x 30 x 230
80 x 130
80 x 180
80 x 280
2 x 80 x 180
2 x 80 x 230
130 x 180
130 x 280
2 x 130 x 180
2 x 130 x 230
180 x 280
2 x 180 x 180
2 x 180 x 230
C
F
G
bore
holes
Ød
weight
[kg]
150
200
250
350
440
540
200
250
350
440
540
250
350
440
540
350
440
540
0
0
0
0
0
0
60
60
60
60
60
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
125
175
225
325
415
515
175
225
325
415
515
225
325
415
515
325
415
515
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
2.4
3.1
4.5
5.8
7.1
4.6
6.6
8.5
10.6
8.8
11.3
14.0
LICAD
8
LISEGA Software Tools
for Planning and Design
LISEGA Software Tools
for Planning and Design
®
PRODUCT
GROUP
8
LISEGA Software Tools
for Planning and Design
Contents
Page
LISEGA Software Tools for Planning and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1
LICAD ® planning software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
Interfaces and component libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCT
GROUP
9
8.0
8
LISEGA Software Tools
for Planning and Design
Stress
analysis
The intelligent solution for
support design
LISEGA’s unique modular system was the prerequisite for the creation of highly sophisticated
user software. The solutions we offer open up
new opportunities for increased efficiency in
design, optimized quality and significant savings
in project man-hours.
3D
planning
LICAD
Pipe
supports
Steelworks
In general, the model design of plants is carried
out with CAD, including CAE systems. Through
Planning of a plant
the integration of LICAD® into different CAD
systems, the benefits for the efficient layout of
LICAD® planning and design program
piping systems have been vastly improved.
for pipe supports
The LICAD® program has set new standards
in this field. It enables the creation of support
Interfaces for import and export of
drawings and lists of materials in minutes
tables and databases
instead of hours. LICAD® is an intelligent frontend program that supplies the necessary interface Interfaces with 3D-CAD component packages
data from only one source for all CAD programs
currently in use.
2D / 3D libraries for different CAD programs
LICAD
®
LICAD® is a registered
trademark of LISEGA SE.
All other products, fonts
and company names are
trade names or registered
trade descriptions of the
respective companies.
Support configurations can
be integrated via the export
function into complex 3D views.
8.1
From the point of view of quality this single-source function is particularly important.
To provide the LICAD® user with the widest
possible range of applications, LISEGA has developed supplementary user software. The whole
package covers:
Internet communication system for downloading the latest program versions and
information on projects, including drawings
and orders
Interface to stress analysis and
steelwork software
8
Planning software
LICAD ®
Software with profit effect
Needed first – designed last
As a rule the project planning of complex pipe
systems runs through numerous phases of optimization. The design of pipe supports inevitably
takes place at the end of the whole process and
so their deployment frequently comes far too
late. Although the supports are needed on site
beforehand for optimum installation of the pipe
systems, they lie right at the end of the planning chain - all the more important to avoid unnecessary delay. The time factor is now crucial.
Highly efficient design software
for pipe supports
In the current version the
following languages are
available for menu navigation and print editions:
Chinese, German, English,
French, Italian, Japanese,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Spanish and Hungarian
LICAD® speeds up the planning process
LICAD ®, the LISEGA design program for pipe
supports, sets the highest standards in efficiency.
With LICAD the laborious poring over catalogs
and the paintaking preparation of lists of material are a things of the past. Support designs
and load chains no longer need to be manually
configured and then drawn up at great expense
and effort. What would otherwise take hours to
produce can be done by computer in minutes –
at the click of a mouse!
Future-orientated logistics
With LICAD®, great savings in time are possible
in the logistics process, from planning right
through to delivery. For example, the LICAD®
data can if required be transmitted directly for
processing on the same day by e-mail as a
computerized order list. This fits in perfectly
with ever-tighter order deadlines.
The downloading and use of LICAD® is free
of charge.
AutoCAD® drawing, generated
on the basis of a LICAD® design
8.2
LICAD® is simple to use
The relevant data for industrial support points
is entered using menu-driven program control.
Only 6 parameters are needed to find the optimum solution.
Free determination of axes
pipe diameter
temperature of medium
operating load
displacement
installation height
support configuration
reserves according to ASME B 31.1, VGB-R 510 L,
DIN EN 13480 or other optimum parameters
are taken into account. This is ensured by the
corresponding entries in the options menu.
Taking this information into account, LICAD’s
programmed algorithm chooses the most economical solution from all those possible.
True-to-scale drawings
The support chains created are automatically
saved as complete assemblies and can be printed out as drawings or modified at any time. They
From this input, the appropriate load chains are are true to scale and contain all relevant details,
automatically generated. The selection of optimum including parts lists with weights and materials
spring and constant hangers thereby follows auto- and optionally with location plan or other freely
matically, whereby the specific customer require- editable information.
ments such as, for example, travel and load
LISEGA modular system forms the basis
The basis of the program is a database system
in which the whole LISEGA standard product
program is stored as a modular system of absolute function-ality. From more than 12,000 standard components, all fully compatible regarding
loads and connections, more than 100 standard
configurations cover practically all normal installation situations.
Further options for editing of drawings
All essential functions at a glance
LICAD® drawing generated by a standard printer
8.3
Smart 3D (Intergraph), PlantSpace (Bentley
Systems), Plant 3D (AutoDESK) or PDMS™
(AVEVA). Planning continuity, as well as the
need to consider possible interference, make
it necessary to fully include the pipe supports.
™
8
Clearly arranged queries on the essential data for the
support in question
Location plan with axis descriptions and dimensioning
LICAD ® saves up to 50% of
planning costs
Support design with detailed parts list
LICAD® runs smoothly on any modern PC with
Windows and is easy to use. Due to its particular effectiveness LICAD® has long been an indispensable tool in support planning for countless
engineering offices. Potential savings in costs of
up to 50% simply cannot be ignored!
Auxiliary designs for steelwork
LICAD® generates ready-to-install load chains
from standard supports, from structural attachment to pipe-surrounding component. More or
less complex auxiliary designs are necessary for
connection to the existing structures (secondary
steelwork).
Through its special interface the LICAD® designs
can be exported into a separate CAD program
(e.g. AutoCAD®, MicroStation®) and supplemented as required.
Interference checks
For larger plant projects the design of the
building structure, including steelwork, main
components and connecting piping system, is
carried out via 3D CAD programs such as
Possible savings in costs through LISEGA Application Benefits (LAB)
8.4
Interfaces and Component Libraries
LICAD ® contains a wide
range of interfaces and
component libraries for
well-known CAE, CAD
and steelwork programs.
This benefits resources
and makes for significant
savings in time when designing pipe systems!
Interfaces and CAE systems
A broad spectrum of interfaces enable the
import and export of data already entered
from and to CAD and CAE systems.
The interfaces to the CAE systems mentioned
above are part of the basic LICAD® package.
Optional interfaces for downloading can be
found on the LISEGA homepage.
This basis of the selection of a support chain
is formed by the design data from the pipe
calculations of the pipe system. One of the
CAE systems is the ROHR2® program system
(Sigma Co.), which is used for the static and
dynamic analysis of complex piping systems
and common skeletal structures.
Import of design data
Pipe stress analysis with ROHR2®
Export of design data from CAESAR II® for LICAD®
Interfaces to CAD programs
Pipe stress analysis with CAESAR II ®
Data from AutoPIPE® (Bentley systems) or
CAESAR II® (Intergraph Co.) can continue to
be included and used in the selection of the
appropriate supports. The data gained from
the CAE systems can be sent directly to CAD
programs after generation of the supports.
This procedure enables a considerable increase
in efficiency and savings in time when designing complex pipe systems.
8.5
Via defined interfaces the LICAD® support
designs can be transmitted true to scale and
without any further efforts to the known CAD
programs. LICAD® supports the export formats
DXF, LOF, L3D and ITM. The data are used for
the transmission of graphic information and
design data. The relevant additional applications are available in the CAD systems for the
import of these data.
8
Pipe systems in AutoPIPE®
AutoPipe® hanger filter
Export of 2D data
LICAD ® plug-ins
Via a DXF export file the support designs,
including dimensioning, can be exported
optionally with parts lists, site plans and title
block to CAD programs (e.g. AutoCAD® or
MicroStation®). This interface is part of the
basic LICAD® package. For export, the material list (STL) and design data (TEC) files are
additionally generated; they can be used for
further evaluations.
Export to 3D CAD programs
LICAD® plug-ins for different systems are also
available. These are used in cases where
supports are to be designed interactively in a
3D model. The advantage of a plug-in is that
the geometric data of the connection points for
the support, as well as pipe diameters, height
notations and, if required, the design data
are exported directly to the program. There is
no longer any need to take measurements in
the model. The support chain is automatically
displayed in the 3D model.
On the basis of component libraries the
drawings prepared in LICAD® can be transformed into 3D drawings via add-ons in
various CAD programs. This is possible for:
AutoCAD®, Autodesk
AutoCAD® Plant 3D, Autodesk
MicroStation®, Bentley Systems
SmartPlant® 3D /Smart™ 3D, Intergraph®
PDS®, Intergraph®
SUPPORT MODELER®, Intergraph®
For the above mentioned programs the corresponding modules are to be uploaded and
installed.
For the PDMS™ and AVEVA software no addon is registered. A menu extension is available by which data can be conventionally
imported and exported.
Model in PDMS™ after data import from LICAD®
The attributes of the material lists are also
imported, depending on the system.
Important: In order for the plug-ins to function,
LICAD ® must be installed at the respective work
station.
8.6
LISEGA standard supports in SmartPlant® 3D
LISEGA supports in CADWorx®
Component Libraries
Interface to steelwork programs
For further designing in the 2D and 3D modes,
comprehensive LISEGA component libraries are
available, amongst other things, for the following CAD programs:
AutoCAD ®, Autodesk
AutoCAD ® Plant 3D, Autodesk
MicroStation ®, Bentley Systems
SmartPlant® 3D / Smart™ 3D , Intergraph®
PDS ®, Intergraph®
PDMS™, AVEVA™
SUPPORT MODELER ®, Intergraph®
TEKLA Structures, TEKLA®
LISEGA company library in TEKLA®
8.7
Through LICAD ®, the most suitable standard
support configurations for each case are determined and from this the corresponding
load chains, including all individual parts, are
specified.
In plant construction, standard supports are
the connecting links between pipe systems and
steelwork. In ideal cases they can be directly
connected to the existing plant structure, but
often a further step is necessary, that is, the use
of additional steelwork components as connecting elements (secondary steel). It therefore
makes sense to be able to display standard
supports in steelwork programs. For this, LICAD ®
provides interfaces to steelwork programs
(e.g. TEKLA Structures software). By means of
the plug-in function, LICAD ® is integrated into
the steelwork program and supports can be
directly planned in accordance with the requirements of the model.
8
LICAD ® plug-in for TEKLA Structures
Simple modeling and rapid alteration
of 3D models
This, together with all other plan components in
the model, enables the execution of an interface
check, which is necessary when planning complex plants.
Interactively designed support in TEKLA Structures
With the development of the steelwork interface LISEGA supplies a tool that can reduce the
enormous investment in time and so optimize
the quality of the planning process.
Primary steelwork and pipe systems with supports as reference in TEKLA®
LICAD ® updates
LICAD ® and other software packages are being
constantly updated and expanded. The applicable
program version and interfaces in each case can be
found on the LISEGA homepage for downloading.
The necessary license numbers are thereby forwarded automatically by e-mail to the recipient.
Further license numbers can be obtained by
telephone.
The use of LICAD® software is free of charge.
8.8
9
PRODUCT
GROUP
Supplementary services,
engineering, field service
Supplementary services,
engineering, field service
9
Supplementary services,
engineering, field service
Contents
Page
Supplementary services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1
Engineering, support design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5
Field service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PRODUCT
GROUP
9.0
9
Supplementary services
Product group 9
The LISEGA product
program presented in
this catalog STANDARD
SUPPORTS incorporates
the latest technical developments with respect to
the proper support of pipe
systems in industrial
plant construction.
The relevant international
stipulations are observed
to the fullest extent.
Special fields of application
The standard design described covers the
normal field of application. In special sectors,
for example, nuclear or offshore installations,
supplementary measures with regard to material
quality or corrosion protection may be required.
The implementation of particular customer
specifications is ensured by the integrated quality
management system. Certificates of approval
are supplied with the order.
Service areas
The LISEGA performance package includes
not only the product spectrum but a range of
services within the framework of product application. In the field of engineering they cover
the whole process chain from pipe system
design to support planning in all the current
3D design sectors. The service field comprises
the usual support when commissioning, right
through to plant analyses and walk-downs.
Standardized supplementary services
By means of tightly-focused supplementary
services the LISEGA standard program can be
adapted to particular requirements. In this
way the field of application of the products is
widened and the LISEGA performance package
optimized. All major supplementary services
are standardized in line with the LISEGA modular system and cataloged in product group 9.
9.0 Supplementary services
9.1 Adjustment work
Constant and spring hangers/supports are
adjusted to installation load on a hydraulic
test bench via computerized force and travel
measurement, then blocked.
9.2 Quality assurance
9.2.1 Inspection reports
If required, inspection reports with digitally
recorded values can be supplied as function
verification for constant hangers, spring hangers and snubbers.
9.2.2 In-service tests
In-service tests can be performed on the mechanically operating components of any make in the
respective LISEGA factories or by using mobile
test benches directly within the plant itself.
9.2.3 Material certification
The following material certification can be
supplied on request.
9.2.4 Supplier’s certificate
Manufacturer and shipment in compliance with
the order can be confirmed with a supplier’s
certificate according to DIN EN 10204-2.1.
9.2.5 Material certificates DIN EN 10204-2.2
The materials used in all catalog components
can be verified by verification certificates according to DIN EN 10204-2.2.
9.1.1 Storage of the blocking devices
On request the spring hangers/supports can
be equipped for permanent storage of the
blocking devices (after deblocking) on the
casing. This is standard practice on the constant hangers.
Compilation of component documentation
9.1
9
9.2.6 Acceptance test certificates
DIN EN 10204-3.1
Components exposed to the direct flow of
force such as, for example, the springs in constant and spring hangers or supports, can be
supplied with certificates according to DIN EN
10204-3.1.
9.2.7 Complete traceability through
acceptance test certificates
DIN EN 10204-3.1
Due to separate fabrication, complete traceability is possible of materials in all catalog
components with test certificates according
to DIN EN 10204-3.1.
9.2.8 Pre-examination documents
The standardized products were largely certified by independent inspection bodies by
specified suitability and type tests according
to KTA 3265.3 and VGB-R 510 L.
Cataphoretic immersion priming
9.3 Surface treatment
Pre-examination documents such as design
drawings, parts lists, calculations, test sequence
In addition to specified standardized surface
schedules and welding plans can be produced
protection, further corrosion protection can be
for special designs, particularly non-standardsupplied according to technical specifications,
ized components (also for other codes).
from p. 0.10.
9.2.9 Increased quality requirements
For applications subject to increased safety
and quality demands, such as nuclear installations, the highest level of the quality assurance program is implemented. All stages of
order processing and execution are followed
according to recognized procedures, in line
with the quality stipulations in the standard
codes KTA or ASME section III, NCA and NF.
The following areas are thereby taken into
special account:
Spray painting
material acquisition from approved
suppliers
complete traceability of materials
strict supervision of manufacture
All areas are fully documented.
9.2
9.5 Labelling and marking
If not otherwise agreed, the components are
sorted according to type, packed and marked
with quantity, type number and order number.
Additional labeling and marking can, if required,
be applied.
9.5.1 Marking of individual parts
If required, all components can be marked individually with type, support position number
or order number.
9.5.2 Second name plate
If required, spring hangers and constant
hangers can be fitted with a second name
plate.
Pre-assembly of load chains
Special treatment
Besides the standard designs available from
stock, special designs providing extra corrosion protection can be agreed on. For this,
separate manufacturing may be required.
9.5.3 Second load and travel scale
If required, constant spring hangers/spring
supports can be fitted with a second travel
scale and constant hangers/supports with a
second load scale.
9.4 Pre-assembly
9.6 Packaging
If not otherwise agreed, the components
belonging to one scope of supply will be
packed in bundles according to types.
Appropriate forms of packaging are provided
for the various requirements.
9.4.1 Pre-assembly of load chains
For simple handling and time-saving assembly
at site, the individual components can, however,
be supplied already pre-assembled into load
chains, bundled and marked.
Constant and spring hangers/supports, as well
as larger pipe clamps (bulky components), are
kept separate for easier handling and are correspondingly marked.
9.4.2 Pre-assembly of pipe clamps
and clamp bases
Pipe clamp and clamp base halves are bolted
ready for shipment and supplied as complete
units.
9.3
Load chains, pre-assembled, bundled and marked
9.6.1 Inland packaging
For road or rail transport, sturdy wooden crates
or pallets are offered, fitted with skids for forklifting.
9.6.2 Seaworthy packaging
For sea transport, special wooden crates
are used, with skids for fork-lifting and with
reinforced side walls for any transport by
crane. The lids of the crates are lined inside
with plastic shrink wrap as protection against
moisture.
Other special forms of packaging
can be agreed upon in detail.
9.6.3 Export control and shipment
processing
As a globally operating export company,
LISEGA and all its affiliated companies take
full responsibility for completely fulfilling all
customs and export stipulations.
Together with the simplified customs procedures granted by the AEO certificate for the
accelerated export of goods, the independent declaration of preferences, as well as
the package acceptance free of any control
for airfreight due to our “Known Consignor”
status, this contributes noticeably to the
trouble-free preferential export processing of
LISEGA products.
9
Project-related order logistics
The personnel in our export office all have
comprehensive and regularly updated expert
knowledge in all aspects of shipment processing.
Should LISEGA not already be responsible
for customs clearance according to the terms
of delivery, we will assume this at the customer’s request, also in the form of direct
representation, after being granted power of
attorney for customs.
Seaworthy packaging
Our notable competence in shipping processing is matched by the high standards of packTo ensure and properly execute export control, aging and marking at LISEGA, fully covering
LISEGA has set up structures that correspond, all international standardized stipulations in
the land, sea and air transport sectors. This
on the one hand, to legal requirements and,
is confirmed by the unanimously high accepton the other, to a smooth and effective work
ance shown by our customers.
flow.
By certification as “Authorized Economic
Operator” (AEO-F) in the year 2009 and as
“Known Consignor” in March 2012, LISEGA
has shown that it meets all prerequisites for
the support of a secure supply chain.
Part of the dispatch department
9.7 Transport
If requested, we will take charge of the logistics
processing for shipment of the components
to the construction site or any other shipping
addresses.
9.4
Engineering
support design
The proper functional integration of pipe supports
into the existing piping
and plant concept has a
decisive influence on the
long-term behavior of the
pipe systems. Support design should therefore be
given the same care and
attention as the piping
itself. In this regard, selection of the component, the
availability of the latest
design software and especially the long experience
of the planning engineers
have a decisive influence
on the quality of design.
Engineering support design
Besides stringent demands concerning quality
it is also important in support planning to
fulfill strict requirements regarding tight schedules and economic targets. In order not to
endanger the budgets and logistics of entire
projects, complete planning phases are outsourced to engineering offices specialized in
the work.
As a specialist, LISEGA has long been qualified in the processing of complex planning
projects by offering the relevant expertise from
over 50 years’ experience in support technology.
At all LISEGA locations highly qualified and
experienced technicians and engineers are on
hand.For internationally overlapping projects and
whenever required, the engineering sections of
the individual locations work in collaboration
with each other.
The following benefits are offered to the
customer when using LISEGA’s planning
expertise:
economical limitation of their own
personnel deployment
high security and professional
execution through the use of
experienced specialists
rapid and flexible processing of the whole
project, from ordering to shipping, following the principle ‘All from a single
source’
quick delivery due to prompt processing
complete and permanent computerized
documentation
highly qualified experts always on hand
for follow-up service
Pipe supports for complete plants, including
secondary steelwork are conceived, planned
and reproduced in drawings. On the basis
of the LISEGA modular system and decades
of experience, ready-to-install load chains
– from structural attachments through to
pipe-surrounding components – are generated from standard supports.
Should components be required that do not
form part of the standard LISEGA program
(e.g. anchors etc.) LISEGA can provide appropriate solutions.
9.5
Recognized international technical codes and
standards, as well as customer specifications,
are thereby taken into account.
The relevant pipe stress analysis data are
observed for the design and dimensioning of
supports, as well as the detailed pipe system
layout plans and structural situation.
Besides LISEGA’s LICAD® program, the latest
software is applied for the efficient conversion of the support situations into 2D or 3D
models and for the economical generation of
drawings. The following standard programs
are currently being used:
LICAD®
AutoCAD®
MicroStation®
PDMS™
Staad.Pro® (static/dynamic calculations
for secondary steelwork)
SmartPlant ® review
Navisworks®
ROHR2 ®
CAESAR II ®
Engineering in Zeven, Germany
Analysis of complex support systems
Shown below is an example of a planning
sequence for a suitable LISEGA support design
in seven steps. Depending on needs and
specifications the engineering services can
also be offered individually.
Pipe system calculations
LICAD
In accordance with calculations and customer
stipulations, the installed load chain is generated from standard supports with the LICAD
design program, from structural attachments
right through to pipe-surrounding components.
The following typical load cases are generally
calculated per support point for new and
existing plants:
1. Primary loads
– weight and internal pressure
2. Secondary loads (thermal expansion)
– operating loads
– design conditions
– boiler out of service
– (AB operation of pumps)
9
®
support point
function
marking number
load cases
3. Occasional loads
– earthquakes
– wind
– pressure impact loads
4. Test loads
– water pressure tests
– pickling (acid clean)
On the basis of the stipulations and information, ready-to-install load chains from standard
attachments to pipe-surrounding components
are generated with the LISEGA design program
LICAD®.
travel + twist
loads and moments
Step 1:
Pipe stress analysis (ROHR 2®): travel / deflections / loads / moments
(pipe stress analysis as iterative process)
Step 2:
Application of LICAD® - technical selection of pipe support
For the calculations the codes ASME B31.1,
ASME B31.3 and DIN EN 13480 are usually
followed. When ordering, the desired code
issue according to version and year must be
stated.
In existing plants it is frequently necessary, for
reasons of operational safety, to update pipe
systems and their supports to meet the requirements of the latest technology. Very often, sufficient calculation documentation on the original
layout design is no longer available. If required,
the stress analysis can also be supplied for these
pipe systems.
9.6
Support design in 3D
For the design of pipe supports in 3D the
customer provides a model complete with
pipe systems, steelwork, building structures
and components, as well as all the necessary
databases. In addition, any specific requirements are to be indicated for the design of
the pipe supports.
Step 3:
Checking the technical data and surrounding structure in the 3D model
(e.g. PDMS™, PDS®, SmartPlant ®)
The support designs are planned directly in
3D (PDMS / SmartPlant), including the secondary steelwork required, and laid out. The
load chains generated in LICAD® are imported
via existing interfaces into the 3D model. Any
secondary steelwork needed can be supplemented directly in PDMS.
Finally, a check is made for any possible
interference. The customer receives a database of the 3D model that contains all the
support designs checked for freedom from
interference.
In almost all other 3D programs LISEGA can,
by way of the viewer, edit the characteristics
necessary for support design.
Step 4:
9.7
Integration of the LICAD support into the 3D model with collision
analysis and integration of secondary steelwork
®
Generation of 3D models with
MicroStation® for PDS®
For the creation of 3D models on MicroStation®
the pipe supports are first generated as 2D
displays from a sketch. The 2D data are transformed by LICAD® into 3D data and exported via
an interface into the MicroStation® 3D model.
Any secondary steelwork required is supplemented in the 3D model. In PDS® the completed
3D models can be used for collision tests.
9
Generation of drawings
A 2D drawing is generated directly from the
PDMS™ model in DXF format with different
views. Parts list, site plan and all the technical
specifications are stored as data sets and can
be further edited. If required an isometric display
of the support on the drawing is possible.
Step 5:
Extract from the 2D drawing with parts list, loads, displacements
and site plan from the 3D model
Step 6:
Generation of a detail drawing (installation drawing)
with different views and sections
From the drawing generated automatically
in Step 5, a production drawing in DWG
(AutoCAD®), DXF or DGN (MicroStation®) format is generated. In this, all the information
required for installation, including welding
specifications, borehole patterns etc. can be
seen.
The title block can be individually designed.
9.8
Static calculation of secondary
Anchor certification
steel including structural attach- Individual certificates can be provided
for most anchor manufacturers with
ment loads
LISEGA supplies the design report
summary for the dimensioning of the
planned secondary steel according
to the AISC code or Eurocode 3. This
summary is provided with the STAAD
PRO® statics program.
Step 7:
the aid of the corresponding design
programs. For economic planning a
standard has been developed by which
individual certificates can be dispensed
with. If required the necessary documentation can be produced.
provision of certification (optional)
• statics secondary steel incl. structural attachments
• anchors
• weld seam
Pipe supports with complex secondary steel design in 3D model
9.9
Welding certification
In accordance with the specified codes,
individual weld seam certification for
steelwork attachments can be provided.
9
Field service
Plant service
The operational safety of
pipe systems and hence
the readiness and long
life of the plants depend
in great measure on the
condition and functional
capacity of the supports
used.
Additional stress and strain due to low quality
pipe supports can lead during operation to
lasting damage that can considerably increase
the risk of malfunction and breakdowns in
the plant.
Frequently occurring defects in the pipe supports are:
poor support designs
faulty installation
incorrect load settings
unsuitable layout
deficient quality of support components
A particular problem often arises in aged installations when spring and constant hangers
with springs that are not pre-relaxed (see p.
1.15 on this). In these cases an ever-increasing loss of ultimate load occurs due to growing relaxation over time. The resulting load
deviations can lead to impermissible additional stresses, especially at sensitive points
such as connections. Timely inspection in the
plant can contribute to the prompt identification and elimination of critical stresses.
To avoid costly damage
and breakdowns, regular
inspections of the thermal pipe displacement
and the condition of the
LISEGA service team on construction site
supports – particularly in
older plants – is urgently
For this special service we offer the resources recommended!
of an international market leader, with qualified and experienced specialists on hand at
all LISEGA Group locations.
Our experts check the thermal pipe displacement and inspect the support systems. They
prepare detailed reports on this and propose
suitable solutions. For the presentation and
documentation of the findings, special software is applied.
The service team is specially trained for the
execution of such services in the pipe support field and works strictly in accordance
with quality management stipulations and
recognized safety guidelines.
Record from a hanger inspection
9.10
The service package covers the following
fields of performance:
Inspection of pipe supports
Controlling a pipe support
inspection of general condition of pipe
supports
load and travel checking of the spring
hangers
function testing of constant and spring
hangers with mobile test facilities at the
plant or on stationary test benches at
the LISEGA facility.
elaboration of solutions to problems
arising from restrictions in space
design of pipe supports via LICAD®
and AutoCAD
preparation of lists of parts and materials
Inspection of pipe system
displacement
inspection of the general condition
of the piping sections and if necessary
the geometric positioning
inspection of the pipe systems for
unrestricted freedom of movement in
all three planes
determination of the vertical displacement at all support points, at the pipe
system connections and selected points
in all three planes
Discussion of findings and observations from the
inspection of pipe systems
Design of supports at the plant
Testing constant hangers onsite with a mobile test bench
design and layout of pipe supports for
updating and modifications in older
plants
measurement work at the plant
Cold-/hot position of a pipe system
Graphic display of pipe system displacement
9.11
Construction supervision, installation
and commissioning
material reception and control
organization and administration
of warehouse stocks
pre-assembly and arrangement of
complete support configurations
installation of supports at designated
points
supervision of installation of piping
into supports prepared
inspection of the system for correct
installation according to drawings and
installation and operating instructions
deblocking and commissioning of
supports in line with agreed procedures
load and travel checks after commissioning
according to requirements
inspection for freedom of movement
in pipe systems in all 3 planes
subsequent regulation of hangers if
load differences are detected
exchange of all seals, hydraulic fluid
and any other components showing
noticeable wear
final function tests acc. to test program
and specifications on hand
re-installation of snubbers at the plant
provision of complete final documentation
9
The wide spectrum of the LISEGA service
package applies in particular to pipe supports
and their application. If properly implemented,
LISEGA service work makes a valuable contribution to the functional safety and long life of
complex piping systems.
Visual inspection of snubbers
Testing, maintenance and inspection
of snubbers of all makes
visual inspection for signs of possible
malfunctioning
dismounting of snubbers acc. to
stipulations or requirements and
documentation of external condition
and surrounding conditions
function testing on mobile test benches
at the plant or on corresponding test
facilities at the LISEGA facility
dismantling of snubbers and inspection
of individual components for wear and
damage
Testing snubbers of different makes at the plant using
a mobile LISEGA test bench.
Inspection of supports at the plant
9.12
LISEGA SAS - France
Z.I. La Marinière
21, Rue Gutenberg
91919 Bondoufle, Cedex
Tel.: +33 (0)1 60 86 40 21
Fax: +33 (0)1 60 86 48 28
E-Mail: info@fr.lisega.com
www.lisega.fr
LISEGA Inc. - USA
370 East Dumplin Valley Rd.
Kodak, TN 37764
Tel.: +1 (0) 865 940 5200
Fax: +1 (0) 865 940 5140
E-Mail: info@us.lisega.com
www.lisega.com
LISEGA Ltd. - England
Unit 3, Washington Centre
Halesowen Road
Netherton
West Midlands, DY2 9RE
Tel.: +44 (0) 13 84 458 660
Fax: +44 (0) 13 84 213 301
E-Mail: info@uk.lisega.com
www.lisega.co.uk
LISEGA PST Co. Ltd. - China
LISEGA Pipe Support Technologies
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
7800 Songze Av., Qingpu Industrial Zone
Shanghai, ZIP 201700, PR China
Tel.: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2888
Fax: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2999
E-Mail: info@cn.lisega.com
www.lisega.com.cn
LISEGA Arabia Co. Ltd. - Saudi-Arabia
Section N, Block 9, Lot No. 10,
Road No. 267, Support Industries Park
Jubail 1, KSA, 31951
Tel.: +966 (13) 3418899
Fax: +966 (13) 3417799
E-Mail: info@sa.lisega.com
www.lisega.com.sa
© LISEGA – 2015
Standard Supports 2020
LISEGA SE - Germany
Gerhard-Liesegang-Straße 1
27404 Zeven
Postfach 1357
27393 Zeven
Tel.: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 214
E-Mail: info@de.lisega.com
www.lisega.de